UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



FORM 6-K



Report of Foreign Private Issuer
Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934



For the month of March, 2022

Commission File Number 001-10805



ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.
(Translation of registrant’s name into English)

333 Bloor Street East
10th Floor
Toronto, Ontario M4W 1G9
Canada
(Address of principal executive offices)



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F:

  Form 20-F ☐

 Form 40-F ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):

 Yes ☐
 
 No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):

 Yes ☐
 
 No ☒








Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.  
       
Date: March 11, 2022
By:
/s/ Marisa Wyse  
    Name: Marisa Wyse  
    Title: Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary  :
       



Exhibit Index

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
     
99.1
 
Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2022, among Rogers Communications Inc., Rogers Communications Canada Inc. and the Bank of New York Mellon.
99.2
 
Fifteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2022, among Rogers Communications Inc., Rogers Communications Canada Inc. and the Bank of New York Mellon.
99.3
 
Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2022, among Rogers Communications Inc., Rogers Communications Canada Inc. and the Bank of New York Mellon.
99.4
 
Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2022, among Rogers Communications Inc., Rogers Communications Canada Inc. and the Bank of New York Mellon.
99.5
 
Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2022, among Rogers Communications Inc., Rogers Communications Canada Inc. and the Bank of New York Mellon.
99.6
 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2022, among Rogers Communications Inc., Rogers Communications Canada Inc. and BofA Securities, Inc., as representative of the initial purchasers.
99.7
 
Fifteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2022, among Rogers Communications Inc., Rogers Communications Canada Inc. and BNY Trust Company of Canada.
99.8
 
Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2022, among Rogers Communications Inc., Rogers Communications Canada Inc. and BNY Trust Company of Canada.
99.9
 
Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2022, among Rogers Communications Inc., Rogers Communications Canada Inc. and BNY Trust Company of Canada.
99.10
 
Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 11, 2022, among Rogers Communications Inc., Rogers Communications Canada Inc. and BNY Trust Company of Canada.




Exhibit 99.1



 
ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,
 as issuer of the Notes,
 

ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,
as Guarantor
 

and
 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee



FOURTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Dated as of March 11, 2022
to
 
 
INDENTURE
 
 
Dated as of August 6, 2008


 
2.95% Senior Notes due 2025




TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PAGE

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 101
DEFINITIONS
2
SECTION 102
OTHER DEFINITIONS
11
SECTION 103
EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
12
SECTION 104
INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT
12
SECTION 105
INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE
12
SECTION 106
COUNTERPARTS
12
SECTION 107
EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS
12
SECTION 108
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
13
SECTION 109
SEPARABILITY CLAUSE
13
SECTION 110
BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
13
SECTION 111
GOVERNING LAW
13
SECTION 112
NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY
13

ARTICLE TWO

FORM OF THE NOTES

SECTION 201
FORMS GENERALLY
14
SECTION 202
FORM OF FACE OF NOTE
16
SECTION 203
FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE
19
SECTION 204
ASSIGNMENT FORM; CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES
23
SECTION 205
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY
28

ARTICLE THREE

THE NOTES

SECTION 301
TITLE AND TERMS
28
SECTION 302
DENOMINATIONS
30
SECTION 303
NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS
30
SECTION 304
SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION
30
SECTION 305
DISCHARGE
31
SECTION 306
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES
32

i



SECTION 307
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF A DEFINITIVE NOTE FOR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A GLOBAL NOTE
33
SECTION 308
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF GLOBAL NOTES
34
SECTION 309
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
35
SECTION 310
CANCELLATION OR ADJUSTMENT OF GLOBAL NOTE
35
SECTION 311
OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES OF NOTES
36
SECTION 312
NO OBLIGATION OF THE TRUSTEE
36
SECTION 313
EXCHANGE OFFER
37
SECTION 314
NON-COMPLIANT TRANSFERS NULL AND VOID
37
SECTION 315
DEFINITIVE NOTES
38

ARTICLE FOUR

REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL

SECTION 401
ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT.
38
SECTION 402
ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT
41
SECTION 403
RESERVED.
41
SECTION 404
CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER
41

ARTICLE FIVE

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

SECTION 501
RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
43
SECTION 502
LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT.
44
SECTION 503
LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS
44
SECTION 504
LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT
45
SECTION 505
WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS
45

ARTICLE SIX

CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

SECTION 601
EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE
45
SECTION 602
DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE
46
SECTION 603
REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY
46

ARTICLE SEVEN

GUARANTEE

SECTION 701
GUARANTEE
47
SECTION 702
RELEASE OF GUARANTOR
49

ii



SECTION 703
AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
50
SECTION 704
PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS
51
SECTION 705
RIGHT OF REDEMPTION; ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE
53
SECTION 706
PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS
54

ARTICLE EIGHT

AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE

SECTION 801
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 106
54
SECTION 802
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 115
55
SECTION 803
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401
55
SECTION 804
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401
55
SECTION 805
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE ARTICLE FIVE
55
SECTION 806
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 701
56
SECTION 807
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 906
56
SECTION 808
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 603
57
SECTION 809
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 907
58
SECTION 810
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1001
60
SECTION 811
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1004
60
SECTION 812
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1005
61
SECTION 813
MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS
62


iii


 
FOURTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of March 11, 2022 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (hereinafter called the “Company”), Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (hereinafter called “RCCI”), and The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (hereinafter called the “Trustee”).
 
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee are parties to an indenture dated as of August 6, 2008 (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), the “Indenture”);
 
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have previously entered into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of August 6, 2008 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.80% Senior Notes due 2018; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of August 6, 2008 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2038; (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 7, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.00% Senior Notes due 2023, (iv) a Series Supplement dated as of March 7, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Senior Notes due 2043; (v) a Series Supplement dated as of October 2, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$850,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.10% Senior Notes due 2023; (vi) a Series Supplement dated as of October 2, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.45% Senior Notes due 2043; (vii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,050,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.00% Senior Notes due 2044; (viii) a Series Supplement dated as of December 8, 2015 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.625% Senior Notes due 2025; (ix) a Series Supplement dated as of November 4, 2016 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.90% Senior Notes due 2026; (x) a Series Supplement dated as of February 8, 2018 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.300% Senior Notes due 2048; (xi) a Series Supplement dated as of April 30, 2019 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.350% Senior Notes due 2049; (xii) a Series Supplement dated as of November 12, 2019 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.700% Senior Notes due 2049; and (xiii) a Series Supplement dated June 22, 2020 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022;
 
WHEREAS, the Company, RCCI (formerly known as Rogers Cable & Data Centres Inc.) and the Trustee have previously entered into a First Amending Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 1, 2016 pursuant to which the Series Supplement in each of clause (i) through (viii) above was supplemented and amended to, among other things, provide for the assumption of the guarantee thereunder by RCCI;

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Supplemental Indenture, the Company and the Trustee are entering into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof

1


pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.20% Senior Notes Due 2027; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.80% Senior Notes Due 2032; (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Senior Notes Due 2042 and (iv) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.55% Senior Notes Due 2052;
 
WHEREAS, Article Two and Section 801 of the Indenture provide, among other things, that, without the consent of any Holders, the Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplement to the Indenture for the purposes of establishing the form, terms and conditions applicable to the Securities of any Series which the Company wishes to issue under the Indenture;
 
WHEREAS, the Company desires to establish the form, terms and conditions of a Series of Securities and has requested the Trustee to enter into this Supplemental Indenture for such purpose;
 
WHEREAS, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company, in each case complying with Sections 101, 103, 104, 204 and 803 of the Indenture; and
 
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Board of Directors has duly authorized the establishment of the 2.95% Senior Notes due 2025 of the Company (the “Notes”) with the form, terms and conditions as hereinafter set forth.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties hereto agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:
 
ARTICLE ONE
 
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
 
SECTION 101          DEFINITIONS.

Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. For greater certainty, notwithstanding the Company’s adoption of IFRS 16, Leases, lease liabilities with respect to leases that were classified as operating leases under prior accounting standards do not constitute “Capital Lease Obligations” or “Debt” as defined in the Indenture for purposes of the Notes.
 
“Additional Interest” means all amounts, if any, payable pursuant to Section 2(c) of the Registration Rights Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this Supplemental Indenture to interest includes Additional Interest, if any. Any express reference to Additional Interest in this Supplemental Indenture shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest in any other text where no such express reference is made.

2


“Additional Notes” means additional Notes created and issued by the Company after the Issue Date in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture having the same terms and conditions under this Supplemental Indenture as the Initial Notes (except for the issue date and, if applicable, the date from which interest accrues and the date of the first payment of interest thereon).
 
“Applicable Basis Points” means 20 basis points.

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear and/or Clearstream (each a “Clearing Agency”), in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.
 
“Arrangement” means the acquisition by the Company of the issued and outstanding Class A Participating Shares and Class B Non-Voting Participating Shares of Shaw Communications Inc. (“Shaw”) by way of a court-approved Plan of Arrangement under Section 193 of the Business Corporations Act (Alberta) pursuant to the terms of the Arrangement Agreement.
 
“Arrangement Agreement” means that certain arrangement agreement dated as of March 13, 2021, between the Company and Shaw, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
“Attributable Debt” means, as of the date of its determination, the present value (discounted semi-annually at the interest rate implicit in the terms of the lease) of the obligation of a lessee for rental payments pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction (reduced by the amount of the rental obligations of any sublessee of all or part of the same property) during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which the lease relating thereto has been extended), such rental payments not to include amounts payable by the lessee for maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments and similar charges and for contingent rates (such as those based on sales); provided, however, that in the case of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction in which the lease is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty, Attributable Debt shall mean the lesser of the present value of (i) the rental payments to be paid under such Sale and Leaseback Transaction until the first date (after the date of such determination) upon which it may be so terminated plus the then applicable penalty upon such termination and (ii) the rental payments required to be paid during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (assuming such termination provision is not exercised).

“Authorized Officer” means any individual who holds one or more of the following offices of the Company: Chair of the Board of Directors, Vice-Chair, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice-President, any Senior Vice-President, any Vice-President, Treasurer, Chief Legal Officer, Secretary or General Counsel (including, for greater certainty, any individual who holds such offices of the Company on an interim basis).
 
“Board of Directors” means, with respect to the Company, either the board of directors of the Company or any committee of that board duly authorized to act and, with respect

3


to any other Person, the board of directors or committee of such Person serving, or appointed by such Person to perform, a substantially similar function.
 
“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by an Authorized Officer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.
 
“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person. To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310 through 317 as they are applicable to the Company, the term “Company” shall include any other obligor with respect to the Notes for the purposes of complying with such provisions.
 
“Company Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by at least one Authorized Officer.
 
“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the Consolidated Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.
 
“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person after eliminating inter-company items, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP including appropriate deductions for any minority interest in Tangible Assets of such Person’s Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note, Exchange Note or Additional Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Article Three hereof substantially in the form set forth in Section 202, except that such Initial Note, Exchange Note or Additional Note shall not bear the Global Notes Legend (as defined below) and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
 
“Depositary” or “DTC” means the Depositary Trust Company.
 
“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Maturity Date for cash or securities constituting Debt; provided that shares of Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that are issued with the benefit of provisions requiring a change in control offer to be made for such shares in the event of a change in control of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary, which provisions have substantially the same effect as the relevant provisions of Sections 401 and 404 herein, shall not be deemed to be “Disqualified Stock” solely by virtue of such provisions. For purposes of this definition, the term “Debt” includes Inter−Company Subordinated Debt.

4


“Electronic Means” means the following communications methods: e-mail, facsimile transmission, secure electronic transmission containing applicable authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys issued by the Trustee, or another method or system specified by the Trustee as available for use in connection with its services hereunder.

“Exchange Note” means any notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes as contemplated by the applicable Registration Rights Agreement.

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
“Excluded Assets” means (i) all assets of any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) Investments in the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent paid for with cash or other property that constitutes Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities, so long as at the time of acquisition thereof and after giving effect thereto there exists no Default or Event of Default; and (iv) proceeds of the sale of any Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Excluded Securities” means any Debt, Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued by the Company, or any Debt or Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary, in either case to an Affiliate thereof other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that, at all times, such Excluded Securities shall:
 
(i)           in the case of Debt not owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, constitute Inter−Company Subordinated Debt;
 
(ii)          in the case of Debt, not be guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such guarantee shall constitute Inter−Company Subordinated Debt;
 
(iii)         in the case of Debt, not be secured by any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(iv)         in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that interest or dividends thereon shall be payable only to the extent that, after giving effect to any such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
 
(v)          in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that no payment (other than payments in the form of Excluded Securities) on account of principal (at maturity, by operation of sinking fund or mandatory redemption or otherwise) or other payment on account of redemption, repurchase, retirement or acquisition of such Excluded Security shall be permitted until the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity for the principal of the Notes or (y) the date on which all principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall have been duly paid or provided for in full.
 
“Exempted Secured Debt” means any Debt secured by any Lien or any conditional sale or other title retention agreement:
 
5


(i)          incurred or entered into on or after the Issue Date to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of such property and either secured by Purchase Money Obligations or Liens placed on such property within 180 days of acquisition, improvement or construction and securing Debt not to exceed 2.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any time outstanding;
 
(ii)          on Principal Property or the stock or Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries and existing at the time of acquisition of the property, stock or Debt;
 
(iii)          owing to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
(iv)          existing at the time a corporation or other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Existing Notes” means any of the 4.00% Senior Notes due 2022, 3.00% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.10% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.00% Senior Notes due 2024, 8.75% Senior Debentures due 2032, 7.50% Senior Notes due 2038, 6.68% Senior Notes due 2039, 6.11% Senior Notes due 2040, 6.56% Senior Notes due 2041, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.45% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.00% Senior Notes due 2044, 3.625% Senior Notes due 2025, 2.90% Senior Notes due 2026, 4.300% Senior Notes due 2048, 4.350% Senior Notes due 2049, 3.700% Senior Notes Due 2049, Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022, 3.20% Senior Notes due 2027, 3.80% Senior Notes due 2032, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2042, or 4.55% Senior Notes due 2052, in each case for which the Company is a co−obligor or an obligor, as applicable.
 
“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any successor ratings agency.
 
“Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” or “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, in effect in Canada, as established by the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada and as applied from time to time by the Company in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.
 
“Government Obligations” means securities that are:
 
(i)          direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or
 
(ii)          obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America.
 
“Guarantor” means (i) RCCI unless and until the Guarantee is released in accordance with its terms and (ii) any other Person that provides a guarantee in respect of any of the Company’s obligations in respect of the Notes, pursuant to a supplement to this Supplemental Indenture or otherwise, unless and until such guarantee is released in accordance with its terms.
 
“Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture.

6


“Initial Notes” means the U.S.$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued on the Issue Date.

“Initial Purchasers” means (i) with respect to the Initial Notes, BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, , Barclays Capital Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp., CIBC World Markets Corp., Mizuho Securities USA LLC, MUFG Securities Americas Inc., National Bank of Canada Financial Inc., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc., TD Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and (ii) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing or underwriting such Additional Notes.
 
“Investment” means (i) directly or indirectly, any advance, loan or capital contribution to, the purchase of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of, the acquisition, by purchase or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or making of any investment in any Person, (ii) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (iii) the transfer of any assets or properties from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any Unrestricted Subsidiary, other than the transfer of assets or properties made in the ordinary course of business. Investments shall exclude extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices.
 
“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch.
 
“Issue Date” means March 11, 2022, the initial issue date of the Notes.
 
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor ratings agency.
 
“Net Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.
 
“Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, “Notes” shall include the Exchange Notes, if any, and the Additional Notes, if any.
 
“Par Call Date” means March 15, 2023.
 
“Permitted Liens” means any of the following Liens
 
(i)          Liens for taxes, rates and assessments not yet due or, if due, the validity of which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (as applicable); and Liens for the excess of the amount of any past due taxes for which a final assessment has not been received over the amount of such taxes as estimated and paid;
 
(ii)          the Lien of any judgment rendered which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries,

7


 
as the case may be, and which does not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to operate the business or operations of the Company;
 
(iii)          Liens on Excluded Assets;
 
(iv)          pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases or deposits of cash or bonds or other direct obligations of the United States, Canada or any Canadian province to secure surety or appeal bonds or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rents;
 
(v)          Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens, or other liens arising out of judgments or awards with respect to which an appeal or other proceeding for review is being prosecuted (and as to which any foreclosure or other enforcement proceeding shall have been effectively stayed);
 
(vi)          Liens for property taxes not yet subject to penalties for non−payment or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings (and as to which foreclosure or other enforcement proceedings shall have been effectively stayed);
 
(vii)          Liens in favor of issuers of surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business;
 
(viii)          minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of or rights of others for rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Person incurring them or the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Debt or other extensions of credit and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of such properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
 
(ix)          Liens in favor of Bell Canada (or any successor) under any partial system agreement or related agreement providing for the construction and installation by Bell Canada of cables, attachments, connectors, support structures, closures and other equipment in accordance with the plans and specifications of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the lease by Bell Canada of such equipment to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with tariffs published by Bell Canada from time to time as approved by regulatory authorities, the absence of which would materially and adversely affect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries considered as a whole; and
 
(x)          any other Lien existing on the Issue Date.
 
“Principal Property” means, as of any date of determination, any land, land improvements or building (and associated factory, laboratory, office and switching equipment (excluding all products marketed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries)) constituting a manufacturing, development, warehouse, service, office or operating facility owned by or leased to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, located within Canada and having an acquisition cost

8


 
plus capitalized improvements in excess of 0.25% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company as of such date of determination, other than any such property (i) which the Board of Directors determines is not of material importance to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) which is not used in the ordinary course of business or (iii) in which the interest of the Company and all its Subsidiaries does not exceed 50%.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
 
“Rating Agencies” means S&P, Moody’s and Fitch, and each of such Rating Agencies is referred to individually as a “Rating Agency”.
 
“Rating Date” means the date which is 90 days prior to the earlier of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention of the Company to effect a Change in Control.
 
“Rating Decline” means the occurrence of the following on, or within 90 days after, the date of public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention by the Company to effect a Change in Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies): (i) in the event the Notes are assigned an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be below an Investment Grade Rating; or (ii) in the event the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be decreased by one or more gradations (including gradations within rating categories as well as between rating categories).
 
“Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) with respect to the Initial Notes, that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Company, RCCI and BofA Securities, Inc., as representative of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements as may be entered into in connection with the issuance of such Additional Notes, as such agreements may be amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Restricted Period” means, (i) with respect to any Regulation S Notes (as defined in Section 201), the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S and (b) the issue date with respect to such Notes, and (ii) with respect to any Rule 144A Notes (as defined in Section 201), the period of one year after the later of (a) the last day on which the Company or its Affiliates were the owner of such Notes and (b) the issue date with respect to such Notes.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

9


“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc., or any successor rating agency.
 
“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Principal Property (whether such Principal Property is now owned or hereafter acquired) that has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, other than (i) temporary leases for a term, including renewals at the option of the lessee, of not more than three years, (ii) leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries and (iii) leases of Principal Property executed by the time of, or within 180 days after the latest of, the acquisition, the completion of construction or improvement (including any improvements on property which will result in such property becoming Principal Property), or the commencement of commercial operation of such Principal Property.
 
“Secured Debt” means:
 
(a)          Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by any Lien upon any Principal Property or the stock or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the payment obligations of the Company under the Notes); or
 
(b)          any conditional sale or other title retention agreement covering any Principal Property or Restricted Subsidiary;
 
but does not include any Exempted Secured Debt.

“SEDAR” means the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval or any successor computer system maintained by the Canadian securities administrators for the transmission, receipt, acceptance, review and dissemination of documents filed in electronic format.

“Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
“Tangible Assets” means, at any date, the gross book value as shown by the accounting books and records of any Person of all its property both real and personal, less (i) the net book value of all its licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, goodwill, non−compete agreements or organizational expenses and other like intangibles, (ii) unamortized Debt discount and expenses, (iii) all reserves for depreciation, obsolescence, depletion and amortization of its properties and (iv) all other proper reserves which in accordance with GAAP should be provided in connection with the business conducted by such Person.

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

10


“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means any Note in global form that does not bear or is not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend (as defined below).

SECTION 102          OTHER DEFINITIONS.

DEFINED TERM
 
DEFINED IN SECTION
     
Agent Member
 
312
Authorized Signatory
 
201
Beneficial Interest Owner
 
313
Change in Control
 
401
Change in Control Offer
 
404(a)
Change in Control Purchase Date
 
404(a)
Change in Control Purchase Notice
 
404(b)
Change in Control Purchase Price
 
404(a)
Change in Control Triggering Event
 
401
DTC
 
201
Edward S. Rogers
 
401
Family Percentage Holding
 
401
Financial Reports
 
805
Global Note
 
201
Global Notes Legend
 
202
Guarantee
 
701(a)
Guaranteed Obligations
 
701(a)
H.15
 
203
H.15 TCM
 
203
Instructions
 
801
Maturity Date
 
301
Member of the Rogers Family
 
401
Permitted Residuary Beneficiary
 
401
Perpetuity Date
 
401
Qualifying Trust
 
401
RCCI
 
Preamble
Record Date
 
202
Regulation S Global Note
 
201
Regulation S Notes
 
201
Regulation S Restricted Notes Legend
 
202
Restricted Notes Legend
 
202
Remaining Life
 
301
Rule 144A Global Note
 
201
Rule 144A Note
 
201
Special Mandatory Redemption Date
 
304

11


Special Mandatory Redemption Event
 
304
Special Mandatory Redemption Notice
 
304
Special Mandatory Redemption Price
 
304
Spouse
 
401
Successor Guarantor
 
703
Treasury Rate
 
203
Trigger Date
 
304

SECTION 103          EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
 
Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company, RCCI and the Trustee, the Indenture shall be supplemented and amended in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable, and the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended as specified herein, solely with respect to the Notes and not with respect to any other Securities issued under the Indenture prior to, on or after the Issue Date. In the event of a conflict between any provisions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, the relevant provision or provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern.

SECTION 104          INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.
 
Except as supplemented or amended hereby, all other provisions in the Indenture, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 105          INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE.
 
All the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to be incorporated in, and made a part of, the Indenture; and the Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument; provided, however, that the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture are expressly and solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 106          COUNTERPARTS.
 
This Supplemental Indenture may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

SECTION 107          EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.
 
The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Supplemental Indenture to specific Article numbers or Section

12


 
numbers refer to Articles and Sections contained in this Supplemental Indenture, and not the Indenture or any other document.

SECTION 108          SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.
 
All covenants and agreements in this Supplemental Indenture by the Company and RCCI shall bind their respective successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not. All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 109          SEPARABILITY CLAUSE.
 
In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 110          BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
 
Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person (other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent and any Security Registrar, and their successors hereunder, and the Holders) any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Supplemental Indenture or in respect of the Notes.

SECTION 111          GOVERNING LAW.
 
This Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. This Supplemental Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required or deemed to be part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

SECTION 112          NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture to be made upon, given, delivered or furnished to, or filed with: (a) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished, delivered or filed in writing to or with Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Global Trust Finance; and (b) the Company by the Trustee or any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given, furnished or delivered in writing to the Company to 333 Bloor Street East, 10th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M4W 1G9, Attention: [REDACTED] or by email to [REDACTED], with a copy to [REDACTED], email [REDACTED], or, in either case, at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.
 
Any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document shall be deemed to have been received on the day made, given, furnished or delivered except when sent by electronic transmission (including email), in which

13


 
case it will be deemed to have been received on the day it was sent, if such electronic transmission was sent on a Business Day during normal business hours of the recipient, or on the next succeeding Business Day, if not sent on a Business Day or during such business hours.  Each of the Trustee and the Company may from time to time notify the other party of a change in address or electronic transmission address by notice as provided in this Section 112.
 
ARTICLE TWO
 
FORM OF THE NOTES

SECTION 201          FORMS GENERALLY.
 
(a)          The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the forms set forth in this Article, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture, or as may reasonably be required by the Depositary, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of the Notes (but which shall not affect the rights or duties of the Trustee). Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.
 
The Definitive Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of the Depositary or any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, all as determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of such Notes.
 
(b)          The Notes shall be in registered form and shall initially be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.  The Notes shall be issued initially as Book-Entry Securities represented by one or more Global Securities substantially in the form set forth in this Article deposited with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The Depositary for such Global Securities shall be the Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”).  The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Depositary or its nominee, or of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
 
The Initial Notes shall be (i) offered and sold by the Company to the Initial Purchasers and (ii) resold by the Initial Purchasers, initially only to (1) persons reasonably believed to be QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) and (2) certain Persons other than U.S. persons outside of the U.S. in offshore transactions in accordance with Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”); provided that, no Initial Notes shall be offered or sold in Canada or to any resident of Canada. Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, in each case in accordance with applicable U.S. securities laws.

14


 
(c)          Rule 144A Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes in definitive, fully registered form, numbered A-1 upward (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Regulation S Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes, numbered S-1 upward (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the applicable Global Notes Legend, Restricted Notes Legend and Regulation S Restricted Notes Legend (as defined below), which shall be duly executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of such Depositary, deposited on behalf of the purchasers of such Notes represented thereby with the custodian or Depositary, in each case in accordance with the Indenture.
 
After a transfer of any Notes pursuant to and during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to Restricted Notes Legends on such Note will cease to apply, and a certificated note or a note in global form, as applicable, without Restricted Notes Legends, will be available to the transferee of the Holder of such Note upon exchange of such transferring Holder’s certificated Note or appropriate directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global Note, as applicable. Upon the consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to the Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Notes that Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Notes that do not exchange their Notes, and Exchange Notes in certificated or global form, in each case, without Restricted Legends will be available to Holders that exchange such Notes in such Exchange Offer. Any Additional Notes sold in an offering registered under the Securities Act shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
 
The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, any Unrestricted Global Note and any Exchange Notes issued in global form are each referred to herein as a “Global Note” and are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes”.  Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Article Three hereof.
 
The Notes shall be signed on behalf of the Company by one or more Authorized Officers of the Company or one or more directors of the Company (each, an “Authorized Signatory”). The signature of any such Authorized Officer or director on the Notes may be a manual or electronic signature. The Notes may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

15


SECTION 202          FORM OF FACE OF NOTE.

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the form provided for in this Section 202 and Sections 203 and 204:
 
[Insert only for Global Notes (the “Global Notes Legend”): UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS A PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HEREIN AND IT IS A VIOLATION OF ITS RIGHTS FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO HOLD, TRANSFER OR DEAL WITH THIS CERTIFICATE.
 
THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE BASE INDENTURE (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO). THIS NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE BASE INDENTURE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (A) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE INDENTURE, (B) THIS NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, (C) THIS NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 211 OF THE BASE INDENTURE AND (D) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, THIS SECURITY MAY BE TRANSFERRED, IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY (X) BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, (Y) BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR (Z) BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.]
 
[Insert only for Rule 144A Notes and Regulation S Notes (the “Restricted Notes Legend” or the “Regulation S Restricted Notes Legend”, as applicable): THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THE NOTES, AND ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

16


 
THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES NOT TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES:] ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATEST OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES WERE THE OWNER OF SUCH NOTES (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THEREOF), OR [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES:] 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATEST OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL DATE OF ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH SUCH NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THEREOF) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 THEREUNDER, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (OTHER THAN PURSUANT TO RULE 144), SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.]
 
ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.

2.95% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025

No.
CUSIP:
 
ISIN:


Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (herein called the “Company”, which term includes any successor entity under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________ U.S. dollars [Note: Insert if a Global Security: (as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)] on March 15, 2025, at the office or agency of the Company referred to below, and to pay accrued interest on such principal amount in arrears, in semi-annual payments on

17


March 15 and September 15 (each herein called an “Interest Payment Date”) (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the Interest Payment Date will be postponed to the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no further interest will accrue in respect of such postponement) of each year, beginning on September 15, 2022, which interest shall accrue from and including March 11, 2022 or, if interest has already been paid or duly provided for, from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, at a rate of 2.95% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for, and (to the extent lawful) to pay interest on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for [; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, additional interest (“Additional Interest”) shall accrue on this Note, in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.] [All references to any amount of “interest” payable or with respect to this Note in the Indenture or this Note shall be deemed to include any applicable Additional Interest that may be payable on the Note.]

The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture (as defined below), be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1, as applicable (whether or not a Business Day), immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date (such date, the “Regular Record Date”) for such interest. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for, and interest on such Default Interest, at the interest rate borne by the Notes, to the extent lawful, shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date, and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Default Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the City of New York (which initially shall be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee), and if the Company shall designate and maintain an additional office or agency for such purpose, also at such additional office or agency, in U.S. dollars. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final payment of principal shall be payable only upon surrender of this Note to the Paying Agent.

For any period, interest on this Note shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, consisting of twelve 30-day months, and, for any period shorter than six months, on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed per 30-day month. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), the yearly rate of interest which is equivalent to the rate payable hereunder is the rate payable multiplied by the actual number of days in the year and divided by 360.
 
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

18


 
This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless and until the Trustee’s certificate of authentication below has been duly executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual, facsimile or electronic signature of a designated signing officer of the Trustee. This Note and the Indenture are governed by, and are to be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable therein.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
 
Dated:
 

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.  
      

 
 
  By:
   
  Name:
   
  Title:
   
       
       
  By:    
  Name:    
  Title:
   
 

SECTION 203          FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company designated as its 2.95% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025 (herein called the “Notes”), issued under an indenture (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), herein called the “Base Indenture”) dated as of August 6, 2008, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (herein called the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee thereunder), as supplemented and amended by the Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 11, 2022, among the Company, as issuer of the Notes, the Trustee and Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (“RCCI”), as Guarantor, (herein called the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), to which the Indenture reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and immunities thereunder of the Company, RCCI, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made in United States dollars.

The Company will pay to the Holders such Additional Amounts as may become payable under Section 907 of the Base Indenture.

19


On or before each Interest Payment Date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee or the Paying Agent an amount in U.S. dollars sufficient to pay the amount due on such payment date.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, RCCI has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on an unsecured, unsubordinated basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. RCCI will pay to the Holders such Additional Amounts as may become payable under Section 704 of the Supplemental Indenture.

The Notes will be subject to redemption upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at any time and from time to time, as a whole or in part, in amounts of U.S.$2,000 or an integral multiple of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof, at the option of the Company: (i) prior to the Par Call Date, at a Redemption Price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of: (1) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, and (2) (a) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the Redemption Date (assuming the Notes to be redeemed are scheduled to mature on the Par Call Date) on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus the Applicable Basis Points less (b) accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to be redeemed to the Redemption Date, plus, in either case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date, and (ii) commencing on the Par Call Date, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the yield determined by the Company in accordance with the following two paragraphs:
 
The Treasury Rate shall be determined by the Company after 4:15 p.m., New York City time (or after such time as yields on U.S. government securities are posted daily by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date based upon the yield or yields for the most recent day that appear after such time on such day in the most recent statistical release published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System designated as “Selected Interest Rates (Daily) - H.15” (or any successor designation or publication) (“H.15”) under the caption “U.S. government securities–Treasury constant maturities–Nominal” (or any successor caption or heading) (“H.15 TCM”). In determining the Treasury Rate, the Company shall select, as applicable: (1) the yield for the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to the Par Call Date (the “Remaining Life”); or (2) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to such Remaining Life, the two yields – one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately shorter than and one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately longer than such Remaining Life – and shall interpolate to the Par Call Date on a straight-line basis (using the actual number of days) using such yields and rounding the result to three decimal places; or (3) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15 shorter than or longer than such Remaining Life, the yield for the

20


single Treasury constant maturity on H.15 closest to such Remaining Life. For purposes of this paragraph, the applicable Treasury constant maturity or maturities on H.15 shall be deemed to have a maturity date equal to the relevant number of months or years, as applicable, of such Treasury constant maturity from the Redemption Date.
 
If on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date H.15 TCM is no longer published, the Company shall calculate the applicable Treasury Rate based on the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day preceding such Redemption Date of the United States Treasury security maturing on, or with a maturity that is closest to, the Par Call Date, as applicable.  If there is no United States Treasury security maturing on the Par Call Date but there are two or more United States Treasury securities with a maturity date equally distant from the Par Call Date, one with a maturity date preceding the Par Call Date and one with a maturity date following the Par Call Date, the Company shall select the United States Treasury security with a maturity date preceding the Par Call Date. If there are two or more United States Treasury securities maturing on the Par Call Date or two or more United States Treasury securities meeting the criteria of the preceding sentence, the Company shall select from among these two or more United States Treasury securities the United States Treasury security that is trading closest to par based upon the average of the bid and asked prices for such United States Treasury securities at 11:00 a.m., New York City time.  In determining the Treasury Rate in accordance with the terms of this paragraph, the semi-annual yield to maturity of the applicable United States Treasury security shall be based upon the average of the bid and asked prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, of such United States Treasury security, and rounded to three decimal places. The Company’s actions and determinations in determining the Redemption Price shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

The Notes will also be subject to redemption as a whole, but not in part, at the option of the Company at any time and from time to time, on not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice, at 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date, in the event the Company or RCCI, as the case may be, has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes or the Guarantee, as applicable, any Additional Amounts as a result of certain changes affecting Canadian withholding taxes on or after the Issue Date.
 
Any optional redemption of the Notes (and any related notice of redemption) (whether prior to, on or after the Par Call Date) may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of an equity or other securities offering, an incurrence of indebtedness or other financing, or any other transaction or event. If such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice must describe each such condition, and if applicable, state that, in the Company’s discretion, such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the applicable date fixed for redemption.  In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and other amounts owing for the redemption of any Notes and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

21


The Notes will also be subject to a special mandatory redemption, at the times and at the price and on the other terms and conditions specified in Section 304 of the Supplemental Indenture.

In the case of any redemption of Notes, interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of record of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Securities, at the close of business on the relevant Regular Record Date referred to on the face hereof. Notes (or portions thereof), for whose redemption and payment provision is made in accordance with the Indenture, shall cease to bear interest from and after the Redemption Date. In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a replacement Note or Notes for the unredeemed portion hereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default resulting from a Change in Control Triggering Event which is cured in accordance with Section 404 of the Supplemental Indenture by the making and consummation of a Change in Control Offer) shall occur and be continuing, the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

In addition, it shall be an Event of Default under the Indenture if a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs on or prior to the Maturity of the Notes (subject to the aforesaid cure provisions). Following such an Event of Default the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture unless the Company (or a third party) offers, within 20 Business Days after the occurrence of such Event of Default, to purchase the Notes and purchases the Notes for the Change in Control Purchase Price in cash on the date that is 40 Business Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event from a Holder who delivers and does not withdraw a Change in Control Purchase Notice. Holders have the right to withdraw any Change in Control Purchase Notice by delivering to the Paying Agent a written notice of withdrawal in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions for the defeasance and discharge of the Notes.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by or on behalf of the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

22


No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of U.S.$2,000 or any integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.  Prior to the time of due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes except as otherwise provided, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable on the Security Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or any other office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to the Indenture duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount and containing identical terms and provisions, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.


 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee
         

By:

 
    Name:
 
    Title:
 

SECTION 204          ASSIGNMENT FORM; CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

The following forms are to be attached to Notes that are Global Securities:

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

23




(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to
 
 
(Insert assignee’s legal name)
   
   
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)


and irrevocably appoint to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:
     
   
           
      Your Signature:    
          (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
 

Signature Guarantee1:







1
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).
 
24


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES


This certificate relates to $_________ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space) ____ book-entry or _____ definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

☐
has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or
   
☐
has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

[Include the following only if the Restricted Notes Legend is included herein:]In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring while it bears a Restricted Notes Legend, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 
(1)
☐
to the Company; or
       
 
(2)
☐
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
       
 
(3)
☐
for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a Person that the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (“Rule 144A”)) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or
       
 
(4)
☐
to a non-U.S. Person outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933 in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
       
 
(5)
☐
pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Rule 144); and

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) or (5) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions,

25


certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.


           
        Your Signature
 
Signature Guarantee:          
             
Date:
     
 

 
Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee
      Signature of Signature Guarantor  


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants to the Company and the Trustee that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A


Dated:
     
 

 

     
NOTICE:          To be executed by an executive officer
 


26


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents, warrants and agrees with the Company, the Trustee and their respective counsel that:


1.
The offer and sale of the Notes was not and will not be made to a U.S. person or a person in the United States (unless such person is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3) under the Securities Act) and such offer and sale was not and will not be specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.


2.
Unless the circumstances described in the parenthetical in paragraph 1 above are applicable, either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or it and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act), and neither it nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States.


3.
Neither it, any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf has made any directed selling efforts in the United States with respect to the Notes.


4.
The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.


5.
If it is a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the proposed transfer takes place during the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture), or we are an officer or director of the Company or an Initial Purchaser (as defined in the Indenture), we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rule 904(b) of Regulation S.



Dated:
     
 

 

     
NOTICE:          To be executed by an executive officer
 
 

27


SECTION 205          SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.

The following schedule is to be attached to Notes that are Global Securities:

2.95% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025


Initial Principal Amount: U.S.$
CUSIP             / ISIN

Authorization: ______________________

The following increases or decreases in this Note have been made:

Date
Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global Security
Amount of increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global Security
Principal Amount of
this Global Security
following suchdecrease or increase
Signature of Trustee
or Security Registrar
         
         


ARTICLE THREE

THE NOTES

SECTION 301          TITLE AND TERMS.

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “2.95% Senior Notes due 2025” of the Company. The entire unpaid principal amount of each Note shall become due and payable to the Holder thereof on March 15, 2025 (the “Maturity Date”). Interest shall accrue on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Note at a rate of interest equal to 2.95% per annum from March 11, 2022 or, if interest has been paid or duly provided for, the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, Additional Interest shall accrue on each Note in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. Such interest shall be payable on September 15, 2022 and semi−annually thereafter on March 15 and September 15 in each year (each an Interest Payment Date for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture), until the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for. Interest on the Notes shall be payable in arrears. If an Interest Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day without any additional interest accruing between the Interest Payment Date and the day payment is actually made. The Regular Record Date for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be the March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. To the extent lawful, interest shall accrue on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for

28


and such Default Interest shall be payable at the times and on the terms provided for in the Indenture.

If any Additional Interest is payable, prior to the time such Additional Interest is payable, the Company shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee and the Paying Agent setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of such Additional Interest. Neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for the determination, verification or calculation of any Additional Interest.

An unlimited aggregate principal amount of the Notes may be authenticated and delivered under this Supplemental Indenture (of which U.S.$1,000,000,000 is being issued, authenticated and delivered on the date hereof), including Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 806, 1008 or 1009 of the Indenture and Section 404 hereof. Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Securities issued on the date hereof may be created and issued under the Indenture, from time to time, by the Company without notice to or consent of the Holders, subject to the Company complying with any applicable provision of the Indenture. Any Additional Notes created and issued shall have the same terms and conditions as the Notes at the time outstanding, except for their date of issue, issue price and, if applicable, the first Interest Payment Date; provided that, if any such Additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying number. Exchange Notes may be created and issued by the Company under the Indenture in connection with an Exchange Offer for a like principal amount of Notes to be exchanged in such Exchange Offer. All Initial Notes, Exchange Notes and Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.
 
The Notes shall be unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company ranking pari passu with any other present or future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company.

The Notes shall be denominated in, and all principal of, and interest and premium (if any) on, the Notes shall be payable in U.S. dollars. Any payment of Additional Amounts hereunder shall also be payable in U.S. dollars.
 
The Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company at the prices, at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in the form of the Note in Article Two hereof. The Company shall be obligated to redeem the Notes upon the occurrence of a Special Mandatory Redemption Event at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified Section 304 hereof. The Company shall not be otherwise obligated to redeem, purchase or repay the Notes pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder of the Notes except as provided in Article Six hereof.
 
The Notes shall be subject to the covenants (and the related definitions) set forth in Articles Seven and Nine of the Indenture and, except as otherwise provided herein, to any other covenant in the Indenture, and to the defeasance and discharge provisions set forth in Article Three thereof and Section 305 herein.

29


 
Certain obligations of the Company under the Notes shall be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by RCCI to the extent set forth in Article Seven hereof.

SECTION 302          DENOMINATIONS.
 
The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons and in denominations of U.S.$2,000 or integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 303          NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS.
 
If, upon any consolidation or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, with or merger of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, into any other Person, or upon any conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of the properties and assets of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding−up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case in accordance with Section 701 of the Indenture, in the case of the Company, or Section 703 of this Supplemental Indenture, in the case of RCCI, any property or asset of the Company or of any Subsidiary, would thereupon become subject to any Lien, then, unless such Lien could be created pursuant to Section 502 without equally and ratably securing the Notes, the Company or RCCI, as applicable, prior to or simultaneously with such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition, will, as to such property or asset, secure the Notes Outstanding hereunder (together with, if the Company or RCCI shall so determine, any other Debt of the Company or RCCI now existing or hereafter created which is not subordinate to the Notes) equally and ratably with (or prior to) the Debt which upon such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is to become secured as to such property or asset by such Lien, or will cause such Notes to be so secured.

SECTION 304          SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION
 
(a)          If (i) the Arrangement is not consummated prior to December 31, 2022, (ii) the Arrangement Agreement is terminated at any time prior to December 31, 2022 (other than as a result of consummating the Arrangement) or (iii) the Company publicly announces at any time prior to December 31, 2022 that it will no longer pursue the consummation of the Arrangement (any such event under clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, a “Special Mandatory Redemption Event”, and the earliest date of any Special Mandatory Redemption Event, a “Trigger Date”), then the Company shall redeem all of the Outstanding Notes at a Redemption Price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined below).
 
(b)          If funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date are deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, on and after such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Notes will cease to bear interest.
 
(c)          In the event that the Company is required to redeem the Notes pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 304, the Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, a notice of special mandatory redemption (such notice, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Notice”) to

30


 
each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, electronically or by mail (postage prepaid) at the address of such Holder appearing in the Security Register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of Depositary, and the Trustee not later than five Business Days after the Trigger Date, and the Company will redeem the Notes on the date specified by the Company for such redemption in the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice (the date so specified, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”). The Special Mandatory Redemption Date will be no later than 30 days following the applicable Trigger Date, but no earlier than the fifth Business Day following the day the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice is delivered to Holders of the Notes.  At the election of the Company, the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.
 
(d)          Every Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall state:
 
(i)          the Special Mandatory Redemption Date;
 
(ii)          the Special Mandatory Redemption Price;
 
(iii)          that the Special Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, and that, if funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date are deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, interest on the Notes, shall cease to accrue on and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date; and
 
(iv)          the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price.
 
A Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall be irrevocable and not subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition.

SECTION 305          DISCHARGE
 
Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 305, the Company and RCCI shall be discharged from its obligations with respect to, and this Supplemental Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to, all Outstanding Notes, and the Trustee shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, execute and deliver to the Company and RCCI such deeds or other instruments as shall be required to evidence such satisfaction and discharge, when either:
 
(a)          all Outstanding Notes (except, for the avoidance of doubt, any lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 208 of the Indenture and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company or RCCI and thereafter repaid to the Company or RCCI, as applicable, or discharged from such trust), have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (including on conversion or exchange of the Notes into other securities or property), or
 
(b)          all Notes not so delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have otherwise become due and payable or have been called for redemption pursuant to this Supplemental

31


Indenture, (ii) will become due and payable within one year or (iii) if redeemable at the Company’s option pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and, in each case, the Company or RCCI has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash, in United States dollars, Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or chartered accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, on such Notes and accrued interest thereon to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be, and
 
(c)          in either case of the foregoing clause (a) or (b), the Company or RCCI has paid or caused to be paid all sums then payable by it under this Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Notes.
 
(d)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, and notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture with respect to Notes, (A) the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive solely from the fund held in trust described in subsection (b) of this Section 305 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes when such payments are due, (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Section 205, Section 206, Section 208, Section 902, Section 903 and Section 908, each of the Indenture, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and RCCI’s obligations in connection therewith, including the Company’s obligations under Section 507 of the Indenture and (D) this Article Three shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full or, if earlier, the date on which the funds held in trust for such payment are paid to the Company or RCCI, as applicable (or discharged from such trust, as applicable) in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 903 of the Indenture.  Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Section 507 of the Indenture shall survive.

SECTION 306          TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES.
 
When Notes in the form of a Definitive Note are presented to the Security Registrar with a request:
 
(a)          to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or
 
(b)          to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,
 
the Security Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:

32

 
(a)          shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and
 
(b)          in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:
 
(i)          if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Security Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Notes); or
 
(ii)          if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Notes); or
 
(iii)          if such Definitive Notes are being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with (A) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (B) Rule 144A, (C) Rule 904 of Regulation S or (D) in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Rule 144), (x) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Note) and (y) if the Company or the Trustee so requests in connection with transfers described in clauses (C) or (D), an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legend set forth in Section 202.

SECTION 307          RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF A DEFINITIVE NOTE FOR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A GLOBAL NOTE.
 
A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below.  Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, together with:
 
(a)          certification (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Note) that such Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration (i) in accordance with an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) in accordance with Rule 144A, (iii) in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S or (iv) in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Rule 144), and if the Company or the Trustee so requests in connection with transfers described in clauses (iii) or (iv), an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legend set forth in Section 202; and
 
(b)          written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to reflect an increase in the aggregate

33


principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase,
 
the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled.  If no Global Notes are then outstanding, the Company may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon receipt of a Company Order of the Company in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, a new applicable Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

SECTION 308          TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF GLOBAL NOTES.
 
(a)          The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor.  A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Security Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of such Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note or another Global Note, and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note, and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.  Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, shall be made only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Notes from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S, or an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence of exemption reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
 
(b)          If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Security Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Security Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.  If the Company or the Trustee so requests in connection with transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, other than a transfer to a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, such request for transfer shall be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee, as applicable, as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legend set forth in Section 202.

34


(c)          Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Supplemental Indenture (other than Section 305), a Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole and not in part by the Depositary to a nominee of such Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor of such Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.
 
(d)          In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to Section 315 of this Supplemental Indenture prior to the consummation of an Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 308 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Notes included to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company.

SECTION 309          RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE.
 
(a)          During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (i) to the Company, (ii) so long as such security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person whom the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (iii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S, (iv) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if applicable) under the Securities Act or (v) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.  Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Rule 144A Global Note shall be made only in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse of the Note to the effect that such transfer is being made to a person whom the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A.  Such written certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Restricted Period.
 
(b)          Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of the Indenture.

SECTION 310          CANCELLATION OR ADJUSTMENT OF GLOBAL NOTE.
 
At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note,

35


redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

SECTION 311          OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES OF NOTES.
 
(a)          To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Security Registrar’s request.
 
(b)          No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange (except as otherwise expressly permitted in the Indenture), but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon transfers or exchanges pursuant to Sections 205 and 1008 of the Indenture).
 
(c)          Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Security Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Security Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
 
(d)          All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of the Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
 
(e)          The Security Registrar and the Trustee may request such evidence as may be reasonably requested by them to determine the identity and signatures of the transferor and the transferee.

SECTION 312          NO OBLIGATION OF THE TRUSTEE.
 
(a)          The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary (“Agent Members”) or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or their respective nominees or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes.  All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).  The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the

36


 
Depositary.  The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.
 
(b)          The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under the Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of the Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

SECTION 313          EXCHANGE OFFER.
 
Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of a Company Order in accordance with Section 204 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Global Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Notes tendered for exchange by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted by the Company for exchange in the Exchange Offer.  Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Notes with the Restricted Notes Legend to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of the Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in the applicable principal amount.  Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. For greater certainty, an owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note representing an Initial Note (a “Beneficial Interest Owner”) or Holder of an Initial Note, as applicable, shall, pursuant to the terms of the Initial Notes, have the right to acquire  beneficial interests in Exchange Notes issued as a Global Note or Exchange Notes, as applicable, in each case in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in such Global Note or such Initial Note, as applicable, tendered for acceptance by such Beneficial Interest Owner or Holder, as applicable, to the extent such tendered beneficial interests or Initial Note, as applicable, are accepted by the Company for exchange in the Exchange Offer.

SECTION 314          NON-COMPLIANT TRANSFERS NULL AND VOID.
 
Any purported transfer of a Note, or any interest therein, to a purchaser or transferee that does not comply with the requirements specified in this Article Three shall be of no force and effect and shall be null and void ab initio.

37


SECTION 315          DEFINITIVE NOTES.
 
(a)          A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or Custodian pursuant to Section 201 may be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with this Article Three and (1) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act or otherwise ceases to be eligible as a depositary and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or after the Company becomes aware of such cessation, or (2) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Security Registrar has received a request from the Depositary or (3) the Company, in its sole discretion and subject to the procedures of the Depositary, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes under the Indenture.  In addition, any Affiliate of the Company that is a beneficial owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the form of a Definitive Note, by providing a written request to the Company and the Trustee and such Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other information as may be required by the Indenture or the Company or the Trustee.
 
(b)          Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 315 shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.  Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 315 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of U.S.$2,000 or any integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof, registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct.  Any certificated Note in the form of a Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 202 hereof, bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
 
(c)          The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under the Indenture or the Notes.
 
(d)          In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraph (a)(1), (2) or (3) of this Section 315, the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons.
 
ARTICLE FOUR
 
REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
 
SECTION 401          ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT.
 
In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 401 of the Indenture, “Event of Default”, wherever used herein and in the Indenture with respect to the Notes, includes

38


 
the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), subject to any cure thereof as provided in Section 404 below.
 
Under this Supplemental Indenture, a “Change in Control Triggering Event” is deemed to occur upon both a Change in Control and a Rating Decline with respect to the Notes. The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to whether a Rating Decline with respect to the Notes has occurred.
 
A “Change in Control” means (i) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons (as the term “group” is used in Rule 13d−5 of the Exchange Act), other than Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family, acquires, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes of Voting Shares of the Company or (ii) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons, other than (A) Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family or (B) for so long as the only primary beneficiaries of a Qualifying Trust established under the last will and testament of Edward S. Rogers are one or more persons referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, any Person designated by the trustees of such Qualifying Trust to exercise voting rights attaching to any shares held by such trustees, has elected to the Board of Directors such number of its or their nominees so that such nominees so elected shall constitute a majority of the number of the directors comprising the Board of Directors; provided that to the extent that one or more regulatory approvals are required for any of the transactions or circumstances described in clause (i) or (ii) above to become effective under applicable law, such transactions or circumstances shall be deemed to have occurred at the time such approvals have been obtained and become effective under applicable law.
 
“Member of the Rogers Family” means (i) such of the following persons as are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or are born after the date of this Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date: (a) the widow, if any, of Edward S. Rogers (who was born on May 27, 1933, such individual being hereinafter referred to as “Edward S. Rogers”); (b) the issue of Edward S. Rogers; (c) Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi, the half−sister of Edward S. Rogers, and the issue of Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi; (d) individuals adopted by Edward S. Rogers or any of the persons described in subclauses (a) or (b) of this clause (i) provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals; provided that if any person is born out of

39


wedlock he shall be deemed not to be the issue of another person for the purposes hereof unless and until he is proven or acknowledged to be the issue of such person and; (ii) the trustees of any Qualifying Trust, but only to the extent of such Qualifying Trust’s Family Percentage Holding of voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company at the time of the determination.
 
“Family Percentage Holding” means the aggregate percentage of the securities held by a Qualifying Trust representing, directly or indirectly, an interest in voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company, that it is reasonable, under all the circumstances, to regard as being held beneficially for Qualified Persons (or any class consisting of two or more Qualified Persons); provided always that in calculating the Family Percentage Holding (A) in respect of any power of appointment or discretionary trust capable of being exercised in favor of any of the Qualified Persons such trust or power shall be deemed to have been exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until such trust or power has been otherwise exercised; (B) where any beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust has assigned, transferred or conveyed, in any manner whatsoever, his or her beneficial interest to another person, then, for the purpose of determining the Family Percentage Holding in respect of such Qualifying Trust, the person to whom such interest has been assigned, transferred or conveyed shall be regarded as the only person beneficially interested in the Qualifying Trust in respect of such interest but in the case where the interest is so assigned, transferred or conveyed is an interest in a discretionary trust or is an interest which may arise as a result of the exercise in favor of the assignor of a discretionary power of appointment and such discretionary trust or power of appointment is also capable of being exercised in favor of persons described in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, such discretionary trust or power shall be deemed to have been so exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until it has in fact been exercised; and (C) the interest of any Permitted Residuary Beneficiary shall be ignored until its interest has indefeasibly vested.
 
“Permitted Residuary Beneficiary” means any person who is a beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust and, under the terms of the Qualifying Trust, is entitled to distributions out of the capital of such Qualifying Trust only after the death of all of the Qualified Persons who are beneficiaries of such Qualifying Trust.
 
“Perpetuity Date” means the date that is 21 years, less one day, from the date of the death of the last survivor of the individuals described in subclause (i)(a), (b), (c) or (d) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, who are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture.
 
“Qualifying Trust” means a trust (whether testamentary or inter vivos) any beneficiary of which is a person referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, provided that such Spouse is living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or is born after the date of this Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date (all such persons being hereafter referred to as “Qualified Persons”).

40


“Spouse” means, in relation to any person, a person who is legally married to that person and includes a widow or widower of that person, notwithstanding remarriage.

SECTION 402          ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.
 
If a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs and is continuing and the Company (or a third party) fails in any material respect to comply with any of the provisions of Section 404 hereof, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding may declare the principal of all such Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal shall become immediately due and payable.

SECTION 403          RESERVED.

SECTION 404          CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER.
 
(a)          The Notes may not be accelerated pursuant to Section 402 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall be cured if the Company complies in all material respects with the provisions of this Section 404. If the Company elects to cure such Event of Default, within 20 Business Days of the occurrence of an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event, (i) the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event and shall make an offer to purchase (the “Change in Control Offer”) all outstanding Notes properly tendered at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Change in Control Purchase Date (as hereinafter defined) (the “Change in Control Purchase Price”) on the date that is 40 Business Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event (the “Change in Control Purchase Date”), (ii) the Trustee shall deliver a copy of the Change in Control Offer to each Holder and (iii) the Company shall cause a notice of the Change in Control Offer to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news service in the United States and CNW Group Ltd. (Canada News Wire or Cision Canada) or a similar news service in Canada. The Change in Control Offer shall remain open from the time such offer is made until the Change in Control Purchase Date. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to ascertain the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event or to give notice with respect thereto other than as provided above upon receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company. The Trustee may conclusively assume, in the absence of receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company, that no Change in Control Triggering Event has occurred. The Change in Control Offer shall include a form of Change in Control Purchase Notice to be completed by the Holder and shall state:
 
(i)          the events causing a Change in Control Triggering Event and the date such Change in Control Triggering Event is deemed to have occurred;

41


(ii)          that the Change in Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 404 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change in Control Offer will be accepted for payment;
 
(iii)          the date by which the Change in Control Purchase Notice pursuant to this Section 404 must be given;
 
(iv)          the Change in Control Purchase Date;
 
(v)          the Change in Control Purchase Price;
 
(vi)          the names and addresses of the Paying Agent and the offices or agencies referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture;
 
(vii)          that Notes must be surrendered to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to collect payment;
 
(viii)          that the Change in Control Purchase Price for any Note as to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been duly given and not withdrawn will be paid promptly upon the later of the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and the time of surrender of such Note as described in clause (vii) above;
 
(ix)          the procedures the Holder must follow to accept the Change in Control Offer; and
 
(x)          the procedures for withdrawing a Change in Control Purchase Notice.
 
(b)          A Holder may accept a Change in Control Offer by delivering to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture a written notice (a “Change in Control Purchase Notice”) at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date, stating:
 
(i)          that such Holder elects to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Change in Control Offer;
 
(ii)          the principal amount of the Note that the Holder elects to have purchased by the Company, which amount must be U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, and the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered by such Holder for purchase by the Company; and
 
(iii)          that such Note shall be purchased on the Change in Control Purchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in this Supplemental Indenture.
 
The delivery of such Note (together with all necessary endorsements) to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in

42


Section 902 of the Indenture prior to, on or after the Change in Control Purchase Date shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Change in Control Purchase Price therefor; provided that such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 404 only if the Note so delivered to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall conform in all respects to the description thereof set forth in the related Change in Control Purchase Notice.
 
The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 404, a portion of a Note if the principal amount of such portion is U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of the Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Note also apply to the purchase of a portion of such Note.
 
Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 404 shall be consummated by the delivery by the Company of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and (b) the time of delivery of the Note by the Holder to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in the manner required by this Section 404.
 
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent, at the office of the Paying Agent or an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture, the Change in Control Purchase Notice contemplated by this Section 404(b) shall have the right to withdraw such Change in Control Purchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in accordance with Section 601 hereof.
 
The Paying Agent or the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by the former of any Change in Control Purchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.
 
(c)          The Notes may also not be accelerated pursuant to Section 402 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall also be cured if a third party makes and consummates a Change in Control Offer in the manner and at the times and otherwise in compliance with this Section 404; provided, however, that any such third party shall be subject to Section 907 of the Indenture in respect of any amounts paid by such third party hereunder (for this purpose, Section 907 of the Indenture is modified by replacing “Company” with the name of the third party) and such Event of Default shall be cured only if such third party complies with Section 907 of the Indenture (as modified) or if the Company satisfies the third party’s obligations under such Section.
 
ARTICLE FIVE
 
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

SECTION 501          RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.
 
(a)          The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or the

43


Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may transfer any assets or properties to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, if (i) prior to and immediately after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) such Subsidiary or Person, together with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, shall not in the aggregate have Net Tangible Assets greater than 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section 501, (1) the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets shall also include the aggregate Net Tangible Assets of such Subsidiary or Person and all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (2) Excluded Assets shall be excluded from the calculation of Net Tangible Assets and Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.
 
(b)          The Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary unless immediately before and after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
 
(c)          Nothing in this Section 501 shall restrict or limit the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from transferring any asset that is an Excluded Asset to any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
SECTION 502          LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur or guarantee any Secured Debt unless and for so long as the Company secures, or causes such Restricted Subsidiary to secure, the Notes equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Secured Debt. However, any of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Secured Debt without securing the Notes if, immediately after incurring the Secured Debt, the aggregate principal amount of all Secured Debt then outstanding plus the aggregate amount of the Attributable Debt then outstanding pursuant to Sale and Leaseback Transactions would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. The aggregate amount of all Secured Debt in the preceding sentence excludes Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes and Secured Debt that is being repaid concurrently. Any Lien which is granted to secure the Notes under this Section 502 shall be discharged at the same time as the discharge of the Lien securing the Secured Debt that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes under this Section 502.

SECTION 503          LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, unless either (a) immediately thereafter, the sum of (1) the Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction and all other Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on or after the Issue Date (or, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, the date on which it became a Restricted Subsidiary, if on or after the Issue Date) and (2) the aggregate amount of all Secured Debt, excluding Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes, would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (b) an amount, equal to the greater of the net proceeds to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from such sale and the
44


Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, is used within 180 days to retire Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. However, Debt which is subordinate to the Notes or which is owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may not be retired in satisfaction of clause (b) above.

SECTION 504          LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT.
 
The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt (other than Debt to the extent that the Notes are secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Debt), unless:
 
 (1) the obligations of the Company under the Notes are guaranteed (which guarantee may be on an unsecured basis) by such Restricted Subsidiary such that the claim of the Holders of the Notes under such guarantee ranks prior to or pari passu with such Debt; or
 
(2) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the sum of (without duplication) (x) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Debt of all Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Exempted Secured Debt, and for the avoidance of doubt, any Debt permitted by clause (1) of this Section 504), (y) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Secured Debt of the Company (not on a Consolidated basis) and (z) Attributable Debt relating to then outstanding Sale and Leaseback Transactions, would not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that this restriction will not apply to, and there will be excluded from any calculation hereunder, (A) Debt owing by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (B) Debt secured by Permitted Liens; provided, further, that this restriction will not prohibit the incurrence of Debt in connection with any extension, renewal or replacement (including successive extensions, renewals or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Debt of the Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that the principal amount of such Debt immediately prior to such extension, renewal or replacement is not increased).

SECTION 505          WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.
 
Pursuant to Section 910 of the Indenture, the Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition in Section 905 or 906 thereof and any covenant or condition in Section 501, 502, 503 or 504 of this Supplemental Indenture if, before or after the time for such compliance, the Holders of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall, by Holder Direction, waive such compliance in such instance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.
 
ARTICLE SIX
 
CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

SECTION 601          EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE.
 
Upon receipt by the Company of the Change in Control Purchase Notice specified in Section 404(b) hereof, the Holder of the Note in respect of which such Change in Control

45


Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Change in Control Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in the following two paragraphs of this Section) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to such Note. Such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date (provided the conditions in Section 404(b) hereof have been satisfied) and (b) the time of delivery of the Note to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 404(b) hereof.
 
A Change in Control Purchase Notice may be withdrawn before or after delivery by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent of the Note to which such Change in Control Purchase Notice relates, by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to which the related Change in Control Purchase Notice was delivered at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date specifying, as applicable:
 
(a)          the certificate number of the Note in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted,
 
(b)          the principal amount of the Note (which shall be U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and
 
(c)          the principal amount, if any, of such Note (which shall be U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) that remains subject to the original Change in Control Purchase Notice and that has been or will be delivered for purchase by the Company.
 
The Paying Agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Notes with respect to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in compliance with this Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 602          DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE.
 
No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 903 of the Indenture) an amount of cash sufficient to pay the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Change in Control Purchase Date.

SECTION 603          REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY.
 
As provided in the Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company any cash that remains unclaimed, together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture), held by them for the payment of the Change in Control Purchase Price; provided, however, that, to the extent that the aggregate

46


amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 602 hereof exceeds the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of the Notes or portions thereof to be purchased, then the Trustee shall hold such excess for the Company and promptly after the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Trustee shall upon demand return any such excess to the Company together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture).
 
ARTICLE SEVEN
 
GUARANTEE

SECTION 701          GUARANTEE.
 
(a)          RCCI hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees (the “Guarantee”) due payment and performance to the Trustee, for and on behalf of the Holders, forthwith after demand, of all the obligations of the Company that arise under this Supplemental Indenture, the applicable provisions of the Indenture or under the Notes to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes when due and payable at Maturity and any Additional Amounts, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee (including all amounts due to the Trustee under Section 507 of the Indenture) and the Holders of the Notes which obligations arise under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes, according to the terms hereof and thereof, including any applicable grace periods (the “Guaranteed Obligations”). The Guarantee shall be an unsecured, unsubordinated obligation of RCCI ranking pari passu with other present and future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of RCCI. The Company hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees the Guarantee of RCCI.
 
(b)          RCCI agrees that, without obtaining the consent of or giving notice to RCCI, the Trustee may vary this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture, as provided herein and therein, grant extensions of time or other indulgences, take and give up securities, grant releases and discharges and otherwise deal with the Company and other parties as the Trustee may see fit and may apply all monies received from the Company or others or from securities upon such part of the Company’s liability as the Trustee may think best without prejudice to or in any way limiting or lessening the liability of RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture. The Trustee expressly reserves all its rights under the Indenture, and any such variances shall not be deemed waivers of any rights or other provisions under the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture.
 
(c)          The Guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee of all the Guaranteed Obligations and shall apply to any ultimate balance due or remaining unpaid to the Holders of the Notes. The Guarantee shall not be considered as wholly or partially satisfied by the payment or liquidation at any time of any sum of money which may at any time be or become owing or due or remain unpaid to the Holders of the Notes.
 
(d)          The Guarantee shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by any change in the name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of the Company or RCCI, or by any merger or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI with any Person or

47


Persons, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture or the applicable provisions of the Indenture. In the case of the Company being amalgamated with another corporation, the Guarantee shall apply to the liabilities of the resulting corporation, and the term “Company” shall include each such resulting corporation.
 
(e)          All monies, advances, renewals and credits in fact borrowed or obtained by the Company under this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to form part of the liabilities hereby guaranteed notwithstanding any limitation of status or of power of the Company or of the directors or agents thereof or that the Company may not be a legal entity or any irregularity, defect or informality in the borrowing or obtaining of such monies, advances, renewals or credits.
 
(f)          The obligations of RCCI hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any moneys or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by RCCI hereunder which may not be recoverable from RCCI on the basis of a guarantee or as surety shall be recoverable from RCCI as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof.
 
(g)          The Trustee shall not be bound to exhaust its recourse against the Company or other parties before being entitled to demand payment from or performance by RCCI and enforce its rights under this Supplemental Indenture.
 
(h)          Any account settled or stated by or between the Trustee and the Company in relation to this Supplemental Indenture shall be accepted by RCCI as conclusive evidence that the balance or amount thereby appearing due by the Company to the Trustee is so due.
 
(i)          RCCI shall make payment to the Trustee of the amount of the liability of RCCI forthwith after demand therefor is made in writing during the continuance of any Event of Default and such demand shall be conclusively deemed to have been effectually made when delivered in accordance with the notice provisions set forth herein and the liability of RCCI shall bear interest from the date of such demand at the rate borne by the Notes, such interest to be calculated monthly based on the number of days elapsed and to be deemed payable on the first Business Day of a month in respect of the immediately preceding month or upon demand, whichever is earlier.
 
(j)          All amounts payable by RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture shall be paid without set−off or counterclaim and without any deduction or withholding whatsoever unless and to the extent that RCCI shall be prohibited by law from doing so, in which case RCCI shall, only to the extent such a similar requirement is imposed on the Company pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, pay to the Trustee such additional amount as shall be necessary to ensure that the Trustee receives the full amount it would have received if no such deduction or withholding had been made.
 
(k)          RCCI acknowledges that it has, by separate written instrument, irrevocably designated and appointed CT Corporation System (“CT Corporation”) as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the Guarantee or this Supplemental Indenture that may be instituted in any federal or state court in the State of New York or brought under federal or state securities laws.

48


RCCI acknowledges that CT Corporation has accepted such designation, submits to the non−exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding and acknowledges further that service of process upon CT Corporation (or any successor) and written notice of said service to RCCI shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon RCCI in any such suit or proceeding. RCCI further agrees to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of CT Corporation (or any successor) in full force and effect so long as any of the Notes shall be outstanding. In addition, to the extent that RCCI has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under the above−referenced documents, to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 702          RELEASE OF GUARANTOR.
 
(a)          In addition to the release provisions set forth in the Indenture, subject to Section 702(d), RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Seven, and RCCI’s Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect, upon the request of the Company (without the consent of the Trustee) if, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (and, if applicable, any transaction in connection therewith, including any other concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company would be in compliance with Section 504 hereof, including in the event of a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary.
 
(b)          In order to effect the release and termination provided for in Section 702(a), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (as well as any concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company will be in compliance with Section 504 hereof. In the event that the release and termination is in connection with a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary, pro forma effect shall be given to such transaction (including the application of any proceeds therefrom) in determining the Company’s compliance with Section 504 and, accordingly, the amount of Debt subject to the Guarantee of RCCI and any other Debt of RCCI shall be excluded from any calculation thereunder. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture, no opinion, report or certificate, other than the Officers’ Certificate provided for in this Section 702(b), need be furnished to the Trustee for such release and termination. After its receipt of the aforementioned Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by either the Company or RCCI in order to evidence the release of RCCI from its obligations under the Guarantee under this Article Seven.
 
(c)          No supplemental indenture, amendment or waiver shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note, release RCCI from any of its obligations under Section 701, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 702 or the other release

49


provisions set forth in the Indenture, or amend or modify the release provisions of this Section 702.
 
(d)          Notwithstanding the release provisions of Section 702(a), RCCI shall not be released from its obligations under this Article Seven and the Guarantee will not be terminated if, immediately after such release and termination (and, if applicable, after giving effect to any transaction to occur concurrently therewith), RCCI remains a co−obligor with or a guarantor for, as applicable, the obligations of the Company under any Existing Note.
 
(e)          Notwithstanding the release provisions of this Section 702, any Person added as a Guarantor at the option of the Company pursuant to Section 801(f) of the Indenture may be released at the option of the Company at any time upon such conditions as may be specified in the supplement to this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which such added Guarantor provided its Guarantee. No opinion, report or certificate, other than the Officers’ Certificate provided for in this Section 702(b), need be furnished to the Trustee for a release and termination pursuant to this Section 702(e). Nothing in this Section 702(e) shall modify or amend the release provisions applicable to RCCI pursuant to clauses (a) through (e) of this Section 702.

SECTION 703          AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE.
 
(a)          Unless RCCI has been released, or in connection with such transaction will be released, from its obligations under the Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of Section 702 hereof or any other release provision set forth in the Indenture, RCCI shall not amalgamate or consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding−up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) unless:
 
(i)          immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of RCCI or a Subsidiary of RCCI in connection with or as a result of such transaction as having been incurred at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
 
(ii)          either (x) RCCI shall be the continuing Person or (y) the Person (if other than RCCI) formed by such amalgamation or consolidation or into which RCCI is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety (the “Successor Guarantor”) shall, unless the Successor Guarantor is the Company, (A) be a corporation, company, partnership or trust organized and validly existing under the federal laws of Canada or any Province thereof or the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee (provided, however, that the Successor Guarantor shall not be required to execute and deliver such a supplemental indenture in the event of an amalgamation of RCCI with one or more other Persons, in which the

50

 
amalgamation is governed by the laws of Canada or any province thereof, the Successor Guarantor and RCCI are, immediately prior to such amalgamation, organized and existing under the laws of Canada or any province thereof and upon the effectiveness of such amalgamation, the Successor Guarantor shall have become or shall continue to be (as the case may be), by operation of law, liable for the observance of all obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee); and
 
(iii)          RCCI, the Company or the Successor Guarantor, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such amalgamation, consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction (or series of transactions), such supplemental indenture, comply with this Section 703(a) and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied.
 
(b)          Upon any amalgamation, consolidation or merger, or any conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 703(a), the Successor Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Guarantor had been named as a Guarantor herein; and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Seven, and RCCI’s Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect.

SECTION 704          PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS.
 
All payments made by RCCI under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of any province or territory thereof or by any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (hereinafter “Taxes”), unless RCCI is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency.  If RCCI is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, RCCI will pay as interest such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder of such Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such holder would have received in respect of the beneficial owner if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to a payment made to a holder of the Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (i) with which RCCI does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”)) at the time of making such payment or which is entitled to the payment in respect of a debt or other obligation to pay an amount to a person with which RCCI does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) at the time of making such payment, (ii) which is a “specified shareholder” of RCCI, or which does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) with a “specified shareholder” of RCCI as defined in subsection 18(5) of the Tax Act, (iii) where all or any portion of the amount paid or credited to such holder is deemed to be a dividend pursuant to subsection 214(6) of the Tax

51


Act, (iv) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the holder or beneficial owner carrying on business in, maintaining a permanent establishment or other physical presence in or otherwise being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the acquisition or mere holding of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder, (v) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the legal nature of the holder or beneficial owner disentitling such holder or beneficial owner to the benefit of an applicable treaty or convention if and to the extent that the application of such treaty or convention would have resulted in the reduction or elimination of any Taxes as to which Additional Amounts would have otherwise been payable to a holder on behalf of such beneficial owner, (vi) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the failure by a holder or beneficial owner to comply with any certification, identification, documentation or other reporting requirements if compliance is required by law, regulation, administrative practice or an applicable treaty as a pre-condition to exemption from, or a reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, such Taxes, (vii) if the Notes are presented for payment more than 15 days after the date on which such payment or such Notes became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts had the Notes been presented on the last day of such 15-day period), (viii) on account of any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, value added, excise, transfer, use, personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or governmental charge, (ix) that is a fiduciary, partnership or any other entity other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed had the holder of the Notes been the beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner, as the case may be, of the payment, (x) on account of any Taxes (a) that are payable other than by deduction or withholding from a payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, (b) that would not have been imposed but for a change in law, regulation, or administrative or judicial interpretation that becomes effective more than 15 days after the payment becomes due or is duly provided for, whichever occurs later or (c) that are required to be withheld by any paying agent from any payment of principal of or interest on any Note, if such payment can be made without such withholding or deduction by at least one other paying agent or (xi) any combination of (i) through (x).  RCCI will also (a) make such withholding or deduction and (b) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law.  Upon the written request of a holder of Notes, RCCI will furnish, as soon as reasonably practicable, to such holder of Notes certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by RCCI.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments will be made net of any deduction or withholding imposed or collected pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code (or any law implementing such an intergovernmental agreement) (any such withholding, a “FATCA Withholding Tax”), and no Additional Amounts will be payable as a result of any such FATCA Withholding Tax.
 
If a holder in respect of a beneficial owner has received a refund or credit for any Taxes with respect to which RCCI has paid Additional Amounts, such holder shall pay over such refund to RCCI (but only to the extent of such Additional Amounts), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such holder or beneficial owner, together with any interest paid by the relevant tax authority in respect of such refund.

52


At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Guarantee of RCCI is due and payable, if RCCI will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, RCCI will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable, stating the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee, on behalf of RCCI, to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date. Whenever in the Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal (and premium, if any), redemption price, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to the Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.
 
The obligations of RCCI under this Section 704 shall survive the discharge and termination of this Supplemental Indenture and the payment of all amounts under or with respect to the Guarantee.

SECTION 705          RIGHT OF REDEMPTION; ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.
 
(a)          If, as a result of
 
(i)          a change in, or an amendment to, the laws (including any regulations, rulings or protocols promulgated thereunder) or treaties of Canada (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein);
 
(ii)          any change in or amendment to, or introduction of, any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations, rulings, protocols or treaties (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction); or
 
(iii)          any official proposal of the aforementioned changes in clauses (i) and (ii) above;
 
which change, amendment or official proposal is announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date of the Notes, RCCI has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee, any Additional Amounts in accordance with Section 704 of this Supplemental Indenture, then the Company may, at its option, redeem such Notes, as a whole but not in part, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but not including the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if any; provided that the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable commercial measures available to the Company or RCCI not including substitution of the obligor or guarantor under such Notes.
 
(b)          The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to this Section 705 shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of such redemption, the Company shall, at least 10 but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by it (unless a shorter

53


notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed.

SECTION 706          PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.
 
The reference contained in Section 210 of the Indenture to the obligations of the Company under Section 907 of the Indenture shall be deemed to include the obligations of RCCI under Section 704 of this Supplemental Indenture.
 
ARTICLE EIGHT
 
AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE

SECTION 801          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 106.For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 106 is hereby amended by adding the following:

“The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions, including funds transfer instructions (“Instructions”) given pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and related financing documents and delivered using Electronic Means; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing the Authorized Officers and containing specimen signatures of such Authorized Officers, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended by the Company whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Company elects to give the Trustee Instructions using Electronic Means and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such Instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such Instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Company understands and agrees that the Trustee cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Instructions and that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that directions that purport to have been sent by an Authorized Officer listed on the incumbency certificate provided to the Trustee have been sent by such Authorized Officer. The Company shall be responsible for ensuring that only Authorized Officers transmit such Instructions to the Trustee and that the Company and all Authorized Officers are solely responsible to safeguard the use and confidentiality of applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys upon receipt by the Company. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such Instructions notwithstanding such Instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Company agrees: (i) to assume all risks arising out of the use of Electronic Means to submit Instructions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized Instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties; (ii) that it is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with the various methods of transmitting Instructions to the Trustee and that there may be more secure methods of transmitting Instructions than the method(s) selected by the Company; (iii) that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection with its transmission of Instructions provide to it a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances; and (iv) to notify the Trustee promptly upon learning of any compromise or unauthorized use of the security procedures.”

54


SECTION 802          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 115.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 115 is hereby amended by adding the following:
 
“The Company irrevocably consents to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or any United States Federal court sitting, in each case, in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, United States of America, and any appellate court from any thereof, and waives any immunity from the jurisdiction of such courts over any suit, action or proceeding that may be brought by the Trustee or Holders of the Notes in connection with this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes. The Company irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to any suit, action or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes in such courts on the grounds of venue or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which the Company is subject by a suit upon such judgment; provided that service of process is effected upon the Company in the manner provided by the Indenture.
 
ALL PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.”

SECTION 803          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 401(b) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(b) default in the payment of any interest, including any Additional Interest, or any Additional Amounts on any Notes when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or”
 
SECTION 804          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 401 is hereby amended by adding the following as the third paragraph of Section 401:
 
“Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by a Trust Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the applicable Series of Securities.”
 
SECTION 805          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE ARTICLE FIVE
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Article Five is hereby amended by adding the following as a new Section 515:

55


“Section 515: TRUSTEE NOT BOUND TO ACT.

The Trustee shall retain the right not to act and shall not be liable for refusing to act if, due to a lack of information or for any other reason whatsoever, the Trustee, in its sole judgment, determines that such act might cause it to be in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or anti-terrorist legislation, regulation or guideline. Further, should the Trustee, in its sole judgment, determine at any time that its acting under this Supplemental Indenture has resulted in its being in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or antiterrorist legislation, regulation or guideline, then it shall have the right to resign on 10 days’ written notice to the Company (and during such ten (10) day notice period, the Trustee shall have the right not to act and shall not be liable for refusing to act) provided that: (i) the Trustee’s written notice shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, describe the circumstances of such noncompliance (for greater certainty, no such description shall be required if it could constitute ‘tipping off’ or any other disclosure or action prohibited by applicable law); and (ii) if such circumstances are rectified to the Trustee’s satisfaction within such ten (10) day notice period, then such resignation shall not be effective.”

SECTION 806          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 701.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 701(a)(1) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(1) the Company shall be the continuing Person or”

SECTION 807          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 906

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 906 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(a)          If the Company is not required to file with the Commission the Financial Reports, the Company will furnish (without cost) to each holder of Notes then outstanding and file with the Trustee (i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, its audited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP and substantially in the form prescribed by applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities for Canadian public reporting companies (whether or not the Company is a public reporting company at the time) and (ii) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, unaudited consolidated financial statements for the interim period as at, and for the interim period ending on, the end of such fiscal quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP and substantially in the form prescribed by applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities for Canadian public reporting companies (whether or not the Company is a public reporting company at the time).
 
(b)          The obligations of the Company to deliver the Financial Reports or the financial statements referred to in the preceding paragraph will be deemed satisfied if any parent entity of the Company has delivered to the Trustee (including by making them publicly available on SEDAR or EDGAR) the applicable Financial Reports or financial statements, as applicable, that would otherwise be required to be provided in respect of the Company, with respect to such parent entity; provided that such obligations will only be deemed to be satisfied if, and for so

56


long as, such parent entity furnishes to the Trustee (either in or with a copy of such Financial Reports or financial statements, as applicable) “summary financial information” as defined in Section 13.4 of National Instrument 51-102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations (“NI 51-102”) (or substantially equivalent financial information provided for in any successor provision thereto in NI 51-102 or any successor instrument) for the parent entity for the periods covered by such financial statements with a separate column for (i) the parent entity, (ii) the Company, (iii) all guarantors (if any) (on a combined basis), (iv) any other subsidiaries of the parent entity (on a combined basis), (v) consolidating adjustments and (vi) total consolidated amounts.
 
(c)          Delivery of such Financial Reports or financial statements, as applicable, to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt thereof shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants (as to which the Trustee is entitled to certificates). The Trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, the Company’s compliance with the covenants or with respect to any reports or other documents filed on SEDAR, EDGAR or any website.
 
(d)          the Company has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, and are not eligible to be resold pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company will furnish to the holders of the Notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act (for so long as such information is required in order to permit resales of the Notes pursuant to Rule 144A).
 
(e)          Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s or RCCI’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).”
 
SECTION 808          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 603.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 603 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“So long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company will provide to the Trustee within 30 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and quarterly reports and of the information, documents and other reports which the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (collectively, the “Financial Reports”); provided, however, that the Company need not furnish any such information, documents or reports to the extent they are made publicly available on SEDAR or EDGAR or any other website maintained by the securities regulatory authorities in Canada or the Commission.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall not be the responsibility of the Trustee to monitor postings of the Company on SEDAR or EDGAR or any other applicable website, it being understood that, due to the public availability of the information contained on such websites, any Person, including without limitation any holder,

57


may obtain such information directly from such websites copies of the Company’s annual report and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.”
 
SECTION 809          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 907.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 907 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“All payments made by the Company under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of any province or territory thereof or by any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (hereinafter “Taxes”), unless the Company is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency.  If the Company is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, the Company will pay as interest such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder of such Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such holder would have received in respect of the beneficial owner if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to a payment made to a holder of the Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (i) with which the Company does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”)) at the time of making such payment or which is entitled to the payment in respect of a debt or other obligation to pay an amount to a person with which the Company does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) at the time of making such payment, (ii) which is a “specified shareholder” of the Company, or which does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) with a “specified shareholder” of the Company as defined in subsection 18(5) of the Tax Act, (iii) where all or any portion of the amount paid or credited to such holder is deemed to be a dividend pursuant to subsection 214(6) of the Tax Act, (iv) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the holder or beneficial owner carrying on business in, maintaining a permanent establishment or other physical presence in or otherwise being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the acquisition or mere holding of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder, (v) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the legal nature of the holder or beneficial owner disentitling such holder or beneficial owner to the benefit of an applicable treaty or convention if and to the extent that the application of such treaty or convention would have resulted in the reduction or elimination of any Taxes as to which Additional Amounts would have otherwise been payable to a holder on behalf of such beneficial owner, (vi) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the failure by a holder or beneficial owner to comply with any certification, identification, documentation or other reporting requirements if compliance is required by law, regulation, administrative practice or an applicable treaty as a pre-condition to exemption from, or a reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, such Taxes, (vii) if the Notes are presented for payment more than 15 days after the date on which such payment or such Notes became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to such Additional

58


Amounts had the Notes been presented on the last day of such 15-day period), (viii) on account of any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, value added, excise, transfer, use, personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or governmental charge, (ix) that is a fiduciary, partnership or any other entity other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed had the holder of the Notes been the beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner, as the case may be, of the payment, (x) on account of any Taxes (a) that are payable other than by deduction or withholding from a payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, (b) that would not have been imposed but for a change in law, regulation, or administrative or judicial interpretation that becomes effective more than 15 days after the payment becomes due or is duly provided for, whichever occurs later or (c) that are required to be withheld by any paying agent from any payment of principal of or interest on any Note, if such payment can be made without such withholding or deduction by at least one other paying agent or (xi) any combination of (i) through (x).  The Company will also (a) make such withholding or deduction and (b) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law.  Upon the written request of a holder of Notes, the Company will furnish, as soon as reasonably practicable, to such holder of Notes certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Company.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments will be made net of any deduction or withholding imposed or collected pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code (or any law implementing such an intergovernmental agreement) (any such withholding, a “FATCA Withholding Tax”), and no Additional Amounts will be payable as a result of any such FATCA Withholding Tax.
 
If a holder in respect of a beneficial owner has received a refund or credit for any Taxes with respect to which the Company has paid Additional Amounts, such holder shall pay over such refund to the Company (but only to the extent of such Additional Amounts), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such holder or beneficial owner, together with any interest paid by the relevant tax authority in respect of such refund.
 
At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Guarantee of the Company is due and payable, if the Company will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable, stating the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee, on behalf of the Company, to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date. Whenever in the Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal (and premium, if any), redemption price, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to the Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.
 
The obligations of the Company under this Section 907 shall survive the discharge and termination of this Supplemental Indenture and the payment of all amounts under or with respect to the Guarantee.”

59


SECTION 810          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1001.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 1001(b) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(b)          If, as a result of
 
(i)          a change in, or an amendment to, the laws (including any regulations, rulings or protocols promulgated thereunder) or treaties of Canada (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein);
 
(ii)          any change in or amendment to, or introduction of, any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations, rulings, protocols or treaties (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction); or
 
(iii)          any official proposal of the aforementioned changes in clauses (i) and (ii) above;
 
which change, amendment or official proposal is announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date of the Notes, the Company has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable under or with respect to the Notes, any Additional Amounts in accordance with Section 907 of the Indenture, as amended and restated by this Supplemental Indenture, then the Company may, at its option, redeem such Notes, as a whole but not in part, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but not including the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if any; provided that the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable commercial measures available to the Company not including substitution of the obligor under such Notes.
 
The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to this Section 1001(b) shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of such redemption, the Company shall, at least 10 but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by it (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed.”
 
SECTION 811          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1004.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 1004 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of Notes of for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis or by lot or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, unless the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in which case such selection shall be made in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed; provided that no Notes of U.S.$2,000 or less shall be purchased or redeemed in part.

60


The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Security Registrar in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

A new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any Note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.”
 
SECTION 812          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1005.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 1005 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Notice of intention to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 1001 as so modified by this Supplemental Indenture shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that are to be redeemed, not more than 60 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Redemption Date, in the manner provided in Section 112 of the Supplemental Indenture.  Every such notice of redemption shall state:
 
(a)          the Redemption Date;
 
(b)          the Redemption Price;
 
(c)          if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the principal amount) of the particular Notes to be redeemed;
 
(d)          that, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition precedent to the redemption specified in such notice, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note or portion thereof on the Redemption Date, and that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest thereon, if any, shall cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;
 
(e)          the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and
 
(f)          any conditions to the redemption.

Any redemption pursuant to Section 1001 as so modified by this Supplemental Indenture (and any related notice of redemption) may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an equity or other securities offering, an incurrence of indebtedness or other financing, or any other corporate transaction or event. Notice of any redemption in respect thereof may, at the Company’s discretion, be given prior to the completion of one or more of the transactions or events upon which the redemption is conditioned and such redemption may be partial as a result of only some of the conditions being satisfied. If such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, state that, in the Company’s discretion, such redemption may not occur and such notice may be

61


rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the Redemption Date.  In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and other amounts owing for the redemption of any Notes and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.  In the event that the condition(s) of any redemption that is conditional are not satisfied or waived by the Company in its sole discretion on or prior to the Redemption Date therefor, the redemption shall be rescinded and notice thereof shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that were to have been redeemed promptly thereafter (but in any event no later than the Business Day after the Redemption Date), in the manner in which the notice of redemption was delivered, that such condition(s) were not satisfied or waived and such redemption has been rescinded, and the Trustee shall promptly return to the Holders thereof any Notes which had been surrendered for payment upon such redemption. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall have no responsibility for determining whether or not a condition set forth in such notice of redemption is satisfied, and shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon the Company’s determination regarding the satisfaction or waiver thereof.

Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. Any inadvertent defect in a notice of redemption, including an inadvertent failure to deliver such notice, to any Holder whose Notes are selected for redemption will not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any the Notes of any other Holder that are to be redeemed.”
 
SECTION 813          MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture, including Section 204 thereof, this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes may be executed and authenticated by manual, facsimile or electronic signature.

[Remainder of the Page Intentionally Left Blank]

62


 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.
 

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
 

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
 







[Signature Page to the Supplemental Indenture]


 
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
         
         

By:
/s/ Teresa H. Wyszomierski
 
    Name: Teresa H. Wyszomierski
 
    Title Vice President
 
         








[Signature Page to the Supplemental Indenture]




Exhibit 99.2


 
ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,
 as issuer of the Notes,
 

ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,
as Guarantor
 

and
 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee



FIFTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Dated as of March 11, 2022
to
 
 
INDENTURE
 
 
Dated as of August 6, 2008


 
3.20% Senior Notes due 2027




TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PAGE

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 101
DEFINITIONS
2
SECTION 102
OTHER DEFINITIONS
11
SECTION 103
EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
12
SECTION 104
INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT
12
SECTION 105
INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE
12
SECTION 106
COUNTERPARTS
12
SECTION 107
EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS
12
SECTION 108
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
13
SECTION 109
SEPARABILITY CLAUSE
13
SECTION 110
BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
13
SECTION 111
GOVERNING LAW
13
SECTION 112
NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.
13

ARTICLE TWO

FORM OF THE NOTES

SECTION 201
FORMS GENERALLY
14
SECTION 202
FORM OF FACE OF NOTE
16
SECTION 203
FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE
19
SECTION 204
ASSIGNMENT FORM; CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES
23
SECTION 205
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.
28

ARTICLE THREE

THE NOTES

SECTION 301
TITLE AND TERMS
28
SECTION 302
DENOMINATIONS
30
SECTION 303
NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS
30
SECTION 304
SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION
30
SECTION 305
DISCHARGE
31
SECTION 306
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES.
32

i



SECTION 307
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF A DEFINITIVE NOTE FOR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A GLOBAL NOTE.
33
SECTION 308
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF GLOBAL NOTES.
34
SECTION 309
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE.
35
SECTION 310
CANCELLATION OR ADJUSTMENT OF GLOBAL NOTE.
35
SECTION 311
OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES OF NOTES.
36
SECTION 312
NO OBLIGATION OF THE TRUSTEE.
36
SECTION 313
EXCHANGE OFFER.
37
SECTION 314
NON-COMPLIANT TRANSFERS NULL AND VOID.
37
SECTION 315
DEFINITIVE NOTES.
38

ARTICLE FOUR

REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL

SECTION 401
ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT.
38
SECTION 402
ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT
41
SECTION 403
RESERVED.
41
SECTION 404
CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER
41

ARTICLE FIVE

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

SECTION 501
RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
43
SECTION 502
LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT.
44
SECTION 503
LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS
44
SECTION 504
LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT
45
SECTION 505
WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS
45

ARTICLE SIX

CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

SECTION 601
EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE
45
SECTION 602
DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE
46
SECTION 603
REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY
46

ARTICLE SEVEN

GUARANTEE

SECTION 701
GUARANTEE
47
SECTION 702
RELEASE OF GUARANTOR
49

ii



SECTION 703
AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
50
SECTION 704
PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS
51
SECTION 705
RIGHT OF REDEMPTION; ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE
53
SECTION 706
PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS
54

ARTICLE EIGHT

AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE

SECTION 801
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 106.
54
SECTION 802
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 115
55
SECTION 803
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.
55
SECTION 804
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.
55
SECTION 805
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE ARTICLE FIVE
55
SECTION 806
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 701
56
SECTION 807
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 906
56
SECTION 808
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 603.
57
SECTION 809
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 907.
58
SECTION 810
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1001.
60
SECTION 811
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1004.
60
SECTION 812
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1005.
61
SECTION 813
MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS.
62


iii


 
FIFTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of March 11, 2022 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (hereinafter called the “Company”), Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (hereinafter called “RCCI”), and The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (hereinafter called the “Trustee”).
 
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee are parties to an indenture dated as of August 6, 2008 (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), the “Indenture”);
 
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have previously entered into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of August 6, 2008 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.80% Senior Notes due 2018; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of August 6, 2008 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2038; (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 7, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.00% Senior Notes due 2023, (iv) a Series Supplement dated as of March 7, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Senior Notes due 2043; (v) a Series Supplement dated as of October 2, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$850,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.10% Senior Notes due 2023; (vi) a Series Supplement dated as of October 2, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.45% Senior Notes due 2043; (vii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,050,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.00% Senior Notes due 2044; (viii) a Series Supplement dated as of December 8, 2015 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.625% Senior Notes due 2025; (ix) a Series Supplement dated as of November 4, 2016 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.90% Senior Notes due 2026; (x) a Series Supplement dated as of February 8, 2018 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.300% Senior Notes due 2048; (xi) a Series Supplement dated as of April 30, 2019 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.350% Senior Notes due 2049; (xii) a Series Supplement dated as of November 12, 2019 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.700% Senior Notes due 2049; and (xiii) a Series Supplement dated June 22, 2020 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022;
 
WHEREAS, the Company, RCCI (formerly known as Rogers Cable & Data Centres Inc.) and the Trustee have previously entered into a First Amending Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 1, 2016 pursuant to which the Series Supplement in each of clause (i) through (viii) above was supplemented and amended to, among other things, provide for the assumption of the guarantee thereunder by RCCI;

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Supplemental Indenture, the Company and the Trustee are entering into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof

1


pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.95% Senior Notes Due 2025; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.80% Senior Notes Due 2032; (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Senior Notes Due 2042 and (iv) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.55% Senior Notes Due 2052;
 
WHEREAS, Article Two and Section 801 of the Indenture provide, among other things, that, without the consent of any Holders, the Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplement to the Indenture for the purposes of establishing the form, terms and conditions applicable to the Securities of any Series which the Company wishes to issue under the Indenture;
 
WHEREAS, the Company desires to establish the form, terms and conditions of a Series of Securities and has requested the Trustee to enter into this Supplemental Indenture for such purpose;
 
WHEREAS, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company, in each case complying with Sections 101, 103, 104, 204 and 803 of the Indenture; and
 
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Board of Directors has duly authorized the establishment of the 3.20% Senior Notes due 2027 of the Company (the “Notes”) with the form, terms and conditions as hereinafter set forth.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties hereto agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:
 
ARTICLE ONE
 
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
 
SECTION 101          DEFINITIONS.

Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. For greater certainty, notwithstanding the Company’s adoption of IFRS 16, Leases, lease liabilities with respect to leases that were classified as operating leases under prior accounting standards do not constitute “Capital Lease Obligations” or “Debt” as defined in the Indenture for purposes of the Notes.
 
“Additional Interest” means all amounts, if any, payable pursuant to Section 2(c) of the Registration Rights Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this Supplemental Indenture to interest includes Additional Interest, if any. Any express reference to Additional Interest in this Supplemental Indenture shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest in any other text where no such express reference is made.

2


“Additional Notes” means additional Notes created and issued by the Company after the Issue Date in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture having the same terms and conditions under this Supplemental Indenture as the Initial Notes (except for the issue date and, if applicable, the date from which interest accrues and the date of the first payment of interest thereon).
 
“Applicable Basis Points” means 25 basis points.

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear and/or Clearstream (each a “Clearing Agency”), in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.
 
“Arrangement” means the acquisition by the Company of the issued and outstanding Class A Participating Shares and Class B Non-Voting Participating Shares of Shaw Communications Inc. (“Shaw”) by way of a court-approved Plan of Arrangement under Section 193 of the Business Corporations Act (Alberta) pursuant to the terms of the Arrangement Agreement.
 
“Arrangement Agreement” means that certain arrangement agreement dated as of March 13, 2021, between the Company and Shaw, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
“Attributable Debt” means, as of the date of its determination, the present value (discounted semi-annually at the interest rate implicit in the terms of the lease) of the obligation of a lessee for rental payments pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction (reduced by the amount of the rental obligations of any sublessee of all or part of the same property) during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which the lease relating thereto has been extended), such rental payments not to include amounts payable by the lessee for maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments and similar charges and for contingent rates (such as those based on sales); provided, however, that in the case of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction in which the lease is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty, Attributable Debt shall mean the lesser of the present value of (i) the rental payments to be paid under such Sale and Leaseback Transaction until the first date (after the date of such determination) upon which it may be so terminated plus the then applicable penalty upon such termination and (ii) the rental payments required to be paid during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (assuming such termination provision is not exercised).

“Authorized Officer” means any individual who holds one or more of the following offices of the Company: Chair of the Board of Directors, Vice-Chair, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice-President, any Senior Vice-President, any Vice-President, Treasurer, Chief Legal Officer, Secretary or General Counsel (including, for greater certainty, any individual who holds such offices of the Company on an interim basis).
 
“Board of Directors” means, with respect to the Company, either the board of directors of the Company or any committee of that board duly authorized to act and, with respect

3


to any other Person, the board of directors or committee of such Person serving, or appointed by such Person to perform, a substantially similar function.
 
“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by an Authorized Officer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.
 
“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person. To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310 through 317 as they are applicable to the Company, the term “Company” shall include any other obligor with respect to the Notes for the purposes of complying with such provisions.
 
“Company Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by at least one Authorized Officer.
 
“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the Consolidated Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.
 
“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person after eliminating inter-company items, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP including appropriate deductions for any minority interest in Tangible Assets of such Person’s Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note, Exchange Note or Additional Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Article Three hereof substantially in the form set forth in Section 202, except that such Initial Note, Exchange Note or Additional Note shall not bear the Global Notes Legend (as defined below) and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
 
“Depositary” or “DTC” means the Depositary Trust Company.
 
“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Maturity Date for cash or securities constituting Debt; provided that shares of Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that are issued with the benefit of provisions requiring a change in control offer to be made for such shares in the event of a change in control of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary, which provisions have substantially the same effect as the relevant provisions of Sections 401 and 404 herein, shall not be deemed to be “Disqualified Stock” solely by virtue of such provisions. For purposes of this definition, the term “Debt” includes Inter−Company Subordinated Debt.

4


“Electronic Means” means the following communications methods: e-mail, facsimile transmission, secure electronic transmission containing applicable authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys issued by the Trustee, or another method or system specified by the Trustee as available for use in connection with its services hereunder.

“Exchange Note” means any notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes as contemplated by the applicable Registration Rights Agreement.

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
“Excluded Assets” means (i) all assets of any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) Investments in the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent paid for with cash or other property that constitutes Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities, so long as at the time of acquisition thereof and after giving effect thereto there exists no Default or Event of Default; and (iv) proceeds of the sale of any Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Excluded Securities” means any Debt, Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued by the Company, or any Debt or Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary, in either case to an Affiliate thereof other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that, at all times, such Excluded Securities shall:
 
(i)          in the case of Debt not owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, constitute Inter−Company Subordinated Debt;
 
(ii)          in the case of Debt, not be guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such guarantee shall constitute Inter−Company Subordinated Debt;
 
(iii)          in the case of Debt, not be secured by any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(iv)          in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that interest or dividends thereon shall be payable only to the extent that, after giving effect to any such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
 
(v)          in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that no payment (other than payments in the form of Excluded Securities) on account of principal (at maturity, by operation of sinking fund or mandatory redemption or otherwise) or other payment on account of redemption, repurchase, retirement or acquisition of such Excluded Security shall be permitted until the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity for the principal of the Notes or (y) the date on which all principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall have been duly paid or provided for in full.
 
“Exempted Secured Debt” means any Debt secured by any Lien or any conditional sale or other title retention agreement:
 
5


(i)          incurred or entered into on or after the Issue Date to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of such property and either secured by Purchase Money Obligations or Liens placed on such property within 180 days of acquisition, improvement or construction and securing Debt not to exceed 2.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any time outstanding;
 
(ii)          on Principal Property or the stock or Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries and existing at the time of acquisition of the property, stock or Debt;
 
(iii)          owing to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
(iv)          existing at the time a corporation or other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Existing Notes” means any of the 4.00% Senior Notes due 2022, 3.00% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.10% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.00% Senior Notes due 2024, 8.75% Senior Debentures due 2032, 7.50% Senior Notes due 2038, 6.68% Senior Notes due 2039, 6.11% Senior Notes due 2040, 6.56% Senior Notes due 2041, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.45% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.00% Senior Notes due 2044, 3.625% Senior Notes due 2025, 2.90% Senior Notes due 2026, 4.300% Senior Notes due 2048, 4.350% Senior Notes due 2049, 3.700% Senior Notes Due 2049, Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022, 2.95% Senior Notes due 2025, 3.80% Senior Notes due 2032, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2042, or 4.55% Senior Notes due 2052, in each case for which the Company is a co−obligor or an obligor, as applicable.
 
“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any successor ratings agency.
 
“Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” or “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, in effect in Canada, as established by the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada and as applied from time to time by the Company in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.
 
“Government Obligations” means securities that are:
 
(i)          direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or
 
(ii)          obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America.
 
“Guarantor” means (i) RCCI unless and until the Guarantee is released in accordance with its terms and (ii) any other Person that provides a guarantee in respect of any of the Company’s obligations in respect of the Notes, pursuant to a supplement to this Supplemental Indenture or otherwise, unless and until such guarantee is released in accordance with its terms.
 
“Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture.

6


“Initial Notes” means the U.S.$1,300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued on the Issue Date.

“Initial Purchasers” means (i) with respect to the Initial Notes, BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, , Barclays Capital Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp., CIBC World Markets Corp., Mizuho Securities USA LLC, MUFG Securities Americas Inc., National Bank of Canada Financial Inc., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc., TD Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and (ii) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing or underwriting such Additional Notes.
 
“Investment” means (i) directly or indirectly, any advance, loan or capital contribution to, the purchase of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of, the acquisition, by purchase or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or making of any investment in any Person, (ii) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (iii) the transfer of any assets or properties from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any Unrestricted Subsidiary, other than the transfer of assets or properties made in the ordinary course of business. Investments shall exclude extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices.
 
“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch.
 
“Issue Date” means March 11, 2022, the initial issue date of the Notes.
 
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor ratings agency.
 
“Net Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.
 
“Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, “Notes” shall include the Exchange Notes, if any, and the Additional Notes, if any.
 
“Par Call Date” means February 15, 2027.
 
“Permitted Liens” means any of the following Liens
 
(i)          Liens for taxes, rates and assessments not yet due or, if due, the validity of which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (as applicable); and Liens for the excess of the amount of any past due taxes for which a final assessment has not been received over the amount of such taxes as estimated and paid;
 
(ii)          the Lien of any judgment rendered which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries,

7


 
as the case may be, and which does not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to operate the business or operations of the Company;
 
(iii)          Liens on Excluded Assets;
 
(iv)          pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases or deposits of cash or bonds or other direct obligations of the United States, Canada or any Canadian province to secure surety or appeal bonds or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rents;
 
(v)          Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens, or other liens arising out of judgments or awards with respect to which an appeal or other proceeding for review is being prosecuted (and as to which any foreclosure or other enforcement proceeding shall have been effectively stayed);
 
(vi)          Liens for property taxes not yet subject to penalties for non−payment or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings (and as to which foreclosure or other enforcement proceedings shall have been effectively stayed);
 
(vii)          Liens in favor of issuers of surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business;
 
(viii)          minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of or rights of others for rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Person incurring them or the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Debt or other extensions of credit and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of such properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
 
(ix)          Liens in favor of Bell Canada (or any successor) under any partial system agreement or related agreement providing for the construction and installation by Bell Canada of cables, attachments, connectors, support structures, closures and other equipment in accordance with the plans and specifications of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the lease by Bell Canada of such equipment to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with tariffs published by Bell Canada from time to time as approved by regulatory authorities, the absence of which would materially and adversely affect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries considered as a whole; and
 
(x)          any other Lien existing on the Issue Date.
 
“Principal Property” means, as of any date of determination, any land, land improvements or building (and associated factory, laboratory, office and switching equipment (excluding all products marketed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries)) constituting a manufacturing, development, warehouse, service, office or operating facility owned by or leased to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, located within Canada and having an acquisition cost

8


 
plus capitalized improvements in excess of 0.25% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company as of such date of determination, other than any such property (i) which the Board of Directors determines is not of material importance to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) which is not used in the ordinary course of business or (iii) in which the interest of the Company and all its Subsidiaries does not exceed 50%.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
 
“Rating Agencies” means S&P, Moody’s and Fitch, and each of such Rating Agencies is referred to individually as a “Rating Agency”.
 
“Rating Date” means the date which is 90 days prior to the earlier of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention of the Company to effect a Change in Control.
 
“Rating Decline” means the occurrence of the following on, or within 90 days after, the date of public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention by the Company to effect a Change in Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies): (i) in the event the Notes are assigned an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be below an Investment Grade Rating; or (ii) in the event the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be decreased by one or more gradations (including gradations within rating categories as well as between rating categories).
 
“Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) with respect to the Initial Notes, that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Company, RCCI and BofA Securities, Inc., as representative of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements as may be entered into in connection with the issuance of such Additional Notes, as such agreements may be amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Restricted Period” means, (i) with respect to any Regulation S Notes (as defined in Section 201), the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S and (b) the issue date with respect to such Notes, and (ii) with respect to any Rule 144A Notes (as defined in Section 201), the period of one year after the later of (a) the last day on which the Company or its Affiliates were the owner of such Notes and (b) the issue date with respect to such Notes.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

9


“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc., or any successor rating agency.
 
“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Principal Property (whether such Principal Property is now owned or hereafter acquired) that has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, other than (i) temporary leases for a term, including renewals at the option of the lessee, of not more than three years, (ii) leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries and (iii) leases of Principal Property executed by the time of, or within 180 days after the latest of, the acquisition, the completion of construction or improvement (including any improvements on property which will result in such property becoming Principal Property), or the commencement of commercial operation of such Principal Property.
 
“Secured Debt” means:
 
(a)          Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by any Lien upon any Principal Property or the stock or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the payment obligations of the Company under the Notes); or
 
(b)          any conditional sale or other title retention agreement covering any Principal Property or Restricted Subsidiary;
 
but does not include any Exempted Secured Debt.

“SEDAR” means the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval or any successor computer system maintained by the Canadian securities administrators for the transmission, receipt, acceptance, review and dissemination of documents filed in electronic format.

“Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
“Tangible Assets” means, at any date, the gross book value as shown by the accounting books and records of any Person of all its property both real and personal, less (i) the net book value of all its licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, goodwill, non−compete agreements or organizational expenses and other like intangibles, (ii) unamortized Debt discount and expenses, (iii) all reserves for depreciation, obsolescence, depletion and amortization of its properties and (iv) all other proper reserves which in accordance with GAAP should be provided in connection with the business conducted by such Person.

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

10


“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means any Note in global form that does not bear or is not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend (as defined below).

SECTION 102          OTHER DEFINITIONS.

DEFINED TERM
 
DEFINED IN SECTION
     
Agent Member
 
312
Authorized Signatory
 
201
Beneficial Interest Owner
 
313
Change in Control
 
401
Change in Control Offer
 
404(a)
Change in Control Purchase Date
 
404(a)
Change in Control Purchase Notice
 
404(b)
Change in Control Purchase Price
 
404(a)
Change in Control Triggering Event
 
401
DTC
 
201
Edward S. Rogers
 
401
Family Percentage Holding
 
401
Financial Reports
 
805
Global Note
 
201
Global Notes Legend
 
202
Guarantee
 
701(a)
Guaranteed Obligations
 
701(a)
H.15
 
203
H.15 TCM
 
203
Instructions
 
801
Maturity Date
 
301
Member of the Rogers Family
 
401
Permitted Residuary Beneficiary
 
401
Perpetuity Date
 
401
Qualifying Trust
 
401
RCCI
 
Preamble
Record Date
 
202
Regulation S Global Note
 
201
Regulation S Notes
 
201
Regulation S Restricted Notes Legend
 
202
Restricted Notes Legend
 
202
Remaining Life
 
301
Rule 144A Global Note
 
201
Rule 144A Note
 
201
Special Mandatory Redemption Date
 
304

11


Special Mandatory Redemption Event
 
304
Special Mandatory Redemption Notice
 
304
Special Mandatory Redemption Price
 
304
Spouse
 
401
Successor Guarantor
 
703
Treasury Rate
 
203
Trigger Date
 
304

SECTION 103          EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
 
Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company, RCCI and the Trustee, the Indenture shall be supplemented and amended in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable, and the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended as specified herein, solely with respect to the Notes and not with respect to any other Securities issued under the Indenture prior to, on or after the Issue Date. In the event of a conflict between any provisions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, the relevant provision or provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern.

SECTION 104          INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.
 
Except as supplemented or amended hereby, all other provisions in the Indenture, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 105          INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE.
 
All the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to be incorporated in, and made a part of, the Indenture; and the Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument; provided, however, that the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture are expressly and solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 106          COUNTERPARTS.
 
This Supplemental Indenture may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

SECTION 107          EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.
 
The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Supplemental Indenture to specific Article numbers or Section

12


 
numbers refer to Articles and Sections contained in this Supplemental Indenture, and not the Indenture or any other document.

SECTION 108          SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.
 
All covenants and agreements in this Supplemental Indenture by the Company and RCCI shall bind their respective successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not. All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 109          SEPARABILITY CLAUSE.
 
In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 110          BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
 
Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person (other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent and any Security Registrar, and their successors hereunder, and the Holders) any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Supplemental Indenture or in respect of the Notes.

SECTION 111          GOVERNING LAW.
 
This Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. This Supplemental Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required or deemed to be part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

SECTION 112          NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture to be made upon, given, delivered or furnished to, or filed with: (a) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished, delivered or filed in writing to or with Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Global Trust Finance; and (b) the Company by the Trustee or any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given, furnished or delivered in writing to the Company to 333 Bloor Street East, 10th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M4W 1G9, Attention: [REDACTED] or by email to [REDACTED], with a copy to [REDACTED], email [REDACTED], or, in either case, at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.
 
Any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document shall be deemed to have been received on the day made, given, furnished or delivered except when sent by electronic transmission (including email), in which

13


 
case it will be deemed to have been received on the day it was sent, if such electronic transmission was sent on a Business Day during normal business hours of the recipient, or on the next succeeding Business Day, if not sent on a Business Day or during such business hours.  Each of the Trustee and the Company may from time to time notify the other party of a change in address or electronic transmission address by notice as provided in this Section 112.
 
ARTICLE TWO
 
FORM OF THE NOTES

SECTION 201          FORMS GENERALLY.
 
(a)          The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the forms set forth in this Article, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture, or as may reasonably be required by the Depositary, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of the Notes (but which shall not affect the rights or duties of the Trustee). Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.
 
The Definitive Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of the Depositary or any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, all as determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of such Notes.
 
(b)          The Notes shall be in registered form and shall initially be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.  The Notes shall be issued initially as Book-Entry Securities represented by one or more Global Securities substantially in the form set forth in this Article deposited with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The Depositary for such Global Securities shall be the Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”).  The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Depositary or its nominee, or of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
 
The Initial Notes shall be (i) offered and sold by the Company to the Initial Purchasers and (ii) resold by the Initial Purchasers, initially only to (1) persons reasonably believed to be QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) and (2) certain Persons other than U.S. persons outside of the U.S. in offshore transactions in accordance with Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”); provided that, no Initial Notes shall be offered or sold in Canada or to any resident of Canada. Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, in each case in accordance with applicable U.S. securities laws.

14


 
(c)          Rule 144A Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes in definitive, fully registered form, numbered A-1 upward (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Regulation S Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes, numbered S-1 upward (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the applicable Global Notes Legend, Restricted Notes Legend and Regulation S Restricted Notes Legend (as defined below), which shall be duly executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of such Depositary, deposited on behalf of the purchasers of such Notes represented thereby with the custodian or Depositary, in each case in accordance with the Indenture.
 
After a transfer of any Notes pursuant to and during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to Restricted Notes Legends on such Note will cease to apply, and a certificated note or a note in global form, as applicable, without Restricted Notes Legends, will be available to the transferee of the Holder of such Note upon exchange of such transferring Holder’s certificated Note or appropriate directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global Note, as applicable. Upon the consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to the Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Notes that Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Notes that do not exchange their Notes, and Exchange Notes in certificated or global form, in each case, without Restricted Legends will be available to Holders that exchange such Notes in such Exchange Offer. Any Additional Notes sold in an offering registered under the Securities Act shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
 
The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, any Unrestricted Global Note and any Exchange Notes issued in global form are each referred to herein as a “Global Note” and are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes”.  Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Article Three hereof.
 
The Notes shall be signed on behalf of the Company by one or more Authorized Officers of the Company or one or more directors of the Company (each, an “Authorized Signatory”). The signature of any such Authorized Officer or director on the Notes may be a manual or electronic signature. The Notes may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

15


SECTION 202          FORM OF FACE OF NOTE.

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the form provided for in this Section 202 and Sections 203 and 204:
 
[Insert only for Global Notes (the “Global Notes Legend”): UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS A PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HEREIN AND IT IS A VIOLATION OF ITS RIGHTS FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO HOLD, TRANSFER OR DEAL WITH THIS CERTIFICATE.
 
THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE BASE INDENTURE (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO). THIS NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE BASE INDENTURE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (A) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE INDENTURE, (B) THIS NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, (C) THIS NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 211 OF THE BASE INDENTURE AND (D) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, THIS SECURITY MAY BE TRANSFERRED, IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY (X) BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, (Y) BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR (Z) BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.]
 
[Insert only for Rule 144A Notes and Regulation S Notes (the “Restricted Notes Legend” or the “Regulation S Restricted Notes Legend”, as applicable): THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THE NOTES, AND ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

16


 
THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES NOT TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES:] ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATEST OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES WERE THE OWNER OF SUCH NOTES (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THEREOF), OR [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES:] 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATEST OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL DATE OF ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH SUCH NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THEREOF) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 THEREUNDER, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (OTHER THAN PURSUANT TO RULE 144), SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.]
 
ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.

3.20% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2027

No.
CUSIP:
 
ISIN:


Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (herein called the “Company”, which term includes any successor entity under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________ U.S. dollars [Note: Insert if a Global Security: (as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)] on March 15, 2027, at the office or agency of the Company referred to below, and to pay accrued interest on such principal amount in arrears, in semi-annual payments on

17


March 15 and September 15 (each herein called an “Interest Payment Date”) (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the Interest Payment Date will be postponed to the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no further interest will accrue in respect of such postponement) of each year, beginning on September 15, 2022, which interest shall accrue from and including March 11, 2022 or, if interest has already been paid or duly provided for, from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, at a rate of 3.20% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for, and (to the extent lawful) to pay interest on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for [; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, additional interest (“Additional Interest”) shall accrue on this Note, in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.] [All references to any amount of “interest” payable or with respect to this Note in the Indenture or this Note shall be deemed to include any applicable Additional Interest that may be payable on the Note.]

The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture (as defined below), be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1, as applicable (whether or not a Business Day), immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date (such date, the “Regular Record Date”) for such interest. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for, and interest on such Default Interest, at the interest rate borne by the Notes, to the extent lawful, shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date, and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Default Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the City of New York (which initially shall be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee), and if the Company shall designate and maintain an additional office or agency for such purpose, also at such additional office or agency, in U.S. dollars. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final payment of principal shall be payable only upon surrender of this Note to the Paying Agent.

For any period, interest on this Note shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, consisting of twelve 30-day months, and, for any period shorter than six months, on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed per 30-day month. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), the yearly rate of interest which is equivalent to the rate payable hereunder is the rate payable multiplied by the actual number of days in the year and divided by 360.
 
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

18


 
This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless and until the Trustee’s certificate of authentication below has been duly executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual, facsimile or electronic signature of a designated signing officer of the Trustee. This Note and the Indenture are governed by, and are to be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable therein.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
 
Dated:
 

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.  
      

 
 
  By:
   
  Name:
   
  Title:
   
       
       
  By:    
  Name:    
  Title:
   
 

SECTION 203          FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company designated as its 3.20% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2027 (herein called the “Notes”), issued under an indenture (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), herein called the “Base Indenture”) dated as of August 6, 2008, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (herein called the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee thereunder), as supplemented and amended by the Fifteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 11, 2022, among the Company, as issuer of the Notes, the Trustee and Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (“RCCI”), as Guarantor, (herein called the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), to which the Indenture reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and immunities thereunder of the Company, RCCI, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made in United States dollars.

The Company will pay to the Holders such Additional Amounts as may become payable under Section 907 of the Base Indenture.

19


On or before each Interest Payment Date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee or the Paying Agent an amount in U.S. dollars sufficient to pay the amount due on such payment date.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, RCCI has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on an unsecured, unsubordinated basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. RCCI will pay to the Holders such Additional Amounts as may become payable under Section 704 of the Supplemental Indenture.

The Notes will be subject to redemption upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at any time and from time to time, as a whole or in part, in amounts of U.S.$2,000 or an integral multiple of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof, at the option of the Company: (i) prior to the Par Call Date, at a Redemption Price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of: (1) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, and (2) (a) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the Redemption Date (assuming the Notes to be redeemed are scheduled to mature on the Par Call Date) on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus the Applicable Basis Points less (b) accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to be redeemed to the Redemption Date, plus, in either case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date, and (ii) commencing on the Par Call Date, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the yield determined by the Company in accordance with the following two paragraphs:
 
The Treasury Rate shall be determined by the Company after 4:15 p.m., New York City time (or after such time as yields on U.S. government securities are posted daily by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date based upon the yield or yields for the most recent day that appear after such time on such day in the most recent statistical release published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System designated as “Selected Interest Rates (Daily) - H.15” (or any successor designation or publication) (“H.15”) under the caption “U.S. government securities–Treasury constant maturities–Nominal” (or any successor caption or heading) (“H.15 TCM”). In determining the Treasury Rate, the Company shall select, as applicable: (1) the yield for the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to the Par Call Date (the “Remaining Life”); or (2) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to such Remaining Life, the two yields – one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately shorter than and one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately longer than such Remaining Life – and shall interpolate to the Par Call Date on a straight-line basis (using the actual number of days) using such yields and rounding the result to three decimal places; or (3) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15 shorter than or longer than such Remaining Life, the yield for the

20


single Treasury constant maturity on H.15 closest to such Remaining Life. For purposes of this paragraph, the applicable Treasury constant maturity or maturities on H.15 shall be deemed to have a maturity date equal to the relevant number of months or years, as applicable, of such Treasury constant maturity from the Redemption Date.
 
If on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date H.15 TCM is no longer published, the Company shall calculate the applicable Treasury Rate based on the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day preceding such Redemption Date of the United States Treasury security maturing on, or with a maturity that is closest to, the Par Call Date, as applicable.  If there is no United States Treasury security maturing on the Par Call Date but there are two or more United States Treasury securities with a maturity date equally distant from the Par Call Date, one with a maturity date preceding the Par Call Date and one with a maturity date following the Par Call Date, the Company shall select the United States Treasury security with a maturity date preceding the Par Call Date. If there are two or more United States Treasury securities maturing on the Par Call Date or two or more United States Treasury securities meeting the criteria of the preceding sentence, the Company shall select from among these two or more United States Treasury securities the United States Treasury security that is trading closest to par based upon the average of the bid and asked prices for such United States Treasury securities at 11:00 a.m., New York City time.  In determining the Treasury Rate in accordance with the terms of this paragraph, the semi-annual yield to maturity of the applicable United States Treasury security shall be based upon the average of the bid and asked prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, of such United States Treasury security, and rounded to three decimal places. The Company’s actions and determinations in determining the Redemption Price shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

The Notes will also be subject to redemption as a whole, but not in part, at the option of the Company at any time and from time to time, on not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice, at 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date, in the event the Company or RCCI, as the case may be, has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes or the Guarantee, as applicable, any Additional Amounts as a result of certain changes affecting Canadian withholding taxes on or after the Issue Date.
 
Any optional redemption of the Notes (and any related notice of redemption) (whether prior to, on or after the Par Call Date) may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of an equity or other securities offering, an incurrence of indebtedness or other financing, or any other transaction or event. If such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice must describe each such condition, and if applicable, state that, in the Company’s discretion, such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the applicable date fixed for redemption.  In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and other amounts owing for the redemption of any Notes and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

21


The Notes will also be subject to a special mandatory redemption, at the times and at the price and on the other terms and conditions specified in Section 304 of the Supplemental Indenture.

In the case of any redemption of Notes, interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of record of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Securities, at the close of business on the relevant Regular Record Date referred to on the face hereof. Notes (or portions thereof), for whose redemption and payment provision is made in accordance with the Indenture, shall cease to bear interest from and after the Redemption Date. In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a replacement Note or Notes for the unredeemed portion hereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default resulting from a Change in Control Triggering Event which is cured in accordance with Section 404 of the Supplemental Indenture by the making and consummation of a Change in Control Offer) shall occur and be continuing, the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

In addition, it shall be an Event of Default under the Indenture if a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs on or prior to the Maturity of the Notes (subject to the aforesaid cure provisions). Following such an Event of Default the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture unless the Company (or a third party) offers, within 20 Business Days after the occurrence of such Event of Default, to purchase the Notes and purchases the Notes for the Change in Control Purchase Price in cash on the date that is 40 Business Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event from a Holder who delivers and does not withdraw a Change in Control Purchase Notice. Holders have the right to withdraw any Change in Control Purchase Notice by delivering to the Paying Agent a written notice of withdrawal in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions for the defeasance and discharge of the Notes.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by or on behalf of the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

22


No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of U.S.$2,000 or any integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.  Prior to the time of due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes except as otherwise provided, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable on the Security Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or any other office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to the Indenture duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount and containing identical terms and provisions, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.


 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee
         

By:

 
    Name:
 
    Title:
 

SECTION 204          ASSIGNMENT FORM; CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

The following forms are to be attached to Notes that are Global Securities:

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

23




(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to
 
 
(Insert assignee’s legal name)
   
   
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)


and irrevocably appoint to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:
     

   
         
 
      Your Signature:  
 
          (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
 

Signature Guarantee1:







1
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).
 
24


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES


This certificate relates to $_________ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space) ____ book-entry or _____ definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

☐
has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or
   
☐
has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

[Include the following only if the Restricted Notes Legend is included herein:]In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring while it bears a Restricted Notes Legend, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 
(1)
☐
to the Company; or
       
 
(2)
☐
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
       
 
(3)
☐
for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a Person that the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (“Rule 144A”)) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or
       
 
(4)
☐
to a non-U.S. Person outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933 in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
       
 
(5)
☐
pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Rule 144); and

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) or (5) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions,

25


certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.


           
        Your Signature
 
Signature Guarantee:          
             
Date:
     
 

 
Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee
      Signature of Signature Guarantor  


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants to the Company and the Trustee that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A


Dated:
     
 

 

     
NOTICE:          To be executed by an executive officer
 


26


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents, warrants and agrees with the Company, the Trustee and their respective counsel that:


1.
The offer and sale of the Notes was not and will not be made to a U.S. person or a person in the United States (unless such person is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3) under the Securities Act) and such offer and sale was not and will not be specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.


2.
Unless the circumstances described in the parenthetical in paragraph 1 above are applicable, either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or it and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act), and neither it nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States.


3.
Neither it, any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf has made any directed selling efforts in the United States with respect to the Notes.


4.
The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.


5.
If it is a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the proposed transfer takes place during the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture), or we are an officer or director of the Company or an Initial Purchaser (as defined in the Indenture), we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rule 904(b) of Regulation S.



Dated:
     
 

 

     
NOTICE:          To be executed by an executive officer
 
 

27


SECTION 205          SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.

The following schedule is to be attached to Notes that are Global Securities:

3.20% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2027


Initial Principal Amount: U.S.$
CUSIP             / ISIN

Authorization: ______________________

The following increases or decreases in this Note have been made:

Date
Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global Security
Amount of increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global Security
Principal Amount of
this Global Security
following suchdecrease or increase
Signature of Trustee
or Security Registrar
         
         


ARTICLE THREE

THE NOTES

SECTION 301          TITLE AND TERMS.

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “3.20% Senior Notes due 2027” of the Company. The entire unpaid principal amount of each Note shall become due and payable to the Holder thereof on March 15, 2027 (the “Maturity Date”). Interest shall accrue on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Note at a rate of interest equal to 3.20% per annum from March 11, 2022 or, if interest has been paid or duly provided for, the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, Additional Interest shall accrue on each Note in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. Such interest shall be payable on September 15, 2022 and semi−annually thereafter on March 15 and September 15 in each year (each an Interest Payment Date for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture), until the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for. Interest on the Notes shall be payable in arrears. If an Interest Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day without any additional interest accruing between the Interest Payment Date and the day payment is actually made. The Regular Record Date for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be the March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. To the extent lawful, interest shall accrue on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for

28


and such Default Interest shall be payable at the times and on the terms provided for in the Indenture.

If any Additional Interest is payable, prior to the time such Additional Interest is payable, the Company shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee and the Paying Agent setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of such Additional Interest. Neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for the determination, verification or calculation of any Additional Interest.

An unlimited aggregate principal amount of the Notes may be authenticated and delivered under this Supplemental Indenture (of which U.S.$1,300,000,000 is being issued, authenticated and delivered on the date hereof), including Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 806, 1008 or 1009 of the Indenture and Section 404 hereof. Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Securities issued on the date hereof may be created and issued under the Indenture, from time to time, by the Company without notice to or consent of the Holders, subject to the Company complying with any applicable provision of the Indenture. Any Additional Notes created and issued shall have the same terms and conditions as the Notes at the time outstanding, except for their date of issue, issue price and, if applicable, the first Interest Payment Date; provided that, if any such Additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying number. Exchange Notes may be created and issued by the Company under the Indenture in connection with an Exchange Offer for a like principal amount of Notes to be exchanged in such Exchange Offer. All Initial Notes, Exchange Notes and Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.
 
The Notes shall be unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company ranking pari passu with any other present or future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company.

The Notes shall be denominated in, and all principal of, and interest and premium (if any) on, the Notes shall be payable in U.S. dollars. Any payment of Additional Amounts hereunder shall also be payable in U.S. dollars.
 
The Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company at the prices, at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in the form of the Note in Article Two hereof. The Company shall be obligated to redeem the Notes upon the occurrence of a Special Mandatory Redemption Event at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified Section 304 hereof. The Company shall not be otherwise obligated to redeem, purchase or repay the Notes pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder of the Notes except as provided in Article Six hereof.
 
The Notes shall be subject to the covenants (and the related definitions) set forth in Articles Seven and Nine of the Indenture and, except as otherwise provided herein, to any other covenant in the Indenture, and to the defeasance and discharge provisions set forth in Article Three thereof and Section 305 herein.

29


 
Certain obligations of the Company under the Notes shall be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by RCCI to the extent set forth in Article Seven hereof.

SECTION 302          DENOMINATIONS.
 
The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons and in denominations of U.S.$2,000 or integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 303          NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS.
 
If, upon any consolidation or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, with or merger of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, into any other Person, or upon any conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of the properties and assets of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding−up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case in accordance with Section 701 of the Indenture, in the case of the Company, or Section 703 of this Supplemental Indenture, in the case of RCCI, any property or asset of the Company or of any Subsidiary, would thereupon become subject to any Lien, then, unless such Lien could be created pursuant to Section 502 without equally and ratably securing the Notes, the Company or RCCI, as applicable, prior to or simultaneously with such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition, will, as to such property or asset, secure the Notes Outstanding hereunder (together with, if the Company or RCCI shall so determine, any other Debt of the Company or RCCI now existing or hereafter created which is not subordinate to the Notes) equally and ratably with (or prior to) the Debt which upon such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is to become secured as to such property or asset by such Lien, or will cause such Notes to be so secured.

SECTION 304          SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION
 
(a)          If (i) the Arrangement is not consummated prior to December 31, 2022, (ii) the Arrangement Agreement is terminated at any time prior to December 31, 2022 (other than as a result of consummating the Arrangement) or (iii) the Company publicly announces at any time prior to December 31, 2022 that it will no longer pursue the consummation of the Arrangement (any such event under clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, a “Special Mandatory Redemption Event”, and the earliest date of any Special Mandatory Redemption Event, a “Trigger Date”), then the Company shall redeem all of the Outstanding Notes at a Redemption Price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined below).
 
(b)          If funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date are deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, on and after such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Notes will cease to bear interest.
 
(c)          In the event that the Company is required to redeem the Notes pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 304, the Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, a notice of special mandatory redemption (such notice, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Notice”) to

30


 
each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, electronically or by mail (postage prepaid) at the address of such Holder appearing in the Security Register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of Depositary, and the Trustee not later than five Business Days after the Trigger Date, and the Company will redeem the Notes on the date specified by the Company for such redemption in the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice (the date so specified, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”). The Special Mandatory Redemption Date will be no later than 30 days following the applicable Trigger Date, but no earlier than the fifth Business Day following the day the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice is delivered to Holders of the Notes.  At the election of the Company, the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.
 
(d)          Every Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall state:
 
(i)          the Special Mandatory Redemption Date;
 
(ii)          the Special Mandatory Redemption Price;
 
(iii)          that the Special Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, and that, if funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date are deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, interest on the Notes, shall cease to accrue on and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date; and
 
(iv)          the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price.
 
A Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall be irrevocable and not subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition.

SECTION 305          DISCHARGE
 
Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 305, the Company and RCCI shall be discharged from its obligations with respect to, and this Supplemental Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to, all Outstanding Notes, and the Trustee shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, execute and deliver to the Company and RCCI such deeds or other instruments as shall be required to evidence such satisfaction and discharge, when either:
 
(a)          all Outstanding Notes (except, for the avoidance of doubt, any lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 208 of the Indenture and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company or RCCI and thereafter repaid to the Company or RCCI, as applicable, or discharged from such trust), have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (including on conversion or exchange of the Notes into other securities or property), or
 
(b)          all Notes not so delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have otherwise become due and payable or have been called for redemption pursuant to this Supplemental

31


Indenture, (ii) will become due and payable within one year or (iii) if redeemable at the Company’s option pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and, in each case, the Company or RCCI has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash, in United States dollars, Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or chartered accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, on such Notes and accrued interest thereon to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be, and
 
(c)          in either case of the foregoing clause (a) or (b), the Company or RCCI has paid or caused to be paid all sums then payable by it under this Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Notes.
 
(d)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, and notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture with respect to Notes, (A) the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive solely from the fund held in trust described in subsection (b) of this Section 305 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes when such payments are due, (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Section 205, Section 206, Section 208, Section 902, Section 903 and Section 908, each of the Indenture, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and RCCI’s obligations in connection therewith, including the Company’s obligations under Section 507 of the Indenture and (D) this Article Three shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full or, if earlier, the date on which the funds held in trust for such payment are paid to the Company or RCCI, as applicable (or discharged from such trust, as applicable) in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 903 of the Indenture.  Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Section 507 of the Indenture shall survive.

SECTION 306          TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES.
 
When Notes in the form of a Definitive Note are presented to the Security Registrar with a request:
 
(a)          to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or
 
(b)          to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,
 
the Security Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:

32

 
(a)          shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and
 
(b)          in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:
 
(i)          if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Security Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Notes); or
 
(ii)          if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Notes); or
 
(iii)          if such Definitive Notes are being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with (A) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (B) Rule 144A, (C) Rule 904 of Regulation S or (D) in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Rule 144), (x) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Note) and (y) if the Company or the Trustee so requests in connection with transfers described in clauses (C) or (D), an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legend set forth in Section 202.

SECTION 307          RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF A DEFINITIVE NOTE FOR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A GLOBAL NOTE.
 
A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below.  Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, together with:
 
(a)          certification (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Note) that such Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration (i) in accordance with an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) in accordance with Rule 144A, (iii) in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S or (iv) in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Rule 144), and if the Company or the Trustee so requests in connection with transfers described in clauses (iii) or (iv), an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legend set forth in Section 202; and
 
(b)          written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to reflect an increase in the aggregate

33


principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase,
 
the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled.  If no Global Notes are then outstanding, the Company may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon receipt of a Company Order of the Company in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, a new applicable Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

SECTION 308          TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF GLOBAL NOTES.
 
(a)          The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor.  A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Security Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of such Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note or another Global Note, and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note, and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.  Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, shall be made only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Notes from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S, or an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence of exemption reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
 
(b)          If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Security Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Security Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.  If the Company or the Trustee so requests in connection with transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, other than a transfer to a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, such request for transfer shall be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee, as applicable, as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legend set forth in Section 202.

34


(c)          Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Supplemental Indenture (other than Section 305), a Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole and not in part by the Depositary to a nominee of such Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor of such Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.
 
(d)          In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to Section 315 of this Supplemental Indenture prior to the consummation of an Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 308 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Notes included to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company.

SECTION 309          RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE.
 
(a)          During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (i) to the Company, (ii) so long as such security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person whom the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (iii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S, (iv) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if applicable) under the Securities Act or (v) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.  Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Rule 144A Global Note shall be made only in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse of the Note to the effect that such transfer is being made to a person whom the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A.  Such written certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Restricted Period.
 
(b)          Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of the Indenture.

SECTION 310          CANCELLATION OR ADJUSTMENT OF GLOBAL NOTE.
 
At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note,

35


redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

SECTION 311          OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES OF NOTES.
 
(a)          To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Security Registrar’s request.
 
(b)          No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange (except as otherwise expressly permitted in the Indenture), but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon transfers or exchanges pursuant to Sections 205 and 1008 of the Indenture).
 
(c)          Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Security Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Security Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
 
(d)          All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of the Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
 
(e)          The Security Registrar and the Trustee may request such evidence as may be reasonably requested by them to determine the identity and signatures of the transferor and the transferee.

SECTION 312          NO OBLIGATION OF THE TRUSTEE.
 
(a)          The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary (“Agent Members”) or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or their respective nominees or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes.  All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).  The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the

36


 
Depositary.  The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.
 
(b)          The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under the Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of the Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

SECTION 313          EXCHANGE OFFER.
 
Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of a Company Order in accordance with Section 204 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Global Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Notes tendered for exchange by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted by the Company for exchange in the Exchange Offer.  Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Notes with the Restricted Notes Legend to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of the Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in the applicable principal amount.  Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. For greater certainty, an owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note representing an Initial Note (a “Beneficial Interest Owner”) or Holder of an Initial Note, as applicable, shall, pursuant to the terms of the Initial Notes, have the right to acquire  beneficial interests in Exchange Notes issued as a Global Note or Exchange Notes, as applicable, in each case in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in such Global Note or such Initial Note, as applicable, tendered for acceptance by such Beneficial Interest Owner or Holder, as applicable, to the extent such tendered beneficial interests or Initial Note, as applicable, are accepted by the Company for exchange in the Exchange Offer.

SECTION 314          NON-COMPLIANT TRANSFERS NULL AND VOID.
 
Any purported transfer of a Note, or any interest therein, to a purchaser or transferee that does not comply with the requirements specified in this Article Three shall be of no force and effect and shall be null and void ab initio.

37


SECTION 315          DEFINITIVE NOTES.
 
(a)          A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or Custodian pursuant to Section 201 may be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with this Article Three and (1) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act or otherwise ceases to be eligible as a depositary and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or after the Company becomes aware of such cessation, or (2) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Security Registrar has received a request from the Depositary or (3) the Company, in its sole discretion and subject to the procedures of the Depositary, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes under the Indenture.  In addition, any Affiliate of the Company that is a beneficial owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the form of a Definitive Note, by providing a written request to the Company and the Trustee and such Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other information as may be required by the Indenture or the Company or the Trustee.
 
(b)          Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 315 shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.  Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 315 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of U.S.$2,000 or any integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof, registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct.  Any certificated Note in the form of a Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 202 hereof, bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
 
(c)          The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under the Indenture or the Notes.
 
(d)          In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraph (a)(1), (2) or (3) of this Section 315, the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons.
 
ARTICLE FOUR
 
REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
 
SECTION 401          ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT.
 
In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 401 of the Indenture, “Event of Default”, wherever used herein and in the Indenture with respect to the Notes, includes

38


 
the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), subject to any cure thereof as provided in Section 404 below.
 
Under this Supplemental Indenture, a “Change in Control Triggering Event” is deemed to occur upon both a Change in Control and a Rating Decline with respect to the Notes. The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to whether a Rating Decline with respect to the Notes has occurred.
 
A “Change in Control” means (i) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons (as the term “group” is used in Rule 13d−5 of the Exchange Act), other than Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family, acquires, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes of Voting Shares of the Company or (ii) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons, other than (A) Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family or (B) for so long as the only primary beneficiaries of a Qualifying Trust established under the last will and testament of Edward S. Rogers are one or more persons referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, any Person designated by the trustees of such Qualifying Trust to exercise voting rights attaching to any shares held by such trustees, has elected to the Board of Directors such number of its or their nominees so that such nominees so elected shall constitute a majority of the number of the directors comprising the Board of Directors; provided that to the extent that one or more regulatory approvals are required for any of the transactions or circumstances described in clause (i) or (ii) above to become effective under applicable law, such transactions or circumstances shall be deemed to have occurred at the time such approvals have been obtained and become effective under applicable law.
 
“Member of the Rogers Family” means (i) such of the following persons as are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or are born after the date of this Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date: (a) the widow, if any, of Edward S. Rogers (who was born on May 27, 1933, such individual being hereinafter referred to as “Edward S. Rogers”); (b) the issue of Edward S. Rogers; (c) Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi, the half−sister of Edward S. Rogers, and the issue of Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi; (d) individuals adopted by Edward S. Rogers or any of the persons described in subclauses (a) or (b) of this clause (i) provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals; provided that if any person is born out of

39


wedlock he shall be deemed not to be the issue of another person for the purposes hereof unless and until he is proven or acknowledged to be the issue of such person and; (ii) the trustees of any Qualifying Trust, but only to the extent of such Qualifying Trust’s Family Percentage Holding of voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company at the time of the determination.
 
“Family Percentage Holding” means the aggregate percentage of the securities held by a Qualifying Trust representing, directly or indirectly, an interest in voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company, that it is reasonable, under all the circumstances, to regard as being held beneficially for Qualified Persons (or any class consisting of two or more Qualified Persons); provided always that in calculating the Family Percentage Holding (A) in respect of any power of appointment or discretionary trust capable of being exercised in favor of any of the Qualified Persons such trust or power shall be deemed to have been exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until such trust or power has been otherwise exercised; (B) where any beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust has assigned, transferred or conveyed, in any manner whatsoever, his or her beneficial interest to another person, then, for the purpose of determining the Family Percentage Holding in respect of such Qualifying Trust, the person to whom such interest has been assigned, transferred or conveyed shall be regarded as the only person beneficially interested in the Qualifying Trust in respect of such interest but in the case where the interest is so assigned, transferred or conveyed is an interest in a discretionary trust or is an interest which may arise as a result of the exercise in favor of the assignor of a discretionary power of appointment and such discretionary trust or power of appointment is also capable of being exercised in favor of persons described in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, such discretionary trust or power shall be deemed to have been so exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until it has in fact been exercised; and (C) the interest of any Permitted Residuary Beneficiary shall be ignored until its interest has indefeasibly vested.
 
“Permitted Residuary Beneficiary” means any person who is a beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust and, under the terms of the Qualifying Trust, is entitled to distributions out of the capital of such Qualifying Trust only after the death of all of the Qualified Persons who are beneficiaries of such Qualifying Trust.
 
“Perpetuity Date” means the date that is 21 years, less one day, from the date of the death of the last survivor of the individuals described in subclause (i)(a), (b), (c) or (d) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, who are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture.
 
“Qualifying Trust” means a trust (whether testamentary or inter vivos) any beneficiary of which is a person referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, provided that such Spouse is living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or is born after the date of this Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date (all such persons being hereafter referred to as “Qualified Persons”).

40


“Spouse” means, in relation to any person, a person who is legally married to that person and includes a widow or widower of that person, notwithstanding remarriage.

SECTION 402          ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.
 
If a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs and is continuing and the Company (or a third party) fails in any material respect to comply with any of the provisions of Section 404 hereof, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding may declare the principal of all such Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal shall become immediately due and payable.

SECTION 403          RESERVED.

SECTION 404          CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER.
 
(a)          The Notes may not be accelerated pursuant to Section 402 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall be cured if the Company complies in all material respects with the provisions of this Section 404. If the Company elects to cure such Event of Default, within 20 Business Days of the occurrence of an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event, (i) the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event and shall make an offer to purchase (the “Change in Control Offer”) all outstanding Notes properly tendered at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Change in Control Purchase Date (as hereinafter defined) (the “Change in Control Purchase Price”) on the date that is 40 Business Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event (the “Change in Control Purchase Date”), (ii) the Trustee shall deliver a copy of the Change in Control Offer to each Holder and (iii) the Company shall cause a notice of the Change in Control Offer to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news service in the United States and CNW Group Ltd. (Canada News Wire or Cision Canada) or a similar news service in Canada. The Change in Control Offer shall remain open from the time such offer is made until the Change in Control Purchase Date. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to ascertain the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event or to give notice with respect thereto other than as provided above upon receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company. The Trustee may conclusively assume, in the absence of receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company, that no Change in Control Triggering Event has occurred. The Change in Control Offer shall include a form of Change in Control Purchase Notice to be completed by the Holder and shall state:
 
(i)          the events causing a Change in Control Triggering Event and the date such Change in Control Triggering Event is deemed to have occurred;

41


(ii)          that the Change in Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 404 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change in Control Offer will be accepted for payment;
 
(iii)          the date by which the Change in Control Purchase Notice pursuant to this Section 404 must be given;
 
(iv)          the Change in Control Purchase Date;
 
(v)          the Change in Control Purchase Price;
 
(vi)          the names and addresses of the Paying Agent and the offices or agencies referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture;
 
(vii)          that Notes must be surrendered to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to collect payment;
 
(viii)          that the Change in Control Purchase Price for any Note as to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been duly given and not withdrawn will be paid promptly upon the later of the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and the time of surrender of such Note as described in clause (vii) above;
 
(ix)          the procedures the Holder must follow to accept the Change in Control Offer; and
 
(x)          the procedures for withdrawing a Change in Control Purchase Notice.
 
(b)          A Holder may accept a Change in Control Offer by delivering to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture a written notice (a “Change in Control Purchase Notice”) at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date, stating:
 
(i)          that such Holder elects to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Change in Control Offer;
 
(ii)          the principal amount of the Note that the Holder elects to have purchased by the Company, which amount must be U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, and the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered by such Holder for purchase by the Company; and
 
(iii)          that such Note shall be purchased on the Change in Control Purchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in this Supplemental Indenture.
 
The delivery of such Note (together with all necessary endorsements) to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in

42


Section 902 of the Indenture prior to, on or after the Change in Control Purchase Date shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Change in Control Purchase Price therefor; provided that such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 404 only if the Note so delivered to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall conform in all respects to the description thereof set forth in the related Change in Control Purchase Notice.
 
The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 404, a portion of a Note if the principal amount of such portion is U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of the Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Note also apply to the purchase of a portion of such Note.
 
Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 404 shall be consummated by the delivery by the Company of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and (b) the time of delivery of the Note by the Holder to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in the manner required by this Section 404.
 
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent, at the office of the Paying Agent or an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture, the Change in Control Purchase Notice contemplated by this Section 404(b) shall have the right to withdraw such Change in Control Purchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in accordance with Section 601 hereof.
 
The Paying Agent or the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by the former of any Change in Control Purchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.
 
(c)          The Notes may also not be accelerated pursuant to Section 402 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall also be cured if a third party makes and consummates a Change in Control Offer in the manner and at the times and otherwise in compliance with this Section 404; provided, however, that any such third party shall be subject to Section 907 of the Indenture in respect of any amounts paid by such third party hereunder (for this purpose, Section 907 of the Indenture is modified by replacing “Company” with the name of the third party) and such Event of Default shall be cured only if such third party complies with Section 907 of the Indenture (as modified) or if the Company satisfies the third party’s obligations under such Section.
 
ARTICLE FIVE
 
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

SECTION 501          RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.
 
(a)          The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or the

43


Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may transfer any assets or properties to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, if (i) prior to and immediately after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) such Subsidiary or Person, together with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, shall not in the aggregate have Net Tangible Assets greater than 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section 501, (1) the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets shall also include the aggregate Net Tangible Assets of such Subsidiary or Person and all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (2) Excluded Assets shall be excluded from the calculation of Net Tangible Assets and Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.
 
(b)          The Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary unless immediately before and after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
 
(c)          Nothing in this Section 501 shall restrict or limit the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from transferring any asset that is an Excluded Asset to any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
SECTION 502          LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur or guarantee any Secured Debt unless and for so long as the Company secures, or causes such Restricted Subsidiary to secure, the Notes equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Secured Debt. However, any of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Secured Debt without securing the Notes if, immediately after incurring the Secured Debt, the aggregate principal amount of all Secured Debt then outstanding plus the aggregate amount of the Attributable Debt then outstanding pursuant to Sale and Leaseback Transactions would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. The aggregate amount of all Secured Debt in the preceding sentence excludes Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes and Secured Debt that is being repaid concurrently. Any Lien which is granted to secure the Notes under this Section 502 shall be discharged at the same time as the discharge of the Lien securing the Secured Debt that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes under this Section 502.

SECTION 503          LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, unless either (a) immediately thereafter, the sum of (1) the Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction and all other Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on or after the Issue Date (or, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, the date on which it became a Restricted Subsidiary, if on or after the Issue Date) and (2) the aggregate amount of all Secured Debt, excluding Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes, would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (b) an amount, equal to the greater of the net proceeds to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from such sale and the
44


Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, is used within 180 days to retire Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. However, Debt which is subordinate to the Notes or which is owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may not be retired in satisfaction of clause (b) above.

SECTION 504          LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT.
 
The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt (other than Debt to the extent that the Notes are secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Debt), unless:
 
 (1) the obligations of the Company under the Notes are guaranteed (which guarantee may be on an unsecured basis) by such Restricted Subsidiary such that the claim of the Holders of the Notes under such guarantee ranks prior to or pari passu with such Debt; or
 
(2) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the sum of (without duplication) (x) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Debt of all Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Exempted Secured Debt, and for the avoidance of doubt, any Debt permitted by clause (1) of this Section 504), (y) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Secured Debt of the Company (not on a Consolidated basis) and (z) Attributable Debt relating to then outstanding Sale and Leaseback Transactions, would not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that this restriction will not apply to, and there will be excluded from any calculation hereunder, (A) Debt owing by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (B) Debt secured by Permitted Liens; provided, further, that this restriction will not prohibit the incurrence of Debt in connection with any extension, renewal or replacement (including successive extensions, renewals or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Debt of the Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that the principal amount of such Debt immediately prior to such extension, renewal or replacement is not increased).

SECTION 505          WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.
 
Pursuant to Section 910 of the Indenture, the Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition in Section 905 or 906 thereof and any covenant or condition in Section 501, 502, 503 or 504 of this Supplemental Indenture if, before or after the time for such compliance, the Holders of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall, by Holder Direction, waive such compliance in such instance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.
 
ARTICLE SIX
 
CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

SECTION 601          EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE.
 
Upon receipt by the Company of the Change in Control Purchase Notice specified in Section 404(b) hereof, the Holder of the Note in respect of which such Change in Control

45


Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Change in Control Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in the following two paragraphs of this Section) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to such Note. Such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date (provided the conditions in Section 404(b) hereof have been satisfied) and (b) the time of delivery of the Note to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 404(b) hereof.
 
A Change in Control Purchase Notice may be withdrawn before or after delivery by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent of the Note to which such Change in Control Purchase Notice relates, by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to which the related Change in Control Purchase Notice was delivered at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date specifying, as applicable:
 
(a)          the certificate number of the Note in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted,
 
(b)          the principal amount of the Note (which shall be U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and
 
(c)          the principal amount, if any, of such Note (which shall be U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) that remains subject to the original Change in Control Purchase Notice and that has been or will be delivered for purchase by the Company.
 
The Paying Agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Notes with respect to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in compliance with this Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 602          DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE.
 
No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 903 of the Indenture) an amount of cash sufficient to pay the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Change in Control Purchase Date.

SECTION 603          REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY.
 
As provided in the Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company any cash that remains unclaimed, together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture), held by them for the payment of the Change in Control Purchase Price; provided, however, that, to the extent that the aggregate

46


amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 602 hereof exceeds the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of the Notes or portions thereof to be purchased, then the Trustee shall hold such excess for the Company and promptly after the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Trustee shall upon demand return any such excess to the Company together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture).
 
ARTICLE SEVEN
 
GUARANTEE

SECTION 701          GUARANTEE.
 
(a)          RCCI hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees (the “Guarantee”) due payment and performance to the Trustee, for and on behalf of the Holders, forthwith after demand, of all the obligations of the Company that arise under this Supplemental Indenture, the applicable provisions of the Indenture or under the Notes to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes when due and payable at Maturity and any Additional Amounts, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee (including all amounts due to the Trustee under Section 507 of the Indenture) and the Holders of the Notes which obligations arise under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes, according to the terms hereof and thereof, including any applicable grace periods (the “Guaranteed Obligations”). The Guarantee shall be an unsecured, unsubordinated obligation of RCCI ranking pari passu with other present and future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of RCCI. The Company hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees the Guarantee of RCCI.
 
(b)          RCCI agrees that, without obtaining the consent of or giving notice to RCCI, the Trustee may vary this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture, as provided herein and therein, grant extensions of time or other indulgences, take and give up securities, grant releases and discharges and otherwise deal with the Company and other parties as the Trustee may see fit and may apply all monies received from the Company or others or from securities upon such part of the Company’s liability as the Trustee may think best without prejudice to or in any way limiting or lessening the liability of RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture. The Trustee expressly reserves all its rights under the Indenture, and any such variances shall not be deemed waivers of any rights or other provisions under the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture.
 
(c)          The Guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee of all the Guaranteed Obligations and shall apply to any ultimate balance due or remaining unpaid to the Holders of the Notes. The Guarantee shall not be considered as wholly or partially satisfied by the payment or liquidation at any time of any sum of money which may at any time be or become owing or due or remain unpaid to the Holders of the Notes.
 
(d)          The Guarantee shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by any change in the name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of the Company or RCCI, or by any merger or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI with any Person or

47


Persons, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture or the applicable provisions of the Indenture. In the case of the Company being amalgamated with another corporation, the Guarantee shall apply to the liabilities of the resulting corporation, and the term “Company” shall include each such resulting corporation.
 
(e)          All monies, advances, renewals and credits in fact borrowed or obtained by the Company under this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to form part of the liabilities hereby guaranteed notwithstanding any limitation of status or of power of the Company or of the directors or agents thereof or that the Company may not be a legal entity or any irregularity, defect or informality in the borrowing or obtaining of such monies, advances, renewals or credits.
 
(f)          The obligations of RCCI hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any moneys or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by RCCI hereunder which may not be recoverable from RCCI on the basis of a guarantee or as surety shall be recoverable from RCCI as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof.
 
(g)          The Trustee shall not be bound to exhaust its recourse against the Company or other parties before being entitled to demand payment from or performance by RCCI and enforce its rights under this Supplemental Indenture.
 
(h)          Any account settled or stated by or between the Trustee and the Company in relation to this Supplemental Indenture shall be accepted by RCCI as conclusive evidence that the balance or amount thereby appearing due by the Company to the Trustee is so due.
 
(i)          RCCI shall make payment to the Trustee of the amount of the liability of RCCI forthwith after demand therefor is made in writing during the continuance of any Event of Default and such demand shall be conclusively deemed to have been effectually made when delivered in accordance with the notice provisions set forth herein and the liability of RCCI shall bear interest from the date of such demand at the rate borne by the Notes, such interest to be calculated monthly based on the number of days elapsed and to be deemed payable on the first Business Day of a month in respect of the immediately preceding month or upon demand, whichever is earlier.
 
(j)          All amounts payable by RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture shall be paid without set−off or counterclaim and without any deduction or withholding whatsoever unless and to the extent that RCCI shall be prohibited by law from doing so, in which case RCCI shall, only to the extent such a similar requirement is imposed on the Company pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, pay to the Trustee such additional amount as shall be necessary to ensure that the Trustee receives the full amount it would have received if no such deduction or withholding had been made.
 
(k)          RCCI acknowledges that it has, by separate written instrument, irrevocably designated and appointed CT Corporation System (“CT Corporation”) as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the Guarantee or this Supplemental Indenture that may be instituted in any federal or state court in the State of New York or brought under federal or state securities laws.

48


RCCI acknowledges that CT Corporation has accepted such designation, submits to the non−exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding and acknowledges further that service of process upon CT Corporation (or any successor) and written notice of said service to RCCI shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon RCCI in any such suit or proceeding. RCCI further agrees to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of CT Corporation (or any successor) in full force and effect so long as any of the Notes shall be outstanding. In addition, to the extent that RCCI has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under the above−referenced documents, to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 702          RELEASE OF GUARANTOR.
 
(a)          In addition to the release provisions set forth in the Indenture, subject to Section 702(d), RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Seven, and RCCI’s Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect, upon the request of the Company (without the consent of the Trustee) if, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (and, if applicable, any transaction in connection therewith, including any other concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company would be in compliance with Section 504 hereof, including in the event of a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary.
 
(b)          In order to effect the release and termination provided for in Section 702(a), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (as well as any concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company will be in compliance with Section 504 hereof. In the event that the release and termination is in connection with a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary, pro forma effect shall be given to such transaction (including the application of any proceeds therefrom) in determining the Company’s compliance with Section 504 and, accordingly, the amount of Debt subject to the Guarantee of RCCI and any other Debt of RCCI shall be excluded from any calculation thereunder. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture, no opinion, report or certificate, other than the Officers’ Certificate provided for in this Section 702(b), need be furnished to the Trustee for such release and termination. After its receipt of the aforementioned Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by either the Company or RCCI in order to evidence the release of RCCI from its obligations under the Guarantee under this Article Seven.
 
(c)          No supplemental indenture, amendment or waiver shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note, release RCCI from any of its obligations under Section 701, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 702 or the other release

49


provisions set forth in the Indenture, or amend or modify the release provisions of this Section 702.
 
(d)          Notwithstanding the release provisions of Section 702(a), RCCI shall not be released from its obligations under this Article Seven and the Guarantee will not be terminated if, immediately after such release and termination (and, if applicable, after giving effect to any transaction to occur concurrently therewith), RCCI remains a co−obligor with or a guarantor for, as applicable, the obligations of the Company under any Existing Note.
 
(e)          Notwithstanding the release provisions of this Section 702, any Person added as a Guarantor at the option of the Company pursuant to Section 801(f) of the Indenture may be released at the option of the Company at any time upon such conditions as may be specified in the supplement to this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which such added Guarantor provided its Guarantee. No opinion, report or certificate, other than the Officers’ Certificate provided for in this Section 702(b), need be furnished to the Trustee for a release and termination pursuant to this Section 702(e). Nothing in this Section 702(e) shall modify or amend the release provisions applicable to RCCI pursuant to clauses (a) through (e) of this Section 702.

SECTION 703          AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE.
 
(a)          Unless RCCI has been released, or in connection with such transaction will be released, from its obligations under the Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of Section 702 hereof or any other release provision set forth in the Indenture, RCCI shall not amalgamate or consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding−up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) unless:
 
(i)          immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of RCCI or a Subsidiary of RCCI in connection with or as a result of such transaction as having been incurred at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
 
(ii)          either (x) RCCI shall be the continuing Person or (y) the Person (if other than RCCI) formed by such amalgamation or consolidation or into which RCCI is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety (the “Successor Guarantor”) shall, unless the Successor Guarantor is the Company, (A) be a corporation, company, partnership or trust organized and validly existing under the federal laws of Canada or any Province thereof or the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee (provided, however, that the Successor Guarantor shall not be required to execute and deliver such a supplemental indenture in the event of an amalgamation of RCCI with one or more other Persons, in which the

50

 
amalgamation is governed by the laws of Canada or any province thereof, the Successor Guarantor and RCCI are, immediately prior to such amalgamation, organized and existing under the laws of Canada or any province thereof and upon the effectiveness of such amalgamation, the Successor Guarantor shall have become or shall continue to be (as the case may be), by operation of law, liable for the observance of all obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee); and
 
(iii)          RCCI, the Company or the Successor Guarantor, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such amalgamation, consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction (or series of transactions), such supplemental indenture, comply with this Section 703(a) and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied.
 
(b)          Upon any amalgamation, consolidation or merger, or any conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 703(a), the Successor Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Guarantor had been named as a Guarantor herein; and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Seven, and RCCI’s Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect.

SECTION 704          PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS.
 
All payments made by RCCI under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of any province or territory thereof or by any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (hereinafter “Taxes”), unless RCCI is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency.  If RCCI is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, RCCI will pay as interest such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder of such Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such holder would have received in respect of the beneficial owner if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to a payment made to a holder of the Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (i) with which RCCI does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”)) at the time of making such payment or which is entitled to the payment in respect of a debt or other obligation to pay an amount to a person with which RCCI does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) at the time of making such payment, (ii) which is a “specified shareholder” of RCCI, or which does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) with a “specified shareholder” of RCCI as defined in subsection 18(5) of the Tax Act, (iii) where all or any portion of the amount paid or credited to such holder is deemed to be a dividend pursuant to subsection 214(6) of the Tax

51


Act, (iv) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the holder or beneficial owner carrying on business in, maintaining a permanent establishment or other physical presence in or otherwise being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the acquisition or mere holding of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder, (v) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the legal nature of the holder or beneficial owner disentitling such holder or beneficial owner to the benefit of an applicable treaty or convention if and to the extent that the application of such treaty or convention would have resulted in the reduction or elimination of any Taxes as to which Additional Amounts would have otherwise been payable to a holder on behalf of such beneficial owner, (vi) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the failure by a holder or beneficial owner to comply with any certification, identification, documentation or other reporting requirements if compliance is required by law, regulation, administrative practice or an applicable treaty as a pre-condition to exemption from, or a reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, such Taxes, (vii) if the Notes are presented for payment more than 15 days after the date on which such payment or such Notes became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts had the Notes been presented on the last day of such 15-day period), (viii) on account of any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, value added, excise, transfer, use, personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or governmental charge, (ix) that is a fiduciary, partnership or any other entity other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed had the holder of the Notes been the beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner, as the case may be, of the payment, (x) on account of any Taxes (a) that are payable other than by deduction or withholding from a payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, (b) that would not have been imposed but for a change in law, regulation, or administrative or judicial interpretation that becomes effective more than 15 days after the payment becomes due or is duly provided for, whichever occurs later or (c) that are required to be withheld by any paying agent from any payment of principal of or interest on any Note, if such payment can be made without such withholding or deduction by at least one other paying agent or (xi) any combination of (i) through (x).  RCCI will also (a) make such withholding or deduction and (b) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law.  Upon the written request of a holder of Notes, RCCI will furnish, as soon as reasonably practicable, to such holder of Notes certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by RCCI.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments will be made net of any deduction or withholding imposed or collected pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code (or any law implementing such an intergovernmental agreement) (any such withholding, a “FATCA Withholding Tax”), and no Additional Amounts will be payable as a result of any such FATCA Withholding Tax.
 
If a holder in respect of a beneficial owner has received a refund or credit for any Taxes with respect to which RCCI has paid Additional Amounts, such holder shall pay over such refund to RCCI (but only to the extent of such Additional Amounts), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such holder or beneficial owner, together with any interest paid by the relevant tax authority in respect of such refund.

52


At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Guarantee of RCCI is due and payable, if RCCI will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, RCCI will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable, stating the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee, on behalf of RCCI, to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date. Whenever in the Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal (and premium, if any), redemption price, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to the Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.
 
The obligations of RCCI under this Section 704 shall survive the discharge and termination of this Supplemental Indenture and the payment of all amounts under or with respect to the Guarantee.

SECTION 705          RIGHT OF REDEMPTION; ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.
 
(a)          If, as a result of
 
(i)          a change in, or an amendment to, the laws (including any regulations, rulings or protocols promulgated thereunder) or treaties of Canada (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein);
 
(ii)          any change in or amendment to, or introduction of, any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations, rulings, protocols or treaties (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction); or
 
(iii)          any official proposal of the aforementioned changes in clauses (i) and (ii) above;
 
which change, amendment or official proposal is announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date of the Notes, RCCI has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee, any Additional Amounts in accordance with Section 704 of this Supplemental Indenture, then the Company may, at its option, redeem such Notes, as a whole but not in part, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but not including the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if any; provided that the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable commercial measures available to the Company or RCCI not including substitution of the obligor or guarantor under such Notes.
 
(b)          The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to this Section 705 shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of such redemption, the Company shall, at least 10 but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by it (unless a shorter

53


notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed.

SECTION 706          PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.
 
The reference contained in Section 210 of the Indenture to the obligations of the Company under Section 907 of the Indenture shall be deemed to include the obligations of RCCI under Section 704 of this Supplemental Indenture.
 
ARTICLE EIGHT
 
AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE

SECTION 801          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 106.For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 106 is hereby amended by adding the following:

“The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions, including funds transfer instructions (“Instructions”) given pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and related financing documents and delivered using Electronic Means; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing the Authorized Officers and containing specimen signatures of such Authorized Officers, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended by the Company whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Company elects to give the Trustee Instructions using Electronic Means and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such Instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such Instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Company understands and agrees that the Trustee cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Instructions and that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that directions that purport to have been sent by an Authorized Officer listed on the incumbency certificate provided to the Trustee have been sent by such Authorized Officer. The Company shall be responsible for ensuring that only Authorized Officers transmit such Instructions to the Trustee and that the Company and all Authorized Officers are solely responsible to safeguard the use and confidentiality of applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys upon receipt by the Company. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such Instructions notwithstanding such Instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Company agrees: (i) to assume all risks arising out of the use of Electronic Means to submit Instructions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized Instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties; (ii) that it is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with the various methods of transmitting Instructions to the Trustee and that there may be more secure methods of transmitting Instructions than the method(s) selected by the Company; (iii) that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection with its transmission of Instructions provide to it a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances; and (iv) to notify the Trustee promptly upon learning of any compromise or unauthorized use of the security procedures.”

54


SECTION 802          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 115.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 115 is hereby amended by adding the following:
 
“The Company irrevocably consents to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or any United States Federal court sitting, in each case, in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, United States of America, and any appellate court from any thereof, and waives any immunity from the jurisdiction of such courts over any suit, action or proceeding that may be brought by the Trustee or Holders of the Notes in connection with this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes. The Company irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to any suit, action or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes in such courts on the grounds of venue or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which the Company is subject by a suit upon such judgment; provided that service of process is effected upon the Company in the manner provided by the Indenture.
 
ALL PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.”

SECTION 803          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 401(b) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(b) default in the payment of any interest, including any Additional Interest, or any Additional Amounts on any Notes when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or”
 
SECTION 804          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 401 is hereby amended by adding the following as the third paragraph of Section 401:
 
“Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by a Trust Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the applicable Series of Securities.”
 
SECTION 805          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE ARTICLE FIVE
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Article Five is hereby amended by adding the following as a new Section 515:

55


“Section 515: TRUSTEE NOT BOUND TO ACT.

The Trustee shall retain the right not to act and shall not be liable for refusing to act if, due to a lack of information or for any other reason whatsoever, the Trustee, in its sole judgment, determines that such act might cause it to be in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or anti-terrorist legislation, regulation or guideline. Further, should the Trustee, in its sole judgment, determine at any time that its acting under this Supplemental Indenture has resulted in its being in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or antiterrorist legislation, regulation or guideline, then it shall have the right to resign on 10 days’ written notice to the Company (and during such ten (10) day notice period, the Trustee shall have the right not to act and shall not be liable for refusing to act) provided that: (i) the Trustee’s written notice shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, describe the circumstances of such noncompliance (for greater certainty, no such description shall be required if it could constitute ‘tipping off’ or any other disclosure or action prohibited by applicable law); and (ii) if such circumstances are rectified to the Trustee’s satisfaction within such ten (10) day notice period, then such resignation shall not be effective.”

SECTION 806          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 701.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 701(a)(1) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(1) the Company shall be the continuing Person or”

SECTION 807          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 906

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 906 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(a)          If the Company is not required to file with the Commission the Financial Reports, the Company will furnish (without cost) to each holder of Notes then outstanding and file with the Trustee (i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, its audited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP and substantially in the form prescribed by applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities for Canadian public reporting companies (whether or not the Company is a public reporting company at the time) and (ii) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, unaudited consolidated financial statements for the interim period as at, and for the interim period ending on, the end of such fiscal quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP and substantially in the form prescribed by applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities for Canadian public reporting companies (whether or not the Company is a public reporting company at the time).
 
(b)          The obligations of the Company to deliver the Financial Reports or the financial statements referred to in the preceding paragraph will be deemed satisfied if any parent entity of the Company has delivered to the Trustee (including by making them publicly available on SEDAR or EDGAR) the applicable Financial Reports or financial statements, as applicable, that would otherwise be required to be provided in respect of the Company, with respect to such parent entity; provided that such obligations will only be deemed to be satisfied if, and for so

56


long as, such parent entity furnishes to the Trustee (either in or with a copy of such Financial Reports or financial statements, as applicable) “summary financial information” as defined in Section 13.4 of National Instrument 51-102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations (“NI 51-102”) (or substantially equivalent financial information provided for in any successor provision thereto in NI 51-102 or any successor instrument) for the parent entity for the periods covered by such financial statements with a separate column for (i) the parent entity, (ii) the Company, (iii) all guarantors (if any) (on a combined basis), (iv) any other subsidiaries of the parent entity (on a combined basis), (v) consolidating adjustments and (vi) total consolidated amounts.
 
(c)          Delivery of such Financial Reports or financial statements, as applicable, to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt thereof shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants (as to which the Trustee is entitled to certificates). The Trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, the Company’s compliance with the covenants or with respect to any reports or other documents filed on SEDAR, EDGAR or any website.
 
(d)          the Company has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, and are not eligible to be resold pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company will furnish to the holders of the Notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act (for so long as such information is required in order to permit resales of the Notes pursuant to Rule 144A).
 
(e)          Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s or RCCI’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).”
 
SECTION 808          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 603.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 603 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“So long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company will provide to the Trustee within 30 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and quarterly reports and of the information, documents and other reports which the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (collectively, the “Financial Reports”); provided, however, that the Company need not furnish any such information, documents or reports to the extent they are made publicly available on SEDAR or EDGAR or any other website maintained by the securities regulatory authorities in Canada or the Commission.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall not be the responsibility of the Trustee to monitor postings of the Company on SEDAR or EDGAR or any other applicable website, it being understood that, due to the public availability of the information contained on such websites, any Person, including without limitation any holder,

57


may obtain such information directly from such websites copies of the Company’s annual report and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.”
 
SECTION 809          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 907.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 907 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“All payments made by the Company under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of any province or territory thereof or by any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (hereinafter “Taxes”), unless the Company is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency.  If the Company is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, the Company will pay as interest such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder of such Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such holder would have received in respect of the beneficial owner if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to a payment made to a holder of the Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (i) with which the Company does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”)) at the time of making such payment or which is entitled to the payment in respect of a debt or other obligation to pay an amount to a person with which the Company does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) at the time of making such payment, (ii) which is a “specified shareholder” of the Company, or which does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) with a “specified shareholder” of the Company as defined in subsection 18(5) of the Tax Act, (iii) where all or any portion of the amount paid or credited to such holder is deemed to be a dividend pursuant to subsection 214(6) of the Tax Act, (iv) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the holder or beneficial owner carrying on business in, maintaining a permanent establishment or other physical presence in or otherwise being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the acquisition or mere holding of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder, (v) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the legal nature of the holder or beneficial owner disentitling such holder or beneficial owner to the benefit of an applicable treaty or convention if and to the extent that the application of such treaty or convention would have resulted in the reduction or elimination of any Taxes as to which Additional Amounts would have otherwise been payable to a holder on behalf of such beneficial owner, (vi) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the failure by a holder or beneficial owner to comply with any certification, identification, documentation or other reporting requirements if compliance is required by law, regulation, administrative practice or an applicable treaty as a pre-condition to exemption from, or a reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, such Taxes, (vii) if the Notes are presented for payment more than 15 days after the date on which such payment or such Notes became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to such Additional

58


Amounts had the Notes been presented on the last day of such 15-day period), (viii) on account of any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, value added, excise, transfer, use, personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or governmental charge, (ix) that is a fiduciary, partnership or any other entity other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed had the holder of the Notes been the beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner, as the case may be, of the payment, (x) on account of any Taxes (a) that are payable other than by deduction or withholding from a payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, (b) that would not have been imposed but for a change in law, regulation, or administrative or judicial interpretation that becomes effective more than 15 days after the payment becomes due or is duly provided for, whichever occurs later or (c) that are required to be withheld by any paying agent from any payment of principal of or interest on any Note, if such payment can be made without such withholding or deduction by at least one other paying agent or (xi) any combination of (i) through (x).  The Company will also (a) make such withholding or deduction and (b) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law.  Upon the written request of a holder of Notes, the Company will furnish, as soon as reasonably practicable, to such holder of Notes certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Company.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments will be made net of any deduction or withholding imposed or collected pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code (or any law implementing such an intergovernmental agreement) (any such withholding, a “FATCA Withholding Tax”), and no Additional Amounts will be payable as a result of any such FATCA Withholding Tax.
 
If a holder in respect of a beneficial owner has received a refund or credit for any Taxes with respect to which the Company has paid Additional Amounts, such holder shall pay over such refund to the Company (but only to the extent of such Additional Amounts), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such holder or beneficial owner, together with any interest paid by the relevant tax authority in respect of such refund.
 
At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Guarantee of the Company is due and payable, if the Company will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable, stating the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee, on behalf of the Company, to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date. Whenever in the Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal (and premium, if any), redemption price, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to the Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.
 
The obligations of the Company under this Section 907 shall survive the discharge and termination of this Supplemental Indenture and the payment of all amounts under or with respect to the Guarantee.”

59


SECTION 810          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1001.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 1001(b) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(b)          If, as a result of
 
(i)          a change in, or an amendment to, the laws (including any regulations, rulings or protocols promulgated thereunder) or treaties of Canada (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein);
 
(ii)          any change in or amendment to, or introduction of, any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations, rulings, protocols or treaties (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction); or
 
(iii)          any official proposal of the aforementioned changes in clauses (i) and (ii) above;
 
which change, amendment or official proposal is announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date of the Notes, the Company has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable under or with respect to the Notes, any Additional Amounts in accordance with Section 907 of the Indenture, as amended and restated by this Supplemental Indenture, then the Company may, at its option, redeem such Notes, as a whole but not in part, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but not including the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if any; provided that the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable commercial measures available to the Company not including substitution of the obligor under such Notes.
 
The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to this Section 1001(b) shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of such redemption, the Company shall, at least 10 but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by it (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed.”
 
SECTION 811          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1004.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 1004 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of Notes of for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis or by lot or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, unless the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in which case such selection shall be made in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed; provided that no Notes of U.S.$2,000 or less shall be purchased or redeemed in part.

60


The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Security Registrar in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

A new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any Note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.”
 
SECTION 812          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1005.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 1005 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Notice of intention to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 1001 as so modified by this Supplemental Indenture shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that are to be redeemed, not more than 60 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Redemption Date, in the manner provided in Section 112 of the Supplemental Indenture.  Every such notice of redemption shall state:
 
(a)          the Redemption Date;
 
(b)          the Redemption Price;
 
(c)          if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the principal amount) of the particular Notes to be redeemed;
 
(d)          that, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition precedent to the redemption specified in such notice, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note or portion thereof on the Redemption Date, and that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest thereon, if any, shall cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;
 
(e)          the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and
 
(f)          any conditions to the redemption.

Any redemption pursuant to Section 1001 as so modified by this Supplemental Indenture (and any related notice of redemption) may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an equity or other securities offering, an incurrence of indebtedness or other financing, or any other corporate transaction or event. Notice of any redemption in respect thereof may, at the Company’s discretion, be given prior to the completion of one or more of the transactions or events upon which the redemption is conditioned and such redemption may be partial as a result of only some of the conditions being satisfied. If such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, state that, in the Company’s discretion, such redemption may not occur and such notice may be

61


rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the Redemption Date.  In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and other amounts owing for the redemption of any Notes and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.  In the event that the condition(s) of any redemption that is conditional are not satisfied or waived by the Company in its sole discretion on or prior to the Redemption Date therefor, the redemption shall be rescinded and notice thereof shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that were to have been redeemed promptly thereafter (but in any event no later than the Business Day after the Redemption Date), in the manner in which the notice of redemption was delivered, that such condition(s) were not satisfied or waived and such redemption has been rescinded, and the Trustee shall promptly return to the Holders thereof any Notes which had been surrendered for payment upon such redemption. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall have no responsibility for determining whether or not a condition set forth in such notice of redemption is satisfied, and shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon the Company’s determination regarding the satisfaction or waiver thereof.

Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. Any inadvertent defect in a notice of redemption, including an inadvertent failure to deliver such notice, to any Holder whose Notes are selected for redemption will not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any the Notes of any other Holder that are to be redeemed.”
 
SECTION 813          MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture, including Section 204 thereof, this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes may be executed and authenticated by manual, facsimile or electronic signature.

[Remainder of the Page Intentionally Left Blank]

62


 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.
 

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
 

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
 







[Signature Page to the Supplemental Indenture]


 
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
         
         

By:
/s/ Teresa H. Wyszomierski
 
    Name:  Teresa H. Wyszomierski
 
    Title  Vice President
 
         








[Signature Page to the Supplemental Indenture]




Exhibit 99.3


 
ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,
 as issuer of the Notes,
 

ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,
as Guarantor
 

and
 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee



SIXTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Dated as of March 11, 2022
to
 
 
INDENTURE
 
 
Dated as of August 6, 2008


 
3.80% Senior Notes due 2032




TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PAGE

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 101
DEFINITIONS
2
SECTION 102
OTHER DEFINITIONS
11
SECTION 103
EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
12
SECTION 104
INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT
12
SECTION 105
INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE
12
SECTION 106
COUNTERPARTS
12
SECTION 107
EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS
12
SECTION 108
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
13
SECTION 109
SEPARABILITY CLAUSE
13
SECTION 110
BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
13
SECTION 111
GOVERNING LAW
13
SECTION 112
NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.
13

ARTICLE TWO

FORM OF THE NOTES

SECTION 201
FORMS GENERALLY
14
SECTION 202
FORM OF FACE OF NOTE
16
SECTION 203
FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE
19
SECTION 204
ASSIGNMENT FORM; CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES
23
SECTION 205
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.
28

ARTICLE THREE

THE NOTES

SECTION 301
TITLE AND TERMS
28
SECTION 302
DENOMINATIONS
30
SECTION 303
NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS
30
SECTION 304
SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION
30
SECTION 305
DISCHARGE
31
SECTION 306
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES.
32

i



SECTION 307
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF A DEFINITIVE NOTE FOR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A GLOBAL NOTE.
33
SECTION 308
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF GLOBAL NOTES.
34
SECTION 309
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE.
35
SECTION 310
CANCELLATION OR ADJUSTMENT OF GLOBAL NOTE.
35
SECTION 311
OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES OF NOTES.
36
SECTION 312
NO OBLIGATION OF THE TRUSTEE.
36
SECTION 313
EXCHANGE OFFER.
37
SECTION 314
NON-COMPLIANT TRANSFERS NULL AND VOID.
37
SECTION 315
DEFINITIVE NOTES.
38

ARTICLE FOUR

REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL

SECTION 401
ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT.
38
SECTION 402
ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT
41
SECTION 403
RESERVED.
41
SECTION 404
CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER
41

ARTICLE FIVE

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

SECTION 501
RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
43
SECTION 502
LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT.
44
SECTION 503
LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS
44
SECTION 504
LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT
45
SECTION 505
WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS
45

ARTICLE SIX

CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

SECTION 601
EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE
45
SECTION 602
DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE
46
SECTION 603
REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY
46

ARTICLE SEVEN

GUARANTEE

SECTION 701
GUARANTEE
47
SECTION 702
RELEASE OF GUARANTOR
49

ii



SECTION 703
AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
50
SECTION 704
PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS
51
SECTION 705
RIGHT OF REDEMPTION; ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE
53
SECTION 706
PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS
54

ARTICLE EIGHT

AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE

SECTION 801
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 106.
54
SECTION 802
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 115
55
SECTION 803
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.
55
SECTION 804
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.
55
SECTION 805
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE ARTICLE FIVE
55
SECTION 806
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 701
56
SECTION 807
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 906
56
SECTION 808
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 603.
57
SECTION 809
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 907.
58
SECTION 810
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1001.
60
SECTION 811
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1004.
60
SECTION 812
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1005.
61
SECTION 813
MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS.
62


iii


 
SIXTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of March 11, 2022 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (hereinafter called the “Company”), Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (hereinafter called “RCCI”), and The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (hereinafter called the “Trustee”).
 
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee are parties to an indenture dated as of August 6, 2008 (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), the “Indenture”);
 
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have previously entered into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of August 6, 2008 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.80% Senior Notes due 2018; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of August 6, 2008 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2038; (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 7, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.00% Senior Notes due 2023, (iv) a Series Supplement dated as of March 7, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Senior Notes due 2043; (v) a Series Supplement dated as of October 2, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$850,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.10% Senior Notes due 2023; (vi) a Series Supplement dated as of October 2, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.45% Senior Notes due 2043; (vii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,050,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.00% Senior Notes due 2044; (viii) a Series Supplement dated as of December 8, 2015 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.625% Senior Notes due 2025; (ix) a Series Supplement dated as of November 4, 2016 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.90% Senior Notes due 2026; (x) a Series Supplement dated as of February 8, 2018 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.300% Senior Notes due 2048; (xi) a Series Supplement dated as of April 30, 2019 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.350% Senior Notes due 2049; (xii) a Series Supplement dated as of November 12, 2019 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.700% Senior Notes due 2049; and (xiii) a Series Supplement dated June 22, 2020 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022;
 
WHEREAS, the Company, RCCI (formerly known as Rogers Cable & Data Centres Inc.) and the Trustee have previously entered into a First Amending Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 1, 2016 pursuant to which the Series Supplement in each of clause (i) through (viii) above was supplemented and amended to, among other things, provide for the assumption of the guarantee thereunder by RCCI;

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Supplemental Indenture, the Company and the Trustee are entering into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof

1


pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.95% Senior Notes Due 2025; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.20% Senior Notes Due 2027; (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Senior Notes Due 2042 and (iv) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.55% Senior Notes Due 2052;
 
WHEREAS, Article Two and Section 801 of the Indenture provide, among other things, that, without the consent of any Holders, the Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplement to the Indenture for the purposes of establishing the form, terms and conditions applicable to the Securities of any Series which the Company wishes to issue under the Indenture;
 
WHEREAS, the Company desires to establish the form, terms and conditions of a Series of Securities and has requested the Trustee to enter into this Supplemental Indenture for such purpose;
 
WHEREAS, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company, in each case complying with Sections 101, 103, 104, 204 and 803 of the Indenture; and
 
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Board of Directors has duly authorized the establishment of the 3.80% Senior Notes due 2032 of the Company (the “Notes”) with the form, terms and conditions as hereinafter set forth.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties hereto agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:
 
ARTICLE ONE
 
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
 
SECTION 101          DEFINITIONS.

Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. For greater certainty, notwithstanding the Company’s adoption of IFRS 16, Leases, lease liabilities with respect to leases that were classified as operating leases under prior accounting standards do not constitute “Capital Lease Obligations” or “Debt” as defined in the Indenture for purposes of the Notes.
 
“Additional Interest” means all amounts, if any, payable pursuant to Section 2(c) of the Registration Rights Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this Supplemental Indenture to interest includes Additional Interest, if any. Any express reference to Additional Interest in this Supplemental Indenture shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest in any other text where no such express reference is made.

2


“Additional Notes” means additional Notes created and issued by the Company after the Issue Date in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture having the same terms and conditions under this Supplemental Indenture as the Initial Notes (except for the issue date and, if applicable, the date from which interest accrues and the date of the first payment of interest thereon).
 
“Applicable Basis Points” means 35 basis points.

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear and/or Clearstream (each a “Clearing Agency”), in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.
 
“Arrangement” means the acquisition by the Company of the issued and outstanding Class A Participating Shares and Class B Non-Voting Participating Shares of Shaw Communications Inc. (“Shaw”) by way of a court-approved Plan of Arrangement under Section 193 of the Business Corporations Act (Alberta) pursuant to the terms of the Arrangement Agreement.
 
“Arrangement Agreement” means that certain arrangement agreement dated as of March 13, 2021, between the Company and Shaw, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
“Attributable Debt” means, as of the date of its determination, the present value (discounted semi-annually at the interest rate implicit in the terms of the lease) of the obligation of a lessee for rental payments pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction (reduced by the amount of the rental obligations of any sublessee of all or part of the same property) during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which the lease relating thereto has been extended), such rental payments not to include amounts payable by the lessee for maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments and similar charges and for contingent rates (such as those based on sales); provided, however, that in the case of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction in which the lease is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty, Attributable Debt shall mean the lesser of the present value of (i) the rental payments to be paid under such Sale and Leaseback Transaction until the first date (after the date of such determination) upon which it may be so terminated plus the then applicable penalty upon such termination and (ii) the rental payments required to be paid during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (assuming such termination provision is not exercised).

“Authorized Officer” means any individual who holds one or more of the following offices of the Company: Chair of the Board of Directors, Vice-Chair, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice-President, any Senior Vice-President, any Vice-President, Treasurer, Chief Legal Officer, Secretary or General Counsel (including, for greater certainty, any individual who holds such offices of the Company on an interim basis).
 
“Board of Directors” means, with respect to the Company, either the board of directors of the Company or any committee of that board duly authorized to act and, with respect

3


to any other Person, the board of directors or committee of such Person serving, or appointed by such Person to perform, a substantially similar function.
 
“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by an Authorized Officer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.
 
“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person. To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310 through 317 as they are applicable to the Company, the term “Company” shall include any other obligor with respect to the Notes for the purposes of complying with such provisions.
 
“Company Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by at least one Authorized Officer.
 
“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the Consolidated Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.
 
“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person after eliminating inter-company items, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP including appropriate deductions for any minority interest in Tangible Assets of such Person’s Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note, Exchange Note or Additional Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Article Three hereof substantially in the form set forth in Section 202, except that such Initial Note, Exchange Note or Additional Note shall not bear the Global Notes Legend (as defined below) and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
 
“Depositary” or “DTC” means the Depositary Trust Company.
 
“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Maturity Date for cash or securities constituting Debt; provided that shares of Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that are issued with the benefit of provisions requiring a change in control offer to be made for such shares in the event of a change in control of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary, which provisions have substantially the same effect as the relevant provisions of Sections 401 and 404 herein, shall not be deemed to be “Disqualified Stock” solely by virtue of such provisions. For purposes of this definition, the term “Debt” includes Inter−Company Subordinated Debt.

4


“Electronic Means” means the following communications methods: e-mail, facsimile transmission, secure electronic transmission containing applicable authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys issued by the Trustee, or another method or system specified by the Trustee as available for use in connection with its services hereunder.

“Exchange Note” means any notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes as contemplated by the applicable Registration Rights Agreement.

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
“Excluded Assets” means (i) all assets of any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) Investments in the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent paid for with cash or other property that constitutes Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities, so long as at the time of acquisition thereof and after giving effect thereto there exists no Default or Event of Default; and (iv) proceeds of the sale of any Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Excluded Securities” means any Debt, Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued by the Company, or any Debt or Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary, in either case to an Affiliate thereof other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that, at all times, such Excluded Securities shall:
 
(i)          in the case of Debt not owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, constitute Inter−Company Subordinated Debt;
 
(ii)          in the case of Debt, not be guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such guarantee shall constitute Inter−Company Subordinated Debt;
 
(iii)          in the case of Debt, not be secured by any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(iv)          in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that interest or dividends thereon shall be payable only to the extent that, after giving effect to any such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
 
(v)          in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that no payment (other than payments in the form of Excluded Securities) on account of principal (at maturity, by operation of sinking fund or mandatory redemption or otherwise) or other payment on account of redemption, repurchase, retirement or acquisition of such Excluded Security shall be permitted until the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity for the principal of the Notes or (y) the date on which all principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall have been duly paid or provided for in full.
 
“Exempted Secured Debt” means any Debt secured by any Lien or any conditional sale or other title retention agreement:
 
5


(i)          incurred or entered into on or after the Issue Date to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of such property and either secured by Purchase Money Obligations or Liens placed on such property within 180 days of acquisition, improvement or construction and securing Debt not to exceed 2.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any time outstanding;
 
(ii)          on Principal Property or the stock or Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries and existing at the time of acquisition of the property, stock or Debt;
 
(iii)          owing to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
(iv)          existing at the time a corporation or other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Existing Notes” means any of the 4.00% Senior Notes due 2022, 3.00% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.10% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.00% Senior Notes due 2024, 8.75% Senior Debentures due 2032, 7.50% Senior Notes due 2038, 6.68% Senior Notes due 2039, 6.11% Senior Notes due 2040, 6.56% Senior Notes due 2041, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.45% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.00% Senior Notes due 2044, 3.625% Senior Notes due 2025, 2.90% Senior Notes due 2026, 4.300% Senior Notes due 2048, 4.350% Senior Notes due 2049, 3.700% Senior Notes Due 2049, Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022, 2.95% Senior Notes due 2025, 3.20% Senior Notes due 2027, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2042, or 4.55% Senior Notes due 2052, in each case for which the Company is a co−obligor or an obligor, as applicable.
 
“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any successor ratings agency.
 
“Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” or “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, in effect in Canada, as established by the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada and as applied from time to time by the Company in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.
 
“Government Obligations” means securities that are:
 
(i)          direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or
 
(ii)          obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America.
 
“Guarantor” means (i) RCCI unless and until the Guarantee is released in accordance with its terms and (ii) any other Person that provides a guarantee in respect of any of the Company’s obligations in respect of the Notes, pursuant to a supplement to this Supplemental Indenture or otherwise, unless and until such guarantee is released in accordance with its terms.
 
“Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture.

6


“Initial Notes” means the U.S.$2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued on the Issue Date.

“Initial Purchasers” means (i) with respect to the Initial Notes, BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, , Barclays Capital Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp., CIBC World Markets Corp., Mizuho Securities USA LLC, MUFG Securities Americas Inc., National Bank of Canada Financial Inc., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc., TD Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and (ii) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing or underwriting such Additional Notes.
 
“Investment” means (i) directly or indirectly, any advance, loan or capital contribution to, the purchase of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of, the acquisition, by purchase or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or making of any investment in any Person, (ii) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (iii) the transfer of any assets or properties from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any Unrestricted Subsidiary, other than the transfer of assets or properties made in the ordinary course of business. Investments shall exclude extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices.
 
“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch.
 
“Issue Date” means March 11, 2022, the initial issue date of the Notes.
 
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor ratings agency.
 
“Net Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.
 
“Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, “Notes” shall include the Exchange Notes, if any, and the Additional Notes, if any.
 
“Par Call Date” means December 15, 2031.
 
“Permitted Liens” means any of the following Liens
 
(i)          Liens for taxes, rates and assessments not yet due or, if due, the validity of which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (as applicable); and Liens for the excess of the amount of any past due taxes for which a final assessment has not been received over the amount of such taxes as estimated and paid;
 
(ii)          the Lien of any judgment rendered which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries,

7


 
as the case may be, and which does not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to operate the business or operations of the Company;
 
(iii)          Liens on Excluded Assets;
 
(iv)          pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases or deposits of cash or bonds or other direct obligations of the United States, Canada or any Canadian province to secure surety or appeal bonds or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rents;
 
(v)          Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens, or other liens arising out of judgments or awards with respect to which an appeal or other proceeding for review is being prosecuted (and as to which any foreclosure or other enforcement proceeding shall have been effectively stayed);
 
(vi)          Liens for property taxes not yet subject to penalties for non−payment or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings (and as to which foreclosure or other enforcement proceedings shall have been effectively stayed);
 
(vii)          Liens in favor of issuers of surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business;
 
(viii)          minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of or rights of others for rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Person incurring them or the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Debt or other extensions of credit and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of such properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
 
(ix)          Liens in favor of Bell Canada (or any successor) under any partial system agreement or related agreement providing for the construction and installation by Bell Canada of cables, attachments, connectors, support structures, closures and other equipment in accordance with the plans and specifications of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the lease by Bell Canada of such equipment to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with tariffs published by Bell Canada from time to time as approved by regulatory authorities, the absence of which would materially and adversely affect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries considered as a whole; and
 
(x)          any other Lien existing on the Issue Date.
 
“Principal Property” means, as of any date of determination, any land, land improvements or building (and associated factory, laboratory, office and switching equipment (excluding all products marketed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries)) constituting a manufacturing, development, warehouse, service, office or operating facility owned by or leased to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, located within Canada and having an acquisition cost

8


 
plus capitalized improvements in excess of 0.25% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company as of such date of determination, other than any such property (i) which the Board of Directors determines is not of material importance to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) which is not used in the ordinary course of business or (iii) in which the interest of the Company and all its Subsidiaries does not exceed 50%.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
 
“Rating Agencies” means S&P, Moody’s and Fitch, and each of such Rating Agencies is referred to individually as a “Rating Agency”.
 
“Rating Date” means the date which is 90 days prior to the earlier of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention of the Company to effect a Change in Control.
 
“Rating Decline” means the occurrence of the following on, or within 90 days after, the date of public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention by the Company to effect a Change in Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies): (i) in the event the Notes are assigned an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be below an Investment Grade Rating; or (ii) in the event the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be decreased by one or more gradations (including gradations within rating categories as well as between rating categories).
 
“Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) with respect to the Initial Notes, that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Company, RCCI and BofA Securities, Inc., as representative of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements as may be entered into in connection with the issuance of such Additional Notes, as such agreements may be amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Restricted Period” means, (i) with respect to any Regulation S Notes (as defined in Section 201), the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S and (b) the issue date with respect to such Notes, and (ii) with respect to any Rule 144A Notes (as defined in Section 201), the period of one year after the later of (a) the last day on which the Company or its Affiliates were the owner of such Notes and (b) the issue date with respect to such Notes.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

9


“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc., or any successor rating agency.
 
“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Principal Property (whether such Principal Property is now owned or hereafter acquired) that has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, other than (i) temporary leases for a term, including renewals at the option of the lessee, of not more than three years, (ii) leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries and (iii) leases of Principal Property executed by the time of, or within 180 days after the latest of, the acquisition, the completion of construction or improvement (including any improvements on property which will result in such property becoming Principal Property), or the commencement of commercial operation of such Principal Property.
 
“Secured Debt” means:
 
(a)          Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by any Lien upon any Principal Property or the stock or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the payment obligations of the Company under the Notes); or
 
(b)          any conditional sale or other title retention agreement covering any Principal Property or Restricted Subsidiary;
 
but does not include any Exempted Secured Debt.

“SEDAR” means the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval or any successor computer system maintained by the Canadian securities administrators for the transmission, receipt, acceptance, review and dissemination of documents filed in electronic format.

“Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
“Tangible Assets” means, at any date, the gross book value as shown by the accounting books and records of any Person of all its property both real and personal, less (i) the net book value of all its licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, goodwill, non−compete agreements or organizational expenses and other like intangibles, (ii) unamortized Debt discount and expenses, (iii) all reserves for depreciation, obsolescence, depletion and amortization of its properties and (iv) all other proper reserves which in accordance with GAAP should be provided in connection with the business conducted by such Person.

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

10


“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means any Note in global form that does not bear or is not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend (as defined below).

SECTION 102          OTHER DEFINITIONS.

DEFINED TERM
 
DEFINED IN SECTION
     
Agent Member
 
312
Authorized Signatory
 
201
Beneficial Interest Owner
 
313
Change in Control
 
401
Change in Control Offer
 
404(a)
Change in Control Purchase Date
 
404(a)
Change in Control Purchase Notice
 
404(b)
Change in Control Purchase Price
 
404(a)
Change in Control Triggering Event
 
401
DTC
 
201
Edward S. Rogers
 
401
Family Percentage Holding
 
401
Financial Reports
 
805
Global Note
 
201
Global Notes Legend
 
202
Guarantee
 
701(a)
Guaranteed Obligations
 
701(a)
H.15
 
203
H.15 TCM
 
203
Instructions
 
801
Maturity Date
 
301
Member of the Rogers Family
 
401
Permitted Residuary Beneficiary
 
401
Perpetuity Date
 
401
Qualifying Trust
 
401
RCCI
 
Preamble
Record Date
 
202
Regulation S Global Note
 
201
Regulation S Notes
 
201
Regulation S Restricted Notes Legend
 
202
Restricted Notes Legend
 
202
Remaining Life
 
301
Rule 144A Global Note
 
201
Rule 144A Note
 
201
Special Mandatory Redemption Date
 
304

11


Special Mandatory Redemption Event
 
304
Special Mandatory Redemption Notice
 
304
Special Mandatory Redemption Price
 
304
Spouse
 
401
Successor Guarantor
 
703
Treasury Rate
 
203
Trigger Date
 
304

SECTION 103          EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
 
Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company, RCCI and the Trustee, the Indenture shall be supplemented and amended in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable, and the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended as specified herein, solely with respect to the Notes and not with respect to any other Securities issued under the Indenture prior to, on or after the Issue Date. In the event of a conflict between any provisions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, the relevant provision or provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern.

SECTION 104          INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.
 
Except as supplemented or amended hereby, all other provisions in the Indenture, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 105          INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE.
 
All the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to be incorporated in, and made a part of, the Indenture; and the Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument; provided, however, that the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture are expressly and solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 106          COUNTERPARTS.
 
This Supplemental Indenture may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

SECTION 107          EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.
 
The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Supplemental Indenture to specific Article numbers or Section

12


 
numbers refer to Articles and Sections contained in this Supplemental Indenture, and not the Indenture or any other document.

SECTION 108          SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.
 
All covenants and agreements in this Supplemental Indenture by the Company and RCCI shall bind their respective successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not. All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 109          SEPARABILITY CLAUSE.
 
In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 110          BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
 
Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person (other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent and any Security Registrar, and their successors hereunder, and the Holders) any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Supplemental Indenture or in respect of the Notes.

SECTION 111          GOVERNING LAW.
 
This Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. This Supplemental Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required or deemed to be part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

SECTION 112          NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture to be made upon, given, delivered or furnished to, or filed with: (a) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished, delivered or filed in writing to or with Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Global Trust Finance; and (b) the Company by the Trustee or any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given, furnished or delivered in writing to the Company to 333 Bloor Street East, 10th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M4W 1G9, Attention: [REDACTED] or by email to [REDACTED], with a copy to [REDACTED], email [REDACTED], or, in either case, at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.
 
Any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document shall be deemed to have been received on the day made, given, furnished or delivered except when sent by electronic transmission (including email), in which

13


 
case it will be deemed to have been received on the day it was sent, if such electronic transmission was sent on a Business Day during normal business hours of the recipient, or on the next succeeding Business Day, if not sent on a Business Day or during such business hours.  Each of the Trustee and the Company may from time to time notify the other party of a change in address or electronic transmission address by notice as provided in this Section 112.
 
ARTICLE TWO
 
FORM OF THE NOTES

SECTION 201          FORMS GENERALLY.
 
(a)          The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the forms set forth in this Article, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture, or as may reasonably be required by the Depositary, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of the Notes (but which shall not affect the rights or duties of the Trustee). Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.
 
The Definitive Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of the Depositary or any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, all as determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of such Notes.
 
(b)          The Notes shall be in registered form and shall initially be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.  The Notes shall be issued initially as Book-Entry Securities represented by one or more Global Securities substantially in the form set forth in this Article deposited with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The Depositary for such Global Securities shall be the Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”).  The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Depositary or its nominee, or of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
 
The Initial Notes shall be (i) offered and sold by the Company to the Initial Purchasers and (ii) resold by the Initial Purchasers, initially only to (1) persons reasonably believed to be QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) and (2) certain Persons other than U.S. persons outside of the U.S. in offshore transactions in accordance with Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”); provided that, no Initial Notes shall be offered or sold in Canada or to any resident of Canada. Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, in each case in accordance with applicable U.S. securities laws.

14


 
(c)          Rule 144A Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes in definitive, fully registered form, numbered A-1 upward (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Regulation S Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes, numbered S-1 upward (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the applicable Global Notes Legend, Restricted Notes Legend and Regulation S Restricted Notes Legend (as defined below), which shall be duly executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of such Depositary, deposited on behalf of the purchasers of such Notes represented thereby with the custodian or Depositary, in each case in accordance with the Indenture.
 
After a transfer of any Notes pursuant to and during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to Restricted Notes Legends on such Note will cease to apply, and a certificated note or a note in global form, as applicable, without Restricted Notes Legends, will be available to the transferee of the Holder of such Note upon exchange of such transferring Holder’s certificated Note or appropriate directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global Note, as applicable. Upon the consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to the Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Notes that Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Notes that do not exchange their Notes, and Exchange Notes in certificated or global form, in each case, without Restricted Legends will be available to Holders that exchange such Notes in such Exchange Offer. Any Additional Notes sold in an offering registered under the Securities Act shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
 
The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, any Unrestricted Global Note and any Exchange Notes issued in global form are each referred to herein as a “Global Note” and are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes”.  Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Article Three hereof.
 
The Notes shall be signed on behalf of the Company by one or more Authorized Officers of the Company or one or more directors of the Company (each, an “Authorized Signatory”). The signature of any such Authorized Officer or director on the Notes may be a manual or electronic signature. The Notes may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

15


SECTION 202          FORM OF FACE OF NOTE.

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the form provided for in this Section 202 and Sections 203 and 204:
 
[Insert only for Global Notes (the “Global Notes Legend”): UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS A PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HEREIN AND IT IS A VIOLATION OF ITS RIGHTS FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO HOLD, TRANSFER OR DEAL WITH THIS CERTIFICATE.
 
THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE BASE INDENTURE (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO). THIS NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE BASE INDENTURE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (A) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE INDENTURE, (B) THIS NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, (C) THIS NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 211 OF THE BASE INDENTURE AND (D) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, THIS SECURITY MAY BE TRANSFERRED, IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY (X) BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, (Y) BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR (Z) BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.]
 
[Insert only for Rule 144A Notes and Regulation S Notes (the “Restricted Notes Legend” or the “Regulation S Restricted Notes Legend”, as applicable): THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THE NOTES, AND ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

16


 
THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES NOT TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES:] ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATEST OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES WERE THE OWNER OF SUCH NOTES (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THEREOF), OR [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES:] 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATEST OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL DATE OF ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH SUCH NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THEREOF) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 THEREUNDER, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (OTHER THAN PURSUANT TO RULE 144), SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.]
 
ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.

3.80% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2032

No.
CUSIP:
 
ISIN:


Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (herein called the “Company”, which term includes any successor entity under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________ U.S. dollars [Note: Insert if a Global Security: (as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)] on March 15, 2032, at the office or agency of the Company referred to below, and to pay accrued interest on such principal amount in arrears, in semi-annual payments on

17


March 15 and September 15 (each herein called an “Interest Payment Date”) (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the Interest Payment Date will be postponed to the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no further interest will accrue in respect of such postponement) of each year, beginning on September 15, 2022, which interest shall accrue from and including March 11, 2022 or, if interest has already been paid or duly provided for, from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, at a rate of 3.80% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for, and (to the extent lawful) to pay interest on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for [; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, additional interest (“Additional Interest”) shall accrue on this Note, in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.] [All references to any amount of “interest” payable or with respect to this Note in the Indenture or this Note shall be deemed to include any applicable Additional Interest that may be payable on the Note.]

The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture (as defined below), be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1, as applicable (whether or not a Business Day), immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date (such date, the “Regular Record Date”) for such interest. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for, and interest on such Default Interest, at the interest rate borne by the Notes, to the extent lawful, shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date, and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Default Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the City of New York (which initially shall be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee), and if the Company shall designate and maintain an additional office or agency for such purpose, also at such additional office or agency, in U.S. dollars. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final payment of principal shall be payable only upon surrender of this Note to the Paying Agent.

For any period, interest on this Note shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, consisting of twelve 30-day months, and, for any period shorter than six months, on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed per 30-day month. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), the yearly rate of interest which is equivalent to the rate payable hereunder is the rate payable multiplied by the actual number of days in the year and divided by 360.
 
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

18


 
This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless and until the Trustee’s certificate of authentication below has been duly executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual, facsimile or electronic signature of a designated signing officer of the Trustee. This Note and the Indenture are governed by, and are to be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable therein.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
 
Dated:
 

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.  
      

 
 
  By:
   
  Name:
   
  Title:
   
       
       
  By:    
  Name:    
  Title:
   
 

SECTION 203          FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company designated as its 3.80% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2032 (herein called the “Notes”), issued under an indenture (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), herein called the “Base Indenture”) dated as of August 6, 2008, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (herein called the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee thereunder), as supplemented and amended by the Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 11, 2022, among the Company, as issuer of the Notes, the Trustee and Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (“RCCI”), as Guarantor, (herein called the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), to which the Indenture reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and immunities thereunder of the Company, RCCI, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made in United States dollars.

The Company will pay to the Holders such Additional Amounts as may become payable under Section 907 of the Base Indenture.

19


On or before each Interest Payment Date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee or the Paying Agent an amount in U.S. dollars sufficient to pay the amount due on such payment date.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, RCCI has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on an unsecured, unsubordinated basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. RCCI will pay to the Holders such Additional Amounts as may become payable under Section 704 of the Supplemental Indenture.

The Notes will be subject to redemption upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at any time and from time to time, as a whole or in part, in amounts of U.S.$2,000 or an integral multiple of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof, at the option of the Company: (i) prior to the Par Call Date, at a Redemption Price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of: (1) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, and (2) (a) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the Redemption Date (assuming the Notes to be redeemed are scheduled to mature on the Par Call Date) on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus the Applicable Basis Points less (b) accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to be redeemed to the Redemption Date, plus, in either case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date, and (ii) commencing on the Par Call Date, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the yield determined by the Company in accordance with the following two paragraphs:
 
The Treasury Rate shall be determined by the Company after 4:15 p.m., New York City time (or after such time as yields on U.S. government securities are posted daily by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date based upon the yield or yields for the most recent day that appear after such time on such day in the most recent statistical release published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System designated as “Selected Interest Rates (Daily) - H.15” (or any successor designation or publication) (“H.15”) under the caption “U.S. government securities–Treasury constant maturities–Nominal” (or any successor caption or heading) (“H.15 TCM”). In determining the Treasury Rate, the Company shall select, as applicable: (1) the yield for the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to the Par Call Date (the “Remaining Life”); or (2) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to such Remaining Life, the two yields – one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately shorter than and one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately longer than such Remaining Life – and shall interpolate to the Par Call Date on a straight-line basis (using the actual number of days) using such yields and rounding the result to three decimal places; or (3) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15 shorter than or longer than such Remaining Life, the yield for the

20


single Treasury constant maturity on H.15 closest to such Remaining Life. For purposes of this paragraph, the applicable Treasury constant maturity or maturities on H.15 shall be deemed to have a maturity date equal to the relevant number of months or years, as applicable, of such Treasury constant maturity from the Redemption Date.
 
If on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date H.15 TCM is no longer published, the Company shall calculate the applicable Treasury Rate based on the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day preceding such Redemption Date of the United States Treasury security maturing on, or with a maturity that is closest to, the Par Call Date, as applicable.  If there is no United States Treasury security maturing on the Par Call Date but there are two or more United States Treasury securities with a maturity date equally distant from the Par Call Date, one with a maturity date preceding the Par Call Date and one with a maturity date following the Par Call Date, the Company shall select the United States Treasury security with a maturity date preceding the Par Call Date. If there are two or more United States Treasury securities maturing on the Par Call Date or two or more United States Treasury securities meeting the criteria of the preceding sentence, the Company shall select from among these two or more United States Treasury securities the United States Treasury security that is trading closest to par based upon the average of the bid and asked prices for such United States Treasury securities at 11:00 a.m., New York City time.  In determining the Treasury Rate in accordance with the terms of this paragraph, the semi-annual yield to maturity of the applicable United States Treasury security shall be based upon the average of the bid and asked prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, of such United States Treasury security, and rounded to three decimal places. The Company’s actions and determinations in determining the Redemption Price shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

The Notes will also be subject to redemption as a whole, but not in part, at the option of the Company at any time and from time to time, on not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice, at 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date, in the event the Company or RCCI, as the case may be, has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes or the Guarantee, as applicable, any Additional Amounts as a result of certain changes affecting Canadian withholding taxes on or after the Issue Date.
 
Any optional redemption of the Notes (and any related notice of redemption) (whether prior to, on or after the Par Call Date) may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of an equity or other securities offering, an incurrence of indebtedness or other financing, or any other transaction or event. If such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice must describe each such condition, and if applicable, state that, in the Company’s discretion, such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the applicable date fixed for redemption.  In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and other amounts owing for the redemption of any Notes and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

21


The Notes will also be subject to a special mandatory redemption, at the times and at the price and on the other terms and conditions specified in Section 304 of the Supplemental Indenture.

In the case of any redemption of Notes, interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of record of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Securities, at the close of business on the relevant Regular Record Date referred to on the face hereof. Notes (or portions thereof), for whose redemption and payment provision is made in accordance with the Indenture, shall cease to bear interest from and after the Redemption Date. In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a replacement Note or Notes for the unredeemed portion hereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default resulting from a Change in Control Triggering Event which is cured in accordance with Section 404 of the Supplemental Indenture by the making and consummation of a Change in Control Offer) shall occur and be continuing, the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

In addition, it shall be an Event of Default under the Indenture if a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs on or prior to the Maturity of the Notes (subject to the aforesaid cure provisions). Following such an Event of Default the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture unless the Company (or a third party) offers, within 20 Business Days after the occurrence of such Event of Default, to purchase the Notes and purchases the Notes for the Change in Control Purchase Price in cash on the date that is 40 Business Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event from a Holder who delivers and does not withdraw a Change in Control Purchase Notice. Holders have the right to withdraw any Change in Control Purchase Notice by delivering to the Paying Agent a written notice of withdrawal in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions for the defeasance and discharge of the Notes.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by or on behalf of the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

22


No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of U.S.$2,000 or any integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.  Prior to the time of due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes except as otherwise provided, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable on the Security Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or any other office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to the Indenture duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount and containing identical terms and provisions, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.


 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee
         

By:

 
    Name:
 
    Title:
 

SECTION 204          ASSIGNMENT FORM; CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

The following forms are to be attached to Notes that are Global Securities:

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

23




(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to
 
 
(Insert assignee’s legal name)
   
   
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)


and irrevocably appoint to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:
     

   
         
 
      Your Signature:  
 
          (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
 

Signature Guarantee1:







1
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).
 
24


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES


This certificate relates to $_________ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space) ____ book-entry or _____ definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

☐
has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or
   
☐
has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

[Include the following only if the Restricted Notes Legend is included herein:]In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring while it bears a Restricted Notes Legend, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 
(1)
☐
to the Company; or
       
 
(2)
☐
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
       
 
(3)
☐
for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a Person that the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (“Rule 144A”)) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or
       
 
(4)
☐
to a non-U.S. Person outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933 in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
       
 
(5)
☐
pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Rule 144); and

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) or (5) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions,

25


certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.


           
        Your Signature
 
Signature Guarantee:          
             
Date:
     
 

 
Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee
      Signature of Signature Guarantor  


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants to the Company and the Trustee that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A


Dated:
     
 

 

     
NOTICE:          To be executed by an executive officer
 


26


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents, warrants and agrees with the Company, the Trustee and their respective counsel that:


1.
The offer and sale of the Notes was not and will not be made to a U.S. person or a person in the United States (unless such person is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3) under the Securities Act) and such offer and sale was not and will not be specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.


2.
Unless the circumstances described in the parenthetical in paragraph 1 above are applicable, either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or it and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act), and neither it nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States.


3.
Neither it, any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf has made any directed selling efforts in the United States with respect to the Notes.


4.
The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.


5.
If it is a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the proposed transfer takes place during the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture), or we are an officer or director of the Company or an Initial Purchaser (as defined in the Indenture), we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rule 904(b) of Regulation S.



Dated:
     
 

 

     
NOTICE:          To be executed by an executive officer
 
 

27


SECTION 205          SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.

The following schedule is to be attached to Notes that are Global Securities:

3.80% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2032


Initial Principal Amount: U.S.$
CUSIP             / ISIN

Authorization: ______________________

The following increases or decreases in this Note have been made:

Date
Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global Security
Amount of increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global Security
Principal Amount of
this Global Security
following suchdecrease or increase
Signature of Trustee
or Security Registrar
         
         


ARTICLE THREE

THE NOTES

SECTION 301          TITLE AND TERMS.

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “3.80% Senior Notes due 2032” of the Company. The entire unpaid principal amount of each Note shall become due and payable to the Holder thereof on March 15, 2032 (the “Maturity Date”). Interest shall accrue on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Note at a rate of interest equal to 3.80% per annum from March 11, 2022 or, if interest has been paid or duly provided for, the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, Additional Interest shall accrue on each Note in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. Such interest shall be payable on September 15, 2022 and semi−annually thereafter on March 15 and September 15 in each year (each an Interest Payment Date for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture), until the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for. Interest on the Notes shall be payable in arrears. If an Interest Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day without any additional interest accruing between the Interest Payment Date and the day payment is actually made. The Regular Record Date for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be the March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. To the extent lawful, interest shall accrue on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for

28


and such Default Interest shall be payable at the times and on the terms provided for in the Indenture.

If any Additional Interest is payable, prior to the time such Additional Interest is payable, the Company shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee and the Paying Agent setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of such Additional Interest. Neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for the determination, verification or calculation of any Additional Interest.

An unlimited aggregate principal amount of the Notes may be authenticated and delivered under this Supplemental Indenture (of which U.S.$2,000,000,000 is being issued, authenticated and delivered on the date hereof), including Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 806, 1008 or 1009 of the Indenture and Section 404 hereof. Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Securities issued on the date hereof may be created and issued under the Indenture, from time to time, by the Company without notice to or consent of the Holders, subject to the Company complying with any applicable provision of the Indenture. Any Additional Notes created and issued shall have the same terms and conditions as the Notes at the time outstanding, except for their date of issue, issue price and, if applicable, the first Interest Payment Date; provided that, if any such Additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying number. Exchange Notes may be created and issued by the Company under the Indenture in connection with an Exchange Offer for a like principal amount of Notes to be exchanged in such Exchange Offer. All Initial Notes, Exchange Notes and Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.
 
The Notes shall be unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company ranking pari passu with any other present or future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company.

The Notes shall be denominated in, and all principal of, and interest and premium (if any) on, the Notes shall be payable in U.S. dollars. Any payment of Additional Amounts hereunder shall also be payable in U.S. dollars.
 
The Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company at the prices, at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in the form of the Note in Article Two hereof. The Company shall be obligated to redeem the Notes upon the occurrence of a Special Mandatory Redemption Event at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified Section 304 hereof. The Company shall not be otherwise obligated to redeem, purchase or repay the Notes pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder of the Notes except as provided in Article Six hereof.
 
The Notes shall be subject to the covenants (and the related definitions) set forth in Articles Seven and Nine of the Indenture and, except as otherwise provided herein, to any other covenant in the Indenture, and to the defeasance and discharge provisions set forth in Article Three thereof and Section 305 herein.

29


 
Certain obligations of the Company under the Notes shall be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by RCCI to the extent set forth in Article Seven hereof.

SECTION 302          DENOMINATIONS.
 
The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons and in denominations of U.S.$2,000 or integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 303          NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS.
 
If, upon any consolidation or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, with or merger of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, into any other Person, or upon any conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of the properties and assets of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding−up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case in accordance with Section 701 of the Indenture, in the case of the Company, or Section 703 of this Supplemental Indenture, in the case of RCCI, any property or asset of the Company or of any Subsidiary, would thereupon become subject to any Lien, then, unless such Lien could be created pursuant to Section 502 without equally and ratably securing the Notes, the Company or RCCI, as applicable, prior to or simultaneously with such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition, will, as to such property or asset, secure the Notes Outstanding hereunder (together with, if the Company or RCCI shall so determine, any other Debt of the Company or RCCI now existing or hereafter created which is not subordinate to the Notes) equally and ratably with (or prior to) the Debt which upon such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is to become secured as to such property or asset by such Lien, or will cause such Notes to be so secured.

SECTION 304          SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION
 
(a)          If (i) the Arrangement is not consummated prior to December 31, 2022, (ii) the Arrangement Agreement is terminated at any time prior to December 31, 2022 (other than as a result of consummating the Arrangement) or (iii) the Company publicly announces at any time prior to December 31, 2022 that it will no longer pursue the consummation of the Arrangement (any such event under clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, a “Special Mandatory Redemption Event”, and the earliest date of any Special Mandatory Redemption Event, a “Trigger Date”), then the Company shall redeem all of the Outstanding Notes at a Redemption Price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined below).
 
(b)          If funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date are deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, on and after such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Notes will cease to bear interest.
 
(c)          In the event that the Company is required to redeem the Notes pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 304, the Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, a notice of special mandatory redemption (such notice, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Notice”) to

30


 
each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, electronically or by mail (postage prepaid) at the address of such Holder appearing in the Security Register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of Depositary, and the Trustee not later than five Business Days after the Trigger Date, and the Company will redeem the Notes on the date specified by the Company for such redemption in the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice (the date so specified, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”). The Special Mandatory Redemption Date will be no later than 30 days following the applicable Trigger Date, but no earlier than the fifth Business Day following the day the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice is delivered to Holders of the Notes.  At the election of the Company, the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.
 
(d)          Every Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall state:
 
(i)          the Special Mandatory Redemption Date;
 
(ii)          the Special Mandatory Redemption Price;
 
(iii)          that the Special Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, and that, if funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date are deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, interest on the Notes, shall cease to accrue on and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date; and
 
(iv)          the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price.
 
A Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall be irrevocable and not subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition.

SECTION 305          DISCHARGE
 
Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 305, the Company and RCCI shall be discharged from its obligations with respect to, and this Supplemental Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to, all Outstanding Notes, and the Trustee shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, execute and deliver to the Company and RCCI such deeds or other instruments as shall be required to evidence such satisfaction and discharge, when either:
 
(a)          all Outstanding Notes (except, for the avoidance of doubt, any lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 208 of the Indenture and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company or RCCI and thereafter repaid to the Company or RCCI, as applicable, or discharged from such trust), have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (including on conversion or exchange of the Notes into other securities or property), or
 
(b)          all Notes not so delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have otherwise become due and payable or have been called for redemption pursuant to this Supplemental

31


Indenture, (ii) will become due and payable within one year or (iii) if redeemable at the Company’s option pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and, in each case, the Company or RCCI has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash, in United States dollars, Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or chartered accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, on such Notes and accrued interest thereon to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be, and
 
(c)          in either case of the foregoing clause (a) or (b), the Company or RCCI has paid or caused to be paid all sums then payable by it under this Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Notes.
 
(d)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, and notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture with respect to Notes, (A) the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive solely from the fund held in trust described in subsection (b) of this Section 305 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes when such payments are due, (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Section 205, Section 206, Section 208, Section 902, Section 903 and Section 908, each of the Indenture, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and RCCI’s obligations in connection therewith, including the Company’s obligations under Section 507 of the Indenture and (D) this Article Three shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full or, if earlier, the date on which the funds held in trust for such payment are paid to the Company or RCCI, as applicable (or discharged from such trust, as applicable) in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 903 of the Indenture.  Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Section 507 of the Indenture shall survive.

SECTION 306          TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES.
 
When Notes in the form of a Definitive Note are presented to the Security Registrar with a request:
 
(a)          to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or
 
(b)          to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,
 
the Security Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:

32

 
(a)          shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and
 
(b)          in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:
 
(i)          if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Security Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Notes); or
 
(ii)          if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Notes); or
 
(iii)          if such Definitive Notes are being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with (A) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (B) Rule 144A, (C) Rule 904 of Regulation S or (D) in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Rule 144), (x) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Note) and (y) if the Company or the Trustee so requests in connection with transfers described in clauses (C) or (D), an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legend set forth in Section 202.

SECTION 307          RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF A DEFINITIVE NOTE FOR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A GLOBAL NOTE.
 
A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below.  Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, together with:
 
(a)          certification (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Note) that such Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration (i) in accordance with an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) in accordance with Rule 144A, (iii) in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S or (iv) in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Rule 144), and if the Company or the Trustee so requests in connection with transfers described in clauses (iii) or (iv), an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legend set forth in Section 202; and
 
(b)          written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to reflect an increase in the aggregate

33


principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase,
 
the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled.  If no Global Notes are then outstanding, the Company may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon receipt of a Company Order of the Company in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, a new applicable Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

SECTION 308          TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF GLOBAL NOTES.
 
(a)          The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor.  A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Security Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of such Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note or another Global Note, and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note, and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.  Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, shall be made only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Notes from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S, or an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence of exemption reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
 
(b)          If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Security Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Security Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.  If the Company or the Trustee so requests in connection with transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, other than a transfer to a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, such request for transfer shall be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee, as applicable, as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legend set forth in Section 202.

34


(c)          Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Supplemental Indenture (other than Section 305), a Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole and not in part by the Depositary to a nominee of such Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor of such Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.
 
(d)          In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to Section 315 of this Supplemental Indenture prior to the consummation of an Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 308 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Notes included to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company.

SECTION 309          RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE.
 
(a)          During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (i) to the Company, (ii) so long as such security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person whom the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (iii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S, (iv) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if applicable) under the Securities Act or (v) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.  Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Rule 144A Global Note shall be made only in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse of the Note to the effect that such transfer is being made to a person whom the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A.  Such written certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Restricted Period.
 
(b)          Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of the Indenture.

SECTION 310          CANCELLATION OR ADJUSTMENT OF GLOBAL NOTE.
 
At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note,

35


redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

SECTION 311          OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES OF NOTES.
 
(a)          To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Security Registrar’s request.
 
(b)          No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange (except as otherwise expressly permitted in the Indenture), but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon transfers or exchanges pursuant to Sections 205 and 1008 of the Indenture).
 
(c)          Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Security Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Security Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
 
(d)          All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of the Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
 
(e)          The Security Registrar and the Trustee may request such evidence as may be reasonably requested by them to determine the identity and signatures of the transferor and the transferee.

SECTION 312          NO OBLIGATION OF THE TRUSTEE.
 
(a)          The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary (“Agent Members”) or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or their respective nominees or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes.  All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).  The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the

36


 
Depositary.  The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.
 
(b)          The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under the Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of the Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

SECTION 313          EXCHANGE OFFER.
 
Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of a Company Order in accordance with Section 204 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Global Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Notes tendered for exchange by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted by the Company for exchange in the Exchange Offer.  Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Notes with the Restricted Notes Legend to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of the Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in the applicable principal amount.  Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. For greater certainty, an owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note representing an Initial Note (a “Beneficial Interest Owner”) or Holder of an Initial Note, as applicable, shall, pursuant to the terms of the Initial Notes, have the right to acquire  beneficial interests in Exchange Notes issued as a Global Note or Exchange Notes, as applicable, in each case in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in such Global Note or such Initial Note, as applicable, tendered for acceptance by such Beneficial Interest Owner or Holder, as applicable, to the extent such tendered beneficial interests or Initial Note, as applicable, are accepted by the Company for exchange in the Exchange Offer.

SECTION 314          NON-COMPLIANT TRANSFERS NULL AND VOID.
 
Any purported transfer of a Note, or any interest therein, to a purchaser or transferee that does not comply with the requirements specified in this Article Three shall be of no force and effect and shall be null and void ab initio.

37


SECTION 315          DEFINITIVE NOTES.
 
(a)          A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or Custodian pursuant to Section 201 may be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with this Article Three and (1) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act or otherwise ceases to be eligible as a depositary and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or after the Company becomes aware of such cessation, or (2) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Security Registrar has received a request from the Depositary or (3) the Company, in its sole discretion and subject to the procedures of the Depositary, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes under the Indenture.  In addition, any Affiliate of the Company that is a beneficial owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the form of a Definitive Note, by providing a written request to the Company and the Trustee and such Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other information as may be required by the Indenture or the Company or the Trustee.
 
(b)          Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 315 shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.  Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 315 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of U.S.$2,000 or any integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof, registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct.  Any certificated Note in the form of a Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 202 hereof, bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
 
(c)          The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under the Indenture or the Notes.
 
(d)          In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraph (a)(1), (2) or (3) of this Section 315, the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons.
 
ARTICLE FOUR
 
REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
 
SECTION 401          ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT.
 
In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 401 of the Indenture, “Event of Default”, wherever used herein and in the Indenture with respect to the Notes, includes

38


 
the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), subject to any cure thereof as provided in Section 404 below.
 
Under this Supplemental Indenture, a “Change in Control Triggering Event” is deemed to occur upon both a Change in Control and a Rating Decline with respect to the Notes. The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to whether a Rating Decline with respect to the Notes has occurred.
 
A “Change in Control” means (i) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons (as the term “group” is used in Rule 13d−5 of the Exchange Act), other than Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family, acquires, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes of Voting Shares of the Company or (ii) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons, other than (A) Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family or (B) for so long as the only primary beneficiaries of a Qualifying Trust established under the last will and testament of Edward S. Rogers are one or more persons referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, any Person designated by the trustees of such Qualifying Trust to exercise voting rights attaching to any shares held by such trustees, has elected to the Board of Directors such number of its or their nominees so that such nominees so elected shall constitute a majority of the number of the directors comprising the Board of Directors; provided that to the extent that one or more regulatory approvals are required for any of the transactions or circumstances described in clause (i) or (ii) above to become effective under applicable law, such transactions or circumstances shall be deemed to have occurred at the time such approvals have been obtained and become effective under applicable law.
 
“Member of the Rogers Family” means (i) such of the following persons as are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or are born after the date of this Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date: (a) the widow, if any, of Edward S. Rogers (who was born on May 27, 1933, such individual being hereinafter referred to as “Edward S. Rogers”); (b) the issue of Edward S. Rogers; (c) Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi, the half−sister of Edward S. Rogers, and the issue of Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi; (d) individuals adopted by Edward S. Rogers or any of the persons described in subclauses (a) or (b) of this clause (i) provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals; provided that if any person is born out of

39


wedlock he shall be deemed not to be the issue of another person for the purposes hereof unless and until he is proven or acknowledged to be the issue of such person and; (ii) the trustees of any Qualifying Trust, but only to the extent of such Qualifying Trust’s Family Percentage Holding of voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company at the time of the determination.
 
“Family Percentage Holding” means the aggregate percentage of the securities held by a Qualifying Trust representing, directly or indirectly, an interest in voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company, that it is reasonable, under all the circumstances, to regard as being held beneficially for Qualified Persons (or any class consisting of two or more Qualified Persons); provided always that in calculating the Family Percentage Holding (A) in respect of any power of appointment or discretionary trust capable of being exercised in favor of any of the Qualified Persons such trust or power shall be deemed to have been exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until such trust or power has been otherwise exercised; (B) where any beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust has assigned, transferred or conveyed, in any manner whatsoever, his or her beneficial interest to another person, then, for the purpose of determining the Family Percentage Holding in respect of such Qualifying Trust, the person to whom such interest has been assigned, transferred or conveyed shall be regarded as the only person beneficially interested in the Qualifying Trust in respect of such interest but in the case where the interest is so assigned, transferred or conveyed is an interest in a discretionary trust or is an interest which may arise as a result of the exercise in favor of the assignor of a discretionary power of appointment and such discretionary trust or power of appointment is also capable of being exercised in favor of persons described in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, such discretionary trust or power shall be deemed to have been so exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until it has in fact been exercised; and (C) the interest of any Permitted Residuary Beneficiary shall be ignored until its interest has indefeasibly vested.
 
“Permitted Residuary Beneficiary” means any person who is a beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust and, under the terms of the Qualifying Trust, is entitled to distributions out of the capital of such Qualifying Trust only after the death of all of the Qualified Persons who are beneficiaries of such Qualifying Trust.
 
“Perpetuity Date” means the date that is 21 years, less one day, from the date of the death of the last survivor of the individuals described in subclause (i)(a), (b), (c) or (d) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, who are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture.
 
“Qualifying Trust” means a trust (whether testamentary or inter vivos) any beneficiary of which is a person referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, provided that such Spouse is living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or is born after the date of this Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date (all such persons being hereafter referred to as “Qualified Persons”).

40


“Spouse” means, in relation to any person, a person who is legally married to that person and includes a widow or widower of that person, notwithstanding remarriage.

SECTION 402          ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.
 
If a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs and is continuing and the Company (or a third party) fails in any material respect to comply with any of the provisions of Section 404 hereof, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding may declare the principal of all such Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal shall become immediately due and payable.

SECTION 403          RESERVED.

SECTION 404          CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER.
 
(a)          The Notes may not be accelerated pursuant to Section 402 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall be cured if the Company complies in all material respects with the provisions of this Section 404. If the Company elects to cure such Event of Default, within 20 Business Days of the occurrence of an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event, (i) the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event and shall make an offer to purchase (the “Change in Control Offer”) all outstanding Notes properly tendered at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Change in Control Purchase Date (as hereinafter defined) (the “Change in Control Purchase Price”) on the date that is 40 Business Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event (the “Change in Control Purchase Date”), (ii) the Trustee shall deliver a copy of the Change in Control Offer to each Holder and (iii) the Company shall cause a notice of the Change in Control Offer to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news service in the United States and CNW Group Ltd. (Canada News Wire or Cision Canada) or a similar news service in Canada. The Change in Control Offer shall remain open from the time such offer is made until the Change in Control Purchase Date. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to ascertain the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event or to give notice with respect thereto other than as provided above upon receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company. The Trustee may conclusively assume, in the absence of receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company, that no Change in Control Triggering Event has occurred. The Change in Control Offer shall include a form of Change in Control Purchase Notice to be completed by the Holder and shall state:
 
(i)          the events causing a Change in Control Triggering Event and the date such Change in Control Triggering Event is deemed to have occurred;

41


(ii)          that the Change in Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 404 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change in Control Offer will be accepted for payment;
 
(iii)          the date by which the Change in Control Purchase Notice pursuant to this Section 404 must be given;
 
(iv)          the Change in Control Purchase Date;
 
(v)          the Change in Control Purchase Price;
 
(vi)          the names and addresses of the Paying Agent and the offices or agencies referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture;
 
(vii)          that Notes must be surrendered to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to collect payment;
 
(viii)          that the Change in Control Purchase Price for any Note as to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been duly given and not withdrawn will be paid promptly upon the later of the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and the time of surrender of such Note as described in clause (vii) above;
 
(ix)          the procedures the Holder must follow to accept the Change in Control Offer; and
 
(x)          the procedures for withdrawing a Change in Control Purchase Notice.
 
(b)          A Holder may accept a Change in Control Offer by delivering to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture a written notice (a “Change in Control Purchase Notice”) at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date, stating:
 
(i)          that such Holder elects to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Change in Control Offer;
 
(ii)          the principal amount of the Note that the Holder elects to have purchased by the Company, which amount must be U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, and the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered by such Holder for purchase by the Company; and
 
(iii)          that such Note shall be purchased on the Change in Control Purchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in this Supplemental Indenture.
 
The delivery of such Note (together with all necessary endorsements) to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in

42


Section 902 of the Indenture prior to, on or after the Change in Control Purchase Date shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Change in Control Purchase Price therefor; provided that such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 404 only if the Note so delivered to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall conform in all respects to the description thereof set forth in the related Change in Control Purchase Notice.
 
The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 404, a portion of a Note if the principal amount of such portion is U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of the Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Note also apply to the purchase of a portion of such Note.
 
Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 404 shall be consummated by the delivery by the Company of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and (b) the time of delivery of the Note by the Holder to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in the manner required by this Section 404.
 
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent, at the office of the Paying Agent or an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture, the Change in Control Purchase Notice contemplated by this Section 404(b) shall have the right to withdraw such Change in Control Purchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in accordance with Section 601 hereof.
 
The Paying Agent or the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by the former of any Change in Control Purchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.
 
(c)          The Notes may also not be accelerated pursuant to Section 402 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall also be cured if a third party makes and consummates a Change in Control Offer in the manner and at the times and otherwise in compliance with this Section 404; provided, however, that any such third party shall be subject to Section 907 of the Indenture in respect of any amounts paid by such third party hereunder (for this purpose, Section 907 of the Indenture is modified by replacing “Company” with the name of the third party) and such Event of Default shall be cured only if such third party complies with Section 907 of the Indenture (as modified) or if the Company satisfies the third party’s obligations under such Section.
 
ARTICLE FIVE
 
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

SECTION 501          RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.
 
(a)          The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or the

43


Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may transfer any assets or properties to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, if (i) prior to and immediately after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) such Subsidiary or Person, together with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, shall not in the aggregate have Net Tangible Assets greater than 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section 501, (1) the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets shall also include the aggregate Net Tangible Assets of such Subsidiary or Person and all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (2) Excluded Assets shall be excluded from the calculation of Net Tangible Assets and Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.
 
(b)          The Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary unless immediately before and after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
 
(c)          Nothing in this Section 501 shall restrict or limit the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from transferring any asset that is an Excluded Asset to any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
SECTION 502          LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur or guarantee any Secured Debt unless and for so long as the Company secures, or causes such Restricted Subsidiary to secure, the Notes equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Secured Debt. However, any of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Secured Debt without securing the Notes if, immediately after incurring the Secured Debt, the aggregate principal amount of all Secured Debt then outstanding plus the aggregate amount of the Attributable Debt then outstanding pursuant to Sale and Leaseback Transactions would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. The aggregate amount of all Secured Debt in the preceding sentence excludes Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes and Secured Debt that is being repaid concurrently. Any Lien which is granted to secure the Notes under this Section 502 shall be discharged at the same time as the discharge of the Lien securing the Secured Debt that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes under this Section 502.

SECTION 503          LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, unless either (a) immediately thereafter, the sum of (1) the Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction and all other Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on or after the Issue Date (or, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, the date on which it became a Restricted Subsidiary, if on or after the Issue Date) and (2) the aggregate amount of all Secured Debt, excluding Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes, would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (b) an amount, equal to the greater of the net proceeds to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from such sale and the
44


Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, is used within 180 days to retire Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. However, Debt which is subordinate to the Notes or which is owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may not be retired in satisfaction of clause (b) above.

SECTION 504          LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT.
 
The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt (other than Debt to the extent that the Notes are secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Debt), unless:
 
 (1) the obligations of the Company under the Notes are guaranteed (which guarantee may be on an unsecured basis) by such Restricted Subsidiary such that the claim of the Holders of the Notes under such guarantee ranks prior to or pari passu with such Debt; or
 
(2) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the sum of (without duplication) (x) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Debt of all Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Exempted Secured Debt, and for the avoidance of doubt, any Debt permitted by clause (1) of this Section 504), (y) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Secured Debt of the Company (not on a Consolidated basis) and (z) Attributable Debt relating to then outstanding Sale and Leaseback Transactions, would not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that this restriction will not apply to, and there will be excluded from any calculation hereunder, (A) Debt owing by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (B) Debt secured by Permitted Liens; provided, further, that this restriction will not prohibit the incurrence of Debt in connection with any extension, renewal or replacement (including successive extensions, renewals or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Debt of the Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that the principal amount of such Debt immediately prior to such extension, renewal or replacement is not increased).

SECTION 505          WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.
 
Pursuant to Section 910 of the Indenture, the Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition in Section 905 or 906 thereof and any covenant or condition in Section 501, 502, 503 or 504 of this Supplemental Indenture if, before or after the time for such compliance, the Holders of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall, by Holder Direction, waive such compliance in such instance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.
 
ARTICLE SIX
 
CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

SECTION 601          EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE.
 
Upon receipt by the Company of the Change in Control Purchase Notice specified in Section 404(b) hereof, the Holder of the Note in respect of which such Change in Control

45


Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Change in Control Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in the following two paragraphs of this Section) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to such Note. Such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date (provided the conditions in Section 404(b) hereof have been satisfied) and (b) the time of delivery of the Note to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 404(b) hereof.
 
A Change in Control Purchase Notice may be withdrawn before or after delivery by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent of the Note to which such Change in Control Purchase Notice relates, by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to which the related Change in Control Purchase Notice was delivered at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date specifying, as applicable:
 
(a)          the certificate number of the Note in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted,
 
(b)          the principal amount of the Note (which shall be U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and
 
(c)          the principal amount, if any, of such Note (which shall be U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) that remains subject to the original Change in Control Purchase Notice and that has been or will be delivered for purchase by the Company.
 
The Paying Agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Notes with respect to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in compliance with this Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 602          DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE.
 
No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 903 of the Indenture) an amount of cash sufficient to pay the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Change in Control Purchase Date.

SECTION 603          REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY.
 
As provided in the Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company any cash that remains unclaimed, together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture), held by them for the payment of the Change in Control Purchase Price; provided, however, that, to the extent that the aggregate

46


amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 602 hereof exceeds the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of the Notes or portions thereof to be purchased, then the Trustee shall hold such excess for the Company and promptly after the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Trustee shall upon demand return any such excess to the Company together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture).
 
ARTICLE SEVEN
 
GUARANTEE

SECTION 701          GUARANTEE.
 
(a)          RCCI hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees (the “Guarantee”) due payment and performance to the Trustee, for and on behalf of the Holders, forthwith after demand, of all the obligations of the Company that arise under this Supplemental Indenture, the applicable provisions of the Indenture or under the Notes to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes when due and payable at Maturity and any Additional Amounts, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee (including all amounts due to the Trustee under Section 507 of the Indenture) and the Holders of the Notes which obligations arise under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes, according to the terms hereof and thereof, including any applicable grace periods (the “Guaranteed Obligations”). The Guarantee shall be an unsecured, unsubordinated obligation of RCCI ranking pari passu with other present and future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of RCCI. The Company hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees the Guarantee of RCCI.
 
(b)          RCCI agrees that, without obtaining the consent of or giving notice to RCCI, the Trustee may vary this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture, as provided herein and therein, grant extensions of time or other indulgences, take and give up securities, grant releases and discharges and otherwise deal with the Company and other parties as the Trustee may see fit and may apply all monies received from the Company or others or from securities upon such part of the Company’s liability as the Trustee may think best without prejudice to or in any way limiting or lessening the liability of RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture. The Trustee expressly reserves all its rights under the Indenture, and any such variances shall not be deemed waivers of any rights or other provisions under the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture.
 
(c)          The Guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee of all the Guaranteed Obligations and shall apply to any ultimate balance due or remaining unpaid to the Holders of the Notes. The Guarantee shall not be considered as wholly or partially satisfied by the payment or liquidation at any time of any sum of money which may at any time be or become owing or due or remain unpaid to the Holders of the Notes.
 
(d)          The Guarantee shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by any change in the name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of the Company or RCCI, or by any merger or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI with any Person or

47


Persons, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture or the applicable provisions of the Indenture. In the case of the Company being amalgamated with another corporation, the Guarantee shall apply to the liabilities of the resulting corporation, and the term “Company” shall include each such resulting corporation.
 
(e)          All monies, advances, renewals and credits in fact borrowed or obtained by the Company under this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to form part of the liabilities hereby guaranteed notwithstanding any limitation of status or of power of the Company or of the directors or agents thereof or that the Company may not be a legal entity or any irregularity, defect or informality in the borrowing or obtaining of such monies, advances, renewals or credits.
 
(f)          The obligations of RCCI hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any moneys or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by RCCI hereunder which may not be recoverable from RCCI on the basis of a guarantee or as surety shall be recoverable from RCCI as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof.
 
(g)          The Trustee shall not be bound to exhaust its recourse against the Company or other parties before being entitled to demand payment from or performance by RCCI and enforce its rights under this Supplemental Indenture.
 
(h)          Any account settled or stated by or between the Trustee and the Company in relation to this Supplemental Indenture shall be accepted by RCCI as conclusive evidence that the balance or amount thereby appearing due by the Company to the Trustee is so due.
 
(i)          RCCI shall make payment to the Trustee of the amount of the liability of RCCI forthwith after demand therefor is made in writing during the continuance of any Event of Default and such demand shall be conclusively deemed to have been effectually made when delivered in accordance with the notice provisions set forth herein and the liability of RCCI shall bear interest from the date of such demand at the rate borne by the Notes, such interest to be calculated monthly based on the number of days elapsed and to be deemed payable on the first Business Day of a month in respect of the immediately preceding month or upon demand, whichever is earlier.
 
(j)          All amounts payable by RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture shall be paid without set−off or counterclaim and without any deduction or withholding whatsoever unless and to the extent that RCCI shall be prohibited by law from doing so, in which case RCCI shall, only to the extent such a similar requirement is imposed on the Company pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, pay to the Trustee such additional amount as shall be necessary to ensure that the Trustee receives the full amount it would have received if no such deduction or withholding had been made.
 
(k)          RCCI acknowledges that it has, by separate written instrument, irrevocably designated and appointed CT Corporation System (“CT Corporation”) as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the Guarantee or this Supplemental Indenture that may be instituted in any federal or state court in the State of New York or brought under federal or state securities laws.

48


RCCI acknowledges that CT Corporation has accepted such designation, submits to the non−exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding and acknowledges further that service of process upon CT Corporation (or any successor) and written notice of said service to RCCI shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon RCCI in any such suit or proceeding. RCCI further agrees to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of CT Corporation (or any successor) in full force and effect so long as any of the Notes shall be outstanding. In addition, to the extent that RCCI has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under the above−referenced documents, to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 702          RELEASE OF GUARANTOR.
 
(a)          In addition to the release provisions set forth in the Indenture, subject to Section 702(d), RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Seven, and RCCI’s Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect, upon the request of the Company (without the consent of the Trustee) if, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (and, if applicable, any transaction in connection therewith, including any other concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company would be in compliance with Section 504 hereof, including in the event of a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary.
 
(b)          In order to effect the release and termination provided for in Section 702(a), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (as well as any concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company will be in compliance with Section 504 hereof. In the event that the release and termination is in connection with a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary, pro forma effect shall be given to such transaction (including the application of any proceeds therefrom) in determining the Company’s compliance with Section 504 and, accordingly, the amount of Debt subject to the Guarantee of RCCI and any other Debt of RCCI shall be excluded from any calculation thereunder. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture, no opinion, report or certificate, other than the Officers’ Certificate provided for in this Section 702(b), need be furnished to the Trustee for such release and termination. After its receipt of the aforementioned Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by either the Company or RCCI in order to evidence the release of RCCI from its obligations under the Guarantee under this Article Seven.
 
(c)          No supplemental indenture, amendment or waiver shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note, release RCCI from any of its obligations under Section 701, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 702 or the other release

49


provisions set forth in the Indenture, or amend or modify the release provisions of this Section 702.
 
(d)          Notwithstanding the release provisions of Section 702(a), RCCI shall not be released from its obligations under this Article Seven and the Guarantee will not be terminated if, immediately after such release and termination (and, if applicable, after giving effect to any transaction to occur concurrently therewith), RCCI remains a co−obligor with or a guarantor for, as applicable, the obligations of the Company under any Existing Note.
 
(e)          Notwithstanding the release provisions of this Section 702, any Person added as a Guarantor at the option of the Company pursuant to Section 801(f) of the Indenture may be released at the option of the Company at any time upon such conditions as may be specified in the supplement to this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which such added Guarantor provided its Guarantee. No opinion, report or certificate, other than the Officers’ Certificate provided for in this Section 702(b), need be furnished to the Trustee for a release and termination pursuant to this Section 702(e). Nothing in this Section 702(e) shall modify or amend the release provisions applicable to RCCI pursuant to clauses (a) through (e) of this Section 702.

SECTION 703          AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE.
 
(a)          Unless RCCI has been released, or in connection with such transaction will be released, from its obligations under the Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of Section 702 hereof or any other release provision set forth in the Indenture, RCCI shall not amalgamate or consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding−up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) unless:
 
(i)          immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of RCCI or a Subsidiary of RCCI in connection with or as a result of such transaction as having been incurred at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
 
(ii)          either (x) RCCI shall be the continuing Person or (y) the Person (if other than RCCI) formed by such amalgamation or consolidation or into which RCCI is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety (the “Successor Guarantor”) shall, unless the Successor Guarantor is the Company, (A) be a corporation, company, partnership or trust organized and validly existing under the federal laws of Canada or any Province thereof or the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee (provided, however, that the Successor Guarantor shall not be required to execute and deliver such a supplemental indenture in the event of an amalgamation of RCCI with one or more other Persons, in which the

50

 
amalgamation is governed by the laws of Canada or any province thereof, the Successor Guarantor and RCCI are, immediately prior to such amalgamation, organized and existing under the laws of Canada or any province thereof and upon the effectiveness of such amalgamation, the Successor Guarantor shall have become or shall continue to be (as the case may be), by operation of law, liable for the observance of all obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee); and
 
(iii)          RCCI, the Company or the Successor Guarantor, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such amalgamation, consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction (or series of transactions), such supplemental indenture, comply with this Section 703(a) and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied.
 
(b)          Upon any amalgamation, consolidation or merger, or any conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 703(a), the Successor Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Guarantor had been named as a Guarantor herein; and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Seven, and RCCI’s Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect.

SECTION 704          PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS.
 
All payments made by RCCI under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of any province or territory thereof or by any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (hereinafter “Taxes”), unless RCCI is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency.  If RCCI is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, RCCI will pay as interest such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder of such Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such holder would have received in respect of the beneficial owner if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to a payment made to a holder of the Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (i) with which RCCI does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”)) at the time of making such payment or which is entitled to the payment in respect of a debt or other obligation to pay an amount to a person with which RCCI does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) at the time of making such payment, (ii) which is a “specified shareholder” of RCCI, or which does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) with a “specified shareholder” of RCCI as defined in subsection 18(5) of the Tax Act, (iii) where all or any portion of the amount paid or credited to such holder is deemed to be a dividend pursuant to subsection 214(6) of the Tax

51


Act, (iv) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the holder or beneficial owner carrying on business in, maintaining a permanent establishment or other physical presence in or otherwise being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the acquisition or mere holding of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder, (v) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the legal nature of the holder or beneficial owner disentitling such holder or beneficial owner to the benefit of an applicable treaty or convention if and to the extent that the application of such treaty or convention would have resulted in the reduction or elimination of any Taxes as to which Additional Amounts would have otherwise been payable to a holder on behalf of such beneficial owner, (vi) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the failure by a holder or beneficial owner to comply with any certification, identification, documentation or other reporting requirements if compliance is required by law, regulation, administrative practice or an applicable treaty as a pre-condition to exemption from, or a reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, such Taxes, (vii) if the Notes are presented for payment more than 15 days after the date on which such payment or such Notes became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts had the Notes been presented on the last day of such 15-day period), (viii) on account of any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, value added, excise, transfer, use, personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or governmental charge, (ix) that is a fiduciary, partnership or any other entity other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed had the holder of the Notes been the beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner, as the case may be, of the payment, (x) on account of any Taxes (a) that are payable other than by deduction or withholding from a payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, (b) that would not have been imposed but for a change in law, regulation, or administrative or judicial interpretation that becomes effective more than 15 days after the payment becomes due or is duly provided for, whichever occurs later or (c) that are required to be withheld by any paying agent from any payment of principal of or interest on any Note, if such payment can be made without such withholding or deduction by at least one other paying agent or (xi) any combination of (i) through (x).  RCCI will also (a) make such withholding or deduction and (b) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law.  Upon the written request of a holder of Notes, RCCI will furnish, as soon as reasonably practicable, to such holder of Notes certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by RCCI.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments will be made net of any deduction or withholding imposed or collected pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code (or any law implementing such an intergovernmental agreement) (any such withholding, a “FATCA Withholding Tax”), and no Additional Amounts will be payable as a result of any such FATCA Withholding Tax.
 
If a holder in respect of a beneficial owner has received a refund or credit for any Taxes with respect to which RCCI has paid Additional Amounts, such holder shall pay over such refund to RCCI (but only to the extent of such Additional Amounts), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such holder or beneficial owner, together with any interest paid by the relevant tax authority in respect of such refund.

52


At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Guarantee of RCCI is due and payable, if RCCI will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, RCCI will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable, stating the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee, on behalf of RCCI, to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date. Whenever in the Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal (and premium, if any), redemption price, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to the Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.
 
The obligations of RCCI under this Section 704 shall survive the discharge and termination of this Supplemental Indenture and the payment of all amounts under or with respect to the Guarantee.

SECTION 705          RIGHT OF REDEMPTION; ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.
 
(a)          If, as a result of
 
(i)          a change in, or an amendment to, the laws (including any regulations, rulings or protocols promulgated thereunder) or treaties of Canada (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein);
 
(ii)          any change in or amendment to, or introduction of, any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations, rulings, protocols or treaties (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction); or
 
(iii)          any official proposal of the aforementioned changes in clauses (i) and (ii) above;
 
which change, amendment or official proposal is announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date of the Notes, RCCI has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee, any Additional Amounts in accordance with Section 704 of this Supplemental Indenture, then the Company may, at its option, redeem such Notes, as a whole but not in part, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but not including the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if any; provided that the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable commercial measures available to the Company or RCCI not including substitution of the obligor or guarantor under such Notes.
 
(b)          The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to this Section 705 shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of such redemption, the Company shall, at least 10 but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by it (unless a shorter

53


notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed.

SECTION 706          PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.
 
The reference contained in Section 210 of the Indenture to the obligations of the Company under Section 907 of the Indenture shall be deemed to include the obligations of RCCI under Section 704 of this Supplemental Indenture.
 
ARTICLE EIGHT
 
AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE

SECTION 801          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 106.For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 106 is hereby amended by adding the following:

“The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions, including funds transfer instructions (“Instructions”) given pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and related financing documents and delivered using Electronic Means; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing the Authorized Officers and containing specimen signatures of such Authorized Officers, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended by the Company whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Company elects to give the Trustee Instructions using Electronic Means and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such Instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such Instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Company understands and agrees that the Trustee cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Instructions and that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that directions that purport to have been sent by an Authorized Officer listed on the incumbency certificate provided to the Trustee have been sent by such Authorized Officer. The Company shall be responsible for ensuring that only Authorized Officers transmit such Instructions to the Trustee and that the Company and all Authorized Officers are solely responsible to safeguard the use and confidentiality of applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys upon receipt by the Company. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such Instructions notwithstanding such Instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Company agrees: (i) to assume all risks arising out of the use of Electronic Means to submit Instructions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized Instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties; (ii) that it is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with the various methods of transmitting Instructions to the Trustee and that there may be more secure methods of transmitting Instructions than the method(s) selected by the Company; (iii) that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection with its transmission of Instructions provide to it a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances; and (iv) to notify the Trustee promptly upon learning of any compromise or unauthorized use of the security procedures.”

54


SECTION 802          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 115.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 115 is hereby amended by adding the following:
 
“The Company irrevocably consents to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or any United States Federal court sitting, in each case, in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, United States of America, and any appellate court from any thereof, and waives any immunity from the jurisdiction of such courts over any suit, action or proceeding that may be brought by the Trustee or Holders of the Notes in connection with this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes. The Company irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to any suit, action or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes in such courts on the grounds of venue or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which the Company is subject by a suit upon such judgment; provided that service of process is effected upon the Company in the manner provided by the Indenture.
 
ALL PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.”

SECTION 803          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 401(b) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(b) default in the payment of any interest, including any Additional Interest, or any Additional Amounts on any Notes when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or”
 
SECTION 804          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 401 is hereby amended by adding the following as the third paragraph of Section 401:
 
“Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by a Trust Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the applicable Series of Securities.”
 
SECTION 805          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE ARTICLE FIVE
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Article Five is hereby amended by adding the following as a new Section 515:

55


“Section 515: TRUSTEE NOT BOUND TO ACT.

The Trustee shall retain the right not to act and shall not be liable for refusing to act if, due to a lack of information or for any other reason whatsoever, the Trustee, in its sole judgment, determines that such act might cause it to be in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or anti-terrorist legislation, regulation or guideline. Further, should the Trustee, in its sole judgment, determine at any time that its acting under this Supplemental Indenture has resulted in its being in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or antiterrorist legislation, regulation or guideline, then it shall have the right to resign on 10 days’ written notice to the Company (and during such ten (10) day notice period, the Trustee shall have the right not to act and shall not be liable for refusing to act) provided that: (i) the Trustee’s written notice shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, describe the circumstances of such noncompliance (for greater certainty, no such description shall be required if it could constitute ‘tipping off’ or any other disclosure or action prohibited by applicable law); and (ii) if such circumstances are rectified to the Trustee’s satisfaction within such ten (10) day notice period, then such resignation shall not be effective.”

SECTION 806          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 701.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 701(a)(1) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(1) the Company shall be the continuing Person or”

SECTION 807          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 906

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 906 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(a)          If the Company is not required to file with the Commission the Financial Reports, the Company will furnish (without cost) to each holder of Notes then outstanding and file with the Trustee (i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, its audited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP and substantially in the form prescribed by applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities for Canadian public reporting companies (whether or not the Company is a public reporting company at the time) and (ii) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, unaudited consolidated financial statements for the interim period as at, and for the interim period ending on, the end of such fiscal quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP and substantially in the form prescribed by applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities for Canadian public reporting companies (whether or not the Company is a public reporting company at the time).
 
(b)          The obligations of the Company to deliver the Financial Reports or the financial statements referred to in the preceding paragraph will be deemed satisfied if any parent entity of the Company has delivered to the Trustee (including by making them publicly available on SEDAR or EDGAR) the applicable Financial Reports or financial statements, as applicable, that would otherwise be required to be provided in respect of the Company, with respect to such parent entity; provided that such obligations will only be deemed to be satisfied if, and for so

56


long as, such parent entity furnishes to the Trustee (either in or with a copy of such Financial Reports or financial statements, as applicable) “summary financial information” as defined in Section 13.4 of National Instrument 51-102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations (“NI 51-102”) (or substantially equivalent financial information provided for in any successor provision thereto in NI 51-102 or any successor instrument) for the parent entity for the periods covered by such financial statements with a separate column for (i) the parent entity, (ii) the Company, (iii) all guarantors (if any) (on a combined basis), (iv) any other subsidiaries of the parent entity (on a combined basis), (v) consolidating adjustments and (vi) total consolidated amounts.
 
(c)          Delivery of such Financial Reports or financial statements, as applicable, to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt thereof shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants (as to which the Trustee is entitled to certificates). The Trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, the Company’s compliance with the covenants or with respect to any reports or other documents filed on SEDAR, EDGAR or any website.
 
(d)          the Company has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, and are not eligible to be resold pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company will furnish to the holders of the Notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act (for so long as such information is required in order to permit resales of the Notes pursuant to Rule 144A).
 
(e)          Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s or RCCI’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).”
 
SECTION 808          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 603.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 603 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“So long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company will provide to the Trustee within 30 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and quarterly reports and of the information, documents and other reports which the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (collectively, the “Financial Reports”); provided, however, that the Company need not furnish any such information, documents or reports to the extent they are made publicly available on SEDAR or EDGAR or any other website maintained by the securities regulatory authorities in Canada or the Commission.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall not be the responsibility of the Trustee to monitor postings of the Company on SEDAR or EDGAR or any other applicable website, it being understood that, due to the public availability of the information contained on such websites, any Person, including without limitation any holder,

57


may obtain such information directly from such websites copies of the Company’s annual report and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.”
 
SECTION 809          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 907.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 907 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“All payments made by the Company under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of any province or territory thereof or by any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (hereinafter “Taxes”), unless the Company is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency.  If the Company is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, the Company will pay as interest such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder of such Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such holder would have received in respect of the beneficial owner if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to a payment made to a holder of the Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (i) with which the Company does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”)) at the time of making such payment or which is entitled to the payment in respect of a debt or other obligation to pay an amount to a person with which the Company does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) at the time of making such payment, (ii) which is a “specified shareholder” of the Company, or which does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) with a “specified shareholder” of the Company as defined in subsection 18(5) of the Tax Act, (iii) where all or any portion of the amount paid or credited to such holder is deemed to be a dividend pursuant to subsection 214(6) of the Tax Act, (iv) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the holder or beneficial owner carrying on business in, maintaining a permanent establishment or other physical presence in or otherwise being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the acquisition or mere holding of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder, (v) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the legal nature of the holder or beneficial owner disentitling such holder or beneficial owner to the benefit of an applicable treaty or convention if and to the extent that the application of such treaty or convention would have resulted in the reduction or elimination of any Taxes as to which Additional Amounts would have otherwise been payable to a holder on behalf of such beneficial owner, (vi) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the failure by a holder or beneficial owner to comply with any certification, identification, documentation or other reporting requirements if compliance is required by law, regulation, administrative practice or an applicable treaty as a pre-condition to exemption from, or a reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, such Taxes, (vii) if the Notes are presented for payment more than 15 days after the date on which such payment or such Notes became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to such Additional

58


Amounts had the Notes been presented on the last day of such 15-day period), (viii) on account of any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, value added, excise, transfer, use, personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or governmental charge, (ix) that is a fiduciary, partnership or any other entity other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed had the holder of the Notes been the beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner, as the case may be, of the payment, (x) on account of any Taxes (a) that are payable other than by deduction or withholding from a payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, (b) that would not have been imposed but for a change in law, regulation, or administrative or judicial interpretation that becomes effective more than 15 days after the payment becomes due or is duly provided for, whichever occurs later or (c) that are required to be withheld by any paying agent from any payment of principal of or interest on any Note, if such payment can be made without such withholding or deduction by at least one other paying agent or (xi) any combination of (i) through (x).  The Company will also (a) make such withholding or deduction and (b) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law.  Upon the written request of a holder of Notes, the Company will furnish, as soon as reasonably practicable, to such holder of Notes certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Company.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments will be made net of any deduction or withholding imposed or collected pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code (or any law implementing such an intergovernmental agreement) (any such withholding, a “FATCA Withholding Tax”), and no Additional Amounts will be payable as a result of any such FATCA Withholding Tax.
 
If a holder in respect of a beneficial owner has received a refund or credit for any Taxes with respect to which the Company has paid Additional Amounts, such holder shall pay over such refund to the Company (but only to the extent of such Additional Amounts), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such holder or beneficial owner, together with any interest paid by the relevant tax authority in respect of such refund.
 
At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Guarantee of the Company is due and payable, if the Company will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable, stating the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee, on behalf of the Company, to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date. Whenever in the Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal (and premium, if any), redemption price, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to the Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.
 
The obligations of the Company under this Section 907 shall survive the discharge and termination of this Supplemental Indenture and the payment of all amounts under or with respect to the Guarantee.”

59


SECTION 810          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1001.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 1001(b) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(b)          If, as a result of
 
(i)          a change in, or an amendment to, the laws (including any regulations, rulings or protocols promulgated thereunder) or treaties of Canada (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein);
 
(ii)          any change in or amendment to, or introduction of, any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations, rulings, protocols or treaties (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction); or
 
(iii)          any official proposal of the aforementioned changes in clauses (i) and (ii) above;
 
which change, amendment or official proposal is announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date of the Notes, the Company has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable under or with respect to the Notes, any Additional Amounts in accordance with Section 907 of the Indenture, as amended and restated by this Supplemental Indenture, then the Company may, at its option, redeem such Notes, as a whole but not in part, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but not including the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if any; provided that the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable commercial measures available to the Company not including substitution of the obligor under such Notes.
 
The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to this Section 1001(b) shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of such redemption, the Company shall, at least 10 but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by it (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed.”
 
SECTION 811          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1004.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 1004 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of Notes of for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis or by lot or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, unless the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in which case such selection shall be made in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed; provided that no Notes of U.S.$2,000 or less shall be purchased or redeemed in part.

60


The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Security Registrar in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

A new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any Note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.”
 
SECTION 812          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1005.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 1005 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Notice of intention to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 1001 as so modified by this Supplemental Indenture shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that are to be redeemed, not more than 60 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Redemption Date, in the manner provided in Section 112 of the Supplemental Indenture.  Every such notice of redemption shall state:
 
(a)          the Redemption Date;
 
(b)          the Redemption Price;
 
(c)          if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the principal amount) of the particular Notes to be redeemed;
 
(d)          that, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition precedent to the redemption specified in such notice, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note or portion thereof on the Redemption Date, and that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest thereon, if any, shall cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;
 
(e)          the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and
 
(f)          any conditions to the redemption.

Any redemption pursuant to Section 1001 as so modified by this Supplemental Indenture (and any related notice of redemption) may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an equity or other securities offering, an incurrence of indebtedness or other financing, or any other corporate transaction or event. Notice of any redemption in respect thereof may, at the Company’s discretion, be given prior to the completion of one or more of the transactions or events upon which the redemption is conditioned and such redemption may be partial as a result of only some of the conditions being satisfied. If such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, state that, in the Company’s discretion, such redemption may not occur and such notice may be

61


rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the Redemption Date.  In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and other amounts owing for the redemption of any Notes and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.  In the event that the condition(s) of any redemption that is conditional are not satisfied or waived by the Company in its sole discretion on or prior to the Redemption Date therefor, the redemption shall be rescinded and notice thereof shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that were to have been redeemed promptly thereafter (but in any event no later than the Business Day after the Redemption Date), in the manner in which the notice of redemption was delivered, that such condition(s) were not satisfied or waived and such redemption has been rescinded, and the Trustee shall promptly return to the Holders thereof any Notes which had been surrendered for payment upon such redemption. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall have no responsibility for determining whether or not a condition set forth in such notice of redemption is satisfied, and shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon the Company’s determination regarding the satisfaction or waiver thereof.

Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. Any inadvertent defect in a notice of redemption, including an inadvertent failure to deliver such notice, to any Holder whose Notes are selected for redemption will not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any the Notes of any other Holder that are to be redeemed.”
 
SECTION 813          MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture, including Section 204 thereof, this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes may be executed and authenticated by manual, facsimile or electronic signature.

[Remainder of the Page Intentionally Left Blank]

62


 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.
 

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
 

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
 







[Signature Page to the Supplemental Indenture]


 
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
         
         

By:
/s/ Teresa H. Wyszomierski
 
    Name: Teresa H. Wyszomierski  
    Title Vice President
 
         








[Signature Page to the Supplemental Indenture]




Exhibit 99.4



 
ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,
 as issuer of the Notes,
 

ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,
as Guarantor
 

and
 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee



SEVENTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Dated as of March 11, 2022
to
 
 
INDENTURE
 
 
Dated as of August 6, 2008


 
4.50% Senior Notes due 2042




TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PAGE

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 101
DEFINITIONS
2
SECTION 102
OTHER DEFINITIONS
11
SECTION 103
EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
12
SECTION 104
INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT
12
SECTION 105
INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE
12
SECTION 106
COUNTERPARTS
12
SECTION 107
EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS
12
SECTION 108
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
13
SECTION 109
SEPARABILITY CLAUSE
13
SECTION 110
BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
13
SECTION 111
GOVERNING LAW
13
SECTION 112
NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.
13

ARTICLE TWO

FORM OF THE NOTES

SECTION 201
FORMS GENERALLY
14
SECTION 202
FORM OF FACE OF NOTE
16
SECTION 203
FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE
19
SECTION 204
ASSIGNMENT FORM; CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES
23
SECTION 205
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.
28

ARTICLE THREE

THE NOTES

SECTION 301
TITLE AND TERMS
28
SECTION 302
DENOMINATIONS
30
SECTION 303
NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS
30
SECTION 304
SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION
30
SECTION 305
DISCHARGE
31
SECTION 306
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES.
32

i



SECTION 307
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF A DEFINITIVE NOTE FOR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A GLOBAL NOTE.
33
SECTION 308
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF GLOBAL NOTES.
34
SECTION 309
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE.
35
SECTION 310
CANCELLATION OR ADJUSTMENT OF GLOBAL NOTE.
35
SECTION 311
OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES OF NOTES.
36
SECTION 312
NO OBLIGATION OF THE TRUSTEE.
36
SECTION 313
EXCHANGE OFFER.
37
SECTION 314
NON-COMPLIANT TRANSFERS NULL AND VOID.
37
SECTION 315
DEFINITIVE NOTES.
38

ARTICLE FOUR

REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL

SECTION 401
ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT.
38
SECTION 402
ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT
41
SECTION 403
RESERVED.
41
SECTION 404
CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER
41

ARTICLE FIVE

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

SECTION 501
RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
43
SECTION 502
LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT.
44
SECTION 503
LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS
44
SECTION 504
LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT
45
SECTION 505
WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS
45

ARTICLE SIX

CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

SECTION 601
EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE
45
SECTION 602
DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE
46
SECTION 603
REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY
46

ARTICLE SEVEN

GUARANTEE

SECTION 701
GUARANTEE
47
SECTION 702
RELEASE OF GUARANTOR
49

ii



SECTION 703
AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
50
SECTION 704
PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS
51
SECTION 705
RIGHT OF REDEMPTION; ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE
53
SECTION 706
PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS
54

ARTICLE EIGHT

AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE

SECTION 801
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 106.
54
SECTION 802
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 115
55
SECTION 803
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.
55
SECTION 804
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.
55
SECTION 805
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE ARTICLE FIVE
55
SECTION 806
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 701
56
SECTION 807
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 906
56
SECTION 808
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 603.
57
SECTION 809
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 907.
58
SECTION 810
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1001.
60
SECTION 811
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1004.
60
SECTION 812
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1005.
61
SECTION 813
MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS.
62


iii


 
SEVENTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of March 11, 2022 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (hereinafter called the “Company”), Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (hereinafter called “RCCI”), and The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (hereinafter called the “Trustee”).
 
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee are parties to an indenture dated as of August 6, 2008 (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), the “Indenture”);
 
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have previously entered into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of August 6, 2008 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.80% Senior Notes due 2018; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of August 6, 2008 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2038; (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 7, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.00% Senior Notes due 2023, (iv) a Series Supplement dated as of March 7, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Senior Notes due 2043; (v) a Series Supplement dated as of October 2, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$850,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.10% Senior Notes due 2023; (vi) a Series Supplement dated as of October 2, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.45% Senior Notes due 2043; (vii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,050,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.00% Senior Notes due 2044; (viii) a Series Supplement dated as of December 8, 2015 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.625% Senior Notes due 2025; (ix) a Series Supplement dated as of November 4, 2016 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.90% Senior Notes due 2026; (x) a Series Supplement dated as of February 8, 2018 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.300% Senior Notes due 2048; (xi) a Series Supplement dated as of April 30, 2019 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.350% Senior Notes due 2049; (xii) a Series Supplement dated as of November 12, 2019 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.700% Senior Notes due 2049; and (xiii) a Series Supplement dated June 22, 2020 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022;
 
WHEREAS, the Company, RCCI (formerly known as Rogers Cable & Data Centres Inc.) and the Trustee have previously entered into a First Amending Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 1, 2016 pursuant to which the Series Supplement in each of clause (i) through (viii) above was supplemented and amended to, among other things, provide for the assumption of the guarantee thereunder by RCCI;

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Supplemental Indenture, the Company and the Trustee are entering into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof

1


pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.95% Senior Notes Due 2025; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.20% Senior Notes Due 2027; (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.80% Senior Notes Due 2032 and (iv) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.55% Senior Notes Due 2052;
 
WHEREAS, Article Two and Section 801 of the Indenture provide, among other things, that, without the consent of any Holders, the Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplement to the Indenture for the purposes of establishing the form, terms and conditions applicable to the Securities of any Series which the Company wishes to issue under the Indenture;
 
WHEREAS, the Company desires to establish the form, terms and conditions of a Series of Securities and has requested the Trustee to enter into this Supplemental Indenture for such purpose;
 
WHEREAS, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company, in each case complying with Sections 101, 103, 104, 204 and 803 of the Indenture; and
 
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Board of Directors has duly authorized the establishment of the 4.50% Senior Notes due 2042 of the Company (the “Notes”) with the form, terms and conditions as hereinafter set forth.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties hereto agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:
 
ARTICLE ONE
 
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
 
SECTION 101          DEFINITIONS.

Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. For greater certainty, notwithstanding the Company’s adoption of IFRS 16, Leases, lease liabilities with respect to leases that were classified as operating leases under prior accounting standards do not constitute “Capital Lease Obligations” or “Debt” as defined in the Indenture for purposes of the Notes.
 
“Additional Interest” means all amounts, if any, payable pursuant to Section 2(c) of the Registration Rights Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this Supplemental Indenture to interest includes Additional Interest, if any. Any express reference to Additional Interest in this Supplemental Indenture shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest in any other text where no such express reference is made.

2


“Additional Notes” means additional Notes created and issued by the Company after the Issue Date in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture having the same terms and conditions under this Supplemental Indenture as the Initial Notes (except for the issue date and, if applicable, the date from which interest accrues and the date of the first payment of interest thereon).
 
“Applicable Basis Points” means 35 basis points.

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear and/or Clearstream (each a “Clearing Agency”), in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.
 
“Arrangement” means the acquisition by the Company of the issued and outstanding Class A Participating Shares and Class B Non-Voting Participating Shares of Shaw Communications Inc. (“Shaw”) by way of a court-approved Plan of Arrangement under Section 193 of the Business Corporations Act (Alberta) pursuant to the terms of the Arrangement Agreement.
 
“Arrangement Agreement” means that certain arrangement agreement dated as of March 13, 2021, between the Company and Shaw, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
“Attributable Debt” means, as of the date of its determination, the present value (discounted semi-annually at the interest rate implicit in the terms of the lease) of the obligation of a lessee for rental payments pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction (reduced by the amount of the rental obligations of any sublessee of all or part of the same property) during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which the lease relating thereto has been extended), such rental payments not to include amounts payable by the lessee for maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments and similar charges and for contingent rates (such as those based on sales); provided, however, that in the case of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction in which the lease is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty, Attributable Debt shall mean the lesser of the present value of (i) the rental payments to be paid under such Sale and Leaseback Transaction until the first date (after the date of such determination) upon which it may be so terminated plus the then applicable penalty upon such termination and (ii) the rental payments required to be paid during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (assuming such termination provision is not exercised).

“Authorized Officer” means any individual who holds one or more of the following offices of the Company: Chair of the Board of Directors, Vice-Chair, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice-President, any Senior Vice-President, any Vice-President, Treasurer, Chief Legal Officer, Secretary or General Counsel (including, for greater certainty, any individual who holds such offices of the Company on an interim basis).
 
“Board of Directors” means, with respect to the Company, either the board of directors of the Company or any committee of that board duly authorized to act and, with respect

3


to any other Person, the board of directors or committee of such Person serving, or appointed by such Person to perform, a substantially similar function.
 
“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by an Authorized Officer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.
 
“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person. To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310 through 317 as they are applicable to the Company, the term “Company” shall include any other obligor with respect to the Notes for the purposes of complying with such provisions.
 
“Company Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by at least one Authorized Officer.
 
“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the Consolidated Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.
 
“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person after eliminating inter-company items, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP including appropriate deductions for any minority interest in Tangible Assets of such Person’s Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note, Exchange Note or Additional Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Article Three hereof substantially in the form set forth in Section 202, except that such Initial Note, Exchange Note or Additional Note shall not bear the Global Notes Legend (as defined below) and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
 
“Depositary” or “DTC” means the Depositary Trust Company.
 
“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Maturity Date for cash or securities constituting Debt; provided that shares of Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that are issued with the benefit of provisions requiring a change in control offer to be made for such shares in the event of a change in control of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary, which provisions have substantially the same effect as the relevant provisions of Sections 401 and 404 herein, shall not be deemed to be “Disqualified Stock” solely by virtue of such provisions. For purposes of this definition, the term “Debt” includes Inter−Company Subordinated Debt.

4


“Electronic Means” means the following communications methods: e-mail, facsimile transmission, secure electronic transmission containing applicable authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys issued by the Trustee, or another method or system specified by the Trustee as available for use in connection with its services hereunder.

“Exchange Note” means any notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes as contemplated by the applicable Registration Rights Agreement.

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
“Excluded Assets” means (i) all assets of any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) Investments in the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent paid for with cash or other property that constitutes Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities, so long as at the time of acquisition thereof and after giving effect thereto there exists no Default or Event of Default; and (iv) proceeds of the sale of any Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Excluded Securities” means any Debt, Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued by the Company, or any Debt or Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary, in either case to an Affiliate thereof other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that, at all times, such Excluded Securities shall:
 
(i)          in the case of Debt not owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, constitute Inter−Company Subordinated Debt;
 
(ii)          in the case of Debt, not be guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such guarantee shall constitute Inter−Company Subordinated Debt;
 
(iii)          in the case of Debt, not be secured by any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(iv)          in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that interest or dividends thereon shall be payable only to the extent that, after giving effect to any such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
 
(v)          in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that no payment (other than payments in the form of Excluded Securities) on account of principal (at maturity, by operation of sinking fund or mandatory redemption or otherwise) or other payment on account of redemption, repurchase, retirement or acquisition of such Excluded Security shall be permitted until the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity for the principal of the Notes or (y) the date on which all principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall have been duly paid or provided for in full.
 
“Exempted Secured Debt” means any Debt secured by any Lien or any conditional sale or other title retention agreement:
 
5


(i)          incurred or entered into on or after the Issue Date to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of such property and either secured by Purchase Money Obligations or Liens placed on such property within 180 days of acquisition, improvement or construction and securing Debt not to exceed 2.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any time outstanding;
 
(ii)          on Principal Property or the stock or Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries and existing at the time of acquisition of the property, stock or Debt;
 
(iii)          owing to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
(iv)          existing at the time a corporation or other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Existing Notes” means any of the 4.00% Senior Notes due 2022, 3.00% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.10% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.00% Senior Notes due 2024, 8.75% Senior Debentures due 2032, 7.50% Senior Notes due 2038, 6.68% Senior Notes due 2039, 6.11% Senior Notes due 2040, 6.56% Senior Notes due 2041, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.45% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.00% Senior Notes due 2044, 3.625% Senior Notes due 2025, 2.90% Senior Notes due 2026, 4.300% Senior Notes due 2048, 4.350% Senior Notes due 2049, 3.700% Senior Notes Due 2049, Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022, 2.95% Senior Notes due 2025, 3.20% Senior Notes due 2027, 3.80% Senior Notes due 2032, or 4.55% Senior Notes due 2052, in each case for which the Company is a co−obligor or an obligor, as applicable.
 
“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any successor ratings agency.
 
“Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” or “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, in effect in Canada, as established by the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada and as applied from time to time by the Company in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.
 
“Government Obligations” means securities that are:
 
(i)          direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or
 
(ii)          obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America.
 
“Guarantor” means (i) RCCI unless and until the Guarantee is released in accordance with its terms and (ii) any other Person that provides a guarantee in respect of any of the Company’s obligations in respect of the Notes, pursuant to a supplement to this Supplemental Indenture or otherwise, unless and until such guarantee is released in accordance with its terms.
 
“Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture.

6


“Initial Notes” means the U.S.$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued on the Issue Date.

“Initial Purchasers” means (i) with respect to the Initial Notes, BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, , Barclays Capital Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp., CIBC World Markets Corp., Mizuho Securities USA LLC, MUFG Securities Americas Inc., National Bank of Canada Financial Inc., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc., TD Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and (ii) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing or underwriting such Additional Notes.
 
“Investment” means (i) directly or indirectly, any advance, loan or capital contribution to, the purchase of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of, the acquisition, by purchase or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or making of any investment in any Person, (ii) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (iii) the transfer of any assets or properties from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any Unrestricted Subsidiary, other than the transfer of assets or properties made in the ordinary course of business. Investments shall exclude extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices.
 
“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch.
 
“Issue Date” means March 11, 2022, the initial issue date of the Notes.
 
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor ratings agency.
 
“Net Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.
 
“Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, “Notes” shall include the Exchange Notes, if any, and the Additional Notes, if any.
 
“Par Call Date” means September 15, 2041.
 
“Permitted Liens” means any of the following Liens
 
(i)          Liens for taxes, rates and assessments not yet due or, if due, the validity of which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (as applicable); and Liens for the excess of the amount of any past due taxes for which a final assessment has not been received over the amount of such taxes as estimated and paid;
 
(ii)          the Lien of any judgment rendered which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries,

7


 
as the case may be, and which does not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to operate the business or operations of the Company;
 
(iii)          Liens on Excluded Assets;
 
(iv)          pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases or deposits of cash or bonds or other direct obligations of the United States, Canada or any Canadian province to secure surety or appeal bonds or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rents;
 
(v)          Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens, or other liens arising out of judgments or awards with respect to which an appeal or other proceeding for review is being prosecuted (and as to which any foreclosure or other enforcement proceeding shall have been effectively stayed);
 
(vi)          Liens for property taxes not yet subject to penalties for non−payment or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings (and as to which foreclosure or other enforcement proceedings shall have been effectively stayed);
 
(vii)          Liens in favor of issuers of surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business;
 
(viii)          minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of or rights of others for rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Person incurring them or the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Debt or other extensions of credit and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of such properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
 
(ix)          Liens in favor of Bell Canada (or any successor) under any partial system agreement or related agreement providing for the construction and installation by Bell Canada of cables, attachments, connectors, support structures, closures and other equipment in accordance with the plans and specifications of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the lease by Bell Canada of such equipment to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with tariffs published by Bell Canada from time to time as approved by regulatory authorities, the absence of which would materially and adversely affect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries considered as a whole; and
 
(x)          any other Lien existing on the Issue Date.
 
“Principal Property” means, as of any date of determination, any land, land improvements or building (and associated factory, laboratory, office and switching equipment (excluding all products marketed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries)) constituting a manufacturing, development, warehouse, service, office or operating facility owned by or leased to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, located within Canada and having an acquisition cost

8


 
plus capitalized improvements in excess of 0.25% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company as of such date of determination, other than any such property (i) which the Board of Directors determines is not of material importance to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) which is not used in the ordinary course of business or (iii) in which the interest of the Company and all its Subsidiaries does not exceed 50%.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
 
“Rating Agencies” means S&P, Moody’s and Fitch, and each of such Rating Agencies is referred to individually as a “Rating Agency”.
 
“Rating Date” means the date which is 90 days prior to the earlier of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention of the Company to effect a Change in Control.
 
“Rating Decline” means the occurrence of the following on, or within 90 days after, the date of public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention by the Company to effect a Change in Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies): (i) in the event the Notes are assigned an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be below an Investment Grade Rating; or (ii) in the event the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be decreased by one or more gradations (including gradations within rating categories as well as between rating categories).
 
“Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) with respect to the Initial Notes, that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Company, RCCI and BofA Securities, Inc., as representative of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements as may be entered into in connection with the issuance of such Additional Notes, as such agreements may be amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Restricted Period” means, (i) with respect to any Regulation S Notes (as defined in Section 201), the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S and (b) the issue date with respect to such Notes, and (ii) with respect to any Rule 144A Notes (as defined in Section 201), the period of one year after the later of (a) the last day on which the Company or its Affiliates were the owner of such Notes and (b) the issue date with respect to such Notes.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

9


“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc., or any successor rating agency.
 
“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Principal Property (whether such Principal Property is now owned or hereafter acquired) that has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, other than (i) temporary leases for a term, including renewals at the option of the lessee, of not more than three years, (ii) leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries and (iii) leases of Principal Property executed by the time of, or within 180 days after the latest of, the acquisition, the completion of construction or improvement (including any improvements on property which will result in such property becoming Principal Property), or the commencement of commercial operation of such Principal Property.
 
“Secured Debt” means:
 
(a)          Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by any Lien upon any Principal Property or the stock or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the payment obligations of the Company under the Notes); or
 
(b)          any conditional sale or other title retention agreement covering any Principal Property or Restricted Subsidiary;
 
but does not include any Exempted Secured Debt.

“SEDAR” means the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval or any successor computer system maintained by the Canadian securities administrators for the transmission, receipt, acceptance, review and dissemination of documents filed in electronic format.

“Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
“Tangible Assets” means, at any date, the gross book value as shown by the accounting books and records of any Person of all its property both real and personal, less (i) the net book value of all its licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, goodwill, non−compete agreements or organizational expenses and other like intangibles, (ii) unamortized Debt discount and expenses, (iii) all reserves for depreciation, obsolescence, depletion and amortization of its properties and (iv) all other proper reserves which in accordance with GAAP should be provided in connection with the business conducted by such Person.

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

10


“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means any Note in global form that does not bear or is not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend (as defined below).

SECTION 102          OTHER DEFINITIONS.

DEFINED TERM
 
DEFINED IN SECTION
     
Agent Member
 
312
Authorized Signatory
 
201
Beneficial Interest Owner
 
313
Change in Control
 
401
Change in Control Offer
 
404(a)
Change in Control Purchase Date
 
404(a)
Change in Control Purchase Notice
 
404(b)
Change in Control Purchase Price
 
404(a)
Change in Control Triggering Event
 
401
DTC
 
201
Edward S. Rogers
 
401
Family Percentage Holding
 
401
Financial Reports
 
805
Global Note
 
201
Global Notes Legend
 
202
Guarantee
 
701(a)
Guaranteed Obligations
 
701(a)
H.15
 
203
H.15 TCM
 
203
Instructions
 
801
Maturity Date
 
301
Member of the Rogers Family
 
401
Permitted Residuary Beneficiary
 
401
Perpetuity Date
 
401
Qualifying Trust
 
401
RCCI
 
Preamble
Record Date
 
202
Regulation S Global Note
 
201
Regulation S Notes
 
201
Regulation S Restricted Notes Legend
 
202
Restricted Notes Legend
 
202
Remaining Life
 
301
Rule 144A Global Note
 
201
Rule 144A Note
 
201
Special Mandatory Redemption Date
 
304

11


Special Mandatory Redemption Event
 
304
Special Mandatory Redemption Notice
 
304
Special Mandatory Redemption Price
 
304
Spouse
 
401
Successor Guarantor
 
703
Treasury Rate
 
203
Trigger Date
 
304

SECTION 103          EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
 
Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company, RCCI and the Trustee, the Indenture shall be supplemented and amended in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable, and the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended as specified herein, solely with respect to the Notes and not with respect to any other Securities issued under the Indenture prior to, on or after the Issue Date. In the event of a conflict between any provisions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, the relevant provision or provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern.

SECTION 104          INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.
 
Except as supplemented or amended hereby, all other provisions in the Indenture, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 105          INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE.
 
All the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to be incorporated in, and made a part of, the Indenture; and the Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument; provided, however, that the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture are expressly and solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 106          COUNTERPARTS.
 
This Supplemental Indenture may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

SECTION 107          EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.
 
The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Supplemental Indenture to specific Article numbers or Section

12


 
numbers refer to Articles and Sections contained in this Supplemental Indenture, and not the Indenture or any other document.

SECTION 108          SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.
 
All covenants and agreements in this Supplemental Indenture by the Company and RCCI shall bind their respective successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not. All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 109          SEPARABILITY CLAUSE.
 
In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 110          BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
 
Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person (other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent and any Security Registrar, and their successors hereunder, and the Holders) any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Supplemental Indenture or in respect of the Notes.

SECTION 111          GOVERNING LAW.
 
This Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. This Supplemental Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required or deemed to be part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

SECTION 112          NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture to be made upon, given, delivered or furnished to, or filed with: (a) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished, delivered or filed in writing to or with Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Global Trust Finance; and (b) the Company by the Trustee or any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given, furnished or delivered in writing to the Company to 333 Bloor Street East, 10th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M4W 1G9, Attention: [REDACTED] or by email to [REDACTED], with a copy to [REDACTED], email [REDACTED], or, in either case, at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.
 
Any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document shall be deemed to have been received on the day made, given, furnished or delivered except when sent by electronic transmission (including email), in which

13


 
case it will be deemed to have been received on the day it was sent, if such electronic transmission was sent on a Business Day during normal business hours of the recipient, or on the next succeeding Business Day, if not sent on a Business Day or during such business hours.  Each of the Trustee and the Company may from time to time notify the other party of a change in address or electronic transmission address by notice as provided in this Section 112.
 
ARTICLE TWO
 
FORM OF THE NOTES

SECTION 201          FORMS GENERALLY.
 
(a)          The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the forms set forth in this Article, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture, or as may reasonably be required by the Depositary, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of the Notes (but which shall not affect the rights or duties of the Trustee). Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.
 
The Definitive Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of the Depositary or any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, all as determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of such Notes.
 
(b)          The Notes shall be in registered form and shall initially be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.  The Notes shall be issued initially as Book-Entry Securities represented by one or more Global Securities substantially in the form set forth in this Article deposited with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The Depositary for such Global Securities shall be the Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”).  The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Depositary or its nominee, or of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
 
The Initial Notes shall be (i) offered and sold by the Company to the Initial Purchasers and (ii) resold by the Initial Purchasers, initially only to (1) persons reasonably believed to be QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) and (2) certain Persons other than U.S. persons outside of the U.S. in offshore transactions in accordance with Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”); provided that, no Initial Notes shall be offered or sold in Canada or to any resident of Canada. Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, in each case in accordance with applicable U.S. securities laws.

14


 
(c)          Rule 144A Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes in definitive, fully registered form, numbered A-1 upward (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Regulation S Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes, numbered S-1 upward (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the applicable Global Notes Legend, Restricted Notes Legend and Regulation S Restricted Notes Legend (as defined below), which shall be duly executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of such Depositary, deposited on behalf of the purchasers of such Notes represented thereby with the custodian or Depositary, in each case in accordance with the Indenture.
 
After a transfer of any Notes pursuant to and during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to Restricted Notes Legends on such Note will cease to apply, and a certificated note or a note in global form, as applicable, without Restricted Notes Legends, will be available to the transferee of the Holder of such Note upon exchange of such transferring Holder’s certificated Note or appropriate directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global Note, as applicable. Upon the consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to the Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Notes that Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Notes that do not exchange their Notes, and Exchange Notes in certificated or global form, in each case, without Restricted Legends will be available to Holders that exchange such Notes in such Exchange Offer. Any Additional Notes sold in an offering registered under the Securities Act shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
 
The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, any Unrestricted Global Note and any Exchange Notes issued in global form are each referred to herein as a “Global Note” and are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes”.  Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Article Three hereof.
 
The Notes shall be signed on behalf of the Company by one or more Authorized Officers of the Company or one or more directors of the Company (each, an “Authorized Signatory”). The signature of any such Authorized Officer or director on the Notes may be a manual or electronic signature. The Notes may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

15


SECTION 202          FORM OF FACE OF NOTE.

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the form provided for in this Section 202 and Sections 203 and 204:
 
[Insert only for Global Notes (the “Global Notes Legend”): UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS A PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HEREIN AND IT IS A VIOLATION OF ITS RIGHTS FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO HOLD, TRANSFER OR DEAL WITH THIS CERTIFICATE.
 
THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE BASE INDENTURE (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO). THIS NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE BASE INDENTURE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (A) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE INDENTURE, (B) THIS NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, (C) THIS NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 211 OF THE BASE INDENTURE AND (D) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, THIS SECURITY MAY BE TRANSFERRED, IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY (X) BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, (Y) BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR (Z) BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.]
 
[Insert only for Rule 144A Notes and Regulation S Notes (the “Restricted Notes Legend” or the “Regulation S Restricted Notes Legend”, as applicable): THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THE NOTES, AND ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

16


 
THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES NOT TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES:] ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATEST OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES WERE THE OWNER OF SUCH NOTES (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THEREOF), OR [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES:] 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATEST OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL DATE OF ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH SUCH NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THEREOF) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 THEREUNDER, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (OTHER THAN PURSUANT TO RULE 144), SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.]
 
ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.

4.50% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2042

No.
CUSIP:
 
ISIN:


Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (herein called the “Company”, which term includes any successor entity under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________ U.S. dollars [Note: Insert if a Global Security: (as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)] on March 15, 2042, at the office or agency of the Company referred to below, and to pay accrued interest on such principal amount in arrears, in semi-annual payments on

17


March 15 and September 15 (each herein called an “Interest Payment Date”) (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the Interest Payment Date will be postponed to the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no further interest will accrue in respect of such postponement) of each year, beginning on September 15, 2022, which interest shall accrue from and including March 11, 2022 or, if interest has already been paid or duly provided for, from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, at a rate of 4.50% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for, and (to the extent lawful) to pay interest on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for [; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, additional interest (“Additional Interest”) shall accrue on this Note, in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.] [All references to any amount of “interest” payable or with respect to this Note in the Indenture or this Note shall be deemed to include any applicable Additional Interest that may be payable on the Note.]

The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture (as defined below), be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1, as applicable (whether or not a Business Day), immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date (such date, the “Regular Record Date”) for such interest. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for, and interest on such Default Interest, at the interest rate borne by the Notes, to the extent lawful, shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date, and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Default Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the City of New York (which initially shall be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee), and if the Company shall designate and maintain an additional office or agency for such purpose, also at such additional office or agency, in U.S. dollars. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final payment of principal shall be payable only upon surrender of this Note to the Paying Agent.

For any period, interest on this Note shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, consisting of twelve 30-day months, and, for any period shorter than six months, on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed per 30-day month. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), the yearly rate of interest which is equivalent to the rate payable hereunder is the rate payable multiplied by the actual number of days in the year and divided by 360.
 
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

18


 
This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless and until the Trustee’s certificate of authentication below has been duly executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual, facsimile or electronic signature of a designated signing officer of the Trustee. This Note and the Indenture are governed by, and are to be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable therein.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
 
Dated:
 

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.  
      

 
 
 
  By:
   
  Name:
   
  Title:
   
       
       
  By:    
  Name:    
  Title:
   
 

SECTION 203          FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company designated as its 4.50% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2042 (herein called the “Notes”), issued under an indenture (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), herein called the “Base Indenture”) dated as of August 6, 2008, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (herein called the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee thereunder), as supplemented and amended by the Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 11, 2022, among the Company, as issuer of the Notes, the Trustee and Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (“RCCI”), as Guarantor, (herein called the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), to which the Indenture reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and immunities thereunder of the Company, RCCI, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made in United States dollars.

The Company will pay to the Holders such Additional Amounts as may become payable under Section 907 of the Base Indenture.

19


On or before each Interest Payment Date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee or the Paying Agent an amount in U.S. dollars sufficient to pay the amount due on such payment date.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, RCCI has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on an unsecured, unsubordinated basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. RCCI will pay to the Holders such Additional Amounts as may become payable under Section 704 of the Supplemental Indenture.

The Notes will be subject to redemption upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at any time and from time to time, as a whole or in part, in amounts of U.S.$2,000 or an integral multiple of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof, at the option of the Company: (i) prior to the Par Call Date, at a Redemption Price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of: (1) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, and (2) (a) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the Redemption Date (assuming the Notes to be redeemed are scheduled to mature on the Par Call Date) on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus the Applicable Basis Points less (b) accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to be redeemed to the Redemption Date, plus, in either case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date, and (ii) commencing on the Par Call Date, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the yield determined by the Company in accordance with the following two paragraphs:
 
The Treasury Rate shall be determined by the Company after 4:15 p.m., New York City time (or after such time as yields on U.S. government securities are posted daily by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date based upon the yield or yields for the most recent day that appear after such time on such day in the most recent statistical release published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System designated as “Selected Interest Rates (Daily) - H.15” (or any successor designation or publication) (“H.15”) under the caption “U.S. government securities–Treasury constant maturities–Nominal” (or any successor caption or heading) (“H.15 TCM”). In determining the Treasury Rate, the Company shall select, as applicable: (1) the yield for the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to the Par Call Date (the “Remaining Life”); or (2) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to such Remaining Life, the two yields – one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately shorter than and one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately longer than such Remaining Life – and shall interpolate to the Par Call Date on a straight-line basis (using the actual number of days) using such yields and rounding the result to three decimal places; or (3) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15 shorter than or longer than such Remaining Life, the yield for the

20


single Treasury constant maturity on H.15 closest to such Remaining Life. For purposes of this paragraph, the applicable Treasury constant maturity or maturities on H.15 shall be deemed to have a maturity date equal to the relevant number of months or years, as applicable, of such Treasury constant maturity from the Redemption Date.
 
If on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date H.15 TCM is no longer published, the Company shall calculate the applicable Treasury Rate based on the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day preceding such Redemption Date of the United States Treasury security maturing on, or with a maturity that is closest to, the Par Call Date, as applicable.  If there is no United States Treasury security maturing on the Par Call Date but there are two or more United States Treasury securities with a maturity date equally distant from the Par Call Date, one with a maturity date preceding the Par Call Date and one with a maturity date following the Par Call Date, the Company shall select the United States Treasury security with a maturity date preceding the Par Call Date. If there are two or more United States Treasury securities maturing on the Par Call Date or two or more United States Treasury securities meeting the criteria of the preceding sentence, the Company shall select from among these two or more United States Treasury securities the United States Treasury security that is trading closest to par based upon the average of the bid and asked prices for such United States Treasury securities at 11:00 a.m., New York City time.  In determining the Treasury Rate in accordance with the terms of this paragraph, the semi-annual yield to maturity of the applicable United States Treasury security shall be based upon the average of the bid and asked prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, of such United States Treasury security, and rounded to three decimal places. The Company’s actions and determinations in determining the Redemption Price shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

The Notes will also be subject to redemption as a whole, but not in part, at the option of the Company at any time and from time to time, on not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice, at 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date, in the event the Company or RCCI, as the case may be, has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes or the Guarantee, as applicable, any Additional Amounts as a result of certain changes affecting Canadian withholding taxes on or after the Issue Date.
 
Any optional redemption of the Notes (and any related notice of redemption) (whether prior to, on or after the Par Call Date) may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of an equity or other securities offering, an incurrence of indebtedness or other financing, or any other transaction or event. If such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice must describe each such condition, and if applicable, state that, in the Company’s discretion, such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the applicable date fixed for redemption.  In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and other amounts owing for the redemption of any Notes and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

21


The Notes will also be subject to a special mandatory redemption, at the times and at the price and on the other terms and conditions specified in Section 304 of the Supplemental Indenture.

In the case of any redemption of Notes, interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of record of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Securities, at the close of business on the relevant Regular Record Date referred to on the face hereof. Notes (or portions thereof), for whose redemption and payment provision is made in accordance with the Indenture, shall cease to bear interest from and after the Redemption Date. In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a replacement Note or Notes for the unredeemed portion hereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default resulting from a Change in Control Triggering Event which is cured in accordance with Section 404 of the Supplemental Indenture by the making and consummation of a Change in Control Offer) shall occur and be continuing, the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

In addition, it shall be an Event of Default under the Indenture if a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs on or prior to the Maturity of the Notes (subject to the aforesaid cure provisions). Following such an Event of Default the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture unless the Company (or a third party) offers, within 20 Business Days after the occurrence of such Event of Default, to purchase the Notes and purchases the Notes for the Change in Control Purchase Price in cash on the date that is 40 Business Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event from a Holder who delivers and does not withdraw a Change in Control Purchase Notice. Holders have the right to withdraw any Change in Control Purchase Notice by delivering to the Paying Agent a written notice of withdrawal in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions for the defeasance and discharge of the Notes.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by or on behalf of the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

22


No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of U.S.$2,000 or any integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.  Prior to the time of due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes except as otherwise provided, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable on the Security Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or any other office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to the Indenture duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount and containing identical terms and provisions, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.


 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee
         

By:

 
    Name:
 
    Title:
 

SECTION 204          ASSIGNMENT FORM; CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

The following forms are to be attached to Notes that are Global Securities:

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

23




(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to
 
 
(Insert assignee’s legal name)
   
   
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)


and irrevocably appoint to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:
     
 
   
         
 
      Your Signature:  
 
          (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
 

Signature Guarantee1:







1
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).
 
24


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES


This certificate relates to $_________ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space) ____ book-entry or _____ definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

☐
has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or
   
☐
has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

[Include the following only if the Restricted Notes Legend is included herein:]In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring while it bears a Restricted Notes Legend, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 
(1)
☐
to the Company; or
       
 
(2)
☐
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
       
 
(3)
☐
for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a Person that the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (“Rule 144A”)) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or
       
 
(4)
☐
to a non-U.S. Person outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933 in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
       
 
(5)
☐
pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Rule 144); and

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) or (5) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions,

25


certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.


           
        Your Signature
 
Signature Guarantee:          
             
Date:
     
 

 
Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee
      Signature of Signature Guarantor  


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants to the Company and the Trustee that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A


Dated:
     
 

 

     
NOTICE:          To be executed by an executive officer
 


26


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents, warrants and agrees with the Company, the Trustee and their respective counsel that:


1.
The offer and sale of the Notes was not and will not be made to a U.S. person or a person in the United States (unless such person is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3) under the Securities Act) and such offer and sale was not and will not be specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.


2.
Unless the circumstances described in the parenthetical in paragraph 1 above are applicable, either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or it and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act), and neither it nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States.


3.
Neither it, any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf has made any directed selling efforts in the United States with respect to the Notes.


4.
The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.


5.
If it is a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the proposed transfer takes place during the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture), or we are an officer or director of the Company or an Initial Purchaser (as defined in the Indenture), we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rule 904(b) of Regulation S.



Dated:
     
 

 

     
NOTICE:          To be executed by an executive officer
 
 

27


SECTION 205          SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.

The following schedule is to be attached to Notes that are Global Securities:

4.50% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2042


Initial Principal Amount: U.S.$
CUSIP             / ISIN

Authorization: ______________________

The following increases or decreases in this Note have been made:

Date
Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global Security
Amount of increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global Security
Principal Amount of
this Global Security
following suchdecrease or increase
Signature of Trustee
or Security Registrar
         
         


ARTICLE THREE

THE NOTES

SECTION 301          TITLE AND TERMS.

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “4.50% Senior Notes due 2042” of the Company. The entire unpaid principal amount of each Note shall become due and payable to the Holder thereof on March 15, 2042 (the “Maturity Date”). Interest shall accrue on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Note at a rate of interest equal to 4.50% per annum from March 11, 2022 or, if interest has been paid or duly provided for, the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, Additional Interest shall accrue on each Note in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. Such interest shall be payable on September 15, 2022 and semi−annually thereafter on March 15 and September 15 in each year (each an Interest Payment Date for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture), until the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for. Interest on the Notes shall be payable in arrears. If an Interest Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day without any additional interest accruing between the Interest Payment Date and the day payment is actually made. The Regular Record Date for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be the March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. To the extent lawful, interest shall accrue on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for

28


and such Default Interest shall be payable at the times and on the terms provided for in the Indenture.

If any Additional Interest is payable, prior to the time such Additional Interest is payable, the Company shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee and the Paying Agent setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of such Additional Interest. Neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for the determination, verification or calculation of any Additional Interest.

An unlimited aggregate principal amount of the Notes may be authenticated and delivered under this Supplemental Indenture (of which U.S.$750,000,000 is being issued, authenticated and delivered on the date hereof), including Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 806, 1008 or 1009 of the Indenture and Section 404 hereof. Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Securities issued on the date hereof may be created and issued under the Indenture, from time to time, by the Company without notice to or consent of the Holders, subject to the Company complying with any applicable provision of the Indenture. Any Additional Notes created and issued shall have the same terms and conditions as the Notes at the time outstanding, except for their date of issue, issue price and, if applicable, the first Interest Payment Date; provided that, if any such Additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying number. Exchange Notes may be created and issued by the Company under the Indenture in connection with an Exchange Offer for a like principal amount of Notes to be exchanged in such Exchange Offer. All Initial Notes, Exchange Notes and Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.
 
The Notes shall be unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company ranking pari passu with any other present or future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company.

The Notes shall be denominated in, and all principal of, and interest and premium (if any) on, the Notes shall be payable in U.S. dollars. Any payment of Additional Amounts hereunder shall also be payable in U.S. dollars.
 
The Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company at the prices, at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in the form of the Note in Article Two hereof. The Company shall be obligated to redeem the Notes upon the occurrence of a Special Mandatory Redemption Event at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified Section 304 hereof. The Company shall not be otherwise obligated to redeem, purchase or repay the Notes pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder of the Notes except as provided in Article Six hereof.
 
The Notes shall be subject to the covenants (and the related definitions) set forth in Articles Seven and Nine of the Indenture and, except as otherwise provided herein, to any other covenant in the Indenture, and to the defeasance and discharge provisions set forth in Article Three thereof and Section 305 herein.

29


 
Certain obligations of the Company under the Notes shall be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by RCCI to the extent set forth in Article Seven hereof.

SECTION 302          DENOMINATIONS.
 
The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons and in denominations of U.S.$2,000 or integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 303          NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS.
 
If, upon any consolidation or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, with or merger of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, into any other Person, or upon any conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of the properties and assets of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding−up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case in accordance with Section 701 of the Indenture, in the case of the Company, or Section 703 of this Supplemental Indenture, in the case of RCCI, any property or asset of the Company or of any Subsidiary, would thereupon become subject to any Lien, then, unless such Lien could be created pursuant to Section 502 without equally and ratably securing the Notes, the Company or RCCI, as applicable, prior to or simultaneously with such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition, will, as to such property or asset, secure the Notes Outstanding hereunder (together with, if the Company or RCCI shall so determine, any other Debt of the Company or RCCI now existing or hereafter created which is not subordinate to the Notes) equally and ratably with (or prior to) the Debt which upon such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is to become secured as to such property or asset by such Lien, or will cause such Notes to be so secured.

SECTION 304          SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION
 
(a)          If (i) the Arrangement is not consummated prior to December 31, 2022, (ii) the Arrangement Agreement is terminated at any time prior to December 31, 2022 (other than as a result of consummating the Arrangement) or (iii) the Company publicly announces at any time prior to December 31, 2022 that it will no longer pursue the consummation of the Arrangement (any such event under clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, a “Special Mandatory Redemption Event”, and the earliest date of any Special Mandatory Redemption Event, a “Trigger Date”), then the Company shall redeem all of the Outstanding Notes at a Redemption Price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined below).
 
(b)          If funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date are deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, on and after such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Notes will cease to bear interest.
 
(c)          In the event that the Company is required to redeem the Notes pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 304, the Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, a notice of special mandatory redemption (such notice, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Notice”) to

30


 
each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, electronically or by mail (postage prepaid) at the address of such Holder appearing in the Security Register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of Depositary, and the Trustee not later than five Business Days after the Trigger Date, and the Company will redeem the Notes on the date specified by the Company for such redemption in the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice (the date so specified, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”). The Special Mandatory Redemption Date will be no later than 30 days following the applicable Trigger Date, but no earlier than the fifth Business Day following the day the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice is delivered to Holders of the Notes.  At the election of the Company, the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.
 
(d)          Every Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall state:
 
(i)          the Special Mandatory Redemption Date;
 
(ii)          the Special Mandatory Redemption Price;
 
(iii)          that the Special Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, and that, if funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date are deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, interest on the Notes, shall cease to accrue on and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date; and
 
(iv)          the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price.
 
A Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall be irrevocable and not subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition.

SECTION 305          DISCHARGE
 
Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 305, the Company and RCCI shall be discharged from its obligations with respect to, and this Supplemental Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to, all Outstanding Notes, and the Trustee shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, execute and deliver to the Company and RCCI such deeds or other instruments as shall be required to evidence such satisfaction and discharge, when either:
 
(a)          all Outstanding Notes (except, for the avoidance of doubt, any lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 208 of the Indenture and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company or RCCI and thereafter repaid to the Company or RCCI, as applicable, or discharged from such trust), have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (including on conversion or exchange of the Notes into other securities or property), or
 
(b)          all Notes not so delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have otherwise become due and payable or have been called for redemption pursuant to this Supplemental

31


Indenture, (ii) will become due and payable within one year or (iii) if redeemable at the Company’s option pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and, in each case, the Company or RCCI has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash, in United States dollars, Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or chartered accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, on such Notes and accrued interest thereon to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be, and
 
(c)          in either case of the foregoing clause (a) or (b), the Company or RCCI has paid or caused to be paid all sums then payable by it under this Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Notes.
 
(d)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, and notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture with respect to Notes, (A) the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive solely from the fund held in trust described in subsection (b) of this Section 305 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes when such payments are due, (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Section 205, Section 206, Section 208, Section 902, Section 903 and Section 908, each of the Indenture, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and RCCI’s obligations in connection therewith, including the Company’s obligations under Section 507 of the Indenture and (D) this Article Three shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full or, if earlier, the date on which the funds held in trust for such payment are paid to the Company or RCCI, as applicable (or discharged from such trust, as applicable) in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 903 of the Indenture.  Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Section 507 of the Indenture shall survive.

SECTION 306          TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES.
 
When Notes in the form of a Definitive Note are presented to the Security Registrar with a request:
 
(a)          to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or
 
(b)          to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,
 
the Security Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:

32

 
(a)          shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and
 
(b)          in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:
 
(i)          if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Security Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Notes); or
 
(ii)          if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Notes); or
 
(iii)          if such Definitive Notes are being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with (A) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (B) Rule 144A, (C) Rule 904 of Regulation S or (D) in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Rule 144), (x) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Note) and (y) if the Company or the Trustee so requests in connection with transfers described in clauses (C) or (D), an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legend set forth in Section 202.

SECTION 307          RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF A DEFINITIVE NOTE FOR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A GLOBAL NOTE.
 
A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below.  Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, together with:
 
(a)          certification (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Note) that such Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration (i) in accordance with an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) in accordance with Rule 144A, (iii) in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S or (iv) in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Rule 144), and if the Company or the Trustee so requests in connection with transfers described in clauses (iii) or (iv), an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legend set forth in Section 202; and
 
(b)          written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to reflect an increase in the aggregate

33


principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase,
 
the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled.  If no Global Notes are then outstanding, the Company may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon receipt of a Company Order of the Company in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, a new applicable Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

SECTION 308          TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF GLOBAL NOTES.
 
(a)          The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor.  A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Security Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of such Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note or another Global Note, and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note, and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.  Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, shall be made only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Notes from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S, or an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence of exemption reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
 
(b)          If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Security Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Security Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.  If the Company or the Trustee so requests in connection with transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, other than a transfer to a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, such request for transfer shall be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee, as applicable, as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legend set forth in Section 202.

34


(c)          Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Supplemental Indenture (other than Section 305), a Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole and not in part by the Depositary to a nominee of such Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor of such Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.
 
(d)          In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to Section 315 of this Supplemental Indenture prior to the consummation of an Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 308 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Notes included to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company.

SECTION 309          RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE.
 
(a)          During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (i) to the Company, (ii) so long as such security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person whom the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (iii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S, (iv) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if applicable) under the Securities Act or (v) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.  Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Rule 144A Global Note shall be made only in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse of the Note to the effect that such transfer is being made to a person whom the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A.  Such written certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Restricted Period.
 
(b)          Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of the Indenture.

SECTION 310          CANCELLATION OR ADJUSTMENT OF GLOBAL NOTE.
 
At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note,

35


redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

SECTION 311          OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES OF NOTES.
 
(a)          To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Security Registrar’s request.
 
(b)          No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange (except as otherwise expressly permitted in the Indenture), but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon transfers or exchanges pursuant to Sections 205 and 1008 of the Indenture).
 
(c)          Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Security Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Security Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
 
(d)          All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of the Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
 
(e)          The Security Registrar and the Trustee may request such evidence as may be reasonably requested by them to determine the identity and signatures of the transferor and the transferee.

SECTION 312          NO OBLIGATION OF THE TRUSTEE.
 
(a)          The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary (“Agent Members”) or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or their respective nominees or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes.  All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).  The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the

36


 
Depositary.  The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.
 
(b)          The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under the Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of the Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

SECTION 313          EXCHANGE OFFER.
 
Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of a Company Order in accordance with Section 204 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Global Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Notes tendered for exchange by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted by the Company for exchange in the Exchange Offer.  Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Notes with the Restricted Notes Legend to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of the Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in the applicable principal amount.  Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. For greater certainty, an owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note representing an Initial Note (a “Beneficial Interest Owner”) or Holder of an Initial Note, as applicable, shall, pursuant to the terms of the Initial Notes, have the right to acquire  beneficial interests in Exchange Notes issued as a Global Note or Exchange Notes, as applicable, in each case in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in such Global Note or such Initial Note, as applicable, tendered for acceptance by such Beneficial Interest Owner or Holder, as applicable, to the extent such tendered beneficial interests or Initial Note, as applicable, are accepted by the Company for exchange in the Exchange Offer.

SECTION 314          NON-COMPLIANT TRANSFERS NULL AND VOID.
 
Any purported transfer of a Note, or any interest therein, to a purchaser or transferee that does not comply with the requirements specified in this Article Three shall be of no force and effect and shall be null and void ab initio.

37


SECTION 315          DEFINITIVE NOTES.
 
(a)          A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or Custodian pursuant to Section 201 may be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with this Article Three and (1) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act or otherwise ceases to be eligible as a depositary and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or after the Company becomes aware of such cessation, or (2) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Security Registrar has received a request from the Depositary or (3) the Company, in its sole discretion and subject to the procedures of the Depositary, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes under the Indenture.  In addition, any Affiliate of the Company that is a beneficial owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the form of a Definitive Note, by providing a written request to the Company and the Trustee and such Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other information as may be required by the Indenture or the Company or the Trustee.
 
(b)          Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 315 shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.  Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 315 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of U.S.$2,000 or any integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof, registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct.  Any certificated Note in the form of a Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 202 hereof, bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
 
(c)          The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under the Indenture or the Notes.
 
(d)          In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraph (a)(1), (2) or (3) of this Section 315, the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons.
 
ARTICLE FOUR
 
REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
 
SECTION 401          ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT.
 
In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 401 of the Indenture, “Event of Default”, wherever used herein and in the Indenture with respect to the Notes, includes

38


 
the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), subject to any cure thereof as provided in Section 404 below.
 
Under this Supplemental Indenture, a “Change in Control Triggering Event” is deemed to occur upon both a Change in Control and a Rating Decline with respect to the Notes. The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to whether a Rating Decline with respect to the Notes has occurred.
 
A “Change in Control” means (i) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons (as the term “group” is used in Rule 13d−5 of the Exchange Act), other than Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family, acquires, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes of Voting Shares of the Company or (ii) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons, other than (A) Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family or (B) for so long as the only primary beneficiaries of a Qualifying Trust established under the last will and testament of Edward S. Rogers are one or more persons referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, any Person designated by the trustees of such Qualifying Trust to exercise voting rights attaching to any shares held by such trustees, has elected to the Board of Directors such number of its or their nominees so that such nominees so elected shall constitute a majority of the number of the directors comprising the Board of Directors; provided that to the extent that one or more regulatory approvals are required for any of the transactions or circumstances described in clause (i) or (ii) above to become effective under applicable law, such transactions or circumstances shall be deemed to have occurred at the time such approvals have been obtained and become effective under applicable law.
 
“Member of the Rogers Family” means (i) such of the following persons as are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or are born after the date of this Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date: (a) the widow, if any, of Edward S. Rogers (who was born on May 27, 1933, such individual being hereinafter referred to as “Edward S. Rogers”); (b) the issue of Edward S. Rogers; (c) Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi, the half−sister of Edward S. Rogers, and the issue of Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi; (d) individuals adopted by Edward S. Rogers or any of the persons described in subclauses (a) or (b) of this clause (i) provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals; provided that if any person is born out of

39


wedlock he shall be deemed not to be the issue of another person for the purposes hereof unless and until he is proven or acknowledged to be the issue of such person and; (ii) the trustees of any Qualifying Trust, but only to the extent of such Qualifying Trust’s Family Percentage Holding of voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company at the time of the determination.
 
“Family Percentage Holding” means the aggregate percentage of the securities held by a Qualifying Trust representing, directly or indirectly, an interest in voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company, that it is reasonable, under all the circumstances, to regard as being held beneficially for Qualified Persons (or any class consisting of two or more Qualified Persons); provided always that in calculating the Family Percentage Holding (A) in respect of any power of appointment or discretionary trust capable of being exercised in favor of any of the Qualified Persons such trust or power shall be deemed to have been exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until such trust or power has been otherwise exercised; (B) where any beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust has assigned, transferred or conveyed, in any manner whatsoever, his or her beneficial interest to another person, then, for the purpose of determining the Family Percentage Holding in respect of such Qualifying Trust, the person to whom such interest has been assigned, transferred or conveyed shall be regarded as the only person beneficially interested in the Qualifying Trust in respect of such interest but in the case where the interest is so assigned, transferred or conveyed is an interest in a discretionary trust or is an interest which may arise as a result of the exercise in favor of the assignor of a discretionary power of appointment and such discretionary trust or power of appointment is also capable of being exercised in favor of persons described in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, such discretionary trust or power shall be deemed to have been so exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until it has in fact been exercised; and (C) the interest of any Permitted Residuary Beneficiary shall be ignored until its interest has indefeasibly vested.
 
“Permitted Residuary Beneficiary” means any person who is a beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust and, under the terms of the Qualifying Trust, is entitled to distributions out of the capital of such Qualifying Trust only after the death of all of the Qualified Persons who are beneficiaries of such Qualifying Trust.
 
“Perpetuity Date” means the date that is 21 years, less one day, from the date of the death of the last survivor of the individuals described in subclause (i)(a), (b), (c) or (d) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, who are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture.
 
“Qualifying Trust” means a trust (whether testamentary or inter vivos) any beneficiary of which is a person referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, provided that such Spouse is living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or is born after the date of this Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date (all such persons being hereafter referred to as “Qualified Persons”).

40


“Spouse” means, in relation to any person, a person who is legally married to that person and includes a widow or widower of that person, notwithstanding remarriage.

SECTION 402          ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.
 
If a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs and is continuing and the Company (or a third party) fails in any material respect to comply with any of the provisions of Section 404 hereof, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding may declare the principal of all such Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal shall become immediately due and payable.

SECTION 403          RESERVED.

SECTION 404          CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER.
 
(a)          The Notes may not be accelerated pursuant to Section 402 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall be cured if the Company complies in all material respects with the provisions of this Section 404. If the Company elects to cure such Event of Default, within 20 Business Days of the occurrence of an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event, (i) the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event and shall make an offer to purchase (the “Change in Control Offer”) all outstanding Notes properly tendered at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Change in Control Purchase Date (as hereinafter defined) (the “Change in Control Purchase Price”) on the date that is 40 Business Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event (the “Change in Control Purchase Date”), (ii) the Trustee shall deliver a copy of the Change in Control Offer to each Holder and (iii) the Company shall cause a notice of the Change in Control Offer to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news service in the United States and CNW Group Ltd. (Canada News Wire or Cision Canada) or a similar news service in Canada. The Change in Control Offer shall remain open from the time such offer is made until the Change in Control Purchase Date. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to ascertain the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event or to give notice with respect thereto other than as provided above upon receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company. The Trustee may conclusively assume, in the absence of receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company, that no Change in Control Triggering Event has occurred. The Change in Control Offer shall include a form of Change in Control Purchase Notice to be completed by the Holder and shall state:
 
(i)          the events causing a Change in Control Triggering Event and the date such Change in Control Triggering Event is deemed to have occurred;

41


(ii)          that the Change in Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 404 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change in Control Offer will be accepted for payment;
 
(iii)          the date by which the Change in Control Purchase Notice pursuant to this Section 404 must be given;
 
(iv)          the Change in Control Purchase Date;
 
(v)          the Change in Control Purchase Price;
 
(vi)          the names and addresses of the Paying Agent and the offices or agencies referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture;
 
(vii)          that Notes must be surrendered to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to collect payment;
 
(viii)          that the Change in Control Purchase Price for any Note as to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been duly given and not withdrawn will be paid promptly upon the later of the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and the time of surrender of such Note as described in clause (vii) above;
 
(ix)          the procedures the Holder must follow to accept the Change in Control Offer; and
 
(x)          the procedures for withdrawing a Change in Control Purchase Notice.
 
(b)          A Holder may accept a Change in Control Offer by delivering to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture a written notice (a “Change in Control Purchase Notice”) at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date, stating:
 
(i)          that such Holder elects to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Change in Control Offer;
 
(ii)          the principal amount of the Note that the Holder elects to have purchased by the Company, which amount must be U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, and the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered by such Holder for purchase by the Company; and
 
(iii)          that such Note shall be purchased on the Change in Control Purchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in this Supplemental Indenture.
 
The delivery of such Note (together with all necessary endorsements) to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in

42


Section 902 of the Indenture prior to, on or after the Change in Control Purchase Date shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Change in Control Purchase Price therefor; provided that such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 404 only if the Note so delivered to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall conform in all respects to the description thereof set forth in the related Change in Control Purchase Notice.
 
The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 404, a portion of a Note if the principal amount of such portion is U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of the Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Note also apply to the purchase of a portion of such Note.
 
Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 404 shall be consummated by the delivery by the Company of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and (b) the time of delivery of the Note by the Holder to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in the manner required by this Section 404.
 
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent, at the office of the Paying Agent or an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture, the Change in Control Purchase Notice contemplated by this Section 404(b) shall have the right to withdraw such Change in Control Purchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in accordance with Section 601 hereof.
 
The Paying Agent or the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by the former of any Change in Control Purchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.
 
(c)          The Notes may also not be accelerated pursuant to Section 402 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall also be cured if a third party makes and consummates a Change in Control Offer in the manner and at the times and otherwise in compliance with this Section 404; provided, however, that any such third party shall be subject to Section 907 of the Indenture in respect of any amounts paid by such third party hereunder (for this purpose, Section 907 of the Indenture is modified by replacing “Company” with the name of the third party) and such Event of Default shall be cured only if such third party complies with Section 907 of the Indenture (as modified) or if the Company satisfies the third party’s obligations under such Section.
 
ARTICLE FIVE
 
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

SECTION 501          RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.
 
(a)          The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or the

43


Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may transfer any assets or properties to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, if (i) prior to and immediately after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) such Subsidiary or Person, together with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, shall not in the aggregate have Net Tangible Assets greater than 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section 501, (1) the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets shall also include the aggregate Net Tangible Assets of such Subsidiary or Person and all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (2) Excluded Assets shall be excluded from the calculation of Net Tangible Assets and Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.
 
(b)          The Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary unless immediately before and after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
 
(c)          Nothing in this Section 501 shall restrict or limit the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from transferring any asset that is an Excluded Asset to any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
SECTION 502          LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur or guarantee any Secured Debt unless and for so long as the Company secures, or causes such Restricted Subsidiary to secure, the Notes equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Secured Debt. However, any of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Secured Debt without securing the Notes if, immediately after incurring the Secured Debt, the aggregate principal amount of all Secured Debt then outstanding plus the aggregate amount of the Attributable Debt then outstanding pursuant to Sale and Leaseback Transactions would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. The aggregate amount of all Secured Debt in the preceding sentence excludes Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes and Secured Debt that is being repaid concurrently. Any Lien which is granted to secure the Notes under this Section 502 shall be discharged at the same time as the discharge of the Lien securing the Secured Debt that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes under this Section 502.

SECTION 503          LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, unless either (a) immediately thereafter, the sum of (1) the Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction and all other Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on or after the Issue Date (or, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, the date on which it became a Restricted Subsidiary, if on or after the Issue Date) and (2) the aggregate amount of all Secured Debt, excluding Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes, would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (b) an amount, equal to the greater of the net proceeds to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from such sale and the
44


Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, is used within 180 days to retire Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. However, Debt which is subordinate to the Notes or which is owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may not be retired in satisfaction of clause (b) above.

SECTION 504          LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT.
 
The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt (other than Debt to the extent that the Notes are secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Debt), unless:
 
 (1) the obligations of the Company under the Notes are guaranteed (which guarantee may be on an unsecured basis) by such Restricted Subsidiary such that the claim of the Holders of the Notes under such guarantee ranks prior to or pari passu with such Debt; or
 
(2) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the sum of (without duplication) (x) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Debt of all Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Exempted Secured Debt, and for the avoidance of doubt, any Debt permitted by clause (1) of this Section 504), (y) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Secured Debt of the Company (not on a Consolidated basis) and (z) Attributable Debt relating to then outstanding Sale and Leaseback Transactions, would not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that this restriction will not apply to, and there will be excluded from any calculation hereunder, (A) Debt owing by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (B) Debt secured by Permitted Liens; provided, further, that this restriction will not prohibit the incurrence of Debt in connection with any extension, renewal or replacement (including successive extensions, renewals or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Debt of the Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that the principal amount of such Debt immediately prior to such extension, renewal or replacement is not increased).

SECTION 505          WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.
 
Pursuant to Section 910 of the Indenture, the Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition in Section 905 or 906 thereof and any covenant or condition in Section 501, 502, 503 or 504 of this Supplemental Indenture if, before or after the time for such compliance, the Holders of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall, by Holder Direction, waive such compliance in such instance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.
 
ARTICLE SIX
 
CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

SECTION 601          EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE.
 
Upon receipt by the Company of the Change in Control Purchase Notice specified in Section 404(b) hereof, the Holder of the Note in respect of which such Change in Control

45


Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Change in Control Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in the following two paragraphs of this Section) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to such Note. Such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date (provided the conditions in Section 404(b) hereof have been satisfied) and (b) the time of delivery of the Note to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 404(b) hereof.
 
A Change in Control Purchase Notice may be withdrawn before or after delivery by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent of the Note to which such Change in Control Purchase Notice relates, by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to which the related Change in Control Purchase Notice was delivered at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date specifying, as applicable:
 
(a)          the certificate number of the Note in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted,
 
(b)          the principal amount of the Note (which shall be U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and
 
(c)          the principal amount, if any, of such Note (which shall be U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) that remains subject to the original Change in Control Purchase Notice and that has been or will be delivered for purchase by the Company.
 
The Paying Agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Notes with respect to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in compliance with this Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 602          DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE.
 
No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 903 of the Indenture) an amount of cash sufficient to pay the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Change in Control Purchase Date.

SECTION 603          REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY.
 
As provided in the Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company any cash that remains unclaimed, together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture), held by them for the payment of the Change in Control Purchase Price; provided, however, that, to the extent that the aggregate

46


amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 602 hereof exceeds the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of the Notes or portions thereof to be purchased, then the Trustee shall hold such excess for the Company and promptly after the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Trustee shall upon demand return any such excess to the Company together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture).
 
ARTICLE SEVEN
 
GUARANTEE

SECTION 701          GUARANTEE.
 
(a)          RCCI hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees (the “Guarantee”) due payment and performance to the Trustee, for and on behalf of the Holders, forthwith after demand, of all the obligations of the Company that arise under this Supplemental Indenture, the applicable provisions of the Indenture or under the Notes to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes when due and payable at Maturity and any Additional Amounts, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee (including all amounts due to the Trustee under Section 507 of the Indenture) and the Holders of the Notes which obligations arise under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes, according to the terms hereof and thereof, including any applicable grace periods (the “Guaranteed Obligations”). The Guarantee shall be an unsecured, unsubordinated obligation of RCCI ranking pari passu with other present and future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of RCCI. The Company hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees the Guarantee of RCCI.
 
(b)          RCCI agrees that, without obtaining the consent of or giving notice to RCCI, the Trustee may vary this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture, as provided herein and therein, grant extensions of time or other indulgences, take and give up securities, grant releases and discharges and otherwise deal with the Company and other parties as the Trustee may see fit and may apply all monies received from the Company or others or from securities upon such part of the Company’s liability as the Trustee may think best without prejudice to or in any way limiting or lessening the liability of RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture. The Trustee expressly reserves all its rights under the Indenture, and any such variances shall not be deemed waivers of any rights or other provisions under the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture.
 
(c)          The Guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee of all the Guaranteed Obligations and shall apply to any ultimate balance due or remaining unpaid to the Holders of the Notes. The Guarantee shall not be considered as wholly or partially satisfied by the payment or liquidation at any time of any sum of money which may at any time be or become owing or due or remain unpaid to the Holders of the Notes.
 
(d)          The Guarantee shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by any change in the name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of the Company or RCCI, or by any merger or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI with any Person or

47


Persons, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture or the applicable provisions of the Indenture. In the case of the Company being amalgamated with another corporation, the Guarantee shall apply to the liabilities of the resulting corporation, and the term “Company” shall include each such resulting corporation.
 
(e)          All monies, advances, renewals and credits in fact borrowed or obtained by the Company under this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to form part of the liabilities hereby guaranteed notwithstanding any limitation of status or of power of the Company or of the directors or agents thereof or that the Company may not be a legal entity or any irregularity, defect or informality in the borrowing or obtaining of such monies, advances, renewals or credits.
 
(f)          The obligations of RCCI hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any moneys or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by RCCI hereunder which may not be recoverable from RCCI on the basis of a guarantee or as surety shall be recoverable from RCCI as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof.
 
(g)          The Trustee shall not be bound to exhaust its recourse against the Company or other parties before being entitled to demand payment from or performance by RCCI and enforce its rights under this Supplemental Indenture.
 
(h)          Any account settled or stated by or between the Trustee and the Company in relation to this Supplemental Indenture shall be accepted by RCCI as conclusive evidence that the balance or amount thereby appearing due by the Company to the Trustee is so due.
 
(i)          RCCI shall make payment to the Trustee of the amount of the liability of RCCI forthwith after demand therefor is made in writing during the continuance of any Event of Default and such demand shall be conclusively deemed to have been effectually made when delivered in accordance with the notice provisions set forth herein and the liability of RCCI shall bear interest from the date of such demand at the rate borne by the Notes, such interest to be calculated monthly based on the number of days elapsed and to be deemed payable on the first Business Day of a month in respect of the immediately preceding month or upon demand, whichever is earlier.
 
(j)          All amounts payable by RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture shall be paid without set−off or counterclaim and without any deduction or withholding whatsoever unless and to the extent that RCCI shall be prohibited by law from doing so, in which case RCCI shall, only to the extent such a similar requirement is imposed on the Company pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, pay to the Trustee such additional amount as shall be necessary to ensure that the Trustee receives the full amount it would have received if no such deduction or withholding had been made.
 
(k)          RCCI acknowledges that it has, by separate written instrument, irrevocably designated and appointed CT Corporation System (“CT Corporation”) as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the Guarantee or this Supplemental Indenture that may be instituted in any federal or state court in the State of New York or brought under federal or state securities laws.

48


RCCI acknowledges that CT Corporation has accepted such designation, submits to the non−exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding and acknowledges further that service of process upon CT Corporation (or any successor) and written notice of said service to RCCI shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon RCCI in any such suit or proceeding. RCCI further agrees to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of CT Corporation (or any successor) in full force and effect so long as any of the Notes shall be outstanding. In addition, to the extent that RCCI has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under the above−referenced documents, to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 702          RELEASE OF GUARANTOR.
 
(a)          In addition to the release provisions set forth in the Indenture, subject to Section 702(d), RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Seven, and RCCI’s Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect, upon the request of the Company (without the consent of the Trustee) if, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (and, if applicable, any transaction in connection therewith, including any other concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company would be in compliance with Section 504 hereof, including in the event of a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary.
 
(b)          In order to effect the release and termination provided for in Section 702(a), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (as well as any concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company will be in compliance with Section 504 hereof. In the event that the release and termination is in connection with a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary, pro forma effect shall be given to such transaction (including the application of any proceeds therefrom) in determining the Company’s compliance with Section 504 and, accordingly, the amount of Debt subject to the Guarantee of RCCI and any other Debt of RCCI shall be excluded from any calculation thereunder. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture, no opinion, report or certificate, other than the Officers’ Certificate provided for in this Section 702(b), need be furnished to the Trustee for such release and termination. After its receipt of the aforementioned Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by either the Company or RCCI in order to evidence the release of RCCI from its obligations under the Guarantee under this Article Seven.
 
(c)          No supplemental indenture, amendment or waiver shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note, release RCCI from any of its obligations under Section 701, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 702 or the other release

49


provisions set forth in the Indenture, or amend or modify the release provisions of this Section 702.
 
(d)          Notwithstanding the release provisions of Section 702(a), RCCI shall not be released from its obligations under this Article Seven and the Guarantee will not be terminated if, immediately after such release and termination (and, if applicable, after giving effect to any transaction to occur concurrently therewith), RCCI remains a co−obligor with or a guarantor for, as applicable, the obligations of the Company under any Existing Note.
 
(e)          Notwithstanding the release provisions of this Section 702, any Person added as a Guarantor at the option of the Company pursuant to Section 801(f) of the Indenture may be released at the option of the Company at any time upon such conditions as may be specified in the supplement to this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which such added Guarantor provided its Guarantee. No opinion, report or certificate, other than the Officers’ Certificate provided for in this Section 702(b), need be furnished to the Trustee for a release and termination pursuant to this Section 702(e). Nothing in this Section 702(e) shall modify or amend the release provisions applicable to RCCI pursuant to clauses (a) through (e) of this Section 702.

SECTION 703          AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE.
 
(a)          Unless RCCI has been released, or in connection with such transaction will be released, from its obligations under the Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of Section 702 hereof or any other release provision set forth in the Indenture, RCCI shall not amalgamate or consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding−up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) unless:
 
(i)          immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of RCCI or a Subsidiary of RCCI in connection with or as a result of such transaction as having been incurred at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
 
(ii)          either (x) RCCI shall be the continuing Person or (y) the Person (if other than RCCI) formed by such amalgamation or consolidation or into which RCCI is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety (the “Successor Guarantor”) shall, unless the Successor Guarantor is the Company, (A) be a corporation, company, partnership or trust organized and validly existing under the federal laws of Canada or any Province thereof or the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee (provided, however, that the Successor Guarantor shall not be required to execute and deliver such a supplemental indenture in the event of an amalgamation of RCCI with one or more other Persons, in which the

50

 
amalgamation is governed by the laws of Canada or any province thereof, the Successor Guarantor and RCCI are, immediately prior to such amalgamation, organized and existing under the laws of Canada or any province thereof and upon the effectiveness of such amalgamation, the Successor Guarantor shall have become or shall continue to be (as the case may be), by operation of law, liable for the observance of all obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee); and
 
(iii)          RCCI, the Company or the Successor Guarantor, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such amalgamation, consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction (or series of transactions), such supplemental indenture, comply with this Section 703(a) and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied.
 
(b)          Upon any amalgamation, consolidation or merger, or any conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 703(a), the Successor Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Guarantor had been named as a Guarantor herein; and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Seven, and RCCI’s Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect.

SECTION 704          PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS.
 
All payments made by RCCI under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of any province or territory thereof or by any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (hereinafter “Taxes”), unless RCCI is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency.  If RCCI is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, RCCI will pay as interest such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder of such Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such holder would have received in respect of the beneficial owner if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to a payment made to a holder of the Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (i) with which RCCI does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”)) at the time of making such payment or which is entitled to the payment in respect of a debt or other obligation to pay an amount to a person with which RCCI does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) at the time of making such payment, (ii) which is a “specified shareholder” of RCCI, or which does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) with a “specified shareholder” of RCCI as defined in subsection 18(5) of the Tax Act, (iii) where all or any portion of the amount paid or credited to such holder is deemed to be a dividend pursuant to subsection 214(6) of the Tax

51


Act, (iv) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the holder or beneficial owner carrying on business in, maintaining a permanent establishment or other physical presence in or otherwise being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the acquisition or mere holding of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder, (v) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the legal nature of the holder or beneficial owner disentitling such holder or beneficial owner to the benefit of an applicable treaty or convention if and to the extent that the application of such treaty or convention would have resulted in the reduction or elimination of any Taxes as to which Additional Amounts would have otherwise been payable to a holder on behalf of such beneficial owner, (vi) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the failure by a holder or beneficial owner to comply with any certification, identification, documentation or other reporting requirements if compliance is required by law, regulation, administrative practice or an applicable treaty as a pre-condition to exemption from, or a reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, such Taxes, (vii) if the Notes are presented for payment more than 15 days after the date on which such payment or such Notes became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts had the Notes been presented on the last day of such 15-day period), (viii) on account of any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, value added, excise, transfer, use, personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or governmental charge, (ix) that is a fiduciary, partnership or any other entity other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed had the holder of the Notes been the beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner, as the case may be, of the payment, (x) on account of any Taxes (a) that are payable other than by deduction or withholding from a payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, (b) that would not have been imposed but for a change in law, regulation, or administrative or judicial interpretation that becomes effective more than 15 days after the payment becomes due or is duly provided for, whichever occurs later or (c) that are required to be withheld by any paying agent from any payment of principal of or interest on any Note, if such payment can be made without such withholding or deduction by at least one other paying agent or (xi) any combination of (i) through (x).  RCCI will also (a) make such withholding or deduction and (b) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law.  Upon the written request of a holder of Notes, RCCI will furnish, as soon as reasonably practicable, to such holder of Notes certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by RCCI.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments will be made net of any deduction or withholding imposed or collected pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code (or any law implementing such an intergovernmental agreement) (any such withholding, a “FATCA Withholding Tax”), and no Additional Amounts will be payable as a result of any such FATCA Withholding Tax.
 
If a holder in respect of a beneficial owner has received a refund or credit for any Taxes with respect to which RCCI has paid Additional Amounts, such holder shall pay over such refund to RCCI (but only to the extent of such Additional Amounts), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such holder or beneficial owner, together with any interest paid by the relevant tax authority in respect of such refund.

52


At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Guarantee of RCCI is due and payable, if RCCI will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, RCCI will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable, stating the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee, on behalf of RCCI, to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date. Whenever in the Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal (and premium, if any), redemption price, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to the Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.
 
The obligations of RCCI under this Section 704 shall survive the discharge and termination of this Supplemental Indenture and the payment of all amounts under or with respect to the Guarantee.

SECTION 705          RIGHT OF REDEMPTION; ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.
 
(a)          If, as a result of
 
(i)          a change in, or an amendment to, the laws (including any regulations, rulings or protocols promulgated thereunder) or treaties of Canada (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein);
 
(ii)          any change in or amendment to, or introduction of, any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations, rulings, protocols or treaties (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction); or
 
(iii)          any official proposal of the aforementioned changes in clauses (i) and (ii) above;
 
which change, amendment or official proposal is announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date of the Notes, RCCI has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee, any Additional Amounts in accordance with Section 704 of this Supplemental Indenture, then the Company may, at its option, redeem such Notes, as a whole but not in part, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but not including the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if any; provided that the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable commercial measures available to the Company or RCCI not including substitution of the obligor or guarantor under such Notes.
 
(b)          The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to this Section 705 shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of such redemption, the Company shall, at least 10 but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by it (unless a shorter

53


notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed.

SECTION 706          PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.
 
The reference contained in Section 210 of the Indenture to the obligations of the Company under Section 907 of the Indenture shall be deemed to include the obligations of RCCI under Section 704 of this Supplemental Indenture.
 
ARTICLE EIGHT
 
AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE

SECTION 801          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 106.For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 106 is hereby amended by adding the following:

“The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions, including funds transfer instructions (“Instructions”) given pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and related financing documents and delivered using Electronic Means; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing the Authorized Officers and containing specimen signatures of such Authorized Officers, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended by the Company whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Company elects to give the Trustee Instructions using Electronic Means and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such Instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such Instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Company understands and agrees that the Trustee cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Instructions and that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that directions that purport to have been sent by an Authorized Officer listed on the incumbency certificate provided to the Trustee have been sent by such Authorized Officer. The Company shall be responsible for ensuring that only Authorized Officers transmit such Instructions to the Trustee and that the Company and all Authorized Officers are solely responsible to safeguard the use and confidentiality of applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys upon receipt by the Company. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such Instructions notwithstanding such Instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Company agrees: (i) to assume all risks arising out of the use of Electronic Means to submit Instructions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized Instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties; (ii) that it is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with the various methods of transmitting Instructions to the Trustee and that there may be more secure methods of transmitting Instructions than the method(s) selected by the Company; (iii) that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection with its transmission of Instructions provide to it a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances; and (iv) to notify the Trustee promptly upon learning of any compromise or unauthorized use of the security procedures.”

54


SECTION 802          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 115.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 115 is hereby amended by adding the following:
 
“The Company irrevocably consents to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or any United States Federal court sitting, in each case, in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, United States of America, and any appellate court from any thereof, and waives any immunity from the jurisdiction of such courts over any suit, action or proceeding that may be brought by the Trustee or Holders of the Notes in connection with this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes. The Company irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to any suit, action or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes in such courts on the grounds of venue or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which the Company is subject by a suit upon such judgment; provided that service of process is effected upon the Company in the manner provided by the Indenture.
 
ALL PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.”

SECTION 803          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 401(b) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(b) default in the payment of any interest, including any Additional Interest, or any Additional Amounts on any Notes when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or”
 
SECTION 804          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 401 is hereby amended by adding the following as the third paragraph of Section 401:
 
“Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by a Trust Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the applicable Series of Securities.”
 
SECTION 805          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE ARTICLE FIVE
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Article Five is hereby amended by adding the following as a new Section 515:

55


“Section 515: TRUSTEE NOT BOUND TO ACT.

The Trustee shall retain the right not to act and shall not be liable for refusing to act if, due to a lack of information or for any other reason whatsoever, the Trustee, in its sole judgment, determines that such act might cause it to be in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or anti-terrorist legislation, regulation or guideline. Further, should the Trustee, in its sole judgment, determine at any time that its acting under this Supplemental Indenture has resulted in its being in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or antiterrorist legislation, regulation or guideline, then it shall have the right to resign on 10 days’ written notice to the Company (and during such ten (10) day notice period, the Trustee shall have the right not to act and shall not be liable for refusing to act) provided that: (i) the Trustee’s written notice shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, describe the circumstances of such noncompliance (for greater certainty, no such description shall be required if it could constitute ‘tipping off’ or any other disclosure or action prohibited by applicable law); and (ii) if such circumstances are rectified to the Trustee’s satisfaction within such ten (10) day notice period, then such resignation shall not be effective.”

SECTION 806          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 701.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 701(a)(1) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(1) the Company shall be the continuing Person or”

SECTION 807          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 906

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 906 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(a)          If the Company is not required to file with the Commission the Financial Reports, the Company will furnish (without cost) to each holder of Notes then outstanding and file with the Trustee (i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, its audited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP and substantially in the form prescribed by applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities for Canadian public reporting companies (whether or not the Company is a public reporting company at the time) and (ii) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, unaudited consolidated financial statements for the interim period as at, and for the interim period ending on, the end of such fiscal quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP and substantially in the form prescribed by applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities for Canadian public reporting companies (whether or not the Company is a public reporting company at the time).
 
(b)          The obligations of the Company to deliver the Financial Reports or the financial statements referred to in the preceding paragraph will be deemed satisfied if any parent entity of the Company has delivered to the Trustee (including by making them publicly available on SEDAR or EDGAR) the applicable Financial Reports or financial statements, as applicable, that would otherwise be required to be provided in respect of the Company, with respect to such parent entity; provided that such obligations will only be deemed to be satisfied if, and for so

56


long as, such parent entity furnishes to the Trustee (either in or with a copy of such Financial Reports or financial statements, as applicable) “summary financial information” as defined in Section 13.4 of National Instrument 51-102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations (“NI 51-102”) (or substantially equivalent financial information provided for in any successor provision thereto in NI 51-102 or any successor instrument) for the parent entity for the periods covered by such financial statements with a separate column for (i) the parent entity, (ii) the Company, (iii) all guarantors (if any) (on a combined basis), (iv) any other subsidiaries of the parent entity (on a combined basis), (v) consolidating adjustments and (vi) total consolidated amounts.
 
(c)          Delivery of such Financial Reports or financial statements, as applicable, to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt thereof shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants (as to which the Trustee is entitled to certificates). The Trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, the Company’s compliance with the covenants or with respect to any reports or other documents filed on SEDAR, EDGAR or any website.
 
(d)          the Company has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, and are not eligible to be resold pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company will furnish to the holders of the Notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act (for so long as such information is required in order to permit resales of the Notes pursuant to Rule 144A).
 
(e)          Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s or RCCI’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).”
 
SECTION 808          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 603.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 603 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“So long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company will provide to the Trustee within 30 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and quarterly reports and of the information, documents and other reports which the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (collectively, the “Financial Reports”); provided, however, that the Company need not furnish any such information, documents or reports to the extent they are made publicly available on SEDAR or EDGAR or any other website maintained by the securities regulatory authorities in Canada or the Commission.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall not be the responsibility of the Trustee to monitor postings of the Company on SEDAR or EDGAR or any other applicable website, it being understood that, due to the public availability of the information contained on such websites, any Person, including without limitation any holder,

57


may obtain such information directly from such websites copies of the Company’s annual report and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.”
 
SECTION 809          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 907.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 907 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“All payments made by the Company under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of any province or territory thereof or by any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (hereinafter “Taxes”), unless the Company is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency.  If the Company is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, the Company will pay as interest such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder of such Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such holder would have received in respect of the beneficial owner if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to a payment made to a holder of the Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (i) with which the Company does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”)) at the time of making such payment or which is entitled to the payment in respect of a debt or other obligation to pay an amount to a person with which the Company does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) at the time of making such payment, (ii) which is a “specified shareholder” of the Company, or which does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) with a “specified shareholder” of the Company as defined in subsection 18(5) of the Tax Act, (iii) where all or any portion of the amount paid or credited to such holder is deemed to be a dividend pursuant to subsection 214(6) of the Tax Act, (iv) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the holder or beneficial owner carrying on business in, maintaining a permanent establishment or other physical presence in or otherwise being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the acquisition or mere holding of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder, (v) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the legal nature of the holder or beneficial owner disentitling such holder or beneficial owner to the benefit of an applicable treaty or convention if and to the extent that the application of such treaty or convention would have resulted in the reduction or elimination of any Taxes as to which Additional Amounts would have otherwise been payable to a holder on behalf of such beneficial owner, (vi) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the failure by a holder or beneficial owner to comply with any certification, identification, documentation or other reporting requirements if compliance is required by law, regulation, administrative practice or an applicable treaty as a pre-condition to exemption from, or a reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, such Taxes, (vii) if the Notes are presented for payment more than 15 days after the date on which such payment or such Notes became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to such Additional

58


Amounts had the Notes been presented on the last day of such 15-day period), (viii) on account of any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, value added, excise, transfer, use, personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or governmental charge, (ix) that is a fiduciary, partnership or any other entity other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed had the holder of the Notes been the beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner, as the case may be, of the payment, (x) on account of any Taxes (a) that are payable other than by deduction or withholding from a payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, (b) that would not have been imposed but for a change in law, regulation, or administrative or judicial interpretation that becomes effective more than 15 days after the payment becomes due or is duly provided for, whichever occurs later or (c) that are required to be withheld by any paying agent from any payment of principal of or interest on any Note, if such payment can be made without such withholding or deduction by at least one other paying agent or (xi) any combination of (i) through (x).  The Company will also (a) make such withholding or deduction and (b) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law.  Upon the written request of a holder of Notes, the Company will furnish, as soon as reasonably practicable, to such holder of Notes certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Company.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments will be made net of any deduction or withholding imposed or collected pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code (or any law implementing such an intergovernmental agreement) (any such withholding, a “FATCA Withholding Tax”), and no Additional Amounts will be payable as a result of any such FATCA Withholding Tax.
 
If a holder in respect of a beneficial owner has received a refund or credit for any Taxes with respect to which the Company has paid Additional Amounts, such holder shall pay over such refund to the Company (but only to the extent of such Additional Amounts), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such holder or beneficial owner, together with any interest paid by the relevant tax authority in respect of such refund.
 
At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Guarantee of the Company is due and payable, if the Company will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable, stating the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee, on behalf of the Company, to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date. Whenever in the Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal (and premium, if any), redemption price, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to the Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.
 
The obligations of the Company under this Section 907 shall survive the discharge and termination of this Supplemental Indenture and the payment of all amounts under or with respect to the Guarantee.”

59


SECTION 810          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1001.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 1001(b) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(b)          If, as a result of
 
(i)          a change in, or an amendment to, the laws (including any regulations, rulings or protocols promulgated thereunder) or treaties of Canada (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein);
 
(ii)          any change in or amendment to, or introduction of, any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations, rulings, protocols or treaties (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction); or
 
(iii)          any official proposal of the aforementioned changes in clauses (i) and (ii) above;
 
which change, amendment or official proposal is announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date of the Notes, the Company has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable under or with respect to the Notes, any Additional Amounts in accordance with Section 907 of the Indenture, as amended and restated by this Supplemental Indenture, then the Company may, at its option, redeem such Notes, as a whole but not in part, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but not including the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if any; provided that the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable commercial measures available to the Company not including substitution of the obligor under such Notes.
 
The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to this Section 1001(b) shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of such redemption, the Company shall, at least 10 but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by it (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed.”
 
SECTION 811          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1004.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 1004 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of Notes of for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis or by lot or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, unless the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in which case such selection shall be made in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed; provided that no Notes of U.S.$2,000 or less shall be purchased or redeemed in part.

60


The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Security Registrar in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

A new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any Note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.”
 
SECTION 812          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1005.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 1005 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Notice of intention to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 1001 as so modified by this Supplemental Indenture shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that are to be redeemed, not more than 60 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Redemption Date, in the manner provided in Section 112 of the Supplemental Indenture.  Every such notice of redemption shall state:
 
(a)          the Redemption Date;
 
(b)          the Redemption Price;
 
(c)          if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the principal amount) of the particular Notes to be redeemed;
 
(d)          that, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition precedent to the redemption specified in such notice, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note or portion thereof on the Redemption Date, and that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest thereon, if any, shall cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;
 
(e)          the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and
 
(f)          any conditions to the redemption.

Any redemption pursuant to Section 1001 as so modified by this Supplemental Indenture (and any related notice of redemption) may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an equity or other securities offering, an incurrence of indebtedness or other financing, or any other corporate transaction or event. Notice of any redemption in respect thereof may, at the Company’s discretion, be given prior to the completion of one or more of the transactions or events upon which the redemption is conditioned and such redemption may be partial as a result of only some of the conditions being satisfied. If such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, state that, in the Company’s discretion, such redemption may not occur and such notice may be

61


rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the Redemption Date.  In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and other amounts owing for the redemption of any Notes and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.  In the event that the condition(s) of any redemption that is conditional are not satisfied or waived by the Company in its sole discretion on or prior to the Redemption Date therefor, the redemption shall be rescinded and notice thereof shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that were to have been redeemed promptly thereafter (but in any event no later than the Business Day after the Redemption Date), in the manner in which the notice of redemption was delivered, that such condition(s) were not satisfied or waived and such redemption has been rescinded, and the Trustee shall promptly return to the Holders thereof any Notes which had been surrendered for payment upon such redemption. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall have no responsibility for determining whether or not a condition set forth in such notice of redemption is satisfied, and shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon the Company’s determination regarding the satisfaction or waiver thereof.

Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. Any inadvertent defect in a notice of redemption, including an inadvertent failure to deliver such notice, to any Holder whose Notes are selected for redemption will not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any the Notes of any other Holder that are to be redeemed.”
 
SECTION 813          MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture, including Section 204 thereof, this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes may be executed and authenticated by manual, facsimile or electronic signature.

[Remainder of the Page Intentionally Left Blank]

62


 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.
 

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
 

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
 







[Signature Page to the Supplemental Indenture]


 
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
         
         

By:
/s/ Teresa H. Wyszomierski
 
    Name: Teresa H. Wyszomierski  
    Title Vice President
 
         








[Signature Page to the Supplemental Indenture]




Exhibit 99.5



 
ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,
 as issuer of the Notes,
 

ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,
as Guarantor
 

and
 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee



EIGHTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Dated as of March 11, 2022
to
 
 
INDENTURE
 
 
Dated as of August 6, 2008


 
4.55% Senior Notes due 2052




TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PAGE

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 101
DEFINITIONS
2
SECTION 102
OTHER DEFINITIONS
11
SECTION 103
EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
12
SECTION 104
INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT
12
SECTION 105
INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE
12
SECTION 106
COUNTERPARTS
12
SECTION 107
EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS
12
SECTION 108
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
13
SECTION 109
SEPARABILITY CLAUSE
13
SECTION 110
BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
13
SECTION 111
GOVERNING LAW
13
SECTION 112
NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.
13

ARTICLE TWO

FORM OF THE NOTES

SECTION 201
FORMS GENERALLY
14
SECTION 202
FORM OF FACE OF NOTE
16
SECTION 203
FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE
19
SECTION 204
ASSIGNMENT FORM; CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES
23
SECTION 205
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.
28

ARTICLE THREE

THE NOTES

SECTION 301
TITLE AND TERMS
28
SECTION 302
DENOMINATIONS
30
SECTION 303
NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS
30
SECTION 304
SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION
30
SECTION 305
DISCHARGE
31
SECTION 306
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES.
32

i



SECTION 307
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF A DEFINITIVE NOTE FOR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A GLOBAL NOTE.
33
SECTION 308
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF GLOBAL NOTES.
34
SECTION 309
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE.
35
SECTION 310
CANCELLATION OR ADJUSTMENT OF GLOBAL NOTE.
35
SECTION 311
OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES OF NOTES.
36
SECTION 312
NO OBLIGATION OF THE TRUSTEE.
36
SECTION 313
EXCHANGE OFFER.
37
SECTION 314
NON-COMPLIANT TRANSFERS NULL AND VOID.
37
SECTION 315
DEFINITIVE NOTES.
38

ARTICLE FOUR

REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL

SECTION 401
ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT.
38
SECTION 402
ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT
41
SECTION 403
RESERVED.
41
SECTION 404
CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER
41

ARTICLE FIVE

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

SECTION 501
RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
43
SECTION 502
LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT.
44
SECTION 503
LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS
44
SECTION 504
LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT
45
SECTION 505
WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS
45

ARTICLE SIX

CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

SECTION 601
EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE
45
SECTION 602
DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE
46
SECTION 603
REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY
46

ARTICLE SEVEN

GUARANTEE

SECTION 701
GUARANTEE
47
SECTION 702
RELEASE OF GUARANTOR
49

ii



SECTION 703
AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
50
SECTION 704
PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS
51
SECTION 705
RIGHT OF REDEMPTION; ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE
53
SECTION 706
PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS
54

ARTICLE EIGHT

AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE

SECTION 801
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 106.
54
SECTION 802
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 115
55
SECTION 803
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.
55
SECTION 804
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.
55
SECTION 805
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE ARTICLE FIVE
55
SECTION 806
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 701
56
SECTION 807
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 906
56
SECTION 808
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 603.
57
SECTION 809
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 907.
58
SECTION 810
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1001.
60
SECTION 811
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1004.
60
SECTION 812
AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1005.
61
SECTION 813
MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS.
62


iii


 
EIGHTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of March 11, 2022 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (hereinafter called the “Company”), Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (hereinafter called “RCCI”), and The Bank of New York Mellon, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (hereinafter called the “Trustee”).
 
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee are parties to an indenture dated as of August 6, 2008 (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), the “Indenture”);
 
WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have previously entered into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of August 6, 2008 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.80% Senior Notes due 2018; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of August 6, 2008 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$350,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.50% Senior Notes due 2038; (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 7, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.00% Senior Notes due 2023, (iv) a Series Supplement dated as of March 7, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Senior Notes due 2043; (v) a Series Supplement dated as of October 2, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$850,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.10% Senior Notes due 2023; (vi) a Series Supplement dated as of October 2, 2013 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$650,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.45% Senior Notes due 2043; (vii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,050,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.00% Senior Notes due 2044; (viii) a Series Supplement dated as of December 8, 2015 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.625% Senior Notes due 2025; (ix) a Series Supplement dated as of November 4, 2016 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.90% Senior Notes due 2026; (x) a Series Supplement dated as of February 8, 2018 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.300% Senior Notes due 2048; (xi) a Series Supplement dated as of April 30, 2019 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.350% Senior Notes due 2049; (xii) a Series Supplement dated as of November 12, 2019 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.700% Senior Notes due 2049; and (xiii) a Series Supplement dated June 22, 2020 pursuant to which the Company issued U.S.$750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022;
 
WHEREAS, the Company, RCCI (formerly known as Rogers Cable & Data Centres Inc.) and the Trustee have previously entered into a First Amending Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 1, 2016 pursuant to which the Series Supplement in each of clause (i) through (viii) above was supplemented and amended to, among other things, provide for the assumption of the guarantee thereunder by RCCI;

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Supplemental Indenture, the Company and the Trustee are entering into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof

1


pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.95% Senior Notes Due 2025; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.20% Senior Notes Due 2027; (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.80% Senior Notes Due 2032 and (iv) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Senior Notes Due 2042;
 
WHEREAS, Article Two and Section 801 of the Indenture provide, among other things, that, without the consent of any Holders, the Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplement to the Indenture for the purposes of establishing the form, terms and conditions applicable to the Securities of any Series which the Company wishes to issue under the Indenture;
 
WHEREAS, the Company desires to establish the form, terms and conditions of a Series of Securities and has requested the Trustee to enter into this Supplemental Indenture for such purpose;
 
WHEREAS, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company, in each case complying with Sections 101, 103, 104, 204 and 803 of the Indenture; and
 
WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Board of Directors has duly authorized the establishment of the 4.55% Senior Notes due 2052 of the Company (the “Notes”) with the form, terms and conditions as hereinafter set forth.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties hereto agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:
 
ARTICLE ONE
 
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
 
SECTION 101          DEFINITIONS.

Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. For greater certainty, notwithstanding the Company’s adoption of IFRS 16, Leases, lease liabilities with respect to leases that were classified as operating leases under prior accounting standards do not constitute “Capital Lease Obligations” or “Debt” as defined in the Indenture for purposes of the Notes.
 
“Additional Interest” means all amounts, if any, payable pursuant to Section 2(c) of the Registration Rights Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this Supplemental Indenture to interest includes Additional Interest, if any. Any express reference to Additional Interest in this Supplemental Indenture shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest in any other text where no such express reference is made.

2


“Additional Notes” means additional Notes created and issued by the Company after the Issue Date in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture having the same terms and conditions under this Supplemental Indenture as the Initial Notes (except for the issue date and, if applicable, the date from which interest accrues and the date of the first payment of interest thereon).
 
“Applicable Basis Points” means 40 basis points.

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear and/or Clearstream (each a “Clearing Agency”), in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.
 
“Arrangement” means the acquisition by the Company of the issued and outstanding Class A Participating Shares and Class B Non-Voting Participating Shares of Shaw Communications Inc. (“Shaw”) by way of a court-approved Plan of Arrangement under Section 193 of the Business Corporations Act (Alberta) pursuant to the terms of the Arrangement Agreement.
 
“Arrangement Agreement” means that certain arrangement agreement dated as of March 13, 2021, between the Company and Shaw, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
“Attributable Debt” means, as of the date of its determination, the present value (discounted semi-annually at the interest rate implicit in the terms of the lease) of the obligation of a lessee for rental payments pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction (reduced by the amount of the rental obligations of any sublessee of all or part of the same property) during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which the lease relating thereto has been extended), such rental payments not to include amounts payable by the lessee for maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments and similar charges and for contingent rates (such as those based on sales); provided, however, that in the case of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction in which the lease is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty, Attributable Debt shall mean the lesser of the present value of (i) the rental payments to be paid under such Sale and Leaseback Transaction until the first date (after the date of such determination) upon which it may be so terminated plus the then applicable penalty upon such termination and (ii) the rental payments required to be paid during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (assuming such termination provision is not exercised).

“Authorized Officer” means any individual who holds one or more of the following offices of the Company: Chair of the Board of Directors, Vice-Chair, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice-President, any Senior Vice-President, any Vice-President, Treasurer, Chief Legal Officer, Secretary or General Counsel (including, for greater certainty, any individual who holds such offices of the Company on an interim basis).
 
“Board of Directors” means, with respect to the Company, either the board of directors of the Company or any committee of that board duly authorized to act and, with respect

3


to any other Person, the board of directors or committee of such Person serving, or appointed by such Person to perform, a substantially similar function.
 
“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by an Authorized Officer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.
 
“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person. To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the provisions of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310 through 317 as they are applicable to the Company, the term “Company” shall include any other obligor with respect to the Notes for the purposes of complying with such provisions.
 
“Company Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by at least one Authorized Officer.
 
“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the Consolidated Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.
 
“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person after eliminating inter-company items, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP including appropriate deductions for any minority interest in Tangible Assets of such Person’s Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note, Exchange Note or Additional Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Article Three hereof substantially in the form set forth in Section 202, except that such Initial Note, Exchange Note or Additional Note shall not bear the Global Notes Legend (as defined below) and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
 
“Depositary” or “DTC” means the Depositary Trust Company.
 
“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Maturity Date for cash or securities constituting Debt; provided that shares of Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that are issued with the benefit of provisions requiring a change in control offer to be made for such shares in the event of a change in control of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary, which provisions have substantially the same effect as the relevant provisions of Sections 401 and 404 herein, shall not be deemed to be “Disqualified Stock” solely by virtue of such provisions. For purposes of this definition, the term “Debt” includes Inter−Company Subordinated Debt.

4


“Electronic Means” means the following communications methods: e-mail, facsimile transmission, secure electronic transmission containing applicable authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys issued by the Trustee, or another method or system specified by the Trustee as available for use in connection with its services hereunder.

“Exchange Note” means any notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes as contemplated by the applicable Registration Rights Agreement.

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
“Excluded Assets” means (i) all assets of any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) Investments in the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent paid for with cash or other property that constitutes Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities, so long as at the time of acquisition thereof and after giving effect thereto there exists no Default or Event of Default; and (iv) proceeds of the sale of any Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Excluded Securities” means any Debt, Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued by the Company, or any Debt or Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary, in either case to an Affiliate thereof other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that, at all times, such Excluded Securities shall:
 
(i)          in the case of Debt not owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, constitute Inter−Company Subordinated Debt;
 
(ii)          in the case of Debt, not be guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such guarantee shall constitute Inter−Company Subordinated Debt;
 
(iii)          in the case of Debt, not be secured by any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(iv)          in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that interest or dividends thereon shall be payable only to the extent that, after giving effect to any such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
 
(v)          in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that no payment (other than payments in the form of Excluded Securities) on account of principal (at maturity, by operation of sinking fund or mandatory redemption or otherwise) or other payment on account of redemption, repurchase, retirement or acquisition of such Excluded Security shall be permitted until the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity for the principal of the Notes or (y) the date on which all principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall have been duly paid or provided for in full.
 
“Exempted Secured Debt” means any Debt secured by any Lien or any conditional sale or other title retention agreement:
 
5


(i)          incurred or entered into on or after the Issue Date to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of such property and either secured by Purchase Money Obligations or Liens placed on such property within 180 days of acquisition, improvement or construction and securing Debt not to exceed 2.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any time outstanding;
 
(ii)          on Principal Property or the stock or Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries and existing at the time of acquisition of the property, stock or Debt;
 
(iii)          owing to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
(iv)          existing at the time a corporation or other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Existing Notes” means any of the 4.00% Senior Notes due 2022, 3.00% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.10% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.00% Senior Notes due 2024, 8.75% Senior Debentures due 2032, 7.50% Senior Notes due 2038, 6.68% Senior Notes due 2039, 6.11% Senior Notes due 2040, 6.56% Senior Notes due 2041, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.45% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.00% Senior Notes due 2044, 3.625% Senior Notes due 2025, 2.90% Senior Notes due 2026, 4.300% Senior Notes due 2048, 4.350% Senior Notes due 2049, 3.700% Senior Notes Due 2049, Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022, 2.95% Senior Notes due 2025, 3.20% Senior Notes due 2027, 3.80% Senior Notes due 2032, or 4.50% Senior Notes due 2042, in each case for which the Company is a co−obligor or an obligor, as applicable.
 
“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any successor ratings agency.
 
“Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” or “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, in effect in Canada, as established by the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada and as applied from time to time by the Company in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.
 
“Government Obligations” means securities that are:
 
(i)          direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or
 
(ii)          obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America.
 
“Guarantor” means (i) RCCI unless and until the Guarantee is released in accordance with its terms and (ii) any other Person that provides a guarantee in respect of any of the Company’s obligations in respect of the Notes, pursuant to a supplement to this Supplemental Indenture or otherwise, unless and until such guarantee is released in accordance with its terms.
 
“Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture.

6


“Initial Notes” means the U.S.$2,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued on the Issue Date.

“Initial Purchasers” means (i) with respect to the Initial Notes, BofA Securities, Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, , Barclays Capital Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp., CIBC World Markets Corp., Mizuho Securities USA LLC, MUFG Securities Americas Inc., National Bank of Canada Financial Inc., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc., TD Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and (ii) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing or underwriting such Additional Notes.
 
“Investment” means (i) directly or indirectly, any advance, loan or capital contribution to, the purchase of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of, the acquisition, by purchase or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or making of any investment in any Person, (ii) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (iii) the transfer of any assets or properties from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any Unrestricted Subsidiary, other than the transfer of assets or properties made in the ordinary course of business. Investments shall exclude extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices.
 
“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch.
 
“Issue Date” means March 11, 2022, the initial issue date of the Notes.
 
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor ratings agency.
 
“Net Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.
 
“Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, “Notes” shall include the Exchange Notes, if any, and the Additional Notes, if any.
 
“Par Call Date” means September 15, 2051.
 
“Permitted Liens” means any of the following Liens
 
(i)          Liens for taxes, rates and assessments not yet due or, if due, the validity of which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (as applicable); and Liens for the excess of the amount of any past due taxes for which a final assessment has not been received over the amount of such taxes as estimated and paid;
 
(ii)          the Lien of any judgment rendered which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries,

7


 
as the case may be, and which does not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to operate the business or operations of the Company;
 
(iii)          Liens on Excluded Assets;
 
(iv)          pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases or deposits of cash or bonds or other direct obligations of the United States, Canada or any Canadian province to secure surety or appeal bonds or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rents;
 
(v)          Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens, or other liens arising out of judgments or awards with respect to which an appeal or other proceeding for review is being prosecuted (and as to which any foreclosure or other enforcement proceeding shall have been effectively stayed);
 
(vi)          Liens for property taxes not yet subject to penalties for non−payment or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings (and as to which foreclosure or other enforcement proceedings shall have been effectively stayed);
 
(vii)          Liens in favor of issuers of surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business;
 
(viii)          minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of or rights of others for rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Person incurring them or the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Debt or other extensions of credit and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of such properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
 
(ix)          Liens in favor of Bell Canada (or any successor) under any partial system agreement or related agreement providing for the construction and installation by Bell Canada of cables, attachments, connectors, support structures, closures and other equipment in accordance with the plans and specifications of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the lease by Bell Canada of such equipment to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with tariffs published by Bell Canada from time to time as approved by regulatory authorities, the absence of which would materially and adversely affect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries considered as a whole; and
 
(x)          any other Lien existing on the Issue Date.
 
“Principal Property” means, as of any date of determination, any land, land improvements or building (and associated factory, laboratory, office and switching equipment (excluding all products marketed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries)) constituting a manufacturing, development, warehouse, service, office or operating facility owned by or leased to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, located within Canada and having an acquisition cost

8


 
plus capitalized improvements in excess of 0.25% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company as of such date of determination, other than any such property (i) which the Board of Directors determines is not of material importance to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) which is not used in the ordinary course of business or (iii) in which the interest of the Company and all its Subsidiaries does not exceed 50%.

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
 
“Rating Agencies” means S&P, Moody’s and Fitch, and each of such Rating Agencies is referred to individually as a “Rating Agency”.
 
“Rating Date” means the date which is 90 days prior to the earlier of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention of the Company to effect a Change in Control.
 
“Rating Decline” means the occurrence of the following on, or within 90 days after, the date of public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention by the Company to effect a Change in Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies): (i) in the event the Notes are assigned an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be below an Investment Grade Rating; or (ii) in the event the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be decreased by one or more gradations (including gradations within rating categories as well as between rating categories).
 
“Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) with respect to the Initial Notes, that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Company, RCCI and BofA Securities, Inc., as representative of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements as may be entered into in connection with the issuance of such Additional Notes, as such agreements may be amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time.

“Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Restricted Period” means, (i) with respect to any Regulation S Notes (as defined in Section 201), the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S and (b) the issue date with respect to such Notes, and (ii) with respect to any Rule 144A Notes (as defined in Section 201), the period of one year after the later of (a) the last day on which the Company or its Affiliates were the owner of such Notes and (b) the issue date with respect to such Notes.

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

9


“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc., or any successor rating agency.
 
“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Principal Property (whether such Principal Property is now owned or hereafter acquired) that has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, other than (i) temporary leases for a term, including renewals at the option of the lessee, of not more than three years, (ii) leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries and (iii) leases of Principal Property executed by the time of, or within 180 days after the latest of, the acquisition, the completion of construction or improvement (including any improvements on property which will result in such property becoming Principal Property), or the commencement of commercial operation of such Principal Property.
 
“Secured Debt” means:
 
(a)          Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by any Lien upon any Principal Property or the stock or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the payment obligations of the Company under the Notes); or
 
(b)          any conditional sale or other title retention agreement covering any Principal Property or Restricted Subsidiary;
 
but does not include any Exempted Secured Debt.

“SEDAR” means the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval or any successor computer system maintained by the Canadian securities administrators for the transmission, receipt, acceptance, review and dissemination of documents filed in electronic format.

“Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
“Tangible Assets” means, at any date, the gross book value as shown by the accounting books and records of any Person of all its property both real and personal, less (i) the net book value of all its licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, goodwill, non−compete agreements or organizational expenses and other like intangibles, (ii) unamortized Debt discount and expenses, (iii) all reserves for depreciation, obsolescence, depletion and amortization of its properties and (iv) all other proper reserves which in accordance with GAAP should be provided in connection with the business conducted by such Person.

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

10


“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

“Unrestricted Global Note” means any Note in global form that does not bear or is not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend (as defined below).

SECTION 102          OTHER DEFINITIONS.

DEFINED TERM
 
DEFINED IN SECTION
     
Agent Member
 
312
Authorized Signatory
 
201
Beneficial Interest Owner
 
313
Change in Control
 
401
Change in Control Offer
 
404(a)
Change in Control Purchase Date
 
404(a)
Change in Control Purchase Notice
 
404(b)
Change in Control Purchase Price
 
404(a)
Change in Control Triggering Event
 
401
DTC
 
201
Edward S. Rogers
 
401
Family Percentage Holding
 
401
Financial Reports
 
805
Global Note
 
201
Global Notes Legend
 
202
Guarantee
 
701(a)
Guaranteed Obligations
 
701(a)
H.15
 
203
H.15 TCM
 
203
Instructions
 
801
Maturity Date
 
301
Member of the Rogers Family
 
401
Permitted Residuary Beneficiary
 
401
Perpetuity Date
 
401
Qualifying Trust
 
401
RCCI
 
Preamble
Record Date
 
202
Regulation S Global Note
 
201
Regulation S Notes
 
201
Regulation S Restricted Notes Legend
 
202
Restricted Notes Legend
 
202
Remaining Life
 
301
Rule 144A Global Note
 
201
Rule 144A Note
 
201
Special Mandatory Redemption Date
 
304

11


Special Mandatory Redemption Event
 
304
Special Mandatory Redemption Notice
 
304
Special Mandatory Redemption Price
 
304
Spouse
 
401
Successor Guarantor
 
703
Treasury Rate
 
203
Trigger Date
 
304

SECTION 103          EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
 
Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company, RCCI and the Trustee, the Indenture shall be supplemented and amended in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable, and the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended as specified herein, solely with respect to the Notes and not with respect to any other Securities issued under the Indenture prior to, on or after the Issue Date. In the event of a conflict between any provisions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, the relevant provision or provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern.

SECTION 104          INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.
 
Except as supplemented or amended hereby, all other provisions in the Indenture, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 105          INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE.
 
All the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to be incorporated in, and made a part of, the Indenture; and the Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument; provided, however, that the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture are expressly and solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 106          COUNTERPARTS.
 
This Supplemental Indenture may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

SECTION 107          EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.
 
The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Supplemental Indenture to specific Article numbers or Section

12


 
numbers refer to Articles and Sections contained in this Supplemental Indenture, and not the Indenture or any other document.

SECTION 108          SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.
 
All covenants and agreements in this Supplemental Indenture by the Company and RCCI shall bind their respective successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not. All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 109          SEPARABILITY CLAUSE.
 
In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 110          BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
 
Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person (other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent and any Security Registrar, and their successors hereunder, and the Holders) any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Supplemental Indenture or in respect of the Notes.

SECTION 111          GOVERNING LAW.
 
This Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. This Supplemental Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required or deemed to be part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

SECTION 112          NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture to be made upon, given, delivered or furnished to, or filed with: (a) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished, delivered or filed in writing to or with Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Global Trust Finance; and (b) the Company by the Trustee or any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given, furnished or delivered in writing to the Company to 333 Bloor Street East, 10th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M4W 1G9, Attention: [REDACTED] or by email to [REDACTED], with a copy to [REDACTED], email [REDACTED], or, in either case, at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.
 
Any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document shall be deemed to have been received on the day made, given, furnished or delivered except when sent by electronic transmission (including email), in which

13


 
case it will be deemed to have been received on the day it was sent, if such electronic transmission was sent on a Business Day during normal business hours of the recipient, or on the next succeeding Business Day, if not sent on a Business Day or during such business hours.  Each of the Trustee and the Company may from time to time notify the other party of a change in address or electronic transmission address by notice as provided in this Section 112.
 
ARTICLE TWO
 
FORM OF THE NOTES

SECTION 201          FORMS GENERALLY.
 
(a)          The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the forms set forth in this Article, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture, or as may reasonably be required by the Depositary, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of the Notes (but which shall not affect the rights or duties of the Trustee). Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.
 
The Definitive Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of the Depositary or any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, all as determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of such Notes.
 
(b)          The Notes shall be in registered form and shall initially be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.  The Notes shall be issued initially as Book-Entry Securities represented by one or more Global Securities substantially in the form set forth in this Article deposited with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The Depositary for such Global Securities shall be the Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”).  The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Depositary or its nominee, or of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.
 
The Initial Notes shall be (i) offered and sold by the Company to the Initial Purchasers and (ii) resold by the Initial Purchasers, initially only to (1) persons reasonably believed to be QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) and (2) certain Persons other than U.S. persons outside of the U.S. in offshore transactions in accordance with Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”); provided that, no Initial Notes shall be offered or sold in Canada or to any resident of Canada. Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, in each case in accordance with applicable U.S. securities laws.

14


 
(c)          Rule 144A Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes in definitive, fully registered form, numbered A-1 upward (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Regulation S Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes, numbered S-1 upward (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the applicable Global Notes Legend, Restricted Notes Legend and Regulation S Restricted Notes Legend (as defined below), which shall be duly executed by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of such Depositary, deposited on behalf of the purchasers of such Notes represented thereby with the custodian or Depositary, in each case in accordance with the Indenture.
 
After a transfer of any Notes pursuant to and during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to Restricted Notes Legends on such Note will cease to apply, and a certificated note or a note in global form, as applicable, without Restricted Notes Legends, will be available to the transferee of the Holder of such Note upon exchange of such transferring Holder’s certificated Note or appropriate directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global Note, as applicable. Upon the consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to the Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Notes that Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Notes that do not exchange their Notes, and Exchange Notes in certificated or global form, in each case, without Restricted Legends will be available to Holders that exchange such Notes in such Exchange Offer. Any Additional Notes sold in an offering registered under the Securities Act shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
 
The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note, any Unrestricted Global Note and any Exchange Notes issued in global form are each referred to herein as a “Global Note” and are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes”.  Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Article Three hereof.
 
The Notes shall be signed on behalf of the Company by one or more Authorized Officers of the Company or one or more directors of the Company (each, an “Authorized Signatory”). The signature of any such Authorized Officer or director on the Notes may be a manual or electronic signature. The Notes may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

15


SECTION 202          FORM OF FACE OF NOTE.

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the form provided for in this Section 202 and Sections 203 and 204:
 
[Insert only for Global Notes (the “Global Notes Legend”): UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO) OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS A PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HEREIN AND IT IS A VIOLATION OF ITS RIGHTS FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO HOLD, TRANSFER OR DEAL WITH THIS CERTIFICATE.
 
THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE BASE INDENTURE (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO). THIS NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE BASE INDENTURE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (A) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE INDENTURE, (B) THIS NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, (C) THIS NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 211 OF THE BASE INDENTURE AND (D) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, THIS SECURITY MAY BE TRANSFERRED, IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY (X) BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, (Y) BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR (Z) BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.]
 
[Insert only for Rule 144A Notes and Regulation S Notes (the “Restricted Notes Legend” or the “Regulation S Restricted Notes Legend”, as applicable): THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THE NOTES, AND ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

16


 
THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES NOT TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTE PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES:] ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATEST OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES WERE THE OWNER OF SUCH NOTES (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THEREOF), OR [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES:] 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATEST OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL DATE OF ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH SUCH NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR THEREOF) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE NOTES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 THEREUNDER, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (OTHER THAN PURSUANT TO RULE 144), SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.]
 
ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.

4.55% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2052

No.
CUSIP:
 
ISIN:


Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (herein called the “Company”, which term includes any successor entity under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________ U.S. dollars [Note: Insert if a Global Security: (as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)] on March 15, 2052, at the office or agency of the Company referred to below, and to pay accrued interest on such principal amount in arrears, in semi-annual payments on

17


March 15 and September 15 (each herein called an “Interest Payment Date”) (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the Interest Payment Date will be postponed to the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no further interest will accrue in respect of such postponement) of each year, beginning on September 15, 2022, which interest shall accrue from and including March 11, 2022 or, if interest has already been paid or duly provided for, from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, at a rate of 4.55% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for, and (to the extent lawful) to pay interest on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for [; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, additional interest (“Additional Interest”) shall accrue on this Note, in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.] [All references to any amount of “interest” payable or with respect to this Note in the Indenture or this Note shall be deemed to include any applicable Additional Interest that may be payable on the Note.]

The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture (as defined below), be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1, as applicable (whether or not a Business Day), immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date (such date, the “Regular Record Date”) for such interest. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for, and interest on such Default Interest, at the interest rate borne by the Notes, to the extent lawful, shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date, and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Default Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the City of New York (which initially shall be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee), and if the Company shall designate and maintain an additional office or agency for such purpose, also at such additional office or agency, in U.S. dollars. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final payment of principal shall be payable only upon surrender of this Note to the Paying Agent.

For any period, interest on this Note shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year, consisting of twelve 30-day months, and, for any period shorter than six months, on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed per 30-day month. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), the yearly rate of interest which is equivalent to the rate payable hereunder is the rate payable multiplied by the actual number of days in the year and divided by 360.
 
Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

18


 
This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless and until the Trustee’s certificate of authentication below has been duly executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual, facsimile or electronic signature of a designated signing officer of the Trustee. This Note and the Indenture are governed by, and are to be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable therein.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
 
Dated:
 

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.  
      

 
 
 
  By:
   
  Name:
   
  Title:
   
       
       
  By:    
  Name:    
  Title:
   
 

SECTION 203          FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company designated as its 4.55% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2052 (herein called the “Notes”), issued under an indenture (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), herein called the “Base Indenture”) dated as of August 6, 2008, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (herein called the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee thereunder), as supplemented and amended by the Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 11, 2022, among the Company, as issuer of the Notes, the Trustee and Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (“RCCI”), as Guarantor, (herein called the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), to which the Indenture reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and immunities thereunder of the Company, RCCI, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made in United States dollars.

The Company will pay to the Holders such Additional Amounts as may become payable under Section 907 of the Base Indenture.

19


On or before each Interest Payment Date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee or the Paying Agent an amount in U.S. dollars sufficient to pay the amount due on such payment date.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, RCCI has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on an unsecured, unsubordinated basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. RCCI will pay to the Holders such Additional Amounts as may become payable under Section 704 of the Supplemental Indenture.

The Notes will be subject to redemption upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at any time and from time to time, as a whole or in part, in amounts of U.S.$2,000 or an integral multiple of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof, at the option of the Company: (i) prior to the Par Call Date, at a Redemption Price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of: (1) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, and (2) (a) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the Redemption Date (assuming the Notes to be redeemed are scheduled to mature on the Par Call Date) on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus the Applicable Basis Points less (b) accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to be redeemed to the Redemption Date, plus, in either case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date, and (ii) commencing on the Par Call Date, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the applicable Redemption Date.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the yield determined by the Company in accordance with the following two paragraphs:
 
The Treasury Rate shall be determined by the Company after 4:15 p.m., New York City time (or after such time as yields on U.S. government securities are posted daily by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date based upon the yield or yields for the most recent day that appear after such time on such day in the most recent statistical release published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System designated as “Selected Interest Rates (Daily) - H.15” (or any successor designation or publication) (“H.15”) under the caption “U.S. government securities–Treasury constant maturities–Nominal” (or any successor caption or heading) (“H.15 TCM”). In determining the Treasury Rate, the Company shall select, as applicable: (1) the yield for the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to the Par Call Date (the “Remaining Life”); or (2) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to such Remaining Life, the two yields – one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately shorter than and one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately longer than such Remaining Life – and shall interpolate to the Par Call Date on a straight-line basis (using the actual number of days) using such yields and rounding the result to three decimal places; or (3) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15 shorter than or longer than such Remaining Life, the yield for the

20


single Treasury constant maturity on H.15 closest to such Remaining Life. For purposes of this paragraph, the applicable Treasury constant maturity or maturities on H.15 shall be deemed to have a maturity date equal to the relevant number of months or years, as applicable, of such Treasury constant maturity from the Redemption Date.
 
If on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date H.15 TCM is no longer published, the Company shall calculate the applicable Treasury Rate based on the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day preceding such Redemption Date of the United States Treasury security maturing on, or with a maturity that is closest to, the Par Call Date, as applicable.  If there is no United States Treasury security maturing on the Par Call Date but there are two or more United States Treasury securities with a maturity date equally distant from the Par Call Date, one with a maturity date preceding the Par Call Date and one with a maturity date following the Par Call Date, the Company shall select the United States Treasury security with a maturity date preceding the Par Call Date. If there are two or more United States Treasury securities maturing on the Par Call Date or two or more United States Treasury securities meeting the criteria of the preceding sentence, the Company shall select from among these two or more United States Treasury securities the United States Treasury security that is trading closest to par based upon the average of the bid and asked prices for such United States Treasury securities at 11:00 a.m., New York City time.  In determining the Treasury Rate in accordance with the terms of this paragraph, the semi-annual yield to maturity of the applicable United States Treasury security shall be based upon the average of the bid and asked prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, of such United States Treasury security, and rounded to three decimal places. The Company’s actions and determinations in determining the Redemption Price shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

The Notes will also be subject to redemption as a whole, but not in part, at the option of the Company at any time and from time to time, on not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior written notice, at 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date, in the event the Company or RCCI, as the case may be, has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes or the Guarantee, as applicable, any Additional Amounts as a result of certain changes affecting Canadian withholding taxes on or after the Issue Date.
 
Any optional redemption of the Notes (and any related notice of redemption) (whether prior to, on or after the Par Call Date) may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of an equity or other securities offering, an incurrence of indebtedness or other financing, or any other transaction or event. If such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice must describe each such condition, and if applicable, state that, in the Company’s discretion, such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the applicable date fixed for redemption.  In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and other amounts owing for the redemption of any Notes and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

21


The Notes will also be subject to a special mandatory redemption, at the times and at the price and on the other terms and conditions specified in Section 304 of the Supplemental Indenture.

In the case of any redemption of Notes, interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of record of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Securities, at the close of business on the relevant Regular Record Date referred to on the face hereof. Notes (or portions thereof), for whose redemption and payment provision is made in accordance with the Indenture, shall cease to bear interest from and after the Redemption Date. In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a replacement Note or Notes for the unredeemed portion hereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default resulting from a Change in Control Triggering Event which is cured in accordance with Section 404 of the Supplemental Indenture by the making and consummation of a Change in Control Offer) shall occur and be continuing, the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

In addition, it shall be an Event of Default under the Indenture if a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs on or prior to the Maturity of the Notes (subject to the aforesaid cure provisions). Following such an Event of Default the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture unless the Company (or a third party) offers, within 20 Business Days after the occurrence of such Event of Default, to purchase the Notes and purchases the Notes for the Change in Control Purchase Price in cash on the date that is 40 Business Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event from a Holder who delivers and does not withdraw a Change in Control Purchase Notice. Holders have the right to withdraw any Change in Control Purchase Notice by delivering to the Paying Agent a written notice of withdrawal in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions for the defeasance and discharge of the Notes.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by or on behalf of the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

22


No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of U.S.$2,000 or any integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.  Prior to the time of due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes except as otherwise provided, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable on the Security Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or any other office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to the Indenture duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount and containing identical terms and provisions, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.


 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee
         

By:

 
    Name:
 
    Title:
 

SECTION 204          ASSIGNMENT FORM; CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES

The following forms are to be attached to Notes that are Global Securities:

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

23




(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to
 
 
(Insert assignee’s legal name)
   
   
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)


and irrevocably appoint to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:
     
 
   
         
 
      Your Signature:  
 
          (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
 

Signature Guarantee1:







1
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).
 
24


CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES


This certificate relates to $_________ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space) ____ book-entry or _____ definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

☐
has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or
   
☐
has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

[Include the following only if the Restricted Notes Legend is included herein:]In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring while it bears a Restricted Notes Legend, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 
(1)
☐
to the Company; or
       
 
(2)
☐
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
       
 
(3)
☐
for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a Person that the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (“Rule 144A”)) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or
       
 
(4)
☐
to a non-U.S. Person outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933 in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
       
 
(5)
☐
pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Rule 144); and

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4) or (5) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions,

25


certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.


           
        Your Signature
 
Signature Guarantee:          
             
Date:
     
 

 
Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee
      Signature of Signature Guarantor  


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants to the Company and the Trustee that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A


Dated:
     
 

 

     
NOTICE:          To be executed by an executive officer
 


26


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents, warrants and agrees with the Company, the Trustee and their respective counsel that:


1.
The offer and sale of the Notes was not and will not be made to a U.S. person or a person in the United States (unless such person is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(vi) or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k)(2)(i) under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3) under the Securities Act) and such offer and sale was not and will not be specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.


2.
Unless the circumstances described in the parenthetical in paragraph 1 above are applicable, either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or it and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act), and neither it nor any person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States.


3.
Neither it, any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf has made any directed selling efforts in the United States with respect to the Notes.


4.
The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.


5.
If it is a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the proposed transfer takes place during the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture), or we are an officer or director of the Company or an Initial Purchaser (as defined in the Indenture), we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rule 904(b) of Regulation S.



Dated:
     
 

 

     
NOTICE:          To be executed by an executive officer
 
 

27


SECTION 205          SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.

The following schedule is to be attached to Notes that are Global Securities:

4.55% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2052


Initial Principal Amount: U.S.$
CUSIP             / ISIN

Authorization: ______________________

The following increases or decreases in this Note have been made:

Date
Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global Security
Amount of increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global Security
Principal Amount of
this Global Security
following suchdecrease or increase
Signature of Trustee
or Security Registrar
         
         


ARTICLE THREE

THE NOTES

SECTION 301          TITLE AND TERMS.

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “4.55% Senior Notes due 2052” of the Company. The entire unpaid principal amount of each Note shall become due and payable to the Holder thereof on March 15, 2052 (the “Maturity Date”). Interest shall accrue on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Note at a rate of interest equal to 4.55% per annum from March 11, 2022 or, if interest has been paid or duly provided for, the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, Additional Interest shall accrue on each Note in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. Such interest shall be payable on September 15, 2022 and semi−annually thereafter on March 15 and September 15 in each year (each an Interest Payment Date for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture), until the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for. Interest on the Notes shall be payable in arrears. If an Interest Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day without any additional interest accruing between the Interest Payment Date and the day payment is actually made. The Regular Record Date for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be the March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. To the extent lawful, interest shall accrue on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for

28


and such Default Interest shall be payable at the times and on the terms provided for in the Indenture.

If any Additional Interest is payable, prior to the time such Additional Interest is payable, the Company shall deliver an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee and the Paying Agent setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of such Additional Interest. Neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for the determination, verification or calculation of any Additional Interest.

An unlimited aggregate principal amount of the Notes may be authenticated and delivered under this Supplemental Indenture (of which U.S.$2,000,000,000 is being issued, authenticated and delivered on the date hereof), including Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 806, 1008 or 1009 of the Indenture and Section 404 hereof. Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Securities issued on the date hereof may be created and issued under the Indenture, from time to time, by the Company without notice to or consent of the Holders, subject to the Company complying with any applicable provision of the Indenture. Any Additional Notes created and issued shall have the same terms and conditions as the Notes at the time outstanding, except for their date of issue, issue price and, if applicable, the first Interest Payment Date; provided that, if any such Additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying number. Exchange Notes may be created and issued by the Company under the Indenture in connection with an Exchange Offer for a like principal amount of Notes to be exchanged in such Exchange Offer. All Initial Notes, Exchange Notes and Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.
 
The Notes shall be unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company ranking pari passu with any other present or future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company.

The Notes shall be denominated in, and all principal of, and interest and premium (if any) on, the Notes shall be payable in U.S. dollars. Any payment of Additional Amounts hereunder shall also be payable in U.S. dollars.
 
The Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company at the prices, at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in the form of the Note in Article Two hereof. The Company shall be obligated to redeem the Notes upon the occurrence of a Special Mandatory Redemption Event at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified Section 304 hereof. The Company shall not be otherwise obligated to redeem, purchase or repay the Notes pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder of the Notes except as provided in Article Six hereof.
 
The Notes shall be subject to the covenants (and the related definitions) set forth in Articles Seven and Nine of the Indenture and, except as otherwise provided herein, to any other covenant in the Indenture, and to the defeasance and discharge provisions set forth in Article Three thereof and Section 305 herein.

29


 
Certain obligations of the Company under the Notes shall be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by RCCI to the extent set forth in Article Seven hereof.

SECTION 302          DENOMINATIONS.
 
The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons and in denominations of U.S.$2,000 or integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 303          NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS.
 
If, upon any consolidation or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, with or merger of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, into any other Person, or upon any conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of the properties and assets of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding−up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case in accordance with Section 701 of the Indenture, in the case of the Company, or Section 703 of this Supplemental Indenture, in the case of RCCI, any property or asset of the Company or of any Subsidiary, would thereupon become subject to any Lien, then, unless such Lien could be created pursuant to Section 502 without equally and ratably securing the Notes, the Company or RCCI, as applicable, prior to or simultaneously with such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition, will, as to such property or asset, secure the Notes Outstanding hereunder (together with, if the Company or RCCI shall so determine, any other Debt of the Company or RCCI now existing or hereafter created which is not subordinate to the Notes) equally and ratably with (or prior to) the Debt which upon such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is to become secured as to such property or asset by such Lien, or will cause such Notes to be so secured.

SECTION 304          SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION
 
(a)          If (i) the Arrangement is not consummated prior to December 31, 2022, (ii) the Arrangement Agreement is terminated at any time prior to December 31, 2022 (other than as a result of consummating the Arrangement) or (iii) the Company publicly announces at any time prior to December 31, 2022 that it will no longer pursue the consummation of the Arrangement (any such event under clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, a “Special Mandatory Redemption Event”, and the earliest date of any Special Mandatory Redemption Event, a “Trigger Date”), then the Company shall redeem all of the Outstanding Notes at a Redemption Price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined below).
 
(b)          If funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date are deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, on and after such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Notes will cease to bear interest.
 
(c)          In the event that the Company is required to redeem the Notes pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 304, the Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, a notice of special mandatory redemption (such notice, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Notice”) to

30


 
each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, electronically or by mail (postage prepaid) at the address of such Holder appearing in the Security Register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of Depositary, and the Trustee not later than five Business Days after the Trigger Date, and the Company will redeem the Notes on the date specified by the Company for such redemption in the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice (the date so specified, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”). The Special Mandatory Redemption Date will be no later than 30 days following the applicable Trigger Date, but no earlier than the fifth Business Day following the day the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice is delivered to Holders of the Notes.  At the election of the Company, the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.
 
(d)          Every Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall state:
 
(i)          the Special Mandatory Redemption Date;
 
(ii)          the Special Mandatory Redemption Price;
 
(iii)          that the Special Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, and that, if funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date are deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, interest on the Notes, shall cease to accrue on and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date; and
 
(iv)          the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price.
 
A Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall be irrevocable and not subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition.

SECTION 305          DISCHARGE
 
Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 305, the Company and RCCI shall be discharged from its obligations with respect to, and this Supplemental Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to, all Outstanding Notes, and the Trustee shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, execute and deliver to the Company and RCCI such deeds or other instruments as shall be required to evidence such satisfaction and discharge, when either:
 
(a)          all Outstanding Notes (except, for the avoidance of doubt, any lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 208 of the Indenture and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company or RCCI and thereafter repaid to the Company or RCCI, as applicable, or discharged from such trust), have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (including on conversion or exchange of the Notes into other securities or property), or
 
(b)          all Notes not so delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have otherwise become due and payable or have been called for redemption pursuant to this Supplemental

31


Indenture, (ii) will become due and payable within one year or (iii) if redeemable at the Company’s option pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and, in each case, the Company or RCCI has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash, in United States dollars, Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or chartered accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, on such Notes and accrued interest thereon to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be, and
 
(c)          in either case of the foregoing clause (a) or (b), the Company or RCCI has paid or caused to be paid all sums then payable by it under this Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Notes.
 
(d)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, and notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture with respect to Notes, (A) the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive solely from the fund held in trust described in subsection (b) of this Section 305 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes when such payments are due, (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Section 205, Section 206, Section 208, Section 902, Section 903 and Section 908, each of the Indenture, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and RCCI’s obligations in connection therewith, including the Company’s obligations under Section 507 of the Indenture and (D) this Article Three shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full or, if earlier, the date on which the funds held in trust for such payment are paid to the Company or RCCI, as applicable (or discharged from such trust, as applicable) in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 903 of the Indenture.  Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Section 507 of the Indenture shall survive.

SECTION 306          TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES.
 
When Notes in the form of a Definitive Note are presented to the Security Registrar with a request:
 
(a)          to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or
 
(b)          to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,
 
the Security Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:

32

 
(a)          shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and
 
(b)          in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:
 
(i)          if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Security Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Notes); or
 
(ii)          if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Notes); or
 
(iii)          if such Definitive Notes are being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with (A) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (B) Rule 144A, (C) Rule 904 of Regulation S or (D) in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Rule 144), (x) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Note) and (y) if the Company or the Trustee so requests in connection with transfers described in clauses (C) or (D), an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legend set forth in Section 202.

SECTION 307          RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF A DEFINITIVE NOTE FOR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A GLOBAL NOTE.
 
A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below.  Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, together with:
 
(a)          certification (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Note) that such Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration (i) in accordance with an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) in accordance with Rule 144A, (iii) in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S or (iv) in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than pursuant to Rule 144), and if the Company or the Trustee so requests in connection with transfers described in clauses (iii) or (iv), an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legend set forth in Section 202; and
 
(b)          written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to reflect an increase in the aggregate

33


principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase,
 
the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled.  If no Global Notes are then outstanding, the Company may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon receipt of a Company Order of the Company in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, a new applicable Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

SECTION 308          TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF GLOBAL NOTES.
 
(a)          The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor.  A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Security Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of such Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note or another Global Note, and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note, and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.  Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, shall be made only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Notes from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S, or an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence of exemption reasonably satisfactory to the Company.
 
(b)          If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Security Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Security Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.  If the Company or the Trustee so requests in connection with transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, other than a transfer to a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, such request for transfer shall be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee, as applicable, as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the applicable legend set forth in Section 202.

34


(c)          Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Supplemental Indenture (other than Section 305), a Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole and not in part by the Depositary to a nominee of such Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor of such Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.
 
(d)          In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to Section 315 of this Supplemental Indenture prior to the consummation of an Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 308 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Notes included to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company.

SECTION 309          RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE.
 
(a)          During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (i) to the Company, (ii) so long as such security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person whom the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (iii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S, (iv) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if applicable) under the Securities Act or (v) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.  Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Rule 144A Global Note shall be made only in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse of the Note to the effect that such transfer is being made to a person whom the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A.  Such written certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Restricted Period.
 
(b)          Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of the Indenture.

SECTION 310          CANCELLATION OR ADJUSTMENT OF GLOBAL NOTE.
 
At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note,

35


redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

SECTION 311          OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES OF NOTES.
 
(a)          To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Security Registrar’s request.
 
(b)          No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange (except as otherwise expressly permitted in the Indenture), but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon transfers or exchanges pursuant to Sections 205 and 1008 of the Indenture).
 
(c)          Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Security Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Security Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
 
(d)          All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of the Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under the Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
 
(e)          The Security Registrar and the Trustee may request such evidence as may be reasonably requested by them to determine the identity and signatures of the transferor and the transferee.

SECTION 312          NO OBLIGATION OF THE TRUSTEE.
 
(a)          The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary (“Agent Members”) or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or their respective nominees or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes.  All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).  The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the

36


 
Depositary.  The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.
 
(b)          The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under the Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of the Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

SECTION 313          EXCHANGE OFFER.
 
Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of a Company Order in accordance with Section 204 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Global Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Notes tendered for exchange by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted by the Company for exchange in the Exchange Offer.  Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Notes with the Restricted Notes Legend to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of the Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in the applicable principal amount.  Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. For greater certainty, an owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note representing an Initial Note (a “Beneficial Interest Owner”) or Holder of an Initial Note, as applicable, shall, pursuant to the terms of the Initial Notes, have the right to acquire  beneficial interests in Exchange Notes issued as a Global Note or Exchange Notes, as applicable, in each case in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in such Global Note or such Initial Note, as applicable, tendered for acceptance by such Beneficial Interest Owner or Holder, as applicable, to the extent such tendered beneficial interests or Initial Note, as applicable, are accepted by the Company for exchange in the Exchange Offer.

SECTION 314          NON-COMPLIANT TRANSFERS NULL AND VOID.
 
Any purported transfer of a Note, or any interest therein, to a purchaser or transferee that does not comply with the requirements specified in this Article Three shall be of no force and effect and shall be null and void ab initio.

37


SECTION 315          DEFINITIVE NOTES.
 
(a)          A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or Custodian pursuant to Section 201 may be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with this Article Three and (1) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act or otherwise ceases to be eligible as a depositary and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or after the Company becomes aware of such cessation, or (2) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Security Registrar has received a request from the Depositary or (3) the Company, in its sole discretion and subject to the procedures of the Depositary, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes under the Indenture.  In addition, any Affiliate of the Company that is a beneficial owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the form of a Definitive Note, by providing a written request to the Company and the Trustee and such Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other information as may be required by the Indenture or the Company or the Trustee.
 
(b)          Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 315 shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.  Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 315 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of U.S.$2,000 or any integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof, registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct.  Any certificated Note in the form of a Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 202 hereof, bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
 
(c)          The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under the Indenture or the Notes.
 
(d)          In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraph (a)(1), (2) or (3) of this Section 315, the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons.
 
ARTICLE FOUR
 
REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
 
SECTION 401          ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT.
 
In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 401 of the Indenture, “Event of Default”, wherever used herein and in the Indenture with respect to the Notes, includes

38


 
the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), subject to any cure thereof as provided in Section 404 below.
 
Under this Supplemental Indenture, a “Change in Control Triggering Event” is deemed to occur upon both a Change in Control and a Rating Decline with respect to the Notes. The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to whether a Rating Decline with respect to the Notes has occurred.
 
A “Change in Control” means (i) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons (as the term “group” is used in Rule 13d−5 of the Exchange Act), other than Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family, acquires, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes of Voting Shares of the Company or (ii) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons, other than (A) Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family or (B) for so long as the only primary beneficiaries of a Qualifying Trust established under the last will and testament of Edward S. Rogers are one or more persons referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, any Person designated by the trustees of such Qualifying Trust to exercise voting rights attaching to any shares held by such trustees, has elected to the Board of Directors such number of its or their nominees so that such nominees so elected shall constitute a majority of the number of the directors comprising the Board of Directors; provided that to the extent that one or more regulatory approvals are required for any of the transactions or circumstances described in clause (i) or (ii) above to become effective under applicable law, such transactions or circumstances shall be deemed to have occurred at the time such approvals have been obtained and become effective under applicable law.
 
“Member of the Rogers Family” means (i) such of the following persons as are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or are born after the date of this Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date: (a) the widow, if any, of Edward S. Rogers (who was born on May 27, 1933, such individual being hereinafter referred to as “Edward S. Rogers”); (b) the issue of Edward S. Rogers; (c) Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi, the half−sister of Edward S. Rogers, and the issue of Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi; (d) individuals adopted by Edward S. Rogers or any of the persons described in subclauses (a) or (b) of this clause (i) provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals; provided that if any person is born out of

39


wedlock he shall be deemed not to be the issue of another person for the purposes hereof unless and until he is proven or acknowledged to be the issue of such person and; (ii) the trustees of any Qualifying Trust, but only to the extent of such Qualifying Trust’s Family Percentage Holding of voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company at the time of the determination.
 
“Family Percentage Holding” means the aggregate percentage of the securities held by a Qualifying Trust representing, directly or indirectly, an interest in voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company, that it is reasonable, under all the circumstances, to regard as being held beneficially for Qualified Persons (or any class consisting of two or more Qualified Persons); provided always that in calculating the Family Percentage Holding (A) in respect of any power of appointment or discretionary trust capable of being exercised in favor of any of the Qualified Persons such trust or power shall be deemed to have been exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until such trust or power has been otherwise exercised; (B) where any beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust has assigned, transferred or conveyed, in any manner whatsoever, his or her beneficial interest to another person, then, for the purpose of determining the Family Percentage Holding in respect of such Qualifying Trust, the person to whom such interest has been assigned, transferred or conveyed shall be regarded as the only person beneficially interested in the Qualifying Trust in respect of such interest but in the case where the interest is so assigned, transferred or conveyed is an interest in a discretionary trust or is an interest which may arise as a result of the exercise in favor of the assignor of a discretionary power of appointment and such discretionary trust or power of appointment is also capable of being exercised in favor of persons described in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, such discretionary trust or power shall be deemed to have been so exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until it has in fact been exercised; and (C) the interest of any Permitted Residuary Beneficiary shall be ignored until its interest has indefeasibly vested.
 
“Permitted Residuary Beneficiary” means any person who is a beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust and, under the terms of the Qualifying Trust, is entitled to distributions out of the capital of such Qualifying Trust only after the death of all of the Qualified Persons who are beneficiaries of such Qualifying Trust.
 
“Perpetuity Date” means the date that is 21 years, less one day, from the date of the death of the last survivor of the individuals described in subclause (i)(a), (b), (c) or (d) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, who are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture.
 
“Qualifying Trust” means a trust (whether testamentary or inter vivos) any beneficiary of which is a person referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, provided that such Spouse is living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or is born after the date of this Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date (all such persons being hereafter referred to as “Qualified Persons”).

40


“Spouse” means, in relation to any person, a person who is legally married to that person and includes a widow or widower of that person, notwithstanding remarriage.

SECTION 402          ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.
 
If a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs and is continuing and the Company (or a third party) fails in any material respect to comply with any of the provisions of Section 404 hereof, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding may declare the principal of all such Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal shall become immediately due and payable.

SECTION 403          RESERVED.

SECTION 404          CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER.
 
(a)          The Notes may not be accelerated pursuant to Section 402 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall be cured if the Company complies in all material respects with the provisions of this Section 404. If the Company elects to cure such Event of Default, within 20 Business Days of the occurrence of an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event, (i) the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event and shall make an offer to purchase (the “Change in Control Offer”) all outstanding Notes properly tendered at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Change in Control Purchase Date (as hereinafter defined) (the “Change in Control Purchase Price”) on the date that is 40 Business Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event (the “Change in Control Purchase Date”), (ii) the Trustee shall deliver a copy of the Change in Control Offer to each Holder and (iii) the Company shall cause a notice of the Change in Control Offer to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news service in the United States and CNW Group Ltd. (Canada News Wire or Cision Canada) or a similar news service in Canada. The Change in Control Offer shall remain open from the time such offer is made until the Change in Control Purchase Date. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to ascertain the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event or to give notice with respect thereto other than as provided above upon receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company. The Trustee may conclusively assume, in the absence of receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company, that no Change in Control Triggering Event has occurred. The Change in Control Offer shall include a form of Change in Control Purchase Notice to be completed by the Holder and shall state:
 
(i)          the events causing a Change in Control Triggering Event and the date such Change in Control Triggering Event is deemed to have occurred;

41


(ii)          that the Change in Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 404 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change in Control Offer will be accepted for payment;
 
(iii)          the date by which the Change in Control Purchase Notice pursuant to this Section 404 must be given;
 
(iv)          the Change in Control Purchase Date;
 
(v)          the Change in Control Purchase Price;
 
(vi)          the names and addresses of the Paying Agent and the offices or agencies referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture;
 
(vii)          that Notes must be surrendered to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to collect payment;
 
(viii)          that the Change in Control Purchase Price for any Note as to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been duly given and not withdrawn will be paid promptly upon the later of the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and the time of surrender of such Note as described in clause (vii) above;
 
(ix)          the procedures the Holder must follow to accept the Change in Control Offer; and
 
(x)          the procedures for withdrawing a Change in Control Purchase Notice.
 
(b)          A Holder may accept a Change in Control Offer by delivering to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture a written notice (a “Change in Control Purchase Notice”) at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date, stating:
 
(i)          that such Holder elects to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Change in Control Offer;
 
(ii)          the principal amount of the Note that the Holder elects to have purchased by the Company, which amount must be U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, and the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered by such Holder for purchase by the Company; and
 
(iii)          that such Note shall be purchased on the Change in Control Purchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in this Supplemental Indenture.
 
The delivery of such Note (together with all necessary endorsements) to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in

42


Section 902 of the Indenture prior to, on or after the Change in Control Purchase Date shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Change in Control Purchase Price therefor; provided that such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 404 only if the Note so delivered to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall conform in all respects to the description thereof set forth in the related Change in Control Purchase Notice.
 
The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 404, a portion of a Note if the principal amount of such portion is U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof. Provisions of the Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Note also apply to the purchase of a portion of such Note.
 
Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 404 shall be consummated by the delivery by the Company of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and (b) the time of delivery of the Note by the Holder to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in the manner required by this Section 404.
 
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent, at the office of the Paying Agent or an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture, the Change in Control Purchase Notice contemplated by this Section 404(b) shall have the right to withdraw such Change in Control Purchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in accordance with Section 601 hereof.
 
The Paying Agent or the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by the former of any Change in Control Purchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.
 
(c)          The Notes may also not be accelerated pursuant to Section 402 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall also be cured if a third party makes and consummates a Change in Control Offer in the manner and at the times and otherwise in compliance with this Section 404; provided, however, that any such third party shall be subject to Section 907 of the Indenture in respect of any amounts paid by such third party hereunder (for this purpose, Section 907 of the Indenture is modified by replacing “Company” with the name of the third party) and such Event of Default shall be cured only if such third party complies with Section 907 of the Indenture (as modified) or if the Company satisfies the third party’s obligations under such Section.
 
ARTICLE FIVE
 
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

SECTION 501          RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.
 
(a)          The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or the

43


Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may transfer any assets or properties to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, if (i) prior to and immediately after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) such Subsidiary or Person, together with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, shall not in the aggregate have Net Tangible Assets greater than 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section 501, (1) the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets shall also include the aggregate Net Tangible Assets of such Subsidiary or Person and all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (2) Excluded Assets shall be excluded from the calculation of Net Tangible Assets and Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.
 
(b)          The Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary unless immediately before and after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
 
(c)          Nothing in this Section 501 shall restrict or limit the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from transferring any asset that is an Excluded Asset to any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
SECTION 502          LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur or guarantee any Secured Debt unless and for so long as the Company secures, or causes such Restricted Subsidiary to secure, the Notes equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Secured Debt. However, any of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Secured Debt without securing the Notes if, immediately after incurring the Secured Debt, the aggregate principal amount of all Secured Debt then outstanding plus the aggregate amount of the Attributable Debt then outstanding pursuant to Sale and Leaseback Transactions would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. The aggregate amount of all Secured Debt in the preceding sentence excludes Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes and Secured Debt that is being repaid concurrently. Any Lien which is granted to secure the Notes under this Section 502 shall be discharged at the same time as the discharge of the Lien securing the Secured Debt that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes under this Section 502.

SECTION 503          LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS.
 
The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, unless either (a) immediately thereafter, the sum of (1) the Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction and all other Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on or after the Issue Date (or, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, the date on which it became a Restricted Subsidiary, if on or after the Issue Date) and (2) the aggregate amount of all Secured Debt, excluding Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes, would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (b) an amount, equal to the greater of the net proceeds to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from such sale and the
44


Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, is used within 180 days to retire Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. However, Debt which is subordinate to the Notes or which is owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may not be retired in satisfaction of clause (b) above.

SECTION 504          LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT.
 
The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt (other than Debt to the extent that the Notes are secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Debt), unless:
 
 (1) the obligations of the Company under the Notes are guaranteed (which guarantee may be on an unsecured basis) by such Restricted Subsidiary such that the claim of the Holders of the Notes under such guarantee ranks prior to or pari passu with such Debt; or
 
(2) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the sum of (without duplication) (x) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Debt of all Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Exempted Secured Debt, and for the avoidance of doubt, any Debt permitted by clause (1) of this Section 504), (y) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Secured Debt of the Company (not on a Consolidated basis) and (z) Attributable Debt relating to then outstanding Sale and Leaseback Transactions, would not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that this restriction will not apply to, and there will be excluded from any calculation hereunder, (A) Debt owing by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (B) Debt secured by Permitted Liens; provided, further, that this restriction will not prohibit the incurrence of Debt in connection with any extension, renewal or replacement (including successive extensions, renewals or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Debt of the Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that the principal amount of such Debt immediately prior to such extension, renewal or replacement is not increased).

SECTION 505          WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.
 
Pursuant to Section 910 of the Indenture, the Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition in Section 905 or 906 thereof and any covenant or condition in Section 501, 502, 503 or 504 of this Supplemental Indenture if, before or after the time for such compliance, the Holders of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall, by Holder Direction, waive such compliance in such instance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.
 
ARTICLE SIX
 
CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

SECTION 601          EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE.
 
Upon receipt by the Company of the Change in Control Purchase Notice specified in Section 404(b) hereof, the Holder of the Note in respect of which such Change in Control

45


Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Change in Control Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in the following two paragraphs of this Section) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to such Note. Such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date (provided the conditions in Section 404(b) hereof have been satisfied) and (b) the time of delivery of the Note to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 404(b) hereof.
 
A Change in Control Purchase Notice may be withdrawn before or after delivery by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent of the Note to which such Change in Control Purchase Notice relates, by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to which the related Change in Control Purchase Notice was delivered at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date specifying, as applicable:
 
(a)          the certificate number of the Note in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted,
 
(b)          the principal amount of the Note (which shall be U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and
 
(c)          the principal amount, if any, of such Note (which shall be U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) that remains subject to the original Change in Control Purchase Notice and that has been or will be delivered for purchase by the Company.
 
The Paying Agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Notes with respect to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in compliance with this Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 602          DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE.
 
No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 903 of the Indenture) an amount of cash sufficient to pay the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Change in Control Purchase Date.

SECTION 603          REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY.
 
As provided in the Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company any cash that remains unclaimed, together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture), held by them for the payment of the Change in Control Purchase Price; provided, however, that, to the extent that the aggregate

46


amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 602 hereof exceeds the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of the Notes or portions thereof to be purchased, then the Trustee shall hold such excess for the Company and promptly after the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Trustee shall upon demand return any such excess to the Company together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture).
 
ARTICLE SEVEN
 
GUARANTEE

SECTION 701          GUARANTEE.
 
(a)          RCCI hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees (the “Guarantee”) due payment and performance to the Trustee, for and on behalf of the Holders, forthwith after demand, of all the obligations of the Company that arise under this Supplemental Indenture, the applicable provisions of the Indenture or under the Notes to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes when due and payable at Maturity and any Additional Amounts, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee (including all amounts due to the Trustee under Section 507 of the Indenture) and the Holders of the Notes which obligations arise under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes, according to the terms hereof and thereof, including any applicable grace periods (the “Guaranteed Obligations”). The Guarantee shall be an unsecured, unsubordinated obligation of RCCI ranking pari passu with other present and future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of RCCI. The Company hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees the Guarantee of RCCI.
 
(b)          RCCI agrees that, without obtaining the consent of or giving notice to RCCI, the Trustee may vary this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture, as provided herein and therein, grant extensions of time or other indulgences, take and give up securities, grant releases and discharges and otherwise deal with the Company and other parties as the Trustee may see fit and may apply all monies received from the Company or others or from securities upon such part of the Company’s liability as the Trustee may think best without prejudice to or in any way limiting or lessening the liability of RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture. The Trustee expressly reserves all its rights under the Indenture, and any such variances shall not be deemed waivers of any rights or other provisions under the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture.
 
(c)          The Guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee of all the Guaranteed Obligations and shall apply to any ultimate balance due or remaining unpaid to the Holders of the Notes. The Guarantee shall not be considered as wholly or partially satisfied by the payment or liquidation at any time of any sum of money which may at any time be or become owing or due or remain unpaid to the Holders of the Notes.
 
(d)          The Guarantee shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by any change in the name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of the Company or RCCI, or by any merger or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI with any Person or

47


Persons, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture or the applicable provisions of the Indenture. In the case of the Company being amalgamated with another corporation, the Guarantee shall apply to the liabilities of the resulting corporation, and the term “Company” shall include each such resulting corporation.
 
(e)          All monies, advances, renewals and credits in fact borrowed or obtained by the Company under this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to form part of the liabilities hereby guaranteed notwithstanding any limitation of status or of power of the Company or of the directors or agents thereof or that the Company may not be a legal entity or any irregularity, defect or informality in the borrowing or obtaining of such monies, advances, renewals or credits.
 
(f)          The obligations of RCCI hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any moneys or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by RCCI hereunder which may not be recoverable from RCCI on the basis of a guarantee or as surety shall be recoverable from RCCI as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof.
 
(g)          The Trustee shall not be bound to exhaust its recourse against the Company or other parties before being entitled to demand payment from or performance by RCCI and enforce its rights under this Supplemental Indenture.
 
(h)          Any account settled or stated by or between the Trustee and the Company in relation to this Supplemental Indenture shall be accepted by RCCI as conclusive evidence that the balance or amount thereby appearing due by the Company to the Trustee is so due.
 
(i)          RCCI shall make payment to the Trustee of the amount of the liability of RCCI forthwith after demand therefor is made in writing during the continuance of any Event of Default and such demand shall be conclusively deemed to have been effectually made when delivered in accordance with the notice provisions set forth herein and the liability of RCCI shall bear interest from the date of such demand at the rate borne by the Notes, such interest to be calculated monthly based on the number of days elapsed and to be deemed payable on the first Business Day of a month in respect of the immediately preceding month or upon demand, whichever is earlier.
 
(j)          All amounts payable by RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture shall be paid without set−off or counterclaim and without any deduction or withholding whatsoever unless and to the extent that RCCI shall be prohibited by law from doing so, in which case RCCI shall, only to the extent such a similar requirement is imposed on the Company pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, pay to the Trustee such additional amount as shall be necessary to ensure that the Trustee receives the full amount it would have received if no such deduction or withholding had been made.
 
(k)          RCCI acknowledges that it has, by separate written instrument, irrevocably designated and appointed CT Corporation System (“CT Corporation”) as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the Guarantee or this Supplemental Indenture that may be instituted in any federal or state court in the State of New York or brought under federal or state securities laws.

48


RCCI acknowledges that CT Corporation has accepted such designation, submits to the non−exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in any such suit or proceeding and acknowledges further that service of process upon CT Corporation (or any successor) and written notice of said service to RCCI shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon RCCI in any such suit or proceeding. RCCI further agrees to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of CT Corporation (or any successor) in full force and effect so long as any of the Notes shall be outstanding. In addition, to the extent that RCCI has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under the above−referenced documents, to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 702          RELEASE OF GUARANTOR.
 
(a)          In addition to the release provisions set forth in the Indenture, subject to Section 702(d), RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Seven, and RCCI’s Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect, upon the request of the Company (without the consent of the Trustee) if, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (and, if applicable, any transaction in connection therewith, including any other concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company would be in compliance with Section 504 hereof, including in the event of a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary.
 
(b)          In order to effect the release and termination provided for in Section 702(a), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (as well as any concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company will be in compliance with Section 504 hereof. In the event that the release and termination is in connection with a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary, pro forma effect shall be given to such transaction (including the application of any proceeds therefrom) in determining the Company’s compliance with Section 504 and, accordingly, the amount of Debt subject to the Guarantee of RCCI and any other Debt of RCCI shall be excluded from any calculation thereunder. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture, no opinion, report or certificate, other than the Officers’ Certificate provided for in this Section 702(b), need be furnished to the Trustee for such release and termination. After its receipt of the aforementioned Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by either the Company or RCCI in order to evidence the release of RCCI from its obligations under the Guarantee under this Article Seven.
 
(c)          No supplemental indenture, amendment or waiver shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note, release RCCI from any of its obligations under Section 701, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 702 or the other release

49


provisions set forth in the Indenture, or amend or modify the release provisions of this Section 702.
 
(d)          Notwithstanding the release provisions of Section 702(a), RCCI shall not be released from its obligations under this Article Seven and the Guarantee will not be terminated if, immediately after such release and termination (and, if applicable, after giving effect to any transaction to occur concurrently therewith), RCCI remains a co−obligor with or a guarantor for, as applicable, the obligations of the Company under any Existing Note.
 
(e)          Notwithstanding the release provisions of this Section 702, any Person added as a Guarantor at the option of the Company pursuant to Section 801(f) of the Indenture may be released at the option of the Company at any time upon such conditions as may be specified in the supplement to this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which such added Guarantor provided its Guarantee. No opinion, report or certificate, other than the Officers’ Certificate provided for in this Section 702(b), need be furnished to the Trustee for a release and termination pursuant to this Section 702(e). Nothing in this Section 702(e) shall modify or amend the release provisions applicable to RCCI pursuant to clauses (a) through (e) of this Section 702.

SECTION 703          AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE.
 
(a)          Unless RCCI has been released, or in connection with such transaction will be released, from its obligations under the Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of Section 702 hereof or any other release provision set forth in the Indenture, RCCI shall not amalgamate or consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding−up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) unless:
 
(i)          immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of RCCI or a Subsidiary of RCCI in connection with or as a result of such transaction as having been incurred at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
 
(ii)          either (x) RCCI shall be the continuing Person or (y) the Person (if other than RCCI) formed by such amalgamation or consolidation or into which RCCI is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety (the “Successor Guarantor”) shall, unless the Successor Guarantor is the Company, (A) be a corporation, company, partnership or trust organized and validly existing under the federal laws of Canada or any Province thereof or the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee (provided, however, that the Successor Guarantor shall not be required to execute and deliver such a supplemental indenture in the event of an amalgamation of RCCI with one or more other Persons, in which the

50

 
amalgamation is governed by the laws of Canada or any province thereof, the Successor Guarantor and RCCI are, immediately prior to such amalgamation, organized and existing under the laws of Canada or any province thereof and upon the effectiveness of such amalgamation, the Successor Guarantor shall have become or shall continue to be (as the case may be), by operation of law, liable for the observance of all obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee); and
 
(iii)          RCCI, the Company or the Successor Guarantor, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such amalgamation, consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction (or series of transactions), such supplemental indenture, comply with this Section 703(a) and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied.
 
(b)          Upon any amalgamation, consolidation or merger, or any conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 703(a), the Successor Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Guarantor had been named as a Guarantor herein; and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Seven, and RCCI’s Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect.

SECTION 704          PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS.
 
All payments made by RCCI under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of any province or territory thereof or by any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (hereinafter “Taxes”), unless RCCI is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency.  If RCCI is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, RCCI will pay as interest such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder of such Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such holder would have received in respect of the beneficial owner if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to a payment made to a holder of the Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (i) with which RCCI does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”)) at the time of making such payment or which is entitled to the payment in respect of a debt or other obligation to pay an amount to a person with which RCCI does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) at the time of making such payment, (ii) which is a “specified shareholder” of RCCI, or which does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) with a “specified shareholder” of RCCI as defined in subsection 18(5) of the Tax Act, (iii) where all or any portion of the amount paid or credited to such holder is deemed to be a dividend pursuant to subsection 214(6) of the Tax

51


Act, (iv) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the holder or beneficial owner carrying on business in, maintaining a permanent establishment or other physical presence in or otherwise being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the acquisition or mere holding of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder, (v) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the legal nature of the holder or beneficial owner disentitling such holder or beneficial owner to the benefit of an applicable treaty or convention if and to the extent that the application of such treaty or convention would have resulted in the reduction or elimination of any Taxes as to which Additional Amounts would have otherwise been payable to a holder on behalf of such beneficial owner, (vi) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the failure by a holder or beneficial owner to comply with any certification, identification, documentation or other reporting requirements if compliance is required by law, regulation, administrative practice or an applicable treaty as a pre-condition to exemption from, or a reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, such Taxes, (vii) if the Notes are presented for payment more than 15 days after the date on which such payment or such Notes became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts had the Notes been presented on the last day of such 15-day period), (viii) on account of any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, value added, excise, transfer, use, personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or governmental charge, (ix) that is a fiduciary, partnership or any other entity other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed had the holder of the Notes been the beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner, as the case may be, of the payment, (x) on account of any Taxes (a) that are payable other than by deduction or withholding from a payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, (b) that would not have been imposed but for a change in law, regulation, or administrative or judicial interpretation that becomes effective more than 15 days after the payment becomes due or is duly provided for, whichever occurs later or (c) that are required to be withheld by any paying agent from any payment of principal of or interest on any Note, if such payment can be made without such withholding or deduction by at least one other paying agent or (xi) any combination of (i) through (x).  RCCI will also (a) make such withholding or deduction and (b) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law.  Upon the written request of a holder of Notes, RCCI will furnish, as soon as reasonably practicable, to such holder of Notes certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by RCCI.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments will be made net of any deduction or withholding imposed or collected pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code (or any law implementing such an intergovernmental agreement) (any such withholding, a “FATCA Withholding Tax”), and no Additional Amounts will be payable as a result of any such FATCA Withholding Tax.
 
If a holder in respect of a beneficial owner has received a refund or credit for any Taxes with respect to which RCCI has paid Additional Amounts, such holder shall pay over such refund to RCCI (but only to the extent of such Additional Amounts), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such holder or beneficial owner, together with any interest paid by the relevant tax authority in respect of such refund.

52


At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Guarantee of RCCI is due and payable, if RCCI will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, RCCI will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable, stating the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee, on behalf of RCCI, to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date. Whenever in the Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal (and premium, if any), redemption price, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to the Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.
 
The obligations of RCCI under this Section 704 shall survive the discharge and termination of this Supplemental Indenture and the payment of all amounts under or with respect to the Guarantee.

SECTION 705          RIGHT OF REDEMPTION; ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.
 
(a)          If, as a result of
 
(i)          a change in, or an amendment to, the laws (including any regulations, rulings or protocols promulgated thereunder) or treaties of Canada (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein);
 
(ii)          any change in or amendment to, or introduction of, any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations, rulings, protocols or treaties (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction); or
 
(iii)          any official proposal of the aforementioned changes in clauses (i) and (ii) above;
 
which change, amendment or official proposal is announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date of the Notes, RCCI has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee, any Additional Amounts in accordance with Section 704 of this Supplemental Indenture, then the Company may, at its option, redeem such Notes, as a whole but not in part, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but not including the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if any; provided that the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable commercial measures available to the Company or RCCI not including substitution of the obligor or guarantor under such Notes.
 
(b)          The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to this Section 705 shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of such redemption, the Company shall, at least 10 but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by it (unless a shorter

53


notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed.

SECTION 706          PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.
 
The reference contained in Section 210 of the Indenture to the obligations of the Company under Section 907 of the Indenture shall be deemed to include the obligations of RCCI under Section 704 of this Supplemental Indenture.
 
ARTICLE EIGHT
 
AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE

SECTION 801          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 106.For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 106 is hereby amended by adding the following:

“The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions, including funds transfer instructions (“Instructions”) given pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and related financing documents and delivered using Electronic Means; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing the Authorized Officers and containing specimen signatures of such Authorized Officers, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended by the Company whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Company elects to give the Trustee Instructions using Electronic Means and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such Instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such Instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Company understands and agrees that the Trustee cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Instructions and that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that directions that purport to have been sent by an Authorized Officer listed on the incumbency certificate provided to the Trustee have been sent by such Authorized Officer. The Company shall be responsible for ensuring that only Authorized Officers transmit such Instructions to the Trustee and that the Company and all Authorized Officers are solely responsible to safeguard the use and confidentiality of applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys upon receipt by the Company. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such Instructions notwithstanding such Instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Company agrees: (i) to assume all risks arising out of the use of Electronic Means to submit Instructions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized Instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties; (ii) that it is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with the various methods of transmitting Instructions to the Trustee and that there may be more secure methods of transmitting Instructions than the method(s) selected by the Company; (iii) that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection with its transmission of Instructions provide to it a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances; and (iv) to notify the Trustee promptly upon learning of any compromise or unauthorized use of the security procedures.”

54


SECTION 802          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 115.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 115 is hereby amended by adding the following:
 
“The Company irrevocably consents to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York or any United States Federal court sitting, in each case, in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, United States of America, and any appellate court from any thereof, and waives any immunity from the jurisdiction of such courts over any suit, action or proceeding that may be brought by the Trustee or Holders of the Notes in connection with this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes. The Company irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to any suit, action or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes in such courts on the grounds of venue or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which the Company is subject by a suit upon such judgment; provided that service of process is effected upon the Company in the manner provided by the Indenture.
 
ALL PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.”

SECTION 803          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 401(b) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(b) default in the payment of any interest, including any Additional Interest, or any Additional Amounts on any Notes when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or”
 
SECTION 804          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 401.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 401 is hereby amended by adding the following as the third paragraph of Section 401:
 
“Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by a Trust Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the applicable Series of Securities.”
 
SECTION 805          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE ARTICLE FIVE
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Article Five is hereby amended by adding the following as a new Section 515:

55


“Section 515: TRUSTEE NOT BOUND TO ACT.

The Trustee shall retain the right not to act and shall not be liable for refusing to act if, due to a lack of information or for any other reason whatsoever, the Trustee, in its sole judgment, determines that such act might cause it to be in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or anti-terrorist legislation, regulation or guideline. Further, should the Trustee, in its sole judgment, determine at any time that its acting under this Supplemental Indenture has resulted in its being in non-compliance with any applicable anti-money laundering or antiterrorist legislation, regulation or guideline, then it shall have the right to resign on 10 days’ written notice to the Company (and during such ten (10) day notice period, the Trustee shall have the right not to act and shall not be liable for refusing to act) provided that: (i) the Trustee’s written notice shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, describe the circumstances of such noncompliance (for greater certainty, no such description shall be required if it could constitute ‘tipping off’ or any other disclosure or action prohibited by applicable law); and (ii) if such circumstances are rectified to the Trustee’s satisfaction within such ten (10) day notice period, then such resignation shall not be effective.”

SECTION 806          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 701.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 701(a)(1) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(1) the Company shall be the continuing Person or”

SECTION 807          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 906

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 906 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(a)          If the Company is not required to file with the Commission the Financial Reports, the Company will furnish (without cost) to each holder of Notes then outstanding and file with the Trustee (i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, its audited consolidated financial statements for such fiscal year prepared in accordance with GAAP and substantially in the form prescribed by applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities for Canadian public reporting companies (whether or not the Company is a public reporting company at the time) and (ii) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, unaudited consolidated financial statements for the interim period as at, and for the interim period ending on, the end of such fiscal quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP and substantially in the form prescribed by applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities for Canadian public reporting companies (whether or not the Company is a public reporting company at the time).
 
(b)          The obligations of the Company to deliver the Financial Reports or the financial statements referred to in the preceding paragraph will be deemed satisfied if any parent entity of the Company has delivered to the Trustee (including by making them publicly available on SEDAR or EDGAR) the applicable Financial Reports or financial statements, as applicable, that would otherwise be required to be provided in respect of the Company, with respect to such parent entity; provided that such obligations will only be deemed to be satisfied if, and for so

56


long as, such parent entity furnishes to the Trustee (either in or with a copy of such Financial Reports or financial statements, as applicable) “summary financial information” as defined in Section 13.4 of National Instrument 51-102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations (“NI 51-102”) (or substantially equivalent financial information provided for in any successor provision thereto in NI 51-102 or any successor instrument) for the parent entity for the periods covered by such financial statements with a separate column for (i) the parent entity, (ii) the Company, (iii) all guarantors (if any) (on a combined basis), (iv) any other subsidiaries of the parent entity (on a combined basis), (v) consolidating adjustments and (vi) total consolidated amounts.
 
(c)          Delivery of such Financial Reports or financial statements, as applicable, to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt thereof shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants (as to which the Trustee is entitled to certificates). The Trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, the Company’s compliance with the covenants or with respect to any reports or other documents filed on SEDAR, EDGAR or any website.
 
(d)          the Company has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, and are not eligible to be resold pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company will furnish to the holders of the Notes and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act (for so long as such information is required in order to permit resales of the Notes pursuant to Rule 144A).
 
(e)          Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s or RCCI’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).”
 
SECTION 808          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 603.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 603 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“So long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company will provide to the Trustee within 30 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and quarterly reports and of the information, documents and other reports which the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (collectively, the “Financial Reports”); provided, however, that the Company need not furnish any such information, documents or reports to the extent they are made publicly available on SEDAR or EDGAR or any other website maintained by the securities regulatory authorities in Canada or the Commission.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall not be the responsibility of the Trustee to monitor postings of the Company on SEDAR or EDGAR or any other applicable website, it being understood that, due to the public availability of the information contained on such websites, any Person, including without limitation any holder,

57


may obtain such information directly from such websites copies of the Company’s annual report and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.”
 
SECTION 809          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 907.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 907 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“All payments made by the Company under or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantee will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge imposed or levied by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of any province or territory thereof or by any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax (hereinafter “Taxes”), unless the Company is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency.  If the Company is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, the Company will pay as interest such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder of such Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such holder would have received in respect of the beneficial owner if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to a payment made to a holder of the Notes in respect of a beneficial owner (i) with which the Company does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”)) at the time of making such payment or which is entitled to the payment in respect of a debt or other obligation to pay an amount to a person with which the Company does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) at the time of making such payment, (ii) which is a “specified shareholder” of the Company, or which does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) with a “specified shareholder” of the Company as defined in subsection 18(5) of the Tax Act, (iii) where all or any portion of the amount paid or credited to such holder is deemed to be a dividend pursuant to subsection 214(6) of the Tax Act, (iv) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the holder or beneficial owner carrying on business in, maintaining a permanent establishment or other physical presence in or otherwise being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the acquisition or mere holding of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder, (v) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the legal nature of the holder or beneficial owner disentitling such holder or beneficial owner to the benefit of an applicable treaty or convention if and to the extent that the application of such treaty or convention would have resulted in the reduction or elimination of any Taxes as to which Additional Amounts would have otherwise been payable to a holder on behalf of such beneficial owner, (vi) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of the failure by a holder or beneficial owner to comply with any certification, identification, documentation or other reporting requirements if compliance is required by law, regulation, administrative practice or an applicable treaty as a pre-condition to exemption from, or a reduction in the rate of deduction or withholding of, such Taxes, (vii) if the Notes are presented for payment more than 15 days after the date on which such payment or such Notes became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to such Additional

58


Amounts had the Notes been presented on the last day of such 15-day period), (viii) on account of any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, value added, excise, transfer, use, personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or governmental charge, (ix) that is a fiduciary, partnership or any other entity other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent the Taxes giving rise to such Additional Amounts would not have been imposed had the holder of the Notes been the beneficiary, partner or sole beneficial owner, as the case may be, of the payment, (x) on account of any Taxes (a) that are payable other than by deduction or withholding from a payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes, (b) that would not have been imposed but for a change in law, regulation, or administrative or judicial interpretation that becomes effective more than 15 days after the payment becomes due or is duly provided for, whichever occurs later or (c) that are required to be withheld by any paying agent from any payment of principal of or interest on any Note, if such payment can be made without such withholding or deduction by at least one other paying agent or (xi) any combination of (i) through (x).  The Company will also (a) make such withholding or deduction and (b) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law.  Upon the written request of a holder of Notes, the Company will furnish, as soon as reasonably practicable, to such holder of Notes certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Company.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments will be made net of any deduction or withholding imposed or collected pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code (or any law implementing such an intergovernmental agreement) (any such withholding, a “FATCA Withholding Tax”), and no Additional Amounts will be payable as a result of any such FATCA Withholding Tax.
 
If a holder in respect of a beneficial owner has received a refund or credit for any Taxes with respect to which the Company has paid Additional Amounts, such holder shall pay over such refund to the Company (but only to the extent of such Additional Amounts), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such holder or beneficial owner, together with any interest paid by the relevant tax authority in respect of such refund.
 
At least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Guarantee of the Company is due and payable, if the Company will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable, stating the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee, on behalf of the Company, to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date. Whenever in the Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal (and premium, if any), redemption price, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to the Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.
 
The obligations of the Company under this Section 907 shall survive the discharge and termination of this Supplemental Indenture and the payment of all amounts under or with respect to the Guarantee.”

59


SECTION 810          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1001.
 
For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 1001(b) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
“(b)          If, as a result of
 
(i)          a change in, or an amendment to, the laws (including any regulations, rulings or protocols promulgated thereunder) or treaties of Canada (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein);
 
(ii)          any change in or amendment to, or introduction of, any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, regulations, rulings, protocols or treaties (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction); or
 
(iii)          any official proposal of the aforementioned changes in clauses (i) and (ii) above;
 
which change, amendment or official proposal is announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date of the Notes, the Company has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable under or with respect to the Notes, any Additional Amounts in accordance with Section 907 of the Indenture, as amended and restated by this Supplemental Indenture, then the Company may, at its option, redeem such Notes, as a whole but not in part, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but not including the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if any; provided that the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable commercial measures available to the Company not including substitution of the obligor under such Notes.
 
The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to this Section 1001(b) shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution. In case of such redemption, the Company shall, at least 10 but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by it (unless a shorter notice period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed.”
 
SECTION 811          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1004.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 1004 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of Notes of for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis or by lot or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, unless the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in which case such selection shall be made in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed; provided that no Notes of U.S.$2,000 or less shall be purchased or redeemed in part.

60


The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Security Registrar in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

A new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any Note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.”
 
SECTION 812          AMENDMENT TO INDENTURE SECTION 1005.

For purposes of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture, Section 1005 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Notice of intention to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 1001 as so modified by this Supplemental Indenture shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that are to be redeemed, not more than 60 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Redemption Date, in the manner provided in Section 112 of the Supplemental Indenture.  Every such notice of redemption shall state:
 
(a)          the Redemption Date;
 
(b)          the Redemption Price;
 
(c)          if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the principal amount) of the particular Notes to be redeemed;
 
(d)          that, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition precedent to the redemption specified in such notice, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note or portion thereof on the Redemption Date, and that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest thereon, if any, shall cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;
 
(e)          the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and
 
(f)          any conditions to the redemption.

Any redemption pursuant to Section 1001 as so modified by this Supplemental Indenture (and any related notice of redemption) may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an equity or other securities offering, an incurrence of indebtedness or other financing, or any other corporate transaction or event. Notice of any redemption in respect thereof may, at the Company’s discretion, be given prior to the completion of one or more of the transactions or events upon which the redemption is conditioned and such redemption may be partial as a result of only some of the conditions being satisfied. If such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, state that, in the Company’s discretion, such redemption may not occur and such notice may be

61


rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the Redemption Date.  In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and other amounts owing for the redemption of any Notes and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.  In the event that the condition(s) of any redemption that is conditional are not satisfied or waived by the Company in its sole discretion on or prior to the Redemption Date therefor, the redemption shall be rescinded and notice thereof shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that were to have been redeemed promptly thereafter (but in any event no later than the Business Day after the Redemption Date), in the manner in which the notice of redemption was delivered, that such condition(s) were not satisfied or waived and such redemption has been rescinded, and the Trustee shall promptly return to the Holders thereof any Notes which had been surrendered for payment upon such redemption. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall have no responsibility for determining whether or not a condition set forth in such notice of redemption is satisfied, and shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon the Company’s determination regarding the satisfaction or waiver thereof.

Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. Any inadvertent defect in a notice of redemption, including an inadvertent failure to deliver such notice, to any Holder whose Notes are selected for redemption will not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any the Notes of any other Holder that are to be redeemed.”
 
SECTION 813          MISCELLANEOUS AMENDMENTS.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Indenture, including Section 204 thereof, this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes may be executed and authenticated by manual, facsimile or electronic signature.

[Remainder of the Page Intentionally Left Blank]

62


 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.
 

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
 

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
         

by:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title [REDACTED]  
         
 







[Signature Page to the Supplemental Indenture]


 
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
         
         

By:
/s/ Teresa H. Wyszomierski
 
    Name: Teresa H. Wyszomierski
 
    Title Vice President
 
         








[Signature Page to the Supplemental Indenture]




Exhibit 99.6

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
dated as of March 11, 2022
between
ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.
the GUARANTOR specified herein
and
BOFA SECURITIES, INC.
as Representative of the several Initial Purchasers

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 11, 2022, between Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the province of British Columbia (the “Company”), and Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation existing under the laws of Canada (the “Guarantor”), on the one hand, and BofA Securities, Inc. as representative of the several Initial Purchasers (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”) named in Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below), on the other hand. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Initial Purchasers have agreed to purchase, severally and not jointly, the Company’s 2.95% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “2025 Notes”), the Company’s 3.20% Senior Notes due 2027 (the “2027 Notes”), the Company’s 3.80% Senior Notes due 2032 (the “2032 Notes”), the Company’s 4.50% Senior Notes due 2042 (the “2042 Notes”)  and the Company’s 4.55% Senior Notes due 2052 (the “2052 Notes”, and together with the 2025 Notes, the 2027 Notes, the 2032 Notes and the 2042 Notes, the “Notes”). The Notes of each series are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantor (the “Guarantees”). The Notes and the Guarantees are herein collectively referred to as the “Securities.”

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated March 7, 2022 (the “Purchase Agreement”), among the Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined herein), including the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Notes, the Company and the Guarantor have agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1.
Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

“Additional Interest” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof.

“Base Interest” shall mean the interest, with respect to a series of Notes, that would otherwise accrue on the Notes of such series under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement.

The term “broker-dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.

“Canadian Private Placement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(h) hereof.



“Canadian Securities Laws” means the applicable securities laws of each province and territory of Canada and the applicable published policy statements, instruments, blanket orders, blanket rulings and applicable notices of the securities commissions or similar securities regulatory authorities in each of the provinces and territories of Canada.

“Closing Date” shall mean the date on which the Securities are initially issued.

“Commission” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.

“Effective Time”, in the case of (i) an Exchange Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.

“Electing Holder” shall mean any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company (or its counsel) in accordance with Section 3(b)(ii) or 3(b)(iii) hereof.

“Eligible Canadian Holder” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(h) hereof.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

“Exchange Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(a) hereof.

“Exchange Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

“Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

The term “holder” shall mean the Initial Purchasers and other persons who acquire Transfer Restricted Securities from time to time (including any successors or assigns), in each case for so long as such person owns any Transfer Restricted Securities; provided that for purposes of any obligation of the Company to give notice to any holders, “holder” shall mean the record owner of Transfer Restricted Securities.

“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture dated as of August 6, 2008, among the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), as supplemented by (i) in the case of the 2025 Notes, a fourteenth supplemental indenture to be dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee in respect of the 2025 Notes, (ii) in the case of the 2027 Notes, by a fifteenth supplemental indenture to be dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee in respect of the 2027 Notes, (iii) in the case of the 2032 Notes, by a sixteenth supplemental indenture to be dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee in respect of the 2032 Notes, (iv) in the case of the 2042 Notes by a seventeenth supplemental indenture to be dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee in respect of the 2042 Notes, and (v) in the case of the 2052 Notes by an eighteenth supplemental indenture to be dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee in respect of the 2052 Notes, in each case as the same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

2


“Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

“NI 31-103” means National Instrument 31-103 – Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations.

“NI 45-106” means National Instrument 45-106 – Prospectus Exemptions.

“Notice and Questionnaire” means a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

The term “person” shall mean a corporation, association, partnership, organization, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency.

“Registration Default” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof.

“Registration Expenses” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4 hereof.

“Resale Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

“Restricted Holder” shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Company or the Guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Securities outside the ordinary course of such holder’s business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Securities, and (iv) a holder that is a broker-dealer, but only with respect to Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable.

“Rule 144” and “Rule 405” shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same shall be amended from time to time.

“Securities Act” shall mean the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Shelf Registration”shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof.

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof.

“Transfer Restricted Securities” shall mean each Security until:

(1)          the date on which such Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for an Exchange Security in the Exchange Offer;

3


(2)          following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer of a Security for an Exchange Security of the applicable series , the date on which such Exchange Security is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Registration Statement;

(3)          the date on which such Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement; or

(4)          such Security shall cease to be outstanding under the Indenture.

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or any successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be amended from time to time.

Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Section” or “clause” refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Agreement, and the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision.

2.
Registration Under the Securities Act.


(a)
Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company and the Guarantor agree, on or prior to 475 days after the Closing Date, to (i) file under the Securities Act a registration statement on an appropriate form relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the “Exchange Registration Statement”, and such offer, the “Exchange Offer”) any and all of the Notes of each series for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the same series issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantor, which debt securities and guarantees of each series are substantially identical to the applicable series of Notes and the Guarantees (and are entitled to the benefits of a trust indenture which is substantially identical to the Indenture or is the Indenture and which has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) in all material respects, except that they have been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not contain provisions for the additional interest contemplated in Section 2(c) below (such new debt securities, together with such guarantees, hereinafter called “Exchange Securities”) and (ii) use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act on or prior to 475 days after the Closing Date. For greater certainty, references in this Agreement to the Exchange Offer include the offer and exchange of Transfer Restricted Securities for Exchange Securities pursuant to the Canadian Private Placement described in clause (h) hereof. The Exchange Securities will be issued as evidence of the same continuing indebtedness of the Company and will not constitute the creation of new indebtedness. The Company and the Guarantor further agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to commence and complete the Exchange Offer on or prior to 45 business days after such registration statement has become effective, hold the Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days and exchange Exchange Securities of the applicable series for all Transfer Restricted Securities of the applicable series that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn on or prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been “completed” only if the Exchange Securities received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Transfer Restricted Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed to have been completed with respect to a series of Transfer Restricted Securities upon the earlier to occur of (i) the Company having exchanged the Exchange Securities of the applicable series for all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities of the applicable series pursuant to the Exchange Offer and (ii) the Company having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Securities of the applicable series for all Transfer Restricted Securities of the applicable series that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer, which shall be on a date that is not less than 20 business days following the commencement of the Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantor agree (x) to include in the Exchange Registration Statement a prospectus for use in any resales by any holder of Exchange Securities that is a broker-dealer that has acquired such Transfer Restricted Securities for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and not directly from the Company or the Guarantor, and (y) to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Exchange Registration Statement effective for a period (the “Resale Period”) beginning when Exchange Securities are first issued in the Exchange Offer and ending upon the earlier of the expiration of the 180th day after the Exchange Offer has been completed or such time as such broker-dealers no longer own any Transfer Restricted Securities, other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired from the Company. With respect to such Exchange Registration Statement, such holders shall have the benefit of the rights of indemnification and contribution set forth in Sections 5(a), 5(c), 5(d) and 5(e) hereof.

4



(b)
If (i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed, existing applicable law or Commission interpretations are changed such that the debt securities received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Transfer Restricted Securities are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act, (ii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed within the applicable time period set forth in Section 2(a) hereof or (iii) the Exchange Offer is not available to any holder of the Securities in the United States (other than Restricted Holders), the Company and the Guarantor shall, in lieu of (or, in the case of clause (iii), in addition to) conducting the Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a), use their commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission, a “shelf” registration statement on an appropriate form providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the holders of, all of the Transfer Restricted Securities, pursuant to applicable law, rules and regulations on Form F-10 or any other appropriate form (such filing, the “Shelf Registration” and such registration statement, the “Shelf Registration Statement”). The Company and the Guarantor agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts (x) to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective on or prior to 475 days after the Closing Date and to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the earlier of the first anniversary of the Effective Time or such time as there are no longer any Transfer Restricted Securities outstanding, provided, however, that no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities unless such holder is an Electing Holder, and (y) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, promptly upon the request of any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to take any action reasonably necessary to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement, provided, however, that nothing in this clause (y) shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company and the Guarantor in accordance with Section 3(b)(iii) hereof. The Company and the Guarantor further agree to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, as and when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company and the Guarantor for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration, and the Company and the Guarantor agree to furnish to each Electing Holder copies of any such supplement or amendment prior to its being used or promptly following its filing with the Commission.

5



(c)
In the event that (i) the Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement has not become effective or been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date that such registration statement is required to become or be declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) or 2(b), respectively, or (ii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 45 business days after the initial effective date of the Exchange Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer (if the Exchange Offer is then required to be made), or (iii) any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof is filed and declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the time periods specified herein, or (iv) the Company and the Guarantor require holders to refrain from disposing of their Securities or Exchange Securities under the circumstances described in Section 3(g) and that suspension period exceeds 60 days in one instance or 90 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 12-month period (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and until such Registration Default ends, a “Registration Default Period”), then, as the sole remedy for such Registration Default in respect of a series of Notes, additional interest in respect of the applicable series of Notes (“Additional Interest”), in addition to the Base Interest of such series of Notes, shall accrue on the Notes of such series that are Transfer Restricted Securities at a per annum rate of 0.25% with respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of the first Registration Default in respect of such series of Notes. The amount of the Additional Interest in respect of an applicable series of Notes will increase by an additional per annum rate of 0.25% with respect to each subsequent 90 day Registration Default Period until all Registration Defaults in respect of such series of Notes have been cured, up to a maximum per annum rate of 0.50% for all Registration Defaults in respect of such series of Notes. The accrual of Additional Interest in respect of a series of Notes will cease on the date all Registration Defaults in respect of such series of Notes end. A Registration Default ends when the Notes of a series cease to be Transfer Restricted Securities or, if earlier, (A) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (i) of this Section 2(c), when the Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement for such series, as applicable, becomes effective, (B) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (ii) of this Section 2(c), when the Exchange Offer for such series is completed, or (C) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (iii) or (iv) of this Section 2(c), when Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement for such series, as applicable, again becomes effective or usable, as applicable. The Company and the Guarantor shall pay all Additional Interest in respect of a series of Notes, if any, in the manner and on the dates specified in the Indenture.

6



(d)
The Company and the Guarantor shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions necessary or advisable to be taken by them to ensure that the transactions contemplated herein are effected as so contemplated. Such actions may include amending and supplementing the prospectus and amending the Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company and the Guarantor for such Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement.


(e)
Any reference herein to a registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time.


(f)
The Company and the Guarantor will (i) cause any Exchange Registration Statement and Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto to comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) cause any Exchange Registration Statement and Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, when it becomes effective, not to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, not to include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

7



(g)
Neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall be required to file a prospectus under Canadian Securities Laws qualifying either: (i) the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities or (ii) the distribution of the Exchange Securities.


(h)
A holder of outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities located or resident in any province or territory of Canada at the time the Exchange Offer is consummated will only be entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer if: (i) such holder is an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in NI 45-106 or section 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), as applicable) who is not an individual, unless such individual is also a “permitted client” (as such term is defined in NI 31-103) and who otherwise acquires Exchange Securities in accordance with the “accredited investor exemption” (as such term is defined in NI 45-105) or (ii) such holder is eligible to acquire the Exchange Securities pursuant to another exemption from the prospectus requirements of Canadian Securities Laws (each, an “Eligible Canadian Holder”).  The offer to exchange, and the exchange of, the Transfer Restricted Securities of Eligible Canadian Holders for Exchange Securities in the manner contemplated herein is referred to as the “Canadian Private Placement.” For greater certainty, the Exchange Securities distributed as part of the Canadian Private Placement will be registered, together with all other Exchange Securities, pursuant to the Exchange Registration Statement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Company may include a “Notice to Canadian Investors” or equivalent section in the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Registration Statement, or in a “wrapper” or other document that accompanies such prospectus where delivered in connection with the Canadian Private Placement, providing such disclosure and such deemed representations, acknowledgments and agreements from persons participating in the Canadian Private Placement, in each case, as is necessary or advisable (in the reasonable determination of the Company’s legal counsel) under applicable Canadian Securities Laws to conduct the Canadian Private Placement.

3.
Registration Procedures.

If the Company and the Guarantor file a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), the following provisions shall apply:


(a)
In connection with the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor with respect to the registration of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section 2(a) (the “Exchange Registration”), if applicable, the Company and the Guarantor shall:


(i)
on or prior to 475 days after the Closing Date (i) prepare and file with the Commission an Exchange Registration Statement on an appropriate form of registration statement that may be utilized by the Company and the Guarantor and which shall permit the Exchange Offer and resales of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers that have not acquired Transfer Restricted Securities directly from the Company or the Guarantor during the Resale Period to be effected as contemplated by Section 2(a), and (ii) use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act on or prior to 475 days after the Closing Date;

8



(ii)
as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) hereof and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Registration Statement, and promptly provide each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities not acquired directly from the Company and the Guarantor with such number of copies of the prospectus included therein (as then amended or supplemented), in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, as such broker-dealer reasonably may request prior to the expiration of the Resale Period, for use in connection with resales of Exchange Securities;


(iii)
promptly notify each broker-dealer that has requested or, to the knowledge of the Company and the Guarantor, received copies of the prospectus included in such registration statement, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) in cases where a broker-dealer has specifically requested such information, when such Exchange Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, (B) with respect to such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (C) in cases where a broker-dealer has specifically requested such information, any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (D) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (E) of the receipt by the Company or the Guarantor of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or (F) at any time during the Resale Period when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Exchange Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

9



(iv)
in the event that the Company and the Guarantor would be required, pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii)(F) above, to notify any broker-dealers holding Exchange Securities, without delay prepare and furnish to each such holder a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of such Exchange Securities during the Resale Period, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder  and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing; use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;


(v)
obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state, provincial or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period;


(vi)
provide CUSIP numbers for each series of Exchange Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time; and


(vii)
cause any necessary filings to be made under applicable Canadian Securities Laws with the applicable securities regulatory authorities in Canada in connection with the Exchange Offer, including, where necessary, filing a report of exempt distribution on Form 45-106F1 contemplated in NI 45-106 with respect to any Exchange Securities issued in the Canadian Private Placement, and pay all applicable fees in connection therewith, and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable under applicable Canadian Securities Laws in connection therewith; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall be required, by virtue of this clause (ix) or any other provision of this Agreement, to file a prospectus under Canadian Securities Laws qualifying the distribution of the Exchange Securities.


(b)
In connection with the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor with respect to the Shelf Registration as contemplated by Section 2(b), if applicable, the Company and the Guarantor shall:


(i)
on or prior to 475 days after the Closing Date (A) prepare and file with the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement on an appropriate form of registration statement which may be utilized by the Company and the Guarantor and which shall register all of the Transfer Restricted Securities for resale by the holders thereof in accordance with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by such of the holders as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders and (B) use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act on or prior to 475 days after the Closing Date;

10



(ii)
deliver the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided that no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement as of the Effective Time, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities at any time, unless such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company and the Guarantor (or their counsel) by the deadline for response set forth therein;


(iii)
after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; provided that the Company and the Guarantor shall not be required to take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities until such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company and the Guarantor (or their counsel);


(iv)
as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission  such amendments and supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b) hereof and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission  and the instructions applicable to the form of such Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the Electing Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission;


(v)
comply with the provisions of the Securities Act  with respect to the disposition of all of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for in such Shelf Registration Statement;


(vi)
provide (A) any Electing Holders, (B) the underwriters (which term, for purposes of this Agreement, shall include a person deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act), if any, thereof, (C) any sales or placement agent therefor, (D) counsel for any such underwriter or agent and (E) not more than one counsel for all the Electing Holders, the opportunity to review and provide comments in connection with the preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission  and each amendment or supplement thereto;

11



(vii)
for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in Section 2(b), make available during reasonable business hours at the Company’s principal place of business or such other reasonable place for inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(b)(vi) such financial and other information and books and records of the Company and the Guarantor, and cause the officers, employees, counsel and independent chartered accountants of the Company and the Guarantor to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably necessary, in the judgment of the respective counsel referred to in such Section, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that each such party shall be required to agree in writing to maintain in confidence and not to disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company and the Guarantor as being confidential, until such time as (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such Shelf Registration Statement or otherwise), or (B) such person shall be required to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only after such person shall have given the Company and the Guarantor prompt prior written notice of such requirement);


(viii)
promptly notify each of the Electing Holders, any sales or placement agent therefor and any underwriter thereof (which notification may be made through any managing underwriter that is a representative of such underwriter for such purpose) and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed with the Commission  and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) in cases where an Electing Holder has specifically requested such information in writing, of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state or province with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantor contemplated by Section 3(b)(xv) cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company and the Guarantor of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or (F) if at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act  that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder  or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

12



(ix)
use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of (A) any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date or (B) the suspension of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for sale in any jurisdiction;


(x)
if requested by any managing underwriter or underwriters, any placement or sales agent or any Electing Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission  and as such managing underwriter or underwriters, such agent or such Electing Holder specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Transfer Restricted Securities, including information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold by such Electing Holder or agent or to any underwriters, the name and description of such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, the offering price of such Transfer Restricted Securities and any discount, commission or other compensation payable in respect thereof, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriters and with respect to any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold by such Electing Holder or agent or to such underwriters; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment promptly after notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;


(xi)
furnish to each Electing Holder, each placement or sales agent, if any, therefor, each underwriter, if any, thereof and the respective counsel referred to in Section 3(b)(vi) an executed copy (or, in the case of an Electing Holder, a conformed copy) of such Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto (in the case of an Electing Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, upon request) and documents incorporated by reference therein) and such number of copies of such Shelf Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, as the case may be) and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and such other documents, as such Electing Holder, agent, if any, and underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities owned by such Electing Holder, offered or sold by such agent or underwritten by such underwriter and to permit such Electing Holder, agent and underwriter to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and the Company and the Guarantor hereby consent to the use of such prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by each such Electing Holder and by any such agent and underwriter, in each case in the form most recently provided to such person by the Company and the Guarantor, in connection with the offering and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto;

13



(xii)
use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal or state, which may be required to effect the Shelf Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the selling holder or holders to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, their Transfer Restricted Securities in the United States;


(xiii)
provide CUSIP numbers for each series of Transfer Restricted Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time;


(xiv)
enter into one or more underwriting agreements, engagement letters, agency agreements, “best efforts” underwriting agreements or similar agreements, as appropriate, including customary provisions relating to indemnification and contribution, and take such other actions in connection therewith as any Electing Holders aggregating at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities of each series at the time outstanding shall reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities in the United States; provided that the Company and the Guarantor shall not be required to enter into any such agreement more than twice with respect to all of the Transfer Restricted Securities and may delay entering into any such agreement until the consummation of any underwritten public offering in which the Company and the Guarantor shall be engaged provided that such delay is reasonable;

14



(xv)
whether or not an agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(b)(xiv) hereof is entered into and whether or not any portion of the offering contemplated by the Shelf Registration is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent or any other entity, (A) make such representations and warranties to the Electing Holders and the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the underwriters, if any, thereof in form, substance and scope as are customarily made in connection with an offering of debt securities pursuant to any appropriate agreement or to a registration statement filed on the form applicable to the Shelf Registration; (B) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantor in customary form and covering such matters, of the type customarily covered by such an opinion as the managing underwriters, if any, or as any Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities at the time outstanding may reasonably request, addressed to such Electing Holder or Electing Holders and the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the underwriters, if any, thereof and dated the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (and if such Shelf Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering of a part or all of the Transfer Restricted Securities, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto); (C) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a “cold comfort” letter or letters from the independent chartered accountants of the Company (and the independent chartered accountants of any other entity, to the extent that financial statements of such other entity (or pro forma financial statements which include financial information relating to such other entity) are included or incorporated by reference in the Shelf Registration Statement) addressed to the selling Electing Holders, the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor or the underwriters, if any, thereof, dated (i) the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) the effective date of any prospectus supplement to the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement which includes unaudited or audited financial statements as of a date or for a period subsequent to that of the latest such statements included in such prospectus (and, if such Shelf Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering pursuant to any prospectus supplement to the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement which includes unaudited or audited financial statements as of a date or for a period subsequent to that of the latest such statements included in such prospectus, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto), such letter or letters to be in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by letters of such type; (D) deliver such documents and certificates, including officers’ certificates, as may be reasonably requested by any Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities at the time outstanding or the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof to, among other matters, evidence the accuracy of the representations and warranties made pursuant to clause (A) above and the compliance with or satisfaction of any agreements or conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company and the Guarantor; and (E) undertake such obligations relating to expense reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as are provided in Section 5 hereof; and

15



(xvi)
notify in writing each holder of Transfer Restricted Securities of any proposal by the Company and the Guarantor to amend or waive any provision of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7(g) hereof and of any amendment or waiver effected pursuant thereto, each of which notices shall contain the text of the amendment or waiver proposed or effected, as the case may be.


(c)
In the event that the Company and the Guarantor would be required, pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii)(F) or Section 3(b)(viii)(F) above, to notify, as applicable, each broker-dealer, the Electing Holders, the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof, the Company and the Guarantor shall without delay prepare and furnish to each of the Electing Holders, to each placement or sales agent, if any, and to each such underwriter, if any, electronic copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. Each Electing Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company and the Guarantor pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii)(F) or Section 3(b)(viii)(F) hereof, such broker-dealer, Electing Holder, underwriter or placement or sales agent shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement applicable to such Transfer Restricted Securities until such broker-dealer, Electing Holder, underwriter or placement or sales agent shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus and if so directed by the Company, such broker-dealer, Electing Holder, underwriter or placement or sales agent shall destroy or deliver to the Company and the Guarantor (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Electing Holder’s possession of the prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.


(d)
In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each Electing Holder in its Notice Questionnaire, the Company and the Guarantor may require such Electing Holder to furnish to the Company and the Guarantor such additional information regarding such Electing Holder and such Electing Holder’s intended method of distribution of Transfer Restricted Securities as may be required in the reasonable judgment of counsel for the Company and the Guarantor in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Company and the Guarantor as promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Electing Holder to the Company and the Guarantor or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities or omits or would omit to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Company and the Guarantor any additional information required to correct and update any previously furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Electing Holder or the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.

16



(e)
As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company and the Guarantor, prior to the completion of the Exchange Offer, a written representation to the Company and the Guarantor to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company or the Guarantor, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business, and such holder shall make such other written representations as the Company and the Guarantors may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable Canadian Securities Laws. As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each holder shall acknowledge and agree that any broker-dealer and any such holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such holder in exchange for Securities acquired by such holder directly from the Company and the Guarantor.


(f)
Until the expiration of one year after the Closing Date, the Company and the Guarantor will not, and will not permit any of their “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144) to, resell any of the Securities that have been reacquired by any of them except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

17



(g)
By its acquisition of Securities or Exchange Securities each Electing Holder and each broker-dealer agrees that, upon the Company and the Guarantor providing notice to such Electing Holder or broker-dealer or the underwriter or placement or sales agent, as the case may be, (x) of the happening of any event of the kind described in clauses (D), (E) or (F) of Section 3(a)(iii) hereof or clauses (C), (E) or (F) of Section 3(b)(viii) hereof, or (y) that the Company has determined in good faith that (i) it has a bona fide business purpose for doing so and/or (ii) doing so would require disclosure of information that has not been disclosed to the public, the disclosure of which would not be in the best interests of the Company or the Guarantor, upon providing such notice (which shall refer to this Section 3(g)), the Company and the Guarantor may delay the filing or the effectiveness of the Exchange Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement (if not then filed or effective, as applicable) and shall not be required to maintain the effectiveness thereof or amend or supplement the Exchange Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, in all cases, for a period (a “Delay Period“) expiring upon the earlier to occur of (i) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (x), receipt by such broker-dealer, Electing Holder, underwriter or placement or sales agent of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof or until it is advised in writing by the Company and the Guarantor pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof that the use of the applicable prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto or (ii) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (y), the date which is the earlier of (A) the date on which such business purpose ceases to interfere with the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor to file or maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement or the applicable information is otherwise publicly disclosed by the Company or (B) 60 days after the Company and the Guarantor notify the Electing Holders of such good faith determination. The period of effectiveness of the Exchange Registration Statement provided for in Section 2(a) above and the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 2(b) shall each be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days during any Delay Period. No Delay Period shall exceed 60 consecutive days, and the aggregate number of days in all Delay Periods shall not exceed 90 during any 12-month period.


(h)
As a condition to its participation in the Canadian Private Placement, each Eligible Canadian Holder may be required to (x) make certain representations, warranties, acknowledgements, agreements and covenants in favor of the Company (in each case which the Company may deem to have been made by virtue of a holder’s tender of its Transfer Restricted Securities to the Exchange Offer), in each case, where those representations, warranties, acknowledgements, agreements and covenants are necessary or advisable (in the reasonable determination of the Company’s legal counsel) under applicable law (including Canadian Securities Laws) to conduct the Canadian Private Placement and (y) provide certain information to the Company, and consent to the Company’s disclosure of that information for purposes of meeting legal, regulatory and audit requirements and as otherwise permitted or required by law or regulation, including where necessary for the filing of any reports of exempt distribution on Form 45-106F1 contemplated in NI 45-106 with the applicable securities regulatory authorities in Canada. For greater clarity, any representations, warranties, acknowledgements, agreements and covenants required by this clause (h) are in addition to any representations, warranties, acknowledgements, agreements and covenants that the Eligible Canadian Holder is required to make in order to participate in the Exchange Offer pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement.

18


4.
Registration Expenses.

The Company and the Guarantor agree to bear and to pay or cause to be paid promptly any and all expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Company and the Guarantor, including, (a) any and all Commission and FINRA registration, filing and review fees and expenses including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the placement or sales agent or underwriters in connection with such registration, filing and review, (b) all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Securities for offering and sale under the State securities and blue sky laws, (c) all expenses relating to the preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Securities for delivery and the expenses of printing or producing any underwriting agreements, agreements among underwriters, selling agreements and blue sky or legal investment memoranda and all other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Securities to be disposed of (including certificates representing the Securities), (d) fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent of the Trustee and any counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent, security trustee or custodian, (e) internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of the Company’s officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (f) fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel of the Company and the Guarantor and independent chartered accountants of the Company and any other applicable chartered accountants (including the expenses of any opinions or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance), (g) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel for the Electing Holders retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities of each series held by Electing Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers), (h) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Securities, (i) any fees and expenses payable to the securities regulatory authorities in Canada in connection with the Canadian Private Placement, and (j) fees, expenses and disbursements of any other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company and the Guarantor in connection with such registration (collectively, the “Registration Expenses”). To the extent that any Registration Expenses are incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or any placement or sales agent therefor or underwriter thereof, the Company and the Guarantor shall reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid promptly after receipt of a request therefor with supporting documentation evidencing the Registration Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Transfer Restricted Securities being registered shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of such Transfer Restricted Securities and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel and experts specifically referred to above.

19


5.
Indemnification.


(a)
Indemnification by the Company and the Guarantor. Each of the Company and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and each person, if any, who controls each Initial Purchaser within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities included in an Exchange Registration Statement, each of the Electing Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement and each person who participates as underwriter in any offering or sale of such Transfer Restricted Securities against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Initial Purchaser, holder, underwriter may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon:


(i)
any information or statement contained in any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, furnished by the Company to any Initial Purchaser, any such holder, Electing Holder, underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, as the case may be, under which such Transfer Restricted Securities were registered under the Securities Act, which contains or is alleged to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omits or is alleged to omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or


(ii)
any information or statement contained in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus, as the case may be, furnished by the Company to any Initial Purchaser, any such holder, Electing Holder, underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, as the case may be, which at the time and in the light of the circumstances under which it was made contains or is alleged to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omits or is alleged to omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse such Initial Purchaser, such holder, such Electing Holder, and such underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action, loss, claim, damage or liability as such expenses are reasonably incurred; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantor shall not be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company and the Guarantor by such person expressly for use therein.

20



(b)
Indemnification by the Holders and any Underwriters. The Company and the Guarantor may require, as a condition to including any Transfer Restricted Securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof and to entering into any underwriting agreement with respect thereto, that the Company and the Guarantor shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to them from the Electing Holder of such Transfer Restricted Securities and from each underwriter named in any such underwriting agreement severally and not jointly, to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Guarantor and all other holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company and the Guarantor or such other holders of Transfer Restricted Securities may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company and the Guarantor to any such Electing Holder or underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company and the Guarantor by such Electing Holder or underwriter expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company and the Guarantor for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and the Guarantor in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are reasonably incurred; provided, however, that no such Electing Holder shall be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 5(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by such Electing Holder from the sale of such Electing Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to such registration.


(c)
Notices of Claims, Etc. In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to either Section 5(a) or 5(b) above, the indemnified party shall promptly notify the indemnifying party in writing, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may otherwise have otherwise than on account of this indemnity. The indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party.

21



(d)
Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 5(a) or Section 5(b) are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 5(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders or any underwriters or all of them were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 5(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5(d), no holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such holder from the sale of any Transfer Restricted Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, and no underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Transfer Restricted Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The holders’ and any underwriters’ obligations in this Section 5(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities registered or underwritten, as the case may be, by them and not joint.

22



(e)
The obligations of the Company and the Guarantor under this Section 5 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Guarantor may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and partner of each holder and underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the obligations of the holders and any underwriters contemplated by this Section 5 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective holder or underwriter may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company and the Guarantor (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in any registration statement as about to become a director of the Company and the Guarantor) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company and the Guarantor within the meaning of the Securities Act.

6.
Underwritten Offerings.


(a)
Selection of Underwriters. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration are to be sold pursuant to an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be designated by Electing Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be included in such offering, provided that such designated managing underwriter or underwriters is or are reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Guarantor.


(b)
Participation by Holders. Each holder of Transfer Restricted Securities hereby agrees with each other such holder that no such holder may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless such holder (i) agrees to sell such holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

23


7.
Miscellaneous.


(a)
No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantor represent, warrant, covenant and agree that they have not granted, and shall not grant, registration rights with respect to Transfer Restricted Securities or any other securities which would be inconsistent with the terms contained in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.


(b)
Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered, couriered or facsimiled and confirmed to the parties hereto and to a holder as follows: if to the Company or the Guarantor, to Rogers Communications Inc., 333 Bloor Street East, Toronto, Ontario M4W 1G9, Canada, E-mail: Bruce.Wagner@rci.rogers.com and rogerslegal@rci.rogers.com, Attention: Vice President, Treasurer and the Chief Legal Officer, and if to a holder, to the address of such holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company and the Guarantor, or to such other address as the Company and the Guarantor or any such holder may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Any party hereto or any holder may change the address or facsimile number for receipt of communications by giving written notice to the others.


(c)
Parties in Interest. All the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and the holders from time to time of the Transfer Restricted Securities and the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto and such holders. In the event that any transferee of any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall acquire Transfer Restricted Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such Transfer Restricted Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Transfer Restricted Securities such transferee shall be entitled to receive the benefits of, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all of the applicable terms and provisions of, this Agreement. If the Company and the Guarantor shall so request, any such successor, assign or transferee shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Transfer Restricted Securities subject to all of the applicable terms hereof.

24



(d)
Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and each other provision set forth in this Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation (or statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, any director, officer or partner of such holder, any underwriter or any director, officer or partner thereof, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the transfer and registration of Transfer Restricted Securities by such holder and the consummation of an Exchange Offer.


(e)
Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.


(f)
Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.


(g)
Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including the Indenture and the form of Securities) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument duly executed by the Company and the Guarantor and the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities at the time outstanding. Each holder of any Transfer Restricted Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected pursuant to this Section 7(g), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such Transfer Restricted Securities or is delivered to such holder.


(h)
Inspection. For so long as this Agreement shall be in effect, this Agreement and a complete list of the names and addresses of all the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall be made available for inspection and copying on any business day by any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities for proper purposes only (which shall include any purpose related to the rights of the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities under the Securities, the Indenture and this Agreement) at the offices of the Company at the address thereof set forth in Section 7(b) above and at the office of the Trustee under the Indenture.


(i)
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopier, facsimile, email or other electronic transmission (i.e., “pdf”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

25



(j)
Service of Process. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Related Proceedings”) may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the City and County of New York (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction (except for suits, actions, or proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any Specified Court in a Related Proceeding a “Related Judgment”, as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of the Specified Courts in any Related Proceeding.  Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any Related Proceeding brought in any Specified Court.  The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any Related Proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any Specified Court that any Related Proceeding brought in any Specified Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each party not located in the United States irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System, 28 Liberty Street, New York, NY 10005 (and any successor entity) as its agent to receive service of process or other legal summons for purposes of any Related Proceeding that may be instituted in any Specified Court


(k)
Judgment Currency. In respect of any judgment or order given or made for any amount due hereunder that is expressed and paid in a currency (the “judgment currency”) other than United States dollars, the Company and the Guarantor shall indemnify each holder or underwriter against any loss incurred by such holder or underwriter as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the United States dollar amount is converted into the judgment currency for the purpose of such judgment or order and (ii) the rate of exchange at which a holder or underwriter is able to purchase United States dollars with the amount of judgment currency actually received by such holder or underwriter. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of the Company and the Guarantor and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term “rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into United States dollars.




[Signature pages follow]
26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.
 
       

By:
[REDACTED]
 
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title: [REDACTED]  



By:
[REDACTED]  
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title: [REDACTED]  


  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.
 
       

By:
[REDACTED]  
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title: [REDACTED]  



By:
[REDACTED]  
    Name: [REDACTED]  
    Title: [REDACTED]  





[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:
BOFA SECURITIES, INC.
Acting on behalf of itself and the several Initial Purchasers


BOFA SECURITIES, INC.
 
     
By:
/s/ Kevin Wehler
 
  Name: Kevin Wehler
 
  Title: Managing Director
 





[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

Exhibit A


FORM OF INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS
[Date of Mailing]
URGENT — IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED
DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE](a)

The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the Rogers Communications Inc. (the “Company”) 2.95% Senior Notes due 2025, 3.20% Senior Notes due 2027, 3.80% Senior Notes due 2032, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2042 and 4.55% Senior Notes due 2052 (collectively, the “Securities”) are held.

The Company is in the process of registering the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933 for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to have their Securities included in the registration statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire.

It is important that beneficial owners of the Securities receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [Deadline For Response]. Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Securities through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact Rogers Communications Inc., 333 Bloor Street East, Toronto, Ontario M4W 1G9, Canada, E-mail: rogers.treasury@rci.rogers.com and rogerslegal@rci.rogers.com, Attention: Vice President, Treasurer and the Chief Legal Officer.

(a) Not less than 30 days from date of mailing

FORM OF NOTICE OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT
and
SELLING SECURITYHOLDER QUESTIONNAIRE
[Date]

Reference is hereby made to the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) among Rogers Communications Inc. (the “Company”), the subsidiary Guarantor referred to therein (the “Guarantor”), and the Initial Purchasers named therein. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Guarantor have filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the 2.95% Senior Notes due 2025, 3.20% Senior Notes due 2027, 3.80% Senior Notes due 2032, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2042 and 4.55% Senior Notes due 2052 of the Company guaranteed by the Guarantor (collectively, the “Securities”). A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is attached hereto. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Registration Rights Agreement.



Each beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined below) is entitled to have the Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf Registration Statement. In order to have Transfer Restricted Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire (“Notice and Questionnaire”) must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company’s counsel at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE [Deadline for Response]. Beneficial owners of Transfer Restricted Securities who do not complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities.

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Transfer Restricted Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The term “Transfer Restricted Securities” is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

ELECTION

The undersigned holder (the “Selling Securityholder”) of Transfer Restricted Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Transfer Restricted Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto.

Upon any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company and the Trustee the Notice of Transfer set forth as Exhibit B to the Registration Rights Agreement.

The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

QUESTIONNAIRE


(1)
(a)
Full Legal Name of Selling Securityholder:


(b)
Full Legal Name of Registered Holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Transfer Restricted Securities Listed in Item (3) below:


(c)
Full Legal Name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) Through Which Transfer Restricted Securities Listed in Item (3) below are Held:


(2)
Address for Notices to Selling Securityholder:
Telephone:
Fax:
Contact Person:
Email Address:

30



(3)
Beneficial Ownership of Securities:
Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Securities.



(a)
Principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned:
CUSIP No(s). of such Transfer Restricted Securities:



(b)
Principal amount of Securities other than Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned: CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities:



(c)
Principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities which the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement: CUSIP No(s). of such Transfer Restricted Securities:


(4)
Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company:
Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of other securities of the Company, other than the Securities listed above in Item (3).

State any exceptions here:


(5)
Relationships with the Company:
Except as set forth below, neither the undersigned Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

State any exceptions here:


(6)
Plan of Distribution:
Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Transfer Restricted Securities listed above in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): Such Transfer Restricted Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder or, alternatively, through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. Such Transfer Restricted Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registered Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the Transfer Restricted Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Transfer Restricted Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Transfer Restricted Securities short and deliver Transfer Restricted Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Transfer Restricted Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.

31


State any exceptions here:

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, particularly Regulation M.

In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Transfer Restricted Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (6) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s obligation under Section 3(b) of the Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect. All notices hereunder and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:


(i)
To the Company and the Guarantor:


(ii)
With a copy to:

Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Company’s counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Company, the Guarantor and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above). This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.

[Signature page follows]
32


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.


Dated:
 



 
 
 
Selling Securityholder
(Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of
Transfer Restricted Securities)
 
       

By:

 
    Name:
 
    Title:
 


PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE] TO THE COMPANY’S COUNSEL AT:


Exhibit B

FORM OF NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT

The Bank of New York Mellon
Rogers Communications Inc.
c/o [Trustee Address]
Attention:

Re:   Rogers Communications Inc. (the “Company”)
2.95% Senior Notes due 2025
3.20% Senior Notes due 2027
3.80% Senior Notes due 2032
4.50% Senior Notes due 2042
4.55% Senior Notes due 2052 (collectively, the “Notes”)

Dear Sirs:

Please be advised that       has transferred $        aggregate principal amount of the above-referenced Notes pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form (File No. 333-    ) filed by the Company and the Guarantor.

We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Notes is named as a “Selling Holder” in the Prospectus dated             , 20    or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes transferred are the Notes listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner’s name.

Dated:


  Very truly yours,
 
 
 
     
  (Name)
 
       
       

By:

 
    (Authorized Signature)
 





Exhibit 99.7

ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,
as issuer of the Notes,

ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,
as a Guarantor

and

BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA
as Trustee



FIFTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of March 11, 2022

to

INDENTURE

Dated as of May 26, 2009




3.10% Senior Notes due 2025



TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE

ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
2
     
SECTION 101.
DEFINITIONS
2
SECTION 102.
OTHER DEFINITIONS
11
SECTION 103.
EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
12
SECTION 104.
INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT
12
SECTION 105.
INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE
12
SECTION 106.
COUNTERPARTS
12
SECTION 107.
EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS
12
SECTION 108.
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
13
SECTION 109.
SEPARABILITY CLAUSE
13
SECTION 110.
BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
13
SECTION 111.
GOVERNING LAW
13
SECTION 112.
NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY
13
SECTION 113.
NOTICES TO HOLDERS; WAIVER
14
SECTION 114.
DAY NOT A BUSINESS DAY
14
SECTION 115.
NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS
15
SECTION 116.
ELECTRONIC MEANS
15
     
ARTICLE TWO FORM OF THE NOTES
16
     
SECTION 201.
FORMS GENERALLY
16
SECTION 202.
FORM OF FACE OF NOTE
17
SECTION 203.
FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE
20
SECTION 204.
FORM OF TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
22
SECTION 205.
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY
22
     
ARTICLE THREE THE NOTES
23
     
SECTION 301.
TITLE AND TERMS
23
SECTION 302.
DENOMINATIONS
24
SECTION 303.
NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS
24
     
ARTICLE FOUR REDEMPTION OF THE NOTES
25
     
SECTION 401.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
25
SECTION 402.
ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE
25
SECTION 403.
SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED
25
SECTION 404.
NOTICE OF REDEMPTION
26
SECTION 405.
DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE
27
SECTION 406.
NOTES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE
27
SECTION 407.
ACQUISITION BY OTHER MEANS
28
SECTION 408.
REDEMPTION PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE
28


i



ARTICLE FIVE REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
28
     
SECTION 501.
ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT
28
SECTION 502.
ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION ANDANNULMENT
31
SECTION 503.
RESERVED
31
SECTION 504.
CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER
31
     
ARTICLE SIX ADDITIONAL COVENANTS
34
     
SECTION 601.
RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
34
SECTION 602.
LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT
34
SECTION 603.
LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS
35
SECTION 604.
LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT
35
SECTION 605.
PROVISION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
35
SECTION 606.
WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS
36
     
ARTICLE SEVEN CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS
37
     
SECTION 701.
EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE
37
SECTION 702.
DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE
37
SECTION 703.
REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY
38
     
ARTICLE EIGHT GUARANTEE
38
     
SECTION 801.
GUARANTEE
38
SECTION 802.
RELEASE OF GUARANTOR
40
SECTION 803.
AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
41
     
ARTICLE NINE DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE
42
     
SECTION 901.
COMPANY’S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE
42
SECTION 902.
COMPANY’S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE
43
SECTION 903.
DISCHARGE
44
SECTION 904.
NON-PRESENTATION OF NOTES
45
SECTION 905.
PAYING AGENT AND TRUSTEE TO REPAY MONIES HELD
46
SECTION 906.
REINSTATEMENT
46

ii


FIFTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of March 11, 2022 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (hereinafter called the “Company”), Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (hereinafter called “RCCI”) and BNY Trust Company of Canada, a trust company existing and licensed under the federal laws of Canada, as trustee.

WHEREAS, the Company and CIBC Mellon Trust Company (the “Former Trustee”) are parties to an indenture dated as of May 26, 2009 (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), the “Indenture”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the Former Trustee have previously entered into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of May 26, 2009 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.80% Senior Notes due 2016; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of November 4, 2009 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.38% Senior Notes due 2019; (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of November 4, 2009 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.68% Senior Notes due 2039; (iv) a Series Supplement dated as of August 25, 2010 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.11% Senior Notes due 2040; (v) a Series Supplement dated as of September 29, 2010 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$900,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.70% Senior Notes due 2020; (vi) a Series Supplement dated as of March 21, 2011 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$1,450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.34% Senior Notes due 2021; (vii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 21, 2011 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.56% Senior Notes due 2041; (viii) a Series Supplement dated as of June 4, 2012 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.00% Senior Notes due 2017; (ix) a Series Supplement dated as of June 4, 2012 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.00% Senior Notes due 2022; (x) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2017; (xi) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.80% Senior Notes due 2019; and (xii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.00% Senior Notes due 2024;

WHEREAS, pursuant to a resignation and appointment agreement between the Trustee, the Former Trustee and the Company dated as of October 19, 2018, the Former Trustee resigned as Trustee under the Indenture and the Company appointed BNY Trust Company of Canada, a trust company existing and licensed under the federal laws of Canada (hereinafter called the “Trustee”) to serve as the successor Trustee under the Indenture pursuant to the terms thereof;



WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have previously entered into a Series Supplement dated as of April 30, 2019 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.25% Senior Notes due 2029;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have previously entered into a Series Supplement dated as of March 31, 2020 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.65% Senior Notes due 2027;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee are concurrently with this Supplemental Indenture entering into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.75%  Senior Notes due 2029; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.25% Senior Notes due 2032; and (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.25% Senior Notes due 2052.

WHEREAS, Article Two and Section 801 of the Indenture provide, among other things, that, without the consent of any Holders, the Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplement to the Indenture for the purposes of establishing the form, terms and conditions applicable to the Securities of any Series which the Company wishes to issue under the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to establish the form, terms and conditions of a Series of Securities and has requested the Trustee to enter into this Supplemental Indenture for such purpose;

WHEREAS, the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company, in each case complying with Section 103 of the Indenture; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Board of Directors has duly authorized the establishment of the 3.10% Senior Notes due 2025 of the Company (the “Notes”) with the form, terms and conditions as hereinafter set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties hereto agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 101. DEFINITIONS.

Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. For greater certainty, notwithstanding the Company’s adoption of IFRS 16, Leases, lease liabilities with respect to leases that were classified as

2


operating leases under prior accounting standards do not constitute “Capital Lease Obligations” or “Debt” as defined in the Indenture for purposes of the Notes.

“Applicable Basis Points” means 41.0 basis points.

“Attributable Debt” means, as of the date of its determination, the present value (discounted semi-annually at the interest rate implicit in the terms of the lease) of the obligation of a lessee for rental payments pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction (reduced by the amount of the rental obligations of any sublessee of all or part of the same property) during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which the lease relating thereto has been extended), such rental payments not to include amounts payable by the lessee for maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments and similar charges and for contingent rates (such as those based on sales); provided, however, that in the case of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction in which the lease is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty, Attributable Debt shall mean the lesser of the present value of (i) the rental payments to be paid under such Sale and Leaseback Transaction until the first date (after the date of such determination) upon which it may be so terminated plus the then applicable penalty upon such termination and (ii) the rental payments required to be paid during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (assuming such termination provision is not exercised).

“Authorized Officer” means any individual who holds one or more of the following offices of the Company: Chair of the Board of Directors, Vice-Chair, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice-President, any Senior Vice-President, any Vice-President, Treasurer, Chief Legal Officer, Secretary or General Counsel (including, for greater certainty, any individual who holds such offices of the Company on an interim basis).

“Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Company or (except, for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of clause (ii) in the definition of Change in Control) any duly authorized committee of such board.

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by an Authorized Officer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.  To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the provisions of the Trust Indenture Legislation as they are applicable to the Company, the term “Company” shall include any other obligor with respect to the Notes for the purposes of complying with such provisions.

3


“Company Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by at least one Authorized Officer.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the Consolidated Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.

“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person after eliminating inter-company items, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP including appropriate deductions for any minority interest in Tangible Assets of such Person’s Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the Issue Date is located at 1 York Street, 6th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, M5J 0B6, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

“DBRS” means DBRS Limited or any successor to the rating agency business thereof;

“Discounted Value” means an amount equal to the sum of the present values of all remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes to be redeemed (not including any portion of the payment of interest accrued as of the Redemption Date) from the Redemption Date of the Notes to be redeemed to the respective due dates for such payments until April 15, 2025 computed on a semi-annual basis by discounting such payments (assuming a 365 day year) to the Redemption Date of the Notes to be redeemed at the Government of Canada Yield plus the Applicable Basis Points.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Maturity Date of the Notes for cash or securities constituting Debt; provided that shares of Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that are issued with the benefit of provisions requiring a change in control offer to be made for such shares in the event of a change in control of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary, which provisions have substantially the same effect as the relevant provisions of Sections 501 and 504 herein, shall not be deemed to be “Disqualified Stock” solely by virtue of such provisions.  For purposes of this definition, the term “Debt” includes Inter-Company Subordinated Debt.

“Electronic Means” means the following communications methods: e-mail, facsimile transmission, secure electronic transmission containing applicable

4


authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys issued by the Trustee, or another method or system (including the CDSX System or such similar system used by a global depository) specified by the Trustee as available for use in connection with its services hereunder.

“Excluded Assets” means (i) all assets of any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) Investments in the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent paid for with cash or other property that constitutes Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities, so long as at the time of acquisition thereof and after giving effect thereto there exists no Default or Event of Default; and (iv) proceeds of the sale of any Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Excluded Securities” means any Debt, Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued by the Company, or any Debt or Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary, in either case to an Affiliate thereof other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that, at all times, such Excluded Securities shall:

(i) in the case of Debt not owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, constitute Inter-Company Subordinated Debt;

(ii) in the case of Debt, not be guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such guarantee shall constitute Inter-Company Subordinated Debt;

(iii) in the case of Debt, not be secured by any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that interest or dividends thereon shall be payable only to the extent that, after giving effect to any such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(v) in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that no payment (other than payments in the form of Excluded Securities) on account of principal (at maturity, by operation of sinking fund or mandatory redemption or otherwise) or other payment on account of redemption, repurchase, retirement or acquisition of such Excluded Security shall be permitted until the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity for the principal of the Notes or (y) the date on which all principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall have been duly paid or provided for in full.

“Exempted Secured Debt” means any Debt secured by any Lien or any conditional sale or other title retention agreement: (i) incurred or entered into on or after the Issue Date to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of such property

5


and either secured by Purchase Money Obligations or Liens placed on such property within 180 days of acquisition, improvement or construction and securing Debt not to exceed 2.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any time outstanding; (ii) on Principal Property or the stock or Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries and existing at the time of acquisition of the property, stock or Debt; (iii) owing to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or (iv) existing at the time a corporation or other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Existing Notes” means any of the 4.00% Senior Notes due 2022, Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022, 3.00% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.10% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.00% Senior Notes due 2024, 2.95% Senior Notes due 2025, 3.625% Senior Notes due 2025, 2.90% Senior Notes due 2026, 3.20% Senior Notes due 2027, 3.65% Senior Notes due 2027, 3.25% Senior Notes due 2029, 3.75% Senior Notes due 2029, 3.80% Senior Notes due 2032, 4.25% Senior Notes due 2032, 8.75% Senior Debentures due 2032, 7.50% Senior Notes due 2038, 6.68% Senior Notes due 2039, 6.11% Senior Notes due 2040, 6.56% Senior Notes due 2041, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2042, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.45% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.00% Senior Notes due 2044, 4.300% Senior Notes due 2048, 4.35% Senior Notes due 2049, 3.70% Senior Notes due 2049, 4.55% Senior Notes due 2052 or 5.25% Senior Notes due 2052 in each case for which the Company is a co-obligor or obligor, as applicable.

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any successor rating agency.

“Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” or “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, in effect in Canada, as established by the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada and as applied from time to time by the Company in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

“Government of Canada Yield” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the mid market yield to maturity on the third Business Day (the “Determination Date”) preceding the Redemption Date, compounded semi-annually, which a non-callable Government of Canada Bond would carry if issued, in Canadian dollars in Canada, at 100% of its principal amount on such date with a term to maturity which most closely approximates the remaining term to April 15, 2025 from the Redemption Date calculated as the arithmetic average of the quotes of two dealers, selected from time to time by the Company, as at noon (Toronto time) on such Determination Date.

“Government Obligations” means securities denominated in Canadian dollars which are (a) either (i) direct obligations of the Government of Canada or of a Person controlled or supervised by or acting as an agency or instrumentality of the Government of Canada, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed by the Government of Canada, or (ii) direct obligations of a province of Canada with a long term debt rating of at least “A” by S&P, “A2” by Moody’s or “A” by DBRS (or, where such Government Obligations are short term debt securities, a short term debt rating of at least “A-1” by S&P, “P-1” by Moody’s or “R-1 (middle)” by DBRS) or the equivalent rating from any successors to such rating agency businesses, and (b) not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

6


“Guarantor” means (i) RCCI unless and until the Guarantee is released in accordance with its terms and (ii) any other Person that provides a guarantee in respect of any of the Company’s obligations in respect of the Notes, pursuant to a supplemental indenture or otherwise unless and until such guarantee is released in accordance with its terms.

“Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture.

“Investment” means (i) directly or indirectly, any advance, loan or capital contribution to, the purchase of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of, the acquisition, by purchase or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or making of any investment in any Person, (ii) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (iii) the transfer of any assets or properties from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any Unrestricted Subsidiary, other than the transfer of assets or properties made in the ordinary course of business.  Investments shall exclude extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch.

“Issue Date” means March 11, 2022, the initial issue date of the Notes.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor rating agency.

“Net Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.

“NI 51-102” means National Instrument 51-102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations;

“Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed in the name of the Company by at least one Authorized Officer.

“Outstanding” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture; provided, however, that, in addition to the categories of Notes that are identified as not “Outstanding” within the definition therefor in the Indenture, Notes that have been discharged pursuant Section 903 hereof shall also not be “Outstanding” for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture and provisions of the Indenture applicable to the Notes.

7


“Permitted Liens” means any of the following Liens

(i) Liens for taxes, rates and assessments not yet due or, if due, the validity of which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (as applicable); and Liens for the excess of the amount of any past due taxes for which a final assessment has not been received over the amount of such taxes as estimated and paid;

(ii) the Lien of any judgment rendered which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and which does not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to operate the business or operations of the Company;

(iii) Liens on Excluded Assets;

(iv) pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases or deposits of cash or bonds or other direct obligations of the United States, Canada or any Canadian province to secure surety or appeal bonds or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rents;

(v) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens, or other liens arising out of judgments or awards with respect to which an appeal or other proceeding for review is being prosecuted (and as to which any foreclosure or other enforcement proceeding shall have been effectively stayed);

(vi) Liens for property taxes not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings (and as to which foreclosure or other enforcement proceedings shall have been effectively stayed);

(vii) Liens in favor of issuers of surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of or rights of others for rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Person incurring them or the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Debt or other extensions of credit and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of such properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

8


(ix) Liens in favor of Bell Canada (or any successor) under any partial system agreement or related agreement providing for the construction and installation by Bell Canada of cables, attachments, connectors, support structures, closures and other equipment in accordance with the plans and specifications of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the lease by Bell Canada of such equipment to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with tariffs published by Bell Canada from time to time as approved by regulatory authorities, the absence of which would materially and adversely affect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries considered as a whole; and

(x) any other Lien existing on the Issue Date.

“Principal Property” means, as of any date of determination, any land, land improvements or building (and associated factory, laboratory, office and switching equipment (excluding all products marketed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries)) constituting a manufacturing, development, warehouse, service, office or operating facility owned by or leased to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, located within Canada and having an acquisition cost plus capitalized improvements in excess of 0.25% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company as of such date of determination, other than any such property (i) which the Board of Directors determines is not of material importance to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) which is not used in the ordinary course of business or (iii) in which the interest of the Company and all its Subsidiaries does not exceed 50%.

“Rating Agencies” means S&P, Moody’s and Fitch, and each of such Rating Agencies is referred to individually as a “Rating Agency”.

“Rating Date” means the date which is 90 days prior to the earlier of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention of the Company to effect a Change in Control.

“Rating Decline” means the occurrence of the following on, or within 90 days after, the date of public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention by the Company to effect a Change in Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies): (i) in the event the Notes are assigned an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be below an Investment Grade Rating; or (ii) in the event the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be decreased by one or more gradations (including gradations within rating categories as well as between rating categories).

“Redemption Price” means the applicable price at which a Note may or must be redeemed pursuant to Section 401.

9


“RCCI” means the Person named as “RCCI” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture.

“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc., or any successor rating agency.

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Principal Property (whether such Principal Property is now owned or hereafter acquired) that has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, other than (i) temporary leases for a term, including renewals at the option of the lessee, of not more than three years, (ii) leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries and (iii) leases of Principal Property executed by the time of, or within 180 days after the latest of, the acquisition, the completion of construction or improvement (including any improvements on property which will result in such property becoming Principal Property), or the commencement of commercial operation of such Principal Property.

“Secured Debt” means:

(a) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by any Lien upon any Principal Property or the stock or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the payment obligations of the Company under the Notes); or

(b) any conditional sale or other title retention agreement covering any Principal Property or Restricted Subsidiary;

but does not include any Exempted Secured Debt

“Tangible Assets” means, at any date, the gross book value as shown by the accounting books and records of any Person of all its property both real and personal, less (i) the net book value of all its licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, goodwill, non-compete agreements or organizational expenses and other like intangibles, (ii) unamortized Debt discount and expenses, (iii) all reserves for depreciation, obsolescence, depletion and amortization of its properties and (iv) all other proper reserves which in accordance with GAAP should be provided in connection with the business conducted by such Person.

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

10


SECTION 102. OTHER DEFINITIONS.

DEFINED TERM
DEFINED
IN SECTION
   
Authorized Signatory          
201
Change in Control          
501
Change in Control Offer          
504(a)
Change in Control Purchase Date          
504(a)
Change in Control Purchase Notice          
504(b)
Change in Control Purchase Price          
504(a)
Change in Control Triggering Event          
501
Edward S. Rogers          
501
Family Percentage Holding          
501
Guarantee          
801(a)
Guaranteed Obligations          
801(a)
Instructing Officers          
116
Instructions          
116
Maturity Date          
301
Member of the Rogers Family          
501
Permitted Residuary Beneficiary          
501
Perpetuity Date          
501
Qualifying Trust          
501
Spouse          
501
Successor Guarantor          
803(a)


11


SECTION 103. EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company, RCCI and the Trustee, the Indenture shall be supplemented and amended in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable, and the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended as specified herein, solely with respect to the Notes and not with respect to any other Securities issued under the Indenture prior to, on or after the Issue Date.  In the event of a conflict between any provisions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, the relevant provision or provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern.

SECTION 104. INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.

Except as supplemented or amended hereby, all other provisions in the Indenture, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 105. INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE.

All the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to be incorporated in, and made a part of, the Indenture; and the Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument; provided, however, that the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture are expressly and solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 106. COUNTERPARTS.

This Supplemental Indenture may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

SECTION 107. EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.  Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Supplemental Indenture to specific Article numbers or Section numbers refer to Articles and Sections contained in this Supplemental Indenture, and not the Indenture or any other document.

12


SECTION 108. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

All covenants and agreements in this Supplemental Indenture by the Company and RCCI shall bind their respective successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not.  All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 109. SEPARABILITY CLAUSE.

In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 110. BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person (other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent and any Security Registrar, and their successors hereunder, and the Holders) any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Supplemental Indenture or in respect of the Notes.

SECTION 111. GOVERNING LAW.

This Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.  This Supplemental Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of Trust Indenture Legislation that are required or deemed to be part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

SECTION 112. NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture to be made upon, given, delivered or furnished to, or filed with: (a) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished, delivered or filed in writing to or with a representative of the Trustee at 1 York Street, 6th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, M5J 0B6 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration or by email to [REDACTED] and [REDACTED]; and (b) the Company by the Trustee or any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given, furnished or delivered in writing to the Company to [REDACTED], Attention: [REDACTED] or by email to [REDACTED], with a copy to [REDACTED], email [REDACTED], or, in either case, at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

13


Any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document shall be deemed to have been received on the day made, given, furnished or delivered except when sent by electronic transmission (including email), in which case it will be deemed to have been received on the day it was sent, if such electronic transmission was sent on a Business Day during normal business hours of the recipient, or on the next succeeding Business Day, if not sent on a Business Day or during such business hours.  Each of the Trustee and the Company may from time to time notify the other party of a change in address or electronic transmission address by notice as provided in this Section 112.

SECTION 113. NOTICES TO HOLDERS; WAIVER.

Any notice to a Holder under the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture (including, for greater certainty, in circumstances where the Indenture requires that a notice be mailed or delivered, sent or transmitted by any other alternate means) shall be valid and effective if, in the case of a Holder of a registered Note or a Note in the form of a Global Security, it is delivered by (a) electronic communication to such Holder at its electronic address appearing in any of the Security Registers or through the CDSX System or such similar system used by a Depositary or (b) by mail (postage prepaid) or courier to such Holder at its address appearing in any of the Security Registers or (c) otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary.  In any case where notice to Holders is delivered, neither the failure to deliver such notice, nor any defect in any notice so delivered, to any particular Holder shall impair or affect the validity or sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders.  Any notice delivered to a Holder in the aforesaid manner shall be conclusively deemed to have been validly delivered, given and received at the time it is sent, whether or not actually received by such Holder. All notices to joint Holders of any Notes may be given to whichever one of the Holders thereof is named first in the Security Registers, and any notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all Holders of such Note.

SECTION 114. DAY NOT A BUSINESS DAY.

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or other date for payment of any amount of interest, principal, premium or other amount, if any, with respect to the Notes shall not be a Business Day at the Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or of the Notes) payment of interest or principal (and premium or other amounts, if any) need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or other payment date, as applicable, and no interest shall accrue with respect to such payment for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or other payment date, as applicable, to the next succeeding Business Day, and the Holder of such Note shall not be entitled to any additional interest or other payment in respect of the delay.

If any day on which an amount is to be determined or an action is to be taken hereunder at a particular location is not a Business Day at such location, then such

14


amount shall be determined or such action shall be taken at or before the requisite time on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day at such location.

SECTION 115. NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS.

This Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company, any Guarantor or their respective Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture.

SECTION 116. ELECTRONIC MEANS.

The Trustee shall have the right to accept and act upon instructions, including funds transfer instructions (“Instructions”) given pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture, and delivered using Electronic Means; provided, however, that the Company and/or any Guarantor, as applicable, shall provide to the Trustee an incumbency certificate listing officers of the Company (or any Guarantor, as applicable) with the authority to provide such Instructions (“Instructing Officers”) and containing specimen signatures of such Instructing Officers, which incumbency certificate shall be amended by the Company and/or any Guarantor, as applicable, whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing.  If the Company and/or any Guarantor, as applicable, elects to give the Trustee Instructions using Electronic Means and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such Instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such Instructions shall be deemed controlling.  The Company and any Guarantor understand and agree that the Trustee cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Instructions and that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that directions that purport to have been sent by an Instructing Officer listed on the incumbency certificate provided to the Trustee have been sent by such Instructing Officer. The Company and any Guarantor shall be responsible for ensuring that only Instructing Officers transmit such Instructions to the Trustee and that the Company, any Guarantor and all Instructing Officers are solely responsible to safeguard the use and confidentiality of applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such Instructions provided that such reliance of compliance was reasonable in the circumstances. The Company and any Guarantor agree: (i) to assume all risks arising out of the use of Electronic Means to submit Instructions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized Instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties; (ii) that it is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with the various methods of transmitting Instructions to the Trustee and that there may be more secure methods of transmitting Instructions than the method(s) selected by the Company and/or any Guarantor, as applicable; (iii) that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection with its transmission of Instructions provide to it a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances; and (iv) to notify the Trustee immediately upon learning of any compromise or unauthorized use of the security procedures. The Company and/or any Guarantor and/or the Holders acknowledge and agree that the

15


Trustee shall have no liability for acting on or in connection with instructions or directions of the Holders provided to the Trustee by the Holders (or their representative participant with a global depository) using Electronic Means.

ARTICLE TWO
FORM OF THE NOTES

SECTION 201. FORMS GENERALLY.

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the forms set forth in this Article, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture, or as may reasonably be required by the Depositary, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of the Notes (but which shall not affect the rights or duties of the Trustee).

The definitive Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of the Depositary or any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, all as determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of such Notes.

The Notes shall be in registered form and shall initially be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.  The Notes shall be issued initially as Book-Entry Securities in the form of one or more Global Securities substantially in the form set forth in this Article delivered to the Depositary or a nominee thereof as custodian therefor and held by the Depositary or a nominee thereof for the applicable Clearing Agency Participants, and duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The Depositary for such Global Securities shall be CDS.  The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Depositary or its nominee, or of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

The Notes shall be signed on behalf of the Company by one or more Authorized Officers of the Company or one or more directors of the Company (each, an “Authorized Signatory”). The signature of any such Authorized Officer or director on the Notes may be a manual or electronic signature. The Notes may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

16


No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth in Section 204 duly executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by manual or electronic signature of a designated signing officer of the Trustee, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

SECTION 202. FORM OF FACE OF NOTE.

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the form provided for in this Section 202 and Sections 203, 204 and 205:

[Note: Insert if CDS is Depositary – UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS CLEARING AND DEPOSITORY SERVICES INC. (“CDS”) TO ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IN RESPECT THEREOF IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CDS & CO., OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CDS & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF, CDS & CO., HAS A PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HEREIN AND IT IS A VIOLATION OF ITS RIGHTS FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO HOLD, TRANSFER OR DEAL WITH THIS CERTIFICATE.]

[Note: Insert if a Global Security – THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE BASE INDENTURE (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO).  THIS NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE BASE INDENTURE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, (III) THIS NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 211 OF THE BASE INDENTURE AND (IV) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, THIS SECURITY MAY BE TRANSFERRED, IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY (X) BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, (Y) BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR (Z) BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.]

17


UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE ■, ■.
[Note: insert date that is 4 months and one day after the initial issue date for the Notes]

ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.

3.10% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025


No. ■
CUSIP: 775109BU4
 
ISIN: CA775109BU44

Cdn$■ [Note: Insert if a Global Security – (as revised from time to time by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)]

Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (herein called the “Company”, which term includes any successor entity under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [CDS & CO.][■] or registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________ Canadian dollars [Note: Insert if a Global Security – (as revised from time to time by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)] on April 15, 2025, at the office or agency of the Company referred to below, and to pay interest thereon in arrears, semi-annually on April 15 and October 15  in each year (each herein called an “Interest Payment Date”) (or, if such day is not a Business Day, payment will be made on the next following Business Day), in equal installments, except for the first interest payment in an aggregate amount of $23,090,753.42 for this Note payable on October 17, 2022 (being the first Business Day following October 15, 2022 and representing interest accrued from March 11, 2022 to, but excluding, October 15, 2022), which interest shall accrue from and including March 11, 2022 or, if interest has already been paid or duly provided for, from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, at the rate of 3.10% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for, and (to the extent lawful) to pay interest on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for.  The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the April 10 or October 10 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.  Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for, and interest on such Default Interest, at the interest rate borne by the Notes, to the extent lawful, shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date, and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Default Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special

18


Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the City of Toronto (which initially shall be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee), and if the Company shall designate and maintain an additional office or agency for such purpose, also at such additional office or agency, in Canadian dollars; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear on the Security Register; provided, further, that all payments of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on Notes, the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent at least 10 Business Days prior to the applicable payment date and hold at least Cdn$1,000,000 in principal amount of Notes, will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by such Holders in such instructions. Any such wire transfer instructions received by the Company or the Paying Agent shall remain in effect until revoked by such Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final payment of principal shall be payable only upon surrender of this Note to the Paying Agent.

For any interim period, interest on this Note shall be computed on the basis of a 365-day year, based on the number of days elapsed in the period.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been duly executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.  
       

By:
  
 
    Name:    
    Title:    
       


By:
 
 
    Name:    
    Title:    
       


19


SECTION 203. FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company designated as its 3.10% Senior Notes due 2025 (herein called the “Notes”), which may be issued under an indenture (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), herein called the “Base Indenture”) dated as of May 26, 2009 between the Company and CIBC Mellon Trust Company, as trustee, as supplemented and amended by the Fifteenth Supplemental Indenture (herein called the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”) dated as of March 11, 2022 among the Company, as issuer of the Notes, Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (“RCCI”), as Guarantor, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as successor trustee (herein called the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which the Indenture reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and immunities thereunder of the Company, RCCI, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.  All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Notes and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall prevail. A Holder may obtain from the Trustee a copy of the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture on written request and upon payment of a reasonable copying charge.

On or before each Interest Payment Date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee or the Paying Agent an amount in Canadian dollars sufficient to pay the amount due on such payment date.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, RCCI has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on an unsecured, unsubordinated basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

The Notes will be subject to redemption at the option of the Company at the applicable Redemption Price at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in the Supplemental Indenture. In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a replacement Note or Notes for the unredeemed portion hereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default resulting from a Change in Control Triggering Event which is cured in accordance with Section 504 of the Supplemental Indenture by the making and consummation of a Change in Control Offer)

20


shall occur and be continuing, the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

In addition, it shall be an Event of Default under the Indenture if a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs on or prior to the Maturity of the Notes (subject to the aforesaid cure provisions). Following such an Event of Default the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture unless the Company (or a third party) offers, within 20 Business Days after the occurrence of such Event of Default, to purchase the Notes and purchases the Notes for the Change in Control Purchase Price in cash on the date that is 40 Business Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event from a Holder who delivers and does not withdraw a Change in Control Purchase Notice. Holders have the right to withdraw any Change in Control Purchase Notice by delivering to the Paying Agent a written notice of withdrawal in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions for the defeasance and discharge of the Notes.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by or on behalf of the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive evidence and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. Without notice to or the consent of the Holders of the Notes, certain modifications and amendments may be made to the Indenture and the Notes as provided for in the Indenture.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof.

Prior to the time of due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes except as otherwise provided, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

21


This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless and until the Trustee’s certificate of authentication has been duly executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual or electronic signature of a designated signing officer of the Trustee.

This Note and the Indenture are governed by, and are to be construed in accordance with, the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

SECTION 204. FORM OF TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION.

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

  BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA  
       

By:
  
 
    Name:  
    Title:  
       


SECTION 205. SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.

The following schedule is to be attached to Notes that are Global Securities:

3.10 % SENIOR NOTES DUE APRIL 15, 2025

Initial Principal Amount: Cdn$■          CUSIP 775109BU4 / ISIN CA775109BU44

Authorization: ______________________

The following increases or decreases in this Note have been made:

Date
Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Security
Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global Security
Principal Amount of this
Global Security following
such decrease or increase
Signature of Trustee
or Registrar
         


22


ARTICLE THREE
THE NOTES

SECTION 301. TITLE AND TERMS.

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “3.10% Senior Notes due 2025” of the Company.  The entire unpaid principal amount of each Note shall become due and payable to the Holder thereof on April 15, 2025 (the “Maturity Date”).  Interest shall accrue on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Note at a rate of interest equal to 3.10% per annum from March 11, 2022 or, if interest has been paid or duly provided for, the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for.  Subject to Section 114, such interest shall be payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 in each year (each an Interest Payment Date for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture), in equal installments (except for the first interest payment in an aggregate amount of $23,090,753.42 for the Notes issued on March 11, 2022 payable on October 17, 2022 (being the first Business Day following October 15, 2022 and representing interest accrued from March 11, 2022 to, but excluding, October 15, 2022)), until the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for.  Interest on the Notes shall be payable in arrears.  The Regular Record Date for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be the April 10 or October 10 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.  To the extent lawful, interest shall accrue on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for and such Default Interest shall be payable at the times and on the terms provided for in the Indenture.

An unlimited aggregate principal amount of the Notes may be authenticated and delivered under this Supplemental Indenture (of which Cdn$1,250,000,000 is being issued, authenticated and delivered on the date hereof), including Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 806, 1008 or 1009 of the Indenture and Section 504 hereof.  Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Notes issued on the date hereof may be created and issued under the Indenture from time to time by the Company without notice to or consent of the Holders, subject to the Company complying with any applicable provision of the Indenture.  Any additional Notes created and issued shall have the same terms and conditions as the Notes initially issued, except for their date of issue, issue price and, if applicable, the date from which interest accrues and the first Interest Payment Date, and shall be consolidated with and form a single Series with the Notes initially issued.

The Notes shall be unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company ranking pari passu with any other present or future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company.

The Notes shall be denominated in, and all principal of, and interest and premium (if any) on, the Notes shall be payable in Canadian dollars.

23


The Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company at the prices, at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in Article Four hereof.  The Company shall not be obligated to redeem, purchase or repay the Notes pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder of the Notes except as provided in Article Seven hereof.

The Notes shall be subject to the covenants (and the related definitions)  set forth in Article Nine of the Indenture (except those set forth in Section 906 thereof which is replaced by Section 605 of this Supplemental Indenture) and, except as otherwise provided herein, to any other covenant in the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture. The defeasance and discharge provisions set forth in Article Three of the Indenture shall apply to the Notes as amended, supplemented or superseded by Article Nine hereof.  The Notes shall be subject to the covenants in Article Seven of the Indenture; provided, however, that, with respect to the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture, clause (a)(1) of Section 701 of the Indenture shall be replaced with the following: “the Company shall be the continuing Person”.

Certain obligations of the Company under the Notes shall be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by RCCI to the extent set forth in Article Eight hereof.

SECTION 302. DENOMINATIONS.

The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons and in denominations of Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 303. NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS.

If, upon any consolidation or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, with or merger of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, into any other Person, or upon any conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of the properties and assets of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding-up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case in accordance with Section 701 of the Indenture, in the case of the Company, or Section 803 of this Supplemental Indenture, in the case of RCCI, any property or asset of the Company or of any Subsidiary, would thereupon become subject to any Lien, then, unless such Lien could be created pursuant to Section 602 without equally and ratably securing the Notes, the Company or RCCI, as applicable, prior to or simultaneously with such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition, will, as to such property or asset, secure the Notes Outstanding hereunder (together with, if the Company or RCCI shall so determine, any other Debt of the Company or RCCI now existing or hereafter created which is not subordinate to the Notes) equally and ratably with (or prior to) the Debt which upon such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is to become secured as to such property or asset by such Lien, or will cause such Notes to be so secured.


24


ARTICLE FOUR
REDEMPTION OF THE NOTES

SECTION 401. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

The Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder, redeem the Notes, at any time in whole or from time to time in part, at a Redemption Price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (ii) the Discounted Value of the Notes to be redeemed, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but not including, the Redemption Date.

SECTION 402. ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.

The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 401 shall be evidenced by a Company Order or a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company pursuant to Section 401, the Company shall notify the Trustee, at least three Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee, acting reasonably) before notice of redemption is to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to Section 404, of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.

SECTION 403. SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED.

In the event that less than all of Notes for the time being outstanding are at any time to be redeemed, the Notes so to be redeemed will be selected on a pro rata basis and, where applicable, in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary. Notes and portions thereof selected shall be in amounts of any integral multiple of $1,000, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000 or even if the Notes are of a principal amount of $1,000 or less, shall be redeemed in full.  No Notes of a principal amount of $5,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.

Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 902 of the Indenture (with, if the Company, the Security Registrar or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, the Security Registrar or the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing).  Upon the proper surrender of any such Note for redemption, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall certify and deliver without charge to the Holder or upon his or her order one or more new Notes, with the same maturity and rate of interest for the unredeemed part of the principal amount of the Note or Notes so surrendered; provided, however, that, in the case of a Global Security, an appropriate notation may instead be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof.

25


For all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of a “Note” or “Notes” shall relate, in the case of any Note or Notes, as applicable, redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note or Notes which has been or is to be redeemed.

SECTION 404. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

Notice of intention to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 401 shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that are to be redeemed, not more than 60 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Redemption Date, in the manner provided in Section 113.  Every such notice of redemption shall state:

(a) the Redemption Date;

(b) the Redemption Price;

(c) if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the principal amount) of the particular Notes to be redeemed;

(d) that, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition precedent to the redemption specified in such notice, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note or portion thereof on the Redemption Date, and that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest thereon, if any, shall cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(e) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and

(f) any conditions to the redemption.

Any redemption pursuant to Section 401 (and any related notice of redemption pursuant to this Section 404) may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an equity or other securities offering, an incurrence of indebtedness or other financing, or any other corporate transaction or event. Notice of any redemption in respect thereof may, at the Company’s discretion, be given prior to the completion of one or more of the transactions or events upon which the redemption is conditioned and such redemption may be partial as a result of only some of the conditions being satisfied. If such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, state that, in the Company’s discretion, such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the Redemption Date.  In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and other amounts owing for the redemption of any Notes and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another

26


Person.  In the event that the condition(s) of any redemption that is conditional are not satisfied or waived by the Company in its sole discretion on or prior to the Redemption Date therefor, the redemption shall be rescinded and notice thereof shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that were to have been redeemed promptly thereafter (but in any event no later than the Business Day after the Redemption Date), in the manner in which the notice of redemption was delivered, that such condition(s) were not satisfied or waived and such redemption has been rescinded, and the Trustee shall promptly return to the Holders thereof any Notes which had been surrendered for payment upon such redemption. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall have no responsibility for determining whether or not a condition set forth in such notice of redemption is satisfied, and shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon the Company’s determination regarding the satisfaction or waiver thereof.

Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed, at the election of the Company pursuant to Section 401, shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. Any inadvertent defect in a notice of redemption, including an inadvertent failure to deliver such notice, to any Holder whose Notes are selected for redemption will not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any the Notes of any other Holder that are to be redeemed.

SECTION 405. DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.

On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 903 of the Indenture) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price for all of the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.

SECTION 406. NOTES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE.

Notice of redemption having been delivered as specified in Section 404, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any terms or conditions of such redemption or the rescission of such notice of redemption permitted in Section 404, all the Notes so called for redemption shall thereupon be and become due and payable at the Redemption Price and on the Redemption Date specified in such notice, in the same manner and with the same effect as if such date was the Stated Maturity for the payment of principal for such Notes, anything therein or herein to the contrary notwithstanding, and on and after such Redemption Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) such Notes shall not be considered as Outstanding hereunder and interest upon such Notes shall cease to accrue. Upon surrender of any such Notes for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Notes shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price (including, for greater certainty, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but not including, the Redemption Date); provided, however, that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such on the relevant Regular Record Dates according to the terms and the provisions of Section 209 of the Indenture; provided further that, if a Redemption Date is

27


on or after a Regular Record Date in respect of any accrued and unpaid installment of interest on any Note to be redeemed and on or before the related Interest Payment Date for such installment of interest, such installment of interest shall instead be payable to the Holder of the Note that is registered as such at the close of business on such Regular Record Date.

If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal thereof (and premium, if any, thereon) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by such Note.

SECTION 407. ACQUISITION BY OTHER MEANS.

For avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any other provision of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture, the Company may, at its option, at any time and from time to time, purchase or otherwise acquire all or any of the Notes by means other than a redemption, including (i) in the market (which shall include purchases from or through an investment dealer, a Clearing Agency Participant or a firm holding membership on a recognized stock exchange), (ii) by invitation for tenders, or (iii) by private contract, in each case, at any price or prices as the Company may determine in its sole discretion.

SECTION 408. REDEMPTION PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE.

It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that, with respect to the Notes, the above Sections 402, 403, 404, 405 and 406 replace, in their entirety, Sections 1003, 1004, 1005, 1006, and 1007, respectively, of the Indenture.  For greater certainty, the provisions contained in this Article Four apply to this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes issued hereunder notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in Article Ten of the Indenture.

ARTICLE FIVE
REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL

SECTION 501. ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT.

In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 401 of the Indenture, “Event of Default”, wherever used herein and in the Indenture with respect to the Notes, includes the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), subject to any cure thereof as provided in Section 504 below.

Under this Supplemental Indenture, a “Change in Control Triggering Event” is deemed to occur upon both a Change in Control and a Rating Decline with respect to the Notes.

28


A “Change in Control” means (i) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons (as the term “group” is used in Rule 13d-5 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and as in force at the date hereof), other than Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family, acquires, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes of Voting Shares of the Company or (ii) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons, other than (A) Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family or (B) for so long as the only primary beneficiaries of a Qualifying Trust established under the last will and testament of Edward S. Rogers are one or more persons referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, any Person designated by the trustees of such Qualifying Trust to exercise voting rights attaching to any shares held by such trustees, has elected to the Board of Directors such number of its or their nominees so that such nominees so elected shall constitute a majority of the number of the directors comprising the Board of Directors; provided that to the extent that one or more regulatory approvals are required for any of the transactions or circumstances described in clause (i) or (ii) above to become effective under applicable law, such transactions or circumstances shall be deemed to have occurred at the time such approvals have been obtained and become effective under applicable law.

“Member of the Rogers Family” means (i) such of the following persons as are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or are born after the date of this Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date: (a)  the widow, if any, of Edward S. Rogers (who was born on May 27, 1933, such individual being hereinafter referred to as “Edward S. Rogers”); (b) the issue of Edward S. Rogers; (c) Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi, the half-sister of Edward S. Rogers, and the issue of Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi; (d) individuals adopted by Edward S. Rogers or any of the persons described in subclauses (a) or (b) of this clause (i), provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals; provided that if any person is born out of wedlock he shall be deemed not to be the issue of another person for the purposes hereof unless and until he is proven or acknowledged to be the issue of such person and; (ii) the trustees of any Qualifying Trust, but only to the extent of such Qualifying Trust’s Family Percentage Holding of voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company at the time of the determination.

“Family Percentage Holding” means the aggregate percentage of the securities held by a Qualifying Trust representing, directly or indirectly, an interest in

29


voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company, that it is reasonable, under all the circumstances, to regard as being held beneficially for Qualified Persons (or any class consisting of two or more Qualified Persons); provided always that in calculating the Family Percentage Holding (A) in respect of any power of appointment or discretionary trust capable of being exercised in favor of any of the Qualified Persons such trust or power shall be deemed to have been exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until such trust or power has been otherwise exercised; (B) where any beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust has assigned, transferred or conveyed, in any manner whatsoever, his or her beneficial interest to another person, then, for the purpose of determining the Family Percentage Holding in respect of such Qualifying Trust, the person to whom such interest has been assigned, transferred or conveyed shall be regarded as the only person beneficially interested in the Qualifying Trust in respect of such interest but in the case where the interest is so assigned, transferred or conveyed is an interest in a discretionary trust or is an interest which may arise as a result of the exercise in favor of the assignor of a discretionary power of appointment and such discretionary trust or power of appointment is also capable of being exercised in favor of persons described in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, such discretionary trust or power shall be deemed to have been so exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until it has in fact been exercised; and (C) the interest of any Permitted Residuary Beneficiary shall be ignored until its interest has indefeasibly vested.

“Permitted Residuary Beneficiary” means any person who is a beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust and, under the terms of the Qualifying Trust, is entitled to distributions out of the capital of such Qualifying Trust only after the death of all of the Qualified Persons who are beneficiaries of such Qualifying Trust.

“Perpetuity Date” means the date that is 21 years, less one day, from the date of the death of the last survivor of the individuals described in subclause (i)(a), (b), (c) or (d) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, who are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture.

“Qualifying Trust” means a trust (whether testamentary or inter vivos) any beneficiary of which is a person referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, provided that such Spouse is living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or is born after the date of this Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date (all such persons being hereafter referred to as “Qualified Persons”).

“Spouse” means, in relation to any person, a person who is legally married to that person and includes a widow or widower of that person, notwithstanding remarriage.

30


SECTION 502. ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.

If a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs and is continuing and the Company (or a third party) fails in any material respect to comply with any of the provisions of Section 504 hereof, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding may declare the principal of all such Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal shall become immediately due and payable.

SECTION 503. RESERVED.

SECTION 504. CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER.

(a) The Notes may not be accelerated pursuant to Section 502 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall be cured if the Company complies in all material respects with the provisions of this Section 504.  If the Company elects to cure such Event of Default, within 20 Business Days of the occurrence of an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event, (i) the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event and shall make an offer to purchase (the “Change in Control Offer”) all outstanding Notes properly tendered at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Change in Control Purchase Date (as hereinafter defined) (the “Change in Control Purchase Price”) on the date that is 40 Business Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event (the “Change in Control Purchase Date”), (ii) the Trustee shall deliver a copy of the Change in Control Offer to each Holder and (iii) the Company shall cause a notice of the Change in Control Offer to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news service in the United States and CNW Group Ltd. (Canada News Wire or Cision Canada) or a similar news service in Canada.  The Change in Control Offer shall remain open from the time such offer is made until the Change in Control Purchase Date.  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to ascertain the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event or to give notice with respect thereto other than as provided above upon receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company.  The Trustee may conclusively assume, in the absence of receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company, that no Change in Control Triggering Event has occurred.  The Change in Control Offer shall include a form of Change in Control Purchase Notice to be completed by the Holder and shall state:

(i)  the events causing a Change in Control Triggering Event and the date such Change in Control Triggering Event is deemed to have occurred;

31


(ii)  that the Change in Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 504 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change in Control Offer will be accepted for payment;

(iii)  the date by which the Change in Control Purchase Notice pursuant to this Section 504 must be given;

(iv) the Change in Control Purchase Date;

(v) the Change in Control Purchase Price;

(vi) the names and addresses of the Paying Agent and the offices or agencies referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture;

(vii)  that Notes must be surrendered to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to collect payment;

(viii)  that the Change in Control Purchase Price for any Note as to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been duly given and not withdrawn will be paid promptly upon the later of the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and the time of surrender of such Note as described in clause (vii) above;

(ix)  the procedures the Holder must follow to accept the Change in Control Offer; and

(x)  the procedures for withdrawing a Change in Control Purchase Notice.

(b) A Holder may accept a Change in Control Offer by delivering to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture a written notice (a “Change in Control Purchase Notice”) at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date, stating:

(i) that such Holder elects to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Change in Control Offer;

(ii) the principal amount of the Note that the Holder elects to have purchased by the Company, which amount must be Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof, and the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered by such Holder for purchase by the Company; and

(iii) that such Note shall be purchased on the Change in Control Purchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in this Supplemental Indenture.

32


The delivery of such Note (together with all necessary endorsements) to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture prior to, on or after the Change in Control Purchase Date shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Change in Control Purchase Price therefor; provided that such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 504 only if the Note so delivered to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall conform in all respects to the description thereof set forth in the related Change in Control Purchase Notice.

The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 504, a portion of a Note if the principal amount of such portion is Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof.  Provisions of the Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Note also apply to the purchase of a portion of such Note.

Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 504 shall be consummated by the delivery by the Company of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and (b) the time of delivery of the Note by the Holder to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in the manner required by this Section 504.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent, at the office of the Paying Agent or an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture, the Change in Control Purchase Notice contemplated by this Section 504(b) shall have the right to withdraw such Change in Control Purchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in accordance with Section 701 hereof.

The Paying Agent or the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by the former of any Change in Control Purchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.

(c) The Notes may also not be accelerated pursuant to Section 502 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall also be cured if a third party makes and consummates a Change in Control Offer in the manner and at the times and otherwise in compliance with this Section 504.

33


ARTICLE SIX
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

SECTION 601. RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.

(a) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may transfer any assets or properties to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, if (i) prior to and immediately after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) such Subsidiary or Person, together with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, shall not in the aggregate have Net Tangible Assets greater than 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section 601, (1) the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets shall also include the aggregate Net Tangible Assets of such Subsidiary or Person and all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (2) Excluded Assets shall be excluded from the calculation of Net Tangible Assets and Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

(b) The Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary unless immediately before and after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(c) Nothing in this Section 601 shall restrict or limit the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from transferring any asset that is an Excluded Asset to any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 602. LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur or guarantee any Secured Debt unless and for so long as the Company secures, or causes such Restricted Subsidiary to secure, the Notes equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Secured Debt.  However, any of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Secured Debt without securing the Notes if, immediately after incurring the Secured Debt, the aggregate principal amount of all Secured Debt then outstanding plus the aggregate amount of the Attributable Debt then outstanding pursuant to Sale and Leaseback Transactions would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.  The aggregate amount of all Secured Debt in the preceding sentence excludes Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes and Secured Debt that is being repaid concurrently.  Any Lien which is granted to secure the Notes under this Section 602 shall be discharged at the same time as the discharge of the Lien securing the Secured Debt that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes under this Section 602.

34


SECTION 603. LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS.

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, unless either (a) immediately thereafter, the sum of (1) the Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction and all other Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on or after the Issue Date (or, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, the date on which it became a Restricted Subsidiary, if on or after the Issue Date) and (2) the aggregate amount of all Secured Debt, excluding Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes, would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (b) an amount, equal to the greater of the net proceeds to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from such sale and the Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, is used within 180 days to retire Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.  However, Debt which is subordinate to the Notes or which is owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may not be retired in satisfaction of clause (b) above.

SECTION 604. LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT.

The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt (other than Debt to the extent that the Notes are secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Debt), unless (1) the obligations of the Company under the Notes are guaranteed (which guarantee may be on an unsecured basis) by such Restricted Subsidiary such that the claim of the Holders of the Notes under such guarantee ranks prior to or pari passu with such Debt or (2) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the sum of (without duplication) (x) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Debt of all Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Exempted Secured Debt and, for the avoidance of doubt, any Debt permitted by clause (1) above), (y) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Secured Debt of the Company (not on a Consolidated basis) and (z) Attributable Debt relating to then outstanding Sale and Leaseback Transactions, would not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that this restriction will not apply to, and there will be excluded from any calculation hereunder, (A) Debt owing by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (B) Debt secured by Permitted Liens; provided, further, that this restriction will not prohibit the incurrence of Debt in connection with any extension, renewal or replacement (including successive extensions, renewals or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Debt of the Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that the principal amount of such Debt immediately prior to such extension, renewal or replacement is not increased).

SECTION 605. PROVISION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

For so long as any Notes remain Outstanding, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee (i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ended after the Issue Date, audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for such fiscal year, and

35


(ii) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year after the Issue Date, unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Company for the interim period as at, and for the  interim period ending on, the end of such fiscal quarter.  The Company shall be deemed to have delivered financial statements in compliance with its obligations under this Section 605, and need not otherwise deliver such financial statements to the Trustee, if such financial statements are made publicly available on SEDAR within the prescribed time.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall not be the responsibility of the Trustee to monitor postings of the Company on SEDAR, it being understood that, due to the public availability of the information contained on SEDAR, any Person, including without limitation any Holder, may obtain the aforementioned financial statements directly from SEDAR.

The obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding paragraph of this Section 605 will be deemed satisfied if any parent entity of the Company has delivered to the Trustee (including by making such financial statements publicly available on SEDAR) the consolidated financial statements required in the preceding paragraph of this Section 605, that would otherwise be required to be provided in respect of the Company, with respect to such parent entity; provided that such obligations will only be deemed to be satisfied if, and for so long as, such parent entity furnishes to the Trustee (either in or with a copy of such financial statements) “summary financial information” as defined in section 13.4 of NI 51-102 (or substantially equivalent financial information provided for in any successor provision thereto in NI 51-102 or any successor instrument) for the parent entity for the periods covered by such financial statements with a separate column for (i) the parent entity, (ii) the Company, (iii) all Guarantors (on a combined basis), (iv) any other subsidiaries of the parent entity (on a combined basis), (v) consolidating adjustments and (vi) total consolidated amounts.

It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that Section 906 of the Indenture does not apply to this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes.  For greater certainty, with respect to the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture, this Section 605 replaces, in its entirety, Section 906 of the Indenture.

SECTION 606. WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.

Subject to Section 413 and Section 802 of the Indenture, the Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or provision in the Indenture and any covenant or provision in Sections 601, 602, 603, 604 or 605 of this Supplemental Indenture if, before or after the time for such compliance, the Holders of all of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall, by Holder Direction, waive such compliance in such instance with such covenant or provision, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or provision except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or provision shall remain in full force and effect.

36


ARTICLE SEVEN
CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

SECTION 701. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE.

Upon receipt by the Company of the Change in Control Purchase Notice specified in Section 504(b) hereof, the Holder of the Note in respect of which such Change in Control Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Change in Control Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in the following two paragraphs of this Section) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to such Note.  Such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date (provided the conditions in Section 504(b) hereof have been satisfied) and (b) the time of delivery of the Note to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 504(b) hereof.

A Change in Control Purchase Notice may be withdrawn before or after delivery by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent of the Note to which such Change in Control Purchase Notice relates, by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to which the related Change in Control Purchase Notice was delivered at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date specifying, as applicable:

(a) the certificate number of the Note in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted,

(b) the principal amount of the Note (which shall be Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and

(c) the principal amount, if any, of such Note (which shall be Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof) that remains subject to the original Change in Control Purchase Notice and that has been or will be delivered for purchase by the Company.

The Paying Agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Notes with respect to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in compliance with this Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 702. DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE.

No later than 11:00 a.m. (Toronto, Ontario time) on the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Company shall deposit or cause to be

37


deposited with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 903 of the Indenture) an amount of cash sufficient to pay the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Change in Control Purchase Date.

SECTION 703. REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY.

As provided in the Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company any cash that remains unclaimed, together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture), held by them for the payment of the Change in Control Purchase Price; provided, however, that, to the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 702 hereof exceeds the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of the Notes or portions thereof to be purchased, then the Trustee shall hold such excess for the Company and promptly after the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Trustee shall upon demand return any such excess to the Company together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture).

ARTICLE EIGHT
GUARANTEE

SECTION 801. GUARANTEE.

(a) RCCI hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees (the “Guarantee”) due payment and performance to the Trustee, for and on behalf of the Holders, forthwith after demand, of all the obligations of the Company under this Supplemental Indenture or under the Notes to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes when due and payable at Maturity, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee (including all amounts due to the Trustee under Section 507 of the Indenture) and the Holders of the Notes which obligations arise under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes, according to the terms hereof and thereof, including any applicable grace periods (the “Guaranteed Obligations”).  The Guarantee shall be an unsecured, unsubordinated obligation of RCCI ranking pari passu with other present and future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of RCCI.

(b) RCCI agrees that, without obtaining the consent of or giving notice to RCCI, the Trustee may vary this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture, as provided herein and therein, grant extensions of time or other indulgences, take and give up securities, grant releases and discharges and otherwise deal with the Company and other parties as the Trustee may see fit and may apply all monies received from the Company or others or from securities upon such part of the Company’s liability as the Trustee may think best without prejudice to or in any way limiting or lessening the liability of RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture.

38


(c) The Guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee of all the Guaranteed Obligations and shall apply to any ultimate balance due or remaining unpaid to the Holders of the Notes.  The Guarantee shall not be considered as wholly or partially satisfied by the payment or liquidation at any time of any sum of money which may at any time be or become owing or due or remain unpaid to the Holders of the Notes.

(d) The Guarantee shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by any change in the name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of the Company or RCCI, or by any merger or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI with any Person or Persons, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture or the applicable provisions of the Indenture.  In the case of the Company being amalgamated with another corporation, the Guarantee shall apply to the liabilities of the resulting corporation, and the term “Company” shall include each such resulting corporation.

(e) All monies, advances, renewals and credits in fact borrowed or obtained by the Company under this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to form part of the liabilities hereby guaranteed notwithstanding any limitation of status or of power of the Company or of the directors or agents thereof or that the Company may not be a legal entity or any irregularity, defect or informality in the borrowing or obtaining of such monies, advances, renewals or credits.

(f) The obligations of RCCI hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any moneys or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by RCCI hereunder which may not be recoverable from RCCI on the basis of a guarantee or as surety shall be recoverable from RCCI as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof.

(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to exhaust its recourse against the Company or other parties before being entitled to demand payment from or performance by RCCI and enforce its rights under this Supplemental Indenture.

(h) Any account settled or stated by or between the Trustee and the Company in relation to this Supplemental Indenture shall be accepted by RCCI as conclusive evidence that the balance or amount thereby appearing due by the Company to the Trustee is so due.

(i) RCCI shall make payment to the Trustee of the amount of the liability of RCCI forthwith after demand therefor is made in writing during the continuance of any Event of Default and such demand shall be conclusively deemed to have been effectually made when delivered in accordance with the notice provisions set forth herein and the liability of RCCI shall bear interest from the date of such demand at the rate borne by the Notes, such interest to be calculated monthly based on the number of days elapsed and to be deemed payable on the first Business Day of a month in respect of the immediately preceding month or upon demand, whichever is earlier.

39


(j) All amounts payable by RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture shall be paid without set-off or counterclaim and without any deduction or withholding whatsoever unless and to the extent that RCCI shall be prohibited by law from doing so, in which case RCCI shall, only to the extent such a similar requirement is imposed on the Company pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, pay to the Trustee such additional amount as shall be necessary to ensure that the Trustee receives the full amount it would have received if no such deduction or withholding had been made.

(k) RCCI acknowledges that, in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the Guarantee or this Supplemental Indenture, it irrevocably submits and attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario.  In addition, to the extent that RCCI has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under the above-referenced documents, to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 802. RELEASE OF GUARANTOR.

(a) In addition to the release provisions set forth in the Indenture, subject to Section 802(d), RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Eight, and the Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect, upon the request of the Company (without the consent of the Trustee) if, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (and, if applicable, any transaction in connection therewith, including any other concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company would be in compliance with Section 604 hereof, including in the event of a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary.

(b) In order to effect the release and termination provided for in Section 802(a), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (as well as any concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company will be in compliance with Section 604 hereof.  In the event that the release and termination is in connection with a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary, pro forma effect shall be given to such transaction (including the application of any proceeds therefrom) in determining the Company’s compliance with Section 604 and, accordingly, the amount of Debt subject to the Guarantee and any other Debt of RCCI shall be excluded from any calculation thereunder.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture, no opinion, report or certificate, other than the Officer’s Certificate provided for in this Section 802(b), need be furnished to the Trustee for such release and termination.  After its receipt of the aforementioned Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by

40


either the Company or RCCI in order to evidence the release of RCCI from its obligations under the Guarantee under this Article Eight.

(c) No supplemental indenture, amendment or waiver shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note, release RCCI from any of its obligations under Section 801, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 802 or the other release provisions set forth in the Indenture, or amend or modify the release provisions of this Section 802.

(d) Notwithstanding the release provisions of Section 802(a), RCCI shall not be released from its obligations under this Article Eight and the Guarantee will not be terminated if, immediately after such release and termination (and, if applicable, after giving effect to any transaction to occur concurrently therewith), RCCI remains a co-obligor with or a guarantor for, as applicable, the obligations of the Company under any Existing Note.

(e) Notwithstanding the release provisions of this Section 802, any Person added as a Guarantor at the option of the Company pursuant to Section 801(f) of the Indenture may be released at the option of the Company at any time upon such conditions as may be specified in the supplement to this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which such added Guarantor provided its Guarantee. No opinion, report or certificate need be furnished to the Trustee for a release and termination pursuant to this Section 802(e) other than, where the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture has been amended to add the guarantee of such Guarantor, the Officers’ Certificate provided for in Section 802(b). Nothing in this Section 802(e) shall modify or amend the release provisions applicable to RCCI pursuant to clauses (a) to (d) of this Section 802.

SECTION 803. AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE.

(a) Unless RCCI has been released, or in connection with such transaction will be released, from its obligations under the Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of Section 802 hereof or any other release provision set forth in the Indenture, RCCI shall not amalgamate or consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding-up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) unless:

(i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of RCCI or a Subsidiary of RCCI in connection with or as a result of such transaction as having been incurred at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(ii) either (x) RCCI shall be the continuing Person or (y) the Person (if other than RCCI) formed by such amalgamation or

41


consolidation or into which RCCI is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety (the “Successor Guarantor”) shall, unless the Successor Guarantor is the Company, (A) be a corporation, company, partnership or trust organized and validly existing under the federal laws of Canada or any Province thereof or the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee (provided, however, that the Successor Guarantor shall not be required to execute and deliver such a supplemental indenture in the event of an amalgamation of RCCI with one or more other Persons, in which the amalgamation is governed by the laws of Canada or any province thereof, the Successor Guarantor and RCCI are, immediately prior to such amalgamation, organized and existing under the laws of Canada or any province thereof and upon the effectiveness of such amalgamation, the Successor Guarantor shall have become or shall continue to be (as the case may be), by operation of law, liable for the observance of all obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee); and

(iii) RCCI, the Company or the Successor Guarantor, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such amalgamation, consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction (or series of transactions), such supplemental indenture, comply with this Section 803(a) and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

(b) Upon any amalgamation, consolidation or merger, or any conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 803(a), the Successor Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Guarantor had been named as RCCI herein; and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Eight, and the Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect.



ARTICLE NINE
DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 901. COMPANY’S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

42


The Company may, at its option at any time, with respect to the Notes, elect to have either Sections 302 or 303 of the Indenture applied to all Outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in Section 902 for defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, with respect to the Notes.  To exercise either option, the Company shall provide written notice of its election to the Trustee.

It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that, with respect to the Notes, the below Section 902 replaces, in its entirety, Section 304 of the Indenture, and the conditions of Section 902 for defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, with respect to the Notes shall supersede the conditions provided therefor in Section 304 of the Indenture.  For greater certainty, the provisions contained in this Article Nine apply to this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes issued hereunder notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in Article Three of the Indenture.

SECTION 902. COMPANY’S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 302 or Section 303 of the Indenture to all Outstanding Notes:

(1) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or, through the Paying Agent, caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 509 of the Indenture who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article Nine applicable to it) as funds, in trust, for the purpose of making the following payments in its own capacity or through the Paying Agent, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, (x) cash in Canadian dollars or (y) Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, cash in Canadian dollars or (z) any combination of the foregoing which would, in the aggregate, be in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or chartered accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge (and which shall be applied by the Trustee or the Paying Agent (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge) the principal of, and interest and premium, if any, on, such Notes on the respective Stated Maturities (or Redemption Date, if applicable) thereof; provided that the Trustee or the Paying Agent (or other qualifying trustee) shall have been irrevocably instructed by the Company to apply such money to said payments with respect to such Notes. Before such a deposit, the Company may give the Trustee, in accordance with Section 402 hereof, a notice of its election to redeem all of the Notes at a future date in accordance with Article Four hereof, which notice shall be irrevocable.

43


(2) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of the deposit under clause (1) above (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any lien securing such borrowing).

(3) Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Supplemental Indenture or any provision of the Indenture applicable to the Notes or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound (other than a default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any lien securing such borrowing).

(4) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that such Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal or provincial income tax or other tax (including withholding tax) purposes as a result of such defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, and will be subject to Canadian federal and provincial income tax and other tax (including withholding tax) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, had not occurred.

(5) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit made by the Company pursuant to its election under Section 302 or Section 303 of the Indenture, as applicable, was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring such Holders over other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others.

(6) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (i) an Officer’s Certificate stating that all of the conditions precedent relating to either the defeasance under Section 302 of the Indenture or the covenant defeasance under Section 303 of the Indenture (as the case may be) provided for in this Section 902 have been complied with and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that all of the conditions precedent relating to either the defeasance under Section 302 of the Indenture  or the covenant defeasance under Section 303 of the Indenture  (as the case may be) provided for in clause (3) (but solely with respect to this Supplemental Indenture, any provision of the Indenture applicable to the Notes and a list of material agreements or instruments to which the Company is a party or otherwise bound as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate).

SECTION 903. DISCHARGE.

Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 903, the Company (and, as applicable, any Guarantor) shall be discharged from its obligations with respect to, and

44


the Indenture (including this Supplemental Indenture) will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to, all outstanding Notes, and the Trustee shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, execute and deliver to the Company such deeds or other instruments as shall be required to evidence such satisfaction and discharge, when either:

(a) all Outstanding Notes (excluding for greater certainty any lost, stolen or destroyed Securities which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 208 of the Indenture and Notes for whose payment money or Government Obligations has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust), have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (including on conversion or exchange of such Notes into other securities or property), or

(b) all such Notes not so delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have otherwise become due and payable or have been called for redemption pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, (ii) will become due and payable within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and, in each case, the Company or RCCI has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in trust in cash in Canadian dollars or Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or chartered accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, on such Notes and interest thereon, (x) in the case of Notes that have become due and payable, to the date of such deposit or, (y) in the case of other Notes, to their Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be, and

in either case, the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Supplemental Indenture with respect to such Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture with respect to the Notes, (A) the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive solely from the fund held in trust described in subsection (b) of this Section 903 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Section 205, Section 206, Section 208, Section 902, Section 903 and Section 908 of the Indenture, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and under the Indenture and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith, including the Company’s obligations under Section 507 of the Indenture and (D) this Article Nine shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full or, if earlier, the date on which the funds held in trust for such payment are paid to the Company (or discharged from such trust, as applicable) in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 903 of the Indenture.  Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Section 507 of the Indenture shall survive.

SECTION 904. NON-PRESENTATION OF NOTES.

45


If a Holder shall fail to present a Note for payment prior to or on the date on which the principal, interest and premium thereon or represented thereby becomes payable either on Stated Maturity or on redemption, purchase or otherwise, either: (a) (i) the Company shall be entitled to pay to the Trustee and direct it to set aside for payment as described above; and (ii) in respect of money in the hands of the Trustee that may or should be applied to the payment or redemption of the Notes, the Company shall be entitled to direct the Trustee to set aside the principal, interest and premium, as the case may be, in trust to be paid to such Holder upon due presentation or surrender thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; or (b) the Company may otherwise make provision in form satisfactory to the Trustee in its reasonable discretion for the payment of such amounts, and thereupon the principal, interest and premium payable on or represented by each Note in respect whereof such amounts have been set aside shall be deemed to have been paid and the Holder thereof shall thereafter have no right in respect thereof except that of receiving payment of such amounts so set aside by the Trustee (without interest on such money, any such interest being the property of the Company) or provided for by the Company upon due presentation and surrender thereof, subject always to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 903 of the Indenture.

SECTION 905. PAYING AGENT AND TRUSTEE TO REPAY MONIES HELD.

Upon the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Notes all cash and Government Obligations then held by any Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) in respect of the Notes shall, upon demand by the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such cash and Government Obligations. Upon satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture all cash and Government Obligations then held by the Trustee in respect of the Notes shall, upon demand by the Company, be repaid to it, and thereupon the Trustee shall be released from all further liability with respect to such cash and Government Obligations.

SECTION 906. REINSTATEMENT.

If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Obligations in accordance with Section 305 of the Indenture, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Supplemental Indenture, any provision of the Indenture applicable to the Notes and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no cash or Government Obligations had been deposited pursuant to Section 902 or 903 hereof, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all the cash or Government Obligations in accordance with Section 305 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of the principal of, or interest, premium, or other amounts, if any, on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the cash and Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.


46





47


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.


ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,    
       
By:
[REDACTED]  
   
  Name: [REDACTED]    
  Title: [REDACTED]    
       
By: [REDACTED]     
  Name:
[REDACTED]    
  Title:
[REDACTED]    
       



ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,    
       
By:
[REDACTED]      
  Name: [REDACTED]    
  Title: [REDACTED]    
       
By: [REDACTED]     
  Name:
[REDACTED]
   
  Title: 
[REDACTED]    
       










Signature page to the fifteenth supplemental indenture


  BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA,
as Trustee
 
       

By:
/s/ Manuel Arias  
 
    Name: Manuel Arias
 
    Title: Authorised Signatory
 










Signature page to the fifteenth supplemental indenture

Exhibit 99.8

ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,
as issuer of the Notes,

ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,
as a Guarantor

and

BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA
as Trustee



SIXTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of March 11, 2022

to

INDENTURE

Dated as of May 26, 2009




3.75% Senior Notes due 2029



TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE

ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
2
     
SECTION 101.
DEFINITIONS
2
SECTION 102.
OTHER DEFINITIONS
11
SECTION 103.
EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
12
SECTION 104.
INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT
13
SECTION 105.
INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE
13
SECTION 106.
COUNTERPARTS
13
SECTION 107.
EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS
13
SECTION 108.
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
13
SECTION 109.
SEPARABILITY CLAUSE
13
SECTION 110.
BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
14
SECTION 111.
GOVERNING LAW
14
SECTION 112.
NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY
14
SECTION 113.
NOTICES TO HOLDERS; WAIVER
14
SECTION 114.
DAY NOT A BUSINESS DAY
15
SECTION 115.
NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS
15
SECTION 116.
ELECTRONIC MEANS
15
     
ARTICLE TWO FORM OF THE NOTES
16
     
SECTION 201.
FORMS GENERALLY
16
SECTION 202.
FORM OF FACE OF NOTE
17
SECTION 203.
FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE
20
SECTION 204.
FORM OF TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
23
SECTION 205.
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY
23
     
ARTICLE THREE THE NOTES
23
     
SECTION 301.
TITLE AND TERMS
23
SECTION 302.
DENOMINATIONS
25
SECTION 303.
NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS
25
     
ARTICLE FOUR REDEMPTION OF THE NOTES
25
     
SECTION 401.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
25
SECTION 402.
ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE
26
SECTION 403.
SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED
26
SECTION 404.
NOTICE OF REDEMPTION
27
SECTION 405.
DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE
28
SECTION 406.
NOTES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE
28
SECTION 407.
ACQUISITION BY OTHER MEANS
29
SECTION 408.
SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION
 29


i



SECTION 409. REDEMPTION PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE  30
   
ARTICLE FIVE REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
31
     
SECTION 501.
ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT
31
SECTION 502.
ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT
33
SECTION 503.
RESERVED
33
SECTION 504.
CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER
33
     
ARTICLE SIX ADDITIONAL COVENANTS
36
     
SECTION 601.
RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.
36
SECTION 602.
LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT.
36
SECTION 603.
LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS.
37
SECTION 604.
LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT
37
SECTION 605.
PROVISION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
38
SECTION 606.
WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS
38
     
ARTICLE SEVEN CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS
39
     
SECTION 701.
EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE
39
SECTION 702.
DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE
40
SECTION 703.
REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY
40
     
ARTICLE EIGHT GUARANTEE
40
     
SECTION 801.
GUARANTEE
40
SECTION 802.
RELEASE OF GUARANTOR
42
SECTION 803.
AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
43
     
ARTICLE NINE DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE
45
     
SECTION 901.
COMPANY’S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE
45
SECTION 902.
COMPANY’S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE
45
SECTION 903.
DISCHARGE
47
SECTION 904.
NON-PRESENTATION OF NOTES
48
SECTION 905.
PAYING AGENT AND TRUSTEE TO REPAY MONIES HELD
48
SECTION 906.
REINSTATEMENT
48

ii


SIXTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of March 11, 2022 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (hereinafter called the “Company”), Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (hereinafter called “RCCI”) and BNY Trust Company of Canada, a trust company existing and licensed under the federal laws of Canada, as trustee.

WHEREAS, the Company and CIBC Mellon Trust Company (the “Former Trustee”) are parties to an indenture dated as of May 26, 2009 (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), the “Indenture”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the Former Trustee have previously entered into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of May 26, 2009 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.80% Senior Notes due 2016; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of November 4, 2009 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.38% Senior Notes due 2019; (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of November 4, 2009 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.68% Senior Notes due 2039; (iv) a Series Supplement dated as of August 25, 2010 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.11% Senior Notes due 2040; (v) a Series Supplement dated as of September 29, 2010 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$900,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.70% Senior Notes due 2020; (vi) a Series Supplement dated as of March 21, 2011 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$1,450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.34% Senior Notes due 2021; (vii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 21, 2011 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.56% Senior Notes due 2041; (viii) a Series Supplement dated as of June 4, 2012 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.00% Senior Notes due 2017; (ix) a Series Supplement dated as of June 4, 2012 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.00% Senior Notes due 2022; (x) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2017; (xi) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.80% Senior Notes due 2019; and (xii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.00% Senior Notes due 2024;

WHEREAS, pursuant to a resignation and appointment agreement between the Trustee, the Former Trustee and the Company dated as of October 19, 2018, the Former Trustee resigned as Trustee under the Indenture and the Company appointed BNY Trust Company of Canada, a trust company existing and licensed under the federal laws of Canada (hereinafter called the “Trustee”) to serve as the successor Trustee under the Indenture pursuant to the terms thereof;



WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have previously entered into a Series Supplement dated as of April 30, 2019 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.25% Senior Notes due 2029;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have previously entered into a Series Supplement dated as of March 31, 2020 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.65% Senior Notes due 2027;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee are concurrently with this Supplemental Indenture entering into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.10%  Senior Notes due 2025; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.25% Senior Notes due 2032; and (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.25% Senior Notes due 2052.

WHEREAS, Article Two and Section 801 of the Indenture provide, among other things, that, without the consent of any Holders, the Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplement to the Indenture for the purposes of establishing the form, terms and conditions applicable to the Securities of any Series which the Company wishes to issue under the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to establish the form, terms and conditions of a Series of Securities and has requested the Trustee to enter into this Supplemental Indenture for such purpose;

WHEREAS, the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company, in each case complying with Section 103 of the Indenture; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Board of Directors has duly authorized the establishment of the 3.75% Senior Notes due 2029 of the Company (the “Notes”) with the form, terms and conditions as hereinafter set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties hereto agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 101. DEFINITIONS.

Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. For greater certainty, notwithstanding the Company’s adoption of IFRS 16, Leases, lease liabilities with respect to leases that were classified as

2


operating leases under prior accounting standards do not constitute “Capital Lease Obligations” or “Debt” as defined in the Indenture for purposes of the Notes.

“Applicable Basis Points” means 55.0 basis points.

“Arrangement” means the acquisition by the Company of the issued and outstanding Class A Participating Shares and Class B Non-Voting Participating Shares of Shaw Communications Inc. by way of a court-approved Plan of Arrangement under Section 193 of the Business Corporations Act (Alberta) pursuant to the terms of the Arrangement Agreement.
 
“Arrangement Agreement” means that certain arrangement agreement dated as of March 13, 2021, between the Company and Shaw Communications Inc. , as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Attributable Debt” means, as of the date of its determination, the present value (discounted semi-annually at the interest rate implicit in the terms of the lease) of the obligation of a lessee for rental payments pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction (reduced by the amount of the rental obligations of any sublessee of all or part of the same property) during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which the lease relating thereto has been extended), such rental payments not to include amounts payable by the lessee for maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments and similar charges and for contingent rates (such as those based on sales); provided, however, that in the case of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction in which the lease is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty, Attributable Debt shall mean the lesser of the present value of (i) the rental payments to be paid under such Sale and Leaseback Transaction until the first date (after the date of such determination) upon which it may be so terminated plus the then applicable penalty upon such termination and (ii) the rental payments required to be paid during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (assuming such termination provision is not exercised).

“Authorized Officer” means any individual who holds one or more of the following offices of the Company: Chair of the Board of Directors, Vice-Chair, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice-President, any Senior Vice-President, any Vice-President, Treasurer, Chief Legal Officer, Secretary or General Counsel (including, for greater certainty, any individual who holds such offices of the Company on an interim basis).

“Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Company or (except, for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of clause (ii) in the definition of Change in Control) any duly authorized committee of such board.

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by an Authorized Officer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

3



“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.  To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the provisions of the Trust Indenture Legislation as they are applicable to the Company, the term “Company” shall include any other obligor with respect to the Notes for the purposes of complying with such provisions.

“Company Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by at least one Authorized Officer.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the Consolidated Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.

“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person after eliminating inter-company items, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP including appropriate deductions for any minority interest in Tangible Assets of such Person’s Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the Issue Date is located at 1 York Street, 6th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, M5J 0B6, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

“DBRS” means DBRS Limited or any successor to the rating agency business thereof;

“Discounted Value” means an amount equal to the sum of the present values of all remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes to be redeemed (not including any portion of the payment of interest accrued as of the Redemption Date) from the Redemption Date of the Notes to be redeemed to the respective due dates for such payments until the Par Call Date (and assuming, for this purpose, that the Notes are scheduled to mature on the Par Call Date) computed on a semi-annual basis by discounting such payments (assuming a 365 day year) to the Redemption Date of the Notes to be redeemed at the Government of Canada Yield plus the Applicable Basis Points.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Maturity Date of the Notes for cash or securities constituting Debt; provided that shares of Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted

4


Subsidiary that are issued with the benefit of provisions requiring a change in control offer to be made for such shares in the event of a change in control of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary, which provisions have substantially the same effect as the relevant provisions of Sections 501 and 504 herein, shall not be deemed to be “Disqualified Stock” solely by virtue of such provisions.  For purposes of this definition, the term “Debt” includes Inter-Company Subordinated Debt.

“Electronic Means” means the following communications methods: e-mail, facsimile transmission, secure electronic transmission containing applicable authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys issued by the Trustee, or another method or system (including the CDSX System or such similar system used by a global depository) specified by the Trustee as available for use in connection with its services hereunder.

“Excluded Assets” means (i) all assets of any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) Investments in the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent paid for with cash or other property that constitutes Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities, so long as at the time of acquisition thereof and after giving effect thereto there exists no Default or Event of Default; and (iv) proceeds of the sale of any Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Excluded Securities” means any Debt, Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued by the Company, or any Debt or Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary, in either case to an Affiliate thereof other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that, at all times, such Excluded Securities shall:

(i) in the case of Debt not owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, constitute Inter-Company Subordinated Debt;

(ii) in the case of Debt, not be guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such guarantee shall constitute Inter-Company Subordinated Debt;

(iii) in the case of Debt, not be secured by any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that interest or dividends thereon shall be payable only to the extent that, after giving effect to any such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(v) in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that no payment (other than payments in the form of Excluded Securities) on account of principal (at maturity, by operation of sinking fund or mandatory redemption or


5


otherwise) or other payment on account of redemption, repurchase, retirement or acquisition of such Excluded Security shall be permitted until the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity for the principal of the Notes or (y) the date on which all principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall have been duly paid or provided for in full.

“Exempted Secured Debt” means any Debt secured by any Lien or any conditional sale or other title retention agreement: (i) incurred or entered into on or after the Issue Date to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of such property and either secured by Purchase Money Obligations or Liens placed on such property within 180 days of acquisition, improvement or construction and securing Debt not to exceed 2.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any time outstanding; (ii) on Principal Property or the stock or Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries and existing at the time of acquisition of the property, stock or Debt; (iii) owing to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or (iv) existing at the time a corporation or other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Existing Notes” means any of the 4.00% Senior Notes due 2022, Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022, 3.00% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.10% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.00% Senior Notes due 2024, 2.95% Senior Notes due 2025, 3.10% Senior Notes due 2025, 3.625% Senior Notes due 2025, 2.90% Senior Notes due 2026, 3.20% Senior Notes due 2027, 3.65% Senior Notes due 2027, 3.25% Senior Notes due 2029, 3.80% Senior Notes due 2032, 4.25% Senior Notes due 2032, 8.75% Senior Debentures due 2032, 7.50% Senior Notes due 2038, 6.68% Senior Notes due 2039, 6.11% Senior Notes due 2040, 6.56% Senior Notes due 2041, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2042, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.45% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.00% Senior Notes due 2044, 4.300% Senior Notes due 2048, 4.35% Senior Notes due 2049, 3.70% Senior Notes due 2049, 4.55% Senior Notes due 2052 or 5.25% Senior Notes due 2052 in each case for which the Company is a co-obligor or obligor, as applicable.

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any successor rating agency.

“Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” or “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, in effect in Canada, as established by the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada and as applied from time to time by the Company in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

“Government of Canada Yield” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the mid market yield to maturity on the third Business Day (the “Determination Date”) preceding the Redemption Date, compounded semi-annually, which a non-callable Government of Canada Bond would carry if issued, in Canadian dollars in Canada, at 100% of its principal amount on such date with a term to maturity which most closely approximates the remaining term to the Par Call Date from the Redemption Date calculated as the arithmetic average of the quotes of two dealers, selected from time to time by the Company, as at noon (Toronto time) on such Determination Date.


6


“Government Obligations” means securities denominated in Canadian dollars which are (a) either (i) direct obligations of the Government of Canada or of a Person controlled or supervised by or acting as an agency or instrumentality of the Government of Canada, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed by the Government of Canada, or (ii) direct obligations of a province of Canada with a long term debt rating of at least “A” by S&P, “A2” by Moody’s or “A” by DBRS (or, where such Government Obligations are short term debt securities, a short term debt rating of at least “A-1” by S&P, “P-1” by Moody’s or “R-1 (middle)” by DBRS) or the equivalent rating from any successors to such rating agency businesses, and (b) not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

“Guarantor” means (i) RCCI unless and until the Guarantee is released in accordance with its terms and (ii) any other Person that provides a guarantee in respect of any of the Company’s obligations in respect of the Notes, pursuant to a supplemental indenture or otherwise unless and until such guarantee is released in accordance with its terms.

“Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture.

“Investment” means (i) directly or indirectly, any advance, loan or capital contribution to, the purchase of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of, the acquisition, by purchase or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or making of any investment in any Person, (ii) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (iii) the transfer of any assets or properties from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any Unrestricted Subsidiary, other than the transfer of assets or properties made in the ordinary course of business.  Investments shall exclude extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch.

“Issue Date” means March 11, 2022, the initial issue date of the Notes.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor rating agency.

“Net Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.

“NI 51-102” means National Instrument 51-102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations;



7



“Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed in the name of the Company by at least one Authorized Officer.

“Outstanding” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture; provided, however, that, in addition to the categories of Notes that are identified as not “Outstanding” within the definition therefor in the Indenture, Notes that have been discharged pursuant Section 903 hereof shall also not be “Outstanding” for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture and provisions of the Indenture applicable to the Notes.

“Par Call Date” means February 15, 2029.

“Permitted Liens” means any of the following Liens

(i) Liens for taxes, rates and assessments not yet due or, if due, the validity of which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (as applicable); and Liens for the excess of the amount of any past due taxes for which a final assessment has not been received over the amount of such taxes as estimated and paid;

(ii) the Lien of any judgment rendered which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and which does not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to operate the business or operations of the Company;

(iii) Liens on Excluded Assets;

(iv) pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases or deposits of cash or bonds or other direct obligations of the United States, Canada or any Canadian province to secure surety or appeal bonds or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rents;

(v) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens, or other liens arising out of judgments or awards with respect to which an appeal or other proceeding for review is being prosecuted (and as to which any foreclosure or other enforcement proceeding shall have been effectively stayed);

(vi) Liens for property taxes not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings (and as

8


to which foreclosure or other enforcement proceedings shall have been effectively stayed);

(vii) Liens in favor of issuers of surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of or rights of others for rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Person incurring them or the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Debt or other extensions of credit and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of such properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(ix) Liens in favor of Bell Canada (or any successor) under any partial system agreement or related agreement providing for the construction and installation by Bell Canada of cables, attachments, connectors, support structures, closures and other equipment in accordance with the plans and specifications of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the lease by Bell Canada of such equipment to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with tariffs published by Bell Canada from time to time as approved by regulatory authorities, the absence of which would materially and adversely affect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries considered as a whole; and

(x) any other Lien existing on the Issue Date.

“Principal Property” means, as of any date of determination, any land, land improvements or building (and associated factory, laboratory, office and switching equipment (excluding all products marketed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries)) constituting a manufacturing, development, warehouse, service, office or operating facility owned by or leased to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, located within Canada and having an acquisition cost plus capitalized improvements in excess of 0.25% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company as of such date of determination, other than any such property (i) which the Board of Directors determines is not of material importance to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) which is not used in the ordinary course of business or (iii) in which the interest of the Company and all its Subsidiaries does not exceed 50%.

“Rating Agencies” means S&P, Moody’s and Fitch, and each of such Rating Agencies is referred to individually as a “Rating Agency”.

“Rating Date” means the date which is 90 days prior to the earlier of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention of the Company to effect a Change in Control.


9



“Rating Decline” means the occurrence of the following on, or within 90 days after, the date of public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention by the Company to effect a Change in Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies): (i) in the event the Notes are assigned an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be below an Investment Grade Rating; or (ii) in the event the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be decreased by one or more gradations (including gradations within rating categories as well as between rating categories).

“Redemption Price” means the applicable price at which a Note may or must be redeemed pursuant to Section 401 or Section 408, as applicable.

“RCCI” means the Person named as “RCCI” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture.

“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc., or any successor rating agency.

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Principal Property (whether such Principal Property is now owned or hereafter acquired) that has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, other than (i) temporary leases for a term, including renewals at the option of the lessee, of not more than three years, (ii) leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries and (iii) leases of Principal Property executed by the time of, or within 180 days after the latest of, the acquisition, the completion of construction or improvement (including any improvements on property which will result in such property becoming Principal Property), or the commencement of commercial operation of such Principal Property.

“Secured Debt” means:

(a) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by any Lien upon any Principal Property or the stock or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the payment obligations of the Company under the Notes); or

(b) any conditional sale or other title retention agreement covering any Principal Property or Restricted Subsidiary;

but does not include any Exempted Secured Debt

10


“Tangible Assets” means, at any date, the gross book value as shown by the accounting books and records of any Person of all its property both real and personal, less (i) the net book value of all its licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, goodwill, non-compete agreements or organizational expenses and other like intangibles, (ii) unamortized Debt discount and expenses, (iii) all reserves for depreciation, obsolescence, depletion and amortization of its properties and (iv) all other proper reserves which in accordance with GAAP should be provided in connection with the business conducted by such Person.

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

SECTION 102. OTHER DEFINITIONS.

DEFINED TERM
DEFINED
IN SECTION
   
Authorized Signatory          
201
Change in Control          
501
Change in Control Offer          
504(a)
Change in Control Purchase Date          
504(a)
Change in Control Purchase Notice          
504(b)
Change in Control Purchase Price          
504(a)
Change in Control Triggering Event          
501
Edward S. Rogers          
501
Family Percentage Holding          
501
Guarantee          
801(a)
Guaranteed Obligations          
801(a)
Instructing Officers          
116
Instructions          
116
Maturity Date          
301
Member of the Rogers Family          
501
Permitted Residuary Beneficiary          
501
Perpetuity Date          
501
Qualifying Trust          
501
Spouse          
501
Successor Guarantor
803(a)
Special Mandatory Redemption Date
408(b)
Special Mandatory Redemption Event
408(a)
Special Mandatory Redemption Notice
 408(b)
Special Mandatory Redemption Price
 408(a)
Trigger Date
 408(a)


11


SECTION 103. EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company, RCCI and the Trustee, the Indenture shall be supplemented and amended in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable, and the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended as specified herein, solely with respect to the Notes and not with respect to any other Securities issued under the Indenture prior to, on or after the Issue Date.  In the event of a conflict between any provisions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, the relevant provision or provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern.

12


SECTION 104. INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.

Except as supplemented or amended hereby, all other provisions in the Indenture, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 105. INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE.

All the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to be incorporated in, and made a part of, the Indenture; and the Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument; provided, however, that the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture are expressly and solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 106. COUNTERPARTS.

This Supplemental Indenture may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

SECTION 107. EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.  Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Supplemental Indenture to specific Article numbers or Section numbers refer to Articles and Sections contained in this Supplemental Indenture, and not the Indenture or any other document.

SECTION 108. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

All covenants and agreements in this Supplemental Indenture by the Company and RCCI shall bind their respective successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not.  All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 109. SEPARABILITY CLAUSE.

In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.


13


SECTION 110. BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person (other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent and any Security Registrar, and their successors hereunder, and the Holders) any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Supplemental Indenture or in respect of the Notes.

SECTION 111. GOVERNING LAW.

This Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.  This Supplemental Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of Trust Indenture Legislation that are required or deemed to be part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

SECTION 112. NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture to be made upon, given, delivered or furnished to, or filed with: (a) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished, delivered or filed in writing to or with a representative of the Trustee at 1 York Street, 6th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, M5J 0B6 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration or by email to [REDACTED] and [REDACTED]; and (b) the Company by the Trustee or any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given, furnished or delivered in writing to the Company to [REDACTED], Attention: [REDACTED] or by email to [REDACTED], with a copy to [REDACTED], email [REDACTED], or, in either case, at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

Any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document shall be deemed to have been received on the day made, given, furnished or delivered except when sent by electronic transmission (including email), in which case it will be deemed to have been received on the day it was sent, if such electronic transmission was sent on a Business Day during normal business hours of the recipient, or on the next succeeding Business Day, if not sent on a Business Day or during such business hours.  Each of the Trustee and the Company may from time to time notify the other party of a change in address or electronic transmission address by notice as provided in this Section 112.

SECTION 113. NOTICES TO HOLDERS; WAIVER.

Any notice to a Holder under the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture (including, for greater certainty, in circumstances where the

14


Indenture requires that a notice be mailed or delivered, sent or transmitted by any other alternate means) shall be valid and effective if, in the case of a Holder of a registered Note or a Note in the form of a Global Security, it is delivered by (a) electronic communication to such Holder at its electronic address appearing in any of the Security Registers or through the CDSX System or such similar system used by a Depositary or (b) by mail (postage prepaid) or courier to such Holder at its address appearing in any of the Security Registers or (c) otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary.  In any case where notice to Holders is delivered, neither the failure to deliver such notice, nor any defect in any notice so delivered, to any particular Holder shall impair or affect the validity or sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders.  Any notice delivered to a Holder in the aforesaid manner shall be conclusively deemed to have been validly delivered, given and received at the time it is sent, whether or not actually received by such Holder. All notices to joint Holders of any Notes may be given to whichever one of the Holders thereof is named first in the Security Registers, and any notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all Holders of such Note.

SECTION 114. DAY NOT A BUSINESS DAY.

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or other date for payment of any amount of interest, principal, premium or other amount, if any, with respect to the Notes shall not be a Business Day at the Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or of the Notes) payment of interest or principal (and premium or other amounts, if any) need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or other payment date, as applicable, and no interest shall accrue with respect to such payment for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or other payment date, as applicable, to the next succeeding Business Day, and the Holder of such Note shall not be entitled to any additional interest or other payment in respect of the delay.

If any day on which an amount is to be determined or an action is to be taken hereunder at a particular location is not a Business Day at such location, then such amount shall be determined or such action shall be taken at or before the requisite time on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day at such location.

SECTION 115. NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS.

This Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company, any Guarantor or their respective Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture.

SECTION 116. ELECTRONIC MEANS.

15



The Trustee shall have the right to accept and act upon instructions, including funds transfer instructions (“Instructions”) given pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture, and delivered using Electronic Means; provided, however, that the Company and/or any Guarantor, as applicable, shall provide to the Trustee an incumbency certificate listing officers of the Company (or any Guarantor, as applicable) with the authority to provide such Instructions (“Instructing Officers”) and containing specimen signatures of such Instructing Officers, which incumbency certificate shall be amended by the Company and/or any Guarantor, as applicable, whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing.  If the Company and/or any Guarantor, as applicable, elects to give the Trustee Instructions using Electronic Means and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such Instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such Instructions shall be deemed controlling.  The Company and any Guarantor understand and agree that the Trustee cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Instructions and that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that directions that purport to have been sent by an Instructing Officer listed on the incumbency certificate provided to the Trustee have been sent by such Instructing Officer. The Company and any Guarantor shall be responsible for ensuring that only Instructing Officers transmit such Instructions to the Trustee and that the Company, any Guarantor and all Instructing Officers are solely responsible to safeguard the use and confidentiality of applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such Instructions provided that such reliance of compliance was reasonable in the circumstances. The Company and any Guarantor agree: (i) to assume all risks arising out of the use of Electronic Means to submit Instructions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized Instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties; (ii) that it is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with the various methods of transmitting Instructions to the Trustee and that there may be more secure methods of transmitting Instructions than the method(s) selected by the Company and/or any Guarantor, as applicable; (iii) that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection with its transmission of Instructions provide to it a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances; and (iv) to notify the Trustee immediately upon learning of any compromise or unauthorized use of the security procedures. The Company and/or any Guarantor and/or the Holders acknowledge and agree that the Trustee shall have no liability for acting on or in connection with instructions or directions of the Holders provided to the Trustee by the Holders (or their representative participant with a global depository) using Electronic Means.

ARTICLE TWO
FORM OF THE NOTES

SECTION 201. FORMS GENERALLY.

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the forms set forth in this Article, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this

16


Supplemental Indenture, or as may reasonably be required by the Depositary, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of the Notes (but which shall not affect the rights or duties of the Trustee).

The definitive Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of the Depositary or any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, all as determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of such Notes.

The Notes shall be in registered form and shall initially be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.  The Notes shall be issued initially as Book-Entry Securities in the form of one or more Global Securities substantially in the form set forth in this Article delivered to the Depositary or a nominee thereof as custodian therefor and held by the Depositary or a nominee thereof for the applicable Clearing Agency Participants, and duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The Depositary for such Global Securities shall be CDS.  The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Depositary or its nominee, or of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

The Notes shall be signed on behalf of the Company by one or more Authorized Officers of the Company or one or more directors of the Company (each, an “Authorized Signatory”). The signature of any such Authorized Officer or director on the Notes may be a manual or electronic signature. The Notes may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth in Section 204 duly executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by manual or electronic signature of a designated signing officer of the Trustee, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

SECTION 202. FORM OF FACE OF NOTE.

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the form provided for in this Section 202 and Sections 203, 204 and 205:

17



[Note: Insert if CDS is Depositary – UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS CLEARING AND DEPOSITORY SERVICES INC. (“CDS”) TO ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IN RESPECT THEREOF IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CDS & CO., OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CDS & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF, CDS & CO., HAS A PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HEREIN AND IT IS A VIOLATION OF ITS RIGHTS FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO HOLD, TRANSFER OR DEAL WITH THIS CERTIFICATE.]

[Note: Insert if a Global Security – THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE BASE INDENTURE (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO).  THIS NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE BASE INDENTURE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, (III) THIS NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 211 OF THE BASE INDENTURE AND (IV) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, THIS SECURITY MAY BE TRANSFERRED, IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY (X) BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, (Y) BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR (Z) BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.]

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE ■, ■.
[Note: insert date that is 4 months and one day after the initial issue date for the Notes]

ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.

3.75% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2029


No. ■
CUSIP: 775109BT7
 
ISIN: CA775109BT70


18


Cdn$■ [Note: Insert if a Global Security – (as revised from time to time by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)]

Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (herein called the “Company”, which term includes any successor entity under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [CDS & CO.][■] or registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________ Canadian dollars [Note: Insert if a Global Security – (as revised from time to time by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)] on April 15, 2029, at the office or agency of the Company referred to below, and to pay interest thereon in arrears, semi-annually on April 15 and October 15  in each year (each herein called an “Interest Payment Date”) (or, if such day is not a Business Day, payment will be made on the next following Business Day), in equal installments, except for the first interest payment in an aggregate amount of $22,345,890.41 for this Note payable on October 17, 2022 (being the first Business Day following October 15, 2022 and representing interest accrued from March 11, 2022 to, but excluding, October 15, 2022), which interest shall accrue from and including March 11, 2022 or, if interest has already been paid or duly provided for, from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, at the rate of 3.75% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for, and (to the extent lawful) to pay interest on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for.  The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the April 10 or October 10 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.  Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for, and interest on such Default Interest, at the interest rate borne by the Notes, to the extent lawful, shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date, and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Default Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the City of Toronto (which initially shall be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee), and if the Company shall designate and maintain an additional office or agency for such purpose, also at such additional office or agency, in Canadian dollars; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear on the Security


19



Register; provided, further, that all payments of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on Notes, the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent at least 10 Business Days prior to the applicable payment date and hold at least Cdn$1,000,000 in principal amount of Notes, will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by such Holders in such instructions. Any such wire transfer instructions received by the Company or the Paying Agent shall remain in effect until revoked by such Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final payment of principal shall be payable only upon surrender of this Note to the Paying Agent.

For any interim period, interest on this Note shall be computed on the basis of a 365-day year, based on the number of days elapsed in the period.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been duly executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.  
       

By:
  
 
    Name:    
    Title:    
       


By:
 
 
    Name:    
    Title:    
       

SECTION 203. FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company designated as its 3.75% Senior Notes due 2029 (herein called the “Notes”), which may be issued under an indenture (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), herein called the “Base Indenture”) dated as of May 26, 2009 between the Company and CIBC Mellon Trust Company, as trustee, as supplemented and amended by the Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture (herein called the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”) dated

20


as of March 11, 2022 among the Company, as issuer of the Notes, Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (“RCCI”), as Guarantor, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as successor trustee (herein called the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which the Indenture reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and immunities thereunder of the Company, RCCI, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.  All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Notes and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall prevail. A Holder may obtain from the Trustee a copy of the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture on written request and upon payment of a reasonable copying charge.

On or before each Interest Payment Date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee or the Paying Agent an amount in Canadian dollars sufficient to pay the amount due on such payment date.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, RCCI has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on an unsecured, unsubordinated basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

The Notes will be subject to redemption at the option of the Company at the applicable Redemption Price at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in the Supplemental Indenture. In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a replacement Note or Notes for the unredeemed portion hereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof. Upon the occurrence of a Special Mandatory Redemption Event, the Company will be required to redeem the Notes at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in Section 408 of the Supplemental Indenture.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default resulting from a Change in Control Triggering Event which is cured in accordance with Section 504 of the Supplemental Indenture by the making and consummation of a Change in Control Offer) shall occur and be continuing, the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

In addition, it shall be an Event of Default under the Indenture if a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs on or prior to the Maturity of the Notes (subject to the aforesaid cure provisions). Following such an Event of Default the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture unless the Company (or a third party) offers, within 20 Business Days after the occurrence of such Event of Default, to purchase the Notes and purchases the Notes for the Change in Control Purchase Price in cash on the date that is 40 Business

21


Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event from a Holder who delivers and does not withdraw a Change in Control Purchase Notice. Holders have the right to withdraw any Change in Control Purchase Notice by delivering to the Paying Agent a written notice of withdrawal in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions for the defeasance and discharge of the Notes.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by or on behalf of the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive evidence and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. Without notice to or the consent of the Holders of the Notes, certain modifications and amendments may be made to the Indenture and the Notes as provided for in the Indenture.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof.

Prior to the time of due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes except as otherwise provided, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless and until the Trustee’s certificate of authentication has been duly executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual or electronic signature of a designated signing officer of the Trustee.

This Note and the Indenture are governed by, and are to be construed in accordance with, the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

22


SECTION 204. FORM OF TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION.

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

  BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA  
       

By:
  
 
    Name:    
    Title:    


SECTION 205. SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.

The following schedule is to be attached to Notes that are Global Securities:

3.75 % SENIOR NOTES DUE APRIL 15, 2029

Initial Principal Amount: Cdn$■          CUSIP 775109BT7 / ISIN CA775109BT70

Authorization: ______________________

The following increases or decreases in this Note have been made:

Date
Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Security
Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global Security
Principal Amount of this
Global Security following
such decrease or increase
Signature of Trustee
or Registrar
         

ARTICLE THREE
THE NOTES

SECTION 301. TITLE AND TERMS.

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “3.75% Senior Notes due 2029” of the Company.  The entire unpaid principal amount of each Note shall become due and payable to the Holder thereof on April 15, 2029 (the “Maturity Date”).  Interest shall accrue on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Note at a rate of interest

23


equal to 3.75% per annum from March 11, 2022 or, if interest has been paid or duly provided for, the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for.  Subject to Section 114, such interest shall be payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 in each year (each an Interest Payment Date for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture), in equal installments (except for the first interest payment in an aggregate amount of $22,345,890.41 for the Notes issued on March 11, 2022 payable on October 17, 2022 (being the first Business Day following October 15, 2022 and representing interest accrued from March 11, 2022 to, but excluding, October 15, 2022)), until the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for.  Interest on the Notes shall be payable in arrears.  The Regular Record Date for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be the April 10 or October 10 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.  To the extent lawful, interest shall accrue on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for and such Default Interest shall be payable at the times and on the terms provided for in the Indenture.

An unlimited aggregate principal amount of the Notes may be authenticated and delivered under this Supplemental Indenture (of which Cdn$1,000,000,000 is being issued, authenticated and delivered on the date hereof), including Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 806, 1008 or 1009 of the Indenture and Section 504 hereof.  Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Notes issued on the date hereof may be created and issued under the Indenture from time to time by the Company without notice to or consent of the Holders, subject to the Company complying with any applicable provision of the Indenture.  Any additional Notes created and issued shall have the same terms and conditions as the Notes initially issued, except for their date of issue, issue price and, if applicable, the date from which interest accrues and the first Interest Payment Date, and shall be consolidated with and form a single Series with the Notes initially issued.

The Notes shall be unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company ranking pari passu with any other present or future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company.

The Notes shall be denominated in, and all principal of, and interest and premium (if any) on, the Notes shall be payable in Canadian dollars.

The Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company at the prices, at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in Article Four hereof.  The Company shall not be obligated to redeem, purchase or repay the Notes pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder of the Notes except as provided in Section 408 and Article Seven hereof.

The Notes shall be subject to the covenants (and the related definitions)  set forth in Article Nine of the Indenture (except those set forth in Section 906 thereof which is replaced by Section 605 of this Supplemental Indenture) and, except as

24


otherwise provided herein, to any other covenant in the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture. The defeasance and discharge provisions set forth in Article Three of the Indenture shall apply to the Notes as amended, supplemented or superseded by Article Nine hereof.  The Notes shall be subject to the covenants in Article Seven of the Indenture; provided, however, that, with respect to the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture, clause (a)(1) of Section 701 of the Indenture shall be replaced with the following: “the Company shall be the continuing Person”.

Certain obligations of the Company under the Notes shall be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by RCCI to the extent set forth in Article Eight hereof.

SECTION 302. DENOMINATIONS.

The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons and in denominations of Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 303. NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS.

If, upon any consolidation or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, with or merger of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, into any other Person, or upon any conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of the properties and assets of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding-up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case in accordance with Section 701 of the Indenture, in the case of the Company, or Section 802(e) of this Supplemental Indenture, in the case of RCCI, any property or asset of the Company or of any Subsidiary, would thereupon become subject to any Lien, then, unless such Lien could be created pursuant to Section 602 without equally and ratably securing the Notes, the Company or RCCI, as applicable, prior to or simultaneously with such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition, will, as to such property or asset, secure the Notes Outstanding hereunder (together with, if the Company or RCCI shall so determine, any other Debt of the Company or RCCI now existing or hereafter created which is not subordinate to the Notes) equally and ratably with (or prior to) the Debt which upon such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is to become secured as to such property or asset by such Lien, or will cause such Notes to be so secured.


ARTICLE FOUR
REDEMPTION OF THE NOTES

SECTION 401. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

Prior to February 15, 2029, the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder, redeem the Notes, at any time in whole or from time to time in part, at a Redemption Price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount and rounded

25


to three decimal places) equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (ii) the Discounted Value of the Notes to be redeemed, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but not including, the Redemption Date.

On or after February 15, 2029, the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder, redeem the Notes, at any time in whole or from time to time in part, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but not including, the Redemption Date.

SECTION 402. ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.

The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 401 shall be evidenced by a Company Order or a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company pursuant to Section 401, the Company shall notify the Trustee, at least three Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee, acting reasonably) before notice of redemption is to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to Section 404, of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.

SECTION 403. SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED.

In the event that less than all of Notes for the time being outstanding are at any time to be redeemed, the Notes so to be redeemed will be selected on a pro rata basis and, where applicable, in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary. Notes and portions thereof selected shall be in amounts of any integral multiple of $1,000, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000 or even if the Notes are of a principal amount of $1,000 or less, shall be redeemed in full.  No Notes of a principal amount of $5,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.

Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 902 of the Indenture (with, if the Company, the Security Registrar or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, the Security Registrar or the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing).  Upon the proper surrender of any such Note for redemption, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall certify and deliver without charge to the Holder or upon his or her order one or more new Notes, with the same maturity and rate of interest for the unredeemed part of the principal amount of the Note or Notes so surrendered; provided, however, that, in the case of a Global Security, an appropriate notation may instead be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof.

26


For all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of a “Note” or “Notes” shall relate, in the case of any Note or Notes, as applicable, redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note or Notes which has been or is to be redeemed.

SECTION 404. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

Notice of intention to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 401 shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that are to be redeemed, not more than 60 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Redemption Date, in the manner provided in Section 113.  Every such notice of redemption shall state:

(a) the Redemption Date;

(b) the Redemption Price;

(c) if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the principal amount) of the particular Notes to be redeemed;

(d) that, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition precedent to the redemption specified in such notice, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note or portion thereof on the Redemption Date, and that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest thereon, if any, shall cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(e) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and

(f) any conditions to the redemption.

Any redemption pursuant to Section 401 (and any related notice of redemption pursuant to this Section 404) may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an equity or other securities offering, an incurrence of indebtedness or other financing, or any other corporate transaction or event. Notice of any redemption in respect thereof may, at the Company’s discretion, be given prior to the completion of one or more of the transactions or events upon which the redemption is conditioned and such redemption may be partial as a result of only some of the conditions being satisfied. If such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, state that, in the Company’s discretion, such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the Redemption Date.  In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and other amounts owing for the redemption of any Notes and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another

27


Person.  In the event that the condition(s) of any redemption that is conditional are not satisfied or waived by the Company in its sole discretion on or prior to the Redemption Date therefor, the redemption shall be rescinded and notice thereof shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that were to have been redeemed promptly thereafter (but in any event no later than the Business Day after the Redemption Date), in the manner in which the notice of redemption was delivered, that such condition(s) were not satisfied or waived and such redemption has been rescinded, and the Trustee shall promptly return to the Holders thereof any Notes which had been surrendered for payment upon such redemption. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall have no responsibility for determining whether or not a condition set forth in such notice of redemption is satisfied, and shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon the Company’s determination regarding the satisfaction or waiver thereof.

Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed, whether at the election of the Company pursuant to Section 401 or a Special Mandatory Redemption Notice pursuant to Section 408, shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. Any inadvertent defect in a notice of redemption, including an inadvertent failure to deliver such notice, to any Holder whose Notes are selected for redemption will not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any the Notes of any other Holder that are to be redeemed.

SECTION 405. DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.

On or prior to any Redemption Date (including, for greater certainty, a Special Mandatory Redemption Date), the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 903 of the Indenture) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price for all of the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.

SECTION 406. NOTES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE.

Notice of redemption having been delivered as specified in Section 404 or Section 408, as applicable, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any terms or conditions of such redemption or the rescission of such notice of redemption permitted in Section 404, all the Notes so called for redemption shall thereupon be and become due and payable at the Redemption Price and on the Redemption Date specified in such notice, in the same manner and with the same effect as if such date was the Stated Maturity for the payment of principal for such Notes, anything therein or herein to the contrary notwithstanding, and on and after such Redemption Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) such Notes shall not be considered as Outstanding hereunder and interest upon such Notes shall cease to accrue. Upon surrender of any such Notes for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Notes shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price (including, for greater certainty, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but not including, the Redemption Date); provided, however, that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such

28


Notes, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such on the relevant Regular Record Dates according to the terms and the provisions of Section 209 of the Indenture; provided further that, if a Redemption Date is on or after a Regular Record Date in respect of any accrued and unpaid installment of interest on any Note to be redeemed and on or before the related Interest Payment Date for such installment of interest, such installment of interest shall instead be payable to the Holder of the Note that is registered as such at the close of business on such Regular Record Date.

If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal thereof (and premium, if any, thereon) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by such Note.

SECTION 407. ACQUISITION BY OTHER MEANS.

For avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any other provision of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture, the Company may, at its option, at any time and from time to time, purchase or otherwise acquire all or any of the Notes by means other than a redemption, including (i) in the market (which shall include purchases from or through an investment dealer, a Clearing Agency Participant or a firm holding membership on a recognized stock exchange), (ii) by invitation for tenders, or (iii) by private contract, in each case, at any price or prices as the Company may determine in its sole discretion.

SECTION 408. SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

(a) If (i) the Arrangement is not consummated prior to December 31, 2022, (ii) the Arrangement Agreement is terminated at any time prior to December 31, 2022 (other than as a result of consummating the Arrangement) or (iii) the Company publicly announces at any time prior to December 31, 2022 that it will no longer pursue the consummation of the Arrangement (any such event under clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, a “Special Mandatory Redemption Event”, and the earliest date of any Special Mandatory Redemption Event, a “Trigger Date”), then the Company shall redeem all of the Outstanding Notes at a Redemption Price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date.

(b) In the event that the Company is required to redeem the Notes pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 408, the Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, a notice of special mandatory redemption (such notice, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Notice”) to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, electronically or by mail (postage prepaid) at the address of such Holder appearing in the Security Register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of Depositary, and the Trustee not later than five Business Days after the Trigger Date, and the Company will redeem the Notes on the date specified by the Company for such redemption in the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice (the


29




date so specified, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”). The Special Mandatory Redemption Date will be no later than 30 days following the applicable Trigger Date, but no earlier than the fifth Business Day following the day the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice is delivered to Holders of the Notes.  At the election of the Company, the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

(c) If funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date are deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, interest on the Notes shall cease to accrue on and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date.

(d) Every Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall state:

(i) the Special Mandatory Redemption Date;

(ii) the Special Mandatory Redemption Price;

(iii) that the Special Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, and that, if funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date are deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, interest on the Notes shall cease to accrue on and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date; and

(iv) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price.

A Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall be irrevocable and not subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition.

SECTION 409. REDEMPTION PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE.

It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that, with respect to the Notes, the above Sections 402, 403, 404, 405 and 406 replace, in their entirety, Sections 1003, 1004, 1005, 1006, and 1007, respectively, of the Indenture.  For greater certainty, the provisions contained in this Article Four apply to this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes issued hereunder notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in Article Ten of the Indenture.

30


ARTICLE FIVE
REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL

SECTION 501. ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT.

In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 401 of the Indenture, “Event of Default”, wherever used herein and in the Indenture with respect to the Notes, includes the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), subject to any cure thereof as provided in Section 504 below.

Under this Supplemental Indenture, a “Change in Control Triggering Event” is deemed to occur upon both a Change in Control and a Rating Decline with respect to the Notes.

A “Change in Control” means (i) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons (as the term “group” is used in Rule 13d-5 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and as in force at the date hereof), other than Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family, acquires, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes of Voting Shares of the Company or (ii) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons, other than (A) Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family or (B) for so long as the only primary beneficiaries of a Qualifying Trust established under the last will and testament of Edward S. Rogers are one or more persons referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, any Person designated by the trustees of such Qualifying Trust to exercise voting rights attaching to any shares held by such trustees, has elected to the Board of Directors such number of its or their nominees so that such nominees so elected shall constitute a majority of the number of the directors comprising the Board of Directors; provided that to the extent that one or more regulatory approvals are required for any of the transactions or circumstances described in clause (i) or (ii) above to become effective under applicable law, such transactions or circumstances shall be deemed to have occurred at the time such approvals have been obtained and become effective under applicable law.

“Member of the Rogers Family” means (i) such of the following persons as are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or are born after the date of this

31


Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date: (a)  the widow, if any, of Edward S. Rogers (who was born on May 27, 1933, such individual being hereinafter referred to as “Edward S. Rogers”); (b) the issue of Edward S. Rogers; (c) Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi, the half-sister of Edward S. Rogers, and the issue of Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi; (d) individuals adopted by Edward S. Rogers or any of the persons described in subclauses (a) or (b) of this clause (i), provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals; provided that if any person is born out of wedlock he shall be deemed not to be the issue of another person for the purposes hereof unless and until he is proven or acknowledged to be the issue of such person and; (ii) the trustees of any Qualifying Trust, but only to the extent of such Qualifying Trust’s Family Percentage Holding of voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company at the time of the determination.

“Family Percentage Holding” means the aggregate percentage of the securities held by a Qualifying Trust representing, directly or indirectly, an interest in voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company, that it is reasonable, under all the circumstances, to regard as being held beneficially for Qualified Persons (or any class consisting of two or more Qualified Persons); provided always that in calculating the Family Percentage Holding (A) in respect of any power of appointment or discretionary trust capable of being exercised in favor of any of the Qualified Persons such trust or power shall be deemed to have been exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until such trust or power has been otherwise exercised; (B) where any beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust has assigned, transferred or conveyed, in any manner whatsoever, his or her beneficial interest to another person, then, for the purpose of determining the Family Percentage Holding in respect of such Qualifying Trust, the person to whom such interest has been assigned, transferred or conveyed shall be regarded as the only person beneficially interested in the Qualifying Trust in respect of such interest but in the case where the interest is so assigned, transferred or conveyed is an interest in a discretionary trust or is an interest which may arise as a result of the exercise in favor of the assignor of a discretionary power of appointment and such discretionary trust or power of appointment is also capable of being exercised in favor of persons described in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, such discretionary trust or power shall be deemed to have been so exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until it has in fact been exercised; and (C) the interest of any Permitted Residuary Beneficiary shall be ignored until its interest has indefeasibly vested.

“Permitted Residuary Beneficiary” means any person who is a beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust and, under the terms of the Qualifying Trust, is entitled to distributions out of the capital of such Qualifying Trust only after the death of all of the Qualified Persons who are beneficiaries of such Qualifying Trust.

“Perpetuity Date” means the date that is 21 years, less one day, from the date of the death of the last survivor of the individuals described in subclause (i)(a), (b), (c) or (d) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, who are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture.

32


“Qualifying Trust” means a trust (whether testamentary or inter vivos) any beneficiary of which is a person referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, provided that such Spouse is living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or is born after the date of this Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date (all such persons being hereafter referred to as “Qualified Persons”).

“Spouse” means, in relation to any person, a person who is legally married to that person and includes a widow or widower of that person, notwithstanding remarriage.

SECTION 502. ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.

If a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs and is continuing and the Company (or a third party) fails in any material respect to comply with any of the provisions of Section 504 hereof, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding may declare the principal of all such Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal shall become immediately due and payable.

SECTION 503. RESERVED.

SECTION 504. CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER.

(a) The Notes may not be accelerated pursuant to Section 502 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall be cured if the Company complies in all material respects with the provisions of this Section 504.  If the Company elects to cure such Event of Default, within 20 Business Days of the occurrence of an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event, (i) the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event and shall make an offer to purchase (the “Change in Control Offer”) all outstanding Notes properly tendered at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Change in Control Purchase Date (as hereinafter defined) (the “Change in Control Purchase Price”) on the date that is 40 Business Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event (the “Change in Control Purchase Date”), (ii) the Trustee shall deliver a copy of the Change in Control Offer to each Holder and (iii) the Company shall cause a notice of the Change in Control Offer to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news service in the United States and CNW Group Ltd. (Canada News Wire or Cision


33

Canada) or a similar news service in Canada.  The Change in Control Offer shall remain open from the time such offer is made until the Change in Control Purchase Date.  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to ascertain the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event or to give notice with respect thereto other than as provided above upon receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company.  The Trustee may conclusively assume, in the absence of receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company, that no Change in Control Triggering Event has occurred.  The Change in Control Offer shall include a form of Change in Control Purchase Notice to be completed by the Holder and shall state:

(i)  the events causing a Change in Control Triggering Event and the date such Change in Control Triggering Event is deemed to have occurred;

(ii)  that the Change in Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 504 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change in Control Offer will be accepted for payment;

(iii)  the date by which the Change in Control Purchase Notice pursuant to this Section 504 must be given;

(iv) the Change in Control Purchase Date;

(v) the Change in Control Purchase Price;

(vi) the names and addresses of the Paying Agent and the offices or agencies referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture;

(vii)  that Notes must be surrendered to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to collect payment;

(viii)  that the Change in Control Purchase Price for any Note as to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been duly given and not withdrawn will be paid promptly upon the later of the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and the time of surrender of such Note as described in clause (vii) above;

(ix)  the procedures the Holder must follow to accept the Change in Control Offer; and

(x)  the procedures for withdrawing a Change in Control Purchase Notice.

(b) A Holder may accept a Change in Control Offer by delivering to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture a written notice (a “Change in Control Purchase

34


Notice”) at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date, stating:

(i) that such Holder elects to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Change in Control Offer;

(ii) the principal amount of the Note that the Holder elects to have purchased by the Company, which amount must be Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof, and the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered by such Holder for purchase by the Company; and

(iii) that such Note shall be purchased on the Change in Control Purchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in this Supplemental Indenture.


The delivery of such Note (together with all necessary endorsements) to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture prior to, on or after the Change in Control Purchase Date shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Change in Control Purchase Price therefor; provided that such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 504 only if the Note so delivered to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall conform in all respects to the description thereof set forth in the related Change in Control Purchase Notice.

The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 504, a portion of a Note if the principal amount of such portion is Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof.  Provisions of the Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Note also apply to the purchase of a portion of such Note.

Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 504 shall be consummated by the delivery by the Company of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and (b) the time of delivery of the Note by the Holder to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in the manner required by this Section 504.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent, at the office of the Paying Agent or an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture, the Change in Control Purchase Notice contemplated by this Section 504(b) shall have the right to withdraw such Change in Control Purchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in accordance with Section 701 hereof.


35


The Paying Agent or the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by the former of any Change in Control Purchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.

(c) The Notes may also not be accelerated pursuant to Section 502 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall also be cured if a third party makes and consummates a Change in Control Offer in the manner and at the times and otherwise in compliance with this Section 504.

ARTICLE SIX
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

SECTION 601. RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.

(a) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may transfer any assets or properties to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, if (i) prior to and immediately after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) such Subsidiary or Person, together with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, shall not in the aggregate have Net Tangible Assets greater than 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section 601, (1) the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets shall also include the aggregate Net Tangible Assets of such Subsidiary or Person and all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (2) Excluded Assets shall be excluded from the calculation of Net Tangible Assets and Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

(b) The Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary unless immediately before and after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(c) Nothing in this Section 601 shall restrict or limit the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from transferring any asset that is an Excluded Asset to any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 602. LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur or guarantee any Secured Debt unless and for so long as the Company secures, or causes such Restricted Subsidiary to secure, the Notes equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Secured Debt.  However, any of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Secured Debt without securing the Notes if, immediately after incurring the Secured Debt, the aggregate principal amount of all

36


Secured Debt then outstanding plus the aggregate amount of the Attributable Debt then outstanding pursuant to Sale and Leaseback Transactions would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.  The aggregate amount of all Secured Debt in the preceding sentence excludes Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes and Secured Debt that is being repaid concurrently.  Any Lien which is granted to secure the Notes under this Section 602 shall be discharged at the same time as the discharge of the Lien securing the Secured Debt that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes under this Section 602.

SECTION 603. LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS.

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, unless either (a) immediately thereafter, the sum of (1) the Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction and all other Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on or after the Issue Date (or, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, the date on which it became a Restricted Subsidiary, if on or after the Issue Date) and (2) the aggregate amount of all Secured Debt, excluding Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes, would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (b) an amount, equal to the greater of the net proceeds to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from such sale and the Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, is used within 180 days to retire Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.  However, Debt which is subordinate to the Notes or which is owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may not be retired in satisfaction of clause (b) above.

SECTION 604. LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT.

The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt (other than Debt to the extent that the Notes are secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Debt), unless (1) the obligations of the Company under the Notes are guaranteed (which guarantee may be on an unsecured basis) by such Restricted Subsidiary such that the claim of the Holders of the Notes under such guarantee ranks prior to or pari passu with such Debt or (2) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the sum of (without duplication) (x) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Debt of all Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Exempted Secured Debt and, for the avoidance of doubt, any Debt permitted by clause (1) above), (y) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Secured Debt of the Company (not on a Consolidated basis) and (z) Attributable Debt relating to then outstanding Sale and Leaseback Transactions, would not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that this restriction will not apply to, and there will be excluded from any calculation hereunder, (A) Debt owing by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (B) Debt secured by Permitted Liens; provided, further, that this restriction will not prohibit the incurrence of Debt in connection with any extension, renewal or replacement (including successive extensions, renewals or

37


replacements), in whole or in part, of any Debt of the Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that the principal amount of such Debt immediately prior to such extension, renewal or replacement is not increased).

SECTION 605. PROVISION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

For so long as any Notes remain Outstanding, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee (i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ended after the Issue Date, audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for such fiscal year, and (ii) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year after the Issue Date, unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Company for the interim period as at, and for the  interim period ending on, the end of such fiscal quarter.  The Company shall be deemed to have delivered financial statements in compliance with its obligations under this Section 605, and need not otherwise deliver such financial statements to the Trustee, if such financial statements are made publicly available on SEDAR within the prescribed time.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall not be the responsibility of the Trustee to monitor postings of the Company on SEDAR, it being understood that, due to the public availability of the information contained on SEDAR, any Person, including without limitation any Holder, may obtain the aforementioned financial statements directly from SEDAR.

The obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding paragraph of this Section 605 will be deemed satisfied if any parent entity of the Company has delivered to the Trustee (including by making such financial statements publicly available on SEDAR) the consolidated financial statements required in the preceding paragraph of this Section 605, that would otherwise be required to be provided in respect of the Company, with respect to such parent entity; provided that such obligations will only be deemed to be satisfied if, and for so long as, such parent entity furnishes to the Trustee (either in or with a copy of such financial statements) “summary financial information” as defined in section 13.4 of NI 51-102 (or substantially equivalent financial information provided for in any successor provision thereto in NI 51-102 or any successor instrument) for the parent entity for the periods covered by such financial statements with a separate column for (i) the parent entity, (ii) the Company, (iii) all Guarantors (on a combined basis), (iv) any other subsidiaries of the parent entity (on a combined basis), (v) consolidating adjustments and (vi) total consolidated amounts.

It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that Section 906 of the Indenture does not apply to this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes.  For greater certainty, with respect to the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture, this Section 605 replaces, in its entirety, Section 906 of the Indenture.

SECTION 606. WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.

Subject to Section 413 and Section 802 of the Indenture, the Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or provision in the Indenture and any covenant or provision in Sections 601, 602, 603, 604 or 605 of this Supplemental Indenture if, before or after the time for such compliance, the Holders of all

38


of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall, by Holder Direction, waive such compliance in such instance with such covenant or provision, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or provision except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or provision shall remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE SEVEN
CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

SECTION 701. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE.

Upon receipt by the Company of the Change in Control Purchase Notice specified in Section 504(b) hereof, the Holder of the Note in respect of which such Change in Control Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Change in Control Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in the following two paragraphs of this Section) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to such Note.  Such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date (provided the conditions in Section 504(b) hereof have been satisfied) and (b) the time of delivery of the Note to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 504(b) hereof.

A Change in Control Purchase Notice may be withdrawn before or after delivery by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent of the Note to which such Change in Control Purchase Notice relates, by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to which the related Change in Control Purchase Notice was delivered at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date specifying, as applicable:

(a) the certificate number of the Note in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted,

(b) the principal amount of the Note (which shall be Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and

(c) the principal amount, if any, of such Note (which shall be Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof) that remains subject to the original Change in Control Purchase Notice and that has been or will be delivered for purchase by the Company.

The Paying Agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Notes with respect to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in compliance with this Supplemental Indenture.

39



SECTION 702. DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE.

No later than 11:00 a.m. (Toronto, Ontario time) on the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 903 of the Indenture) an amount of cash sufficient to pay the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Change in Control Purchase Date.

SECTION 703. REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY.

As provided in the Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company any cash that remains unclaimed, together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture), held by them for the payment of the Change in Control Purchase Price; provided, however, that, to the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 702 hereof exceeds the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of the Notes or portions thereof to be purchased, then the Trustee shall hold such excess for the Company and promptly after the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Trustee shall upon demand return any such excess to the Company together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture).

ARTICLE EIGHT
GUARANTEE

SECTION 801. GUARANTEE.

(a) RCCI hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees (the “Guarantee”) due payment and performance to the Trustee, for and on behalf of the Holders, forthwith after demand, of all the obligations of the Company under this Supplemental Indenture or under the Notes to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes when due and payable at Maturity, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee (including all amounts due to the Trustee under Section 507 of the Indenture) and the Holders of the Notes which obligations arise under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes, according to the terms hereof and thereof, including any applicable grace periods (the “Guaranteed Obligations”).  The Guarantee shall be an unsecured, unsubordinated obligation of RCCI ranking pari passu with other present and future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of RCCI.

(b) RCCI agrees that, without obtaining the consent of or giving notice to RCCI, the Trustee may vary this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture, as provided herein and therein, grant extensions of time or other indulgences, take and give up securities, grant releases and discharges and otherwise deal with the Company and other parties as the Trustee may see fit and may apply all monies

40


received from the Company or others or from securities upon such part of the Company’s liability as the Trustee may think best without prejudice to or in any way limiting or lessening the liability of RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture.

(c) The Guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee of all the Guaranteed Obligations and shall apply to any ultimate balance due or remaining unpaid to the Holders of the Notes.  The Guarantee shall not be considered as wholly or partially satisfied by the payment or liquidation at any time of any sum of money which may at any time be or become owing or due or remain unpaid to the Holders of the Notes.

(d) The Guarantee shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by any change in the name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of the Company or RCCI, or by any merger or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI with any Person or Persons, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture or the applicable provisions of the Indenture.  In the case of the Company being amalgamated with another corporation, the Guarantee shall apply to the liabilities of the resulting corporation, and the term “Company” shall include each such resulting corporation.

(e) All monies, advances, renewals and credits in fact borrowed or obtained by the Company under this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to form part of the liabilities hereby guaranteed notwithstanding any limitation of status or of power of the Company or of the directors or agents thereof or that the Company may not be a legal entity or any irregularity, defect or informality in the borrowing or obtaining of such monies, advances, renewals or credits.

(f) The obligations of RCCI hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any moneys or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by RCCI hereunder which may not be recoverable from RCCI on the basis of a guarantee or as surety shall be recoverable from RCCI as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof.

(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to exhaust its recourse against the Company or other parties before being entitled to demand payment from or performance by RCCI and enforce its rights under this Supplemental Indenture.

(h) Any account settled or stated by or between the Trustee and the Company in relation to this Supplemental Indenture shall be accepted by RCCI as conclusive evidence that the balance or amount thereby appearing due by the Company to the Trustee is so due.

(i) RCCI shall make payment to the Trustee of the amount of the liability of RCCI forthwith after demand therefor is made in writing during the continuance of any Event of Default and such demand shall be conclusively deemed to have been effectually made when delivered in accordance with the notice provisions set forth herein and the liability of RCCI shall bear interest from

41


the date of such demand at the rate borne by the Notes, such interest to be calculated monthly based on the number of days elapsed and to be deemed payable on the first Business Day of a month in respect of the immediately preceding month or upon demand, whichever is earlier.

(j) All amounts payable by RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture shall be paid without set-off or counterclaim and without any deduction or withholding whatsoever unless and to the extent that RCCI shall be prohibited by law from doing so, in which case RCCI shall, only to the extent such a similar requirement is imposed on the Company pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, pay to the Trustee such additional amount as shall be necessary to ensure that the Trustee receives the full amount it would have received if no such deduction or withholding had been made.

(k) RCCI acknowledges that, in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the Guarantee or this Supplemental Indenture, it irrevocably submits and attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario.  In addition, to the extent that RCCI has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under the above-referenced documents, to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 802. RELEASE OF GUARANTOR.

(a) In addition to the release provisions set forth in the Indenture, subject to Section 802(d), RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Eight, and the Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect, upon the request of the Company (without the consent of the Trustee) if, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (and, if applicable, any transaction in connection therewith, including any other concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company would be in compliance with Section 604 hereof, including in the event of a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary.

(b) In order to effect the release and termination provided for in Section 802(a), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (as well as any concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company will be in compliance with Section 604 hereof.  In the event that the release and termination is in connection with a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary, pro forma effect shall be given to such transaction (including the application of any proceeds therefrom) in determining the Company’s compliance with Section 604 and, accordingly, the amount of Debt subject to the Guarantee and any other Debt of RCCI shall be excluded from any calculation thereunder. 

42


Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture, no opinion, report or certificate, other than the Officer’s Certificate provided for in this Section 802(b), need be furnished to the Trustee for such release and termination.  After its receipt of the aforementioned Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by either the Company or RCCI in order to evidence the release of RCCI from its obligations under the Guarantee under this Article Eight.

(c) No supplemental indenture, amendment or waiver shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note, release RCCI from any of its obligations under Section 801, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 802 or the other release provisions set forth in the Indenture, or amend or modify the release provisions of this Section 802.

(d) Notwithstanding the release provisions of Section 802(a), RCCI shall not be released from its obligations under this Article Eight and the Guarantee will not be terminated if, immediately after such release and termination (and, if applicable, after giving effect to any transaction to occur concurrently therewith), RCCI remains a co-obligor with or a guarantor for, as applicable, the obligations of the Company under any Existing Note.

(e) Notwithstanding the release provisions of this Section 802, any Person added as a Guarantor at the option of the Company pursuant to Section 801(f) of the Indenture may be released at the option of the Company at any time upon such conditions as may be specified in the supplement to this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which such added Guarantor provided its Guarantee. No opinion, report or certificate need be furnished to the Trustee for a release and termination pursuant to this Section 802(e) other than, where the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture has been amended to add the guarantee of such Guarantor, the Officers’ Certificate provided for in Section 802(b). Nothing in this Section 802(e) shall modify or amend the release provisions applicable to RCCI pursuant to clauses (a) to (d) of this Section 802.

SECTION 803. AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE.

(a) Unless RCCI has been released, or in connection with such transaction will be released, from its obligations under the Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of Section 802 hereof or any other release provision set forth in the Indenture, RCCI shall not amalgamate or consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding-up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) unless:

(i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of RCCI or a Subsidiary of RCCI in connection with or as a result of such transaction as having been

43


incurred at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(ii) either (x) RCCI shall be the continuing Person or (y) the Person (if other than RCCI) formed by such amalgamation or consolidation or into which RCCI is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety (the “Successor Guarantor”) shall, unless the Successor Guarantor is the Company, (A) be a corporation, company, partnership or trust organized and validly existing under the federal laws of Canada or any Province thereof or the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee (provided, however, that the Successor Guarantor shall not be required to execute and deliver such a supplemental indenture in the event of an amalgamation of RCCI with one or more other Persons, in which the amalgamation is governed by the laws of Canada or any province thereof, the Successor Guarantor and RCCI are, immediately prior to such amalgamation, organized and existing under the laws of Canada or any province thereof and upon the effectiveness of such amalgamation, the Successor Guarantor shall have become or shall continue to be (as the case may be), by operation of law, liable for the observance of all obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee); and

(iii) RCCI, the Company or the Successor Guarantor, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such amalgamation, consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction (or series of transactions), such supplemental indenture, comply with this Section 803(a) and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

(b) Upon any amalgamation, consolidation or merger, or any conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 803(a), the Successor Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Guarantor had been named as RCCI herein; and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Eight, and the Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect.


44


ARTICLE NINE
DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 901. COMPANY’S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

The Company may, at its option at any time, with respect to the Notes, elect to have either Sections 302 or 303 of the Indenture applied to all Outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in Section 902 for defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, with respect to the Notes.  To exercise either option, the Company shall provide written notice of its election to the Trustee.

It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that, with respect to the Notes, the below Section 902 replaces, in its entirety, Section 304 of the Indenture, and the conditions of Section 902 for defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, with respect to the Notes shall supersede the conditions provided therefor in Section 304 of the Indenture.  For greater certainty, the provisions contained in this Article Nine apply to this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes issued hereunder notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in Article Three of the Indenture.

SECTION 902. COMPANY’S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 302 or Section 303 of the Indenture to all Outstanding Notes:

(1) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or, through the Paying Agent, caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 509 of the Indenture who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article Nine applicable to it) as funds, in trust, for the purpose of making the following payments in its own capacity or through the Paying Agent, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, (x) cash in Canadian dollars or (y) Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, cash in Canadian dollars or (z) any combination of the foregoing which would, in the aggregate, be in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or chartered accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge (and which shall be applied by the Trustee or the Paying Agent (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge) the principal of, and interest and premium, if any, on, such Notes on the respective Stated Maturities (or Redemption Date, if applicable) thereof; provided that the Trustee or the Paying Agent (or other qualifying trustee) shall have been irrevocably instructed by the Company to apply such money to said payments with respect to such
45


Notes. Before such a deposit, the Company may give the Trustee, in accordance with Section 402 hereof, a notice of its election to redeem all of the Notes at a future date in accordance with Article Four hereof, which notice shall be irrevocable.

(2) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of the deposit under clause (1) above (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any lien securing such borrowing).

(3) Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Supplemental Indenture or any provision of the Indenture applicable to the Notes or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound (other than a default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any lien securing such borrowing).

(4) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that such Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal or provincial income tax or other tax (including withholding tax) purposes as a result of such defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, and will be subject to Canadian federal and provincial income tax and other tax (including withholding tax) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, had not occurred.

(5) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit made by the Company pursuant to its election under Section 302 or Section 303 of the Indenture, as applicable, was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring such Holders over other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others.

(6) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (i) an Officer’s Certificate stating that all of the conditions precedent relating to either the defeasance under Section 302 of the Indenture or the covenant defeasance under Section 303 of the Indenture (as the case may be) provided for in this Section 902 have been complied with and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that all of the conditions precedent relating to either the defeasance under Section 302 of the Indenture  or the covenant defeasance under Section 303 of the Indenture  (as the case may be) provided for in clause (3) (but solely with respect to this Supplemental Indenture, any provision of the Indenture applicable to the Notes and a list of material agreements or instruments to which the Company is a party or otherwise bound as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate).

46


SECTION 903. DISCHARGE.

Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 903, the Company (and, as applicable, any Guarantor) shall be discharged from its obligations with respect to, and the Indenture (including this Supplemental Indenture) will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to, all outstanding Notes, and the Trustee shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, execute and deliver to the Company such deeds or other instruments as shall be required to evidence such satisfaction and discharge, when either:

(a) all Outstanding Notes (excluding for greater certainty any lost, stolen or destroyed Securities which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 208 of the Indenture and Notes for whose payment money or Government Obligations has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust), have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (including on conversion or exchange of such Notes into other securities or property), or

(b) all such Notes not so delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have otherwise become due and payable or have been called for redemption pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, (ii) will become due and payable within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and, in each case, the Company or RCCI has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in trust in cash in Canadian dollars or Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or chartered accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, on such Notes and interest thereon, (x) in the case of Notes that have become due and payable, to the date of such deposit or, (y) in the case of other Notes, to their Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be, and

in either case, the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Supplemental Indenture with respect to such Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture with respect to the Notes, (A) the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive solely from the fund held in trust described in subsection (b) of this Section 903 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Section 205, Section 206, Section 208, Section 902, Section 903 and Section 908 of the Indenture, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and under the Indenture and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith, including the Company’s obligations under Section 507 of the Indenture and (D) this Article Nine shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full or, if earlier, the date on which the funds held in trust for such payment are paid to the Company (or discharged from such trust, as

47


applicable) in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 903 of the Indenture.  Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Section 507 of the Indenture shall survive.

SECTION 904. NON-PRESENTATION OF NOTES.

If a Holder shall fail to present a Note for payment prior to or on the date on which the principal, interest and premium thereon or represented thereby becomes payable either on Stated Maturity or on redemption, purchase or otherwise, either: (a) (i) the Company shall be entitled to pay to the Trustee and direct it to set aside for payment as described above; and (ii) in respect of money in the hands of the Trustee that may or should be applied to the payment or redemption of the Notes, the Company shall be entitled to direct the Trustee to set aside the principal, interest and premium, as the case may be, in trust to be paid to such Holder upon due presentation or surrender thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; or (b) the Company may otherwise make provision in form satisfactory to the Trustee in its reasonable discretion for the payment of such amounts, and thereupon the principal, interest and premium payable on or represented by each Note in respect whereof such amounts have been set aside shall be deemed to have been paid and the Holder thereof shall thereafter have no right in respect thereof except that of receiving payment of such amounts so set aside by the Trustee (without interest on such money, any such interest being the property of the Company) or provided for by the Company upon due presentation and surrender thereof, subject always to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 903 of the Indenture.

SECTION 905. PAYING AGENT AND TRUSTEE TO REPAY MONIES HELD.

Upon the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Notes all cash and Government Obligations then held by any Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) in respect of the Notes shall, upon demand by the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such cash and Government Obligations. Upon satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture all cash and Government Obligations then held by the Trustee in respect of the Notes shall, upon demand by the Company, be repaid to it, and thereupon the Trustee shall be released from all further liability with respect to such cash and Government Obligations.

SECTION 906. REINSTATEMENT.

If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Obligations in accordance with Section 305 of the Indenture, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Supplemental Indenture, any provision of the Indenture applicable to the Notes and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no cash or Government Obligations had been deposited pursuant to Section 902 or 903 hereof, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all the cash or Government Obligations in accordance with Section 305 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, if


48


the Company makes any payment of the principal of, or interest, premium, or other amounts, if any, on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the cash and Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.



49



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.


ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,    
       
By:
[REDACTED]
   
  Name: [REDACTED]    
  Title: [REDACTED]    
       
By: [REDACTED]    
  Name:
[REDACTED]    
  Title:
[REDACTED]    
       



ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,    
       
By:
[REDACTED]    
  Name: [REDACTED]
   
  Title: [REDACTED]
   
       
By: [REDACTED]    
  Name:
[REDACTED]
   
  Title: 
[REDACTED]    
       










Signature page to the sixteenth supplemental indenture


  BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA,
as Trustee
 
       

By:
/s/ Manuel Arias
 
    Name: Manuel Arias
 
    Title: Authorised Signatory
 
       











Signature page to the sixteenth supplemental indenture

Exhibit 99.9



ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,
as issuer of the Notes,

ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,
as a Guarantor

and

BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA
as Trustee



SEVENTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of March 11, 2022

to

INDENTURE

Dated as of May 26, 2009




4.25% Senior Notes due 2032



TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE

ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
2
     
SECTION 101.
DEFINITIONS
2
SECTION 102.
OTHER DEFINITIONS
11
SECTION 103.
EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
12
SECTION 104.
INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT
13
SECTION 105.
INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE
13
SECTION 106.
COUNTERPARTS
13
SECTION 107.
EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS
13
SECTION 108.
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
13
SECTION 109.
SEPARABILITY CLAUSE
13
SECTION 110.
BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
14
SECTION 111.
GOVERNING LAW
14
SECTION 112.
NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY
14
SECTION 113.
NOTICES TO HOLDERS; WAIVER
14
SECTION 114.
DAY NOT A BUSINESS DAY
15
SECTION 115.
NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS
15
SECTION 116.
ELECTRONIC MEANS
15
     
ARTICLE TWO FORM OF THE NOTES
16
     
SECTION 201.
FORMS GENERALLY
16
SECTION 202.
FORM OF FACE OF NOTE
17
SECTION 203.
FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE
20
SECTION 204.
FORM OF TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
23
SECTION 205.
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY
23
     
ARTICLE THREE THE NOTES
23
     
SECTION 301.
TITLE AND TERMS
23
SECTION 302.
DENOMINATIONS
25
SECTION 303.
NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS
25
     
ARTICLE FOUR REDEMPTION OF THE NOTES
25
     
SECTION 401.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
25
SECTION 402.
ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE
26
SECTION 403.
SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED
26
SECTION 404.
NOTICE OF REDEMPTION
27
SECTION 405.
DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE
28
SECTION 406.
NOTES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE
28
SECTION 407.
ACQUISITION BY OTHER MEANS
29
SECTION 408.
SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION
 29


i



SECTION 409. REDEMPTION PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE  30
   
ARTICLE FIVE REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
31
     
SECTION 501.
ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT
31
SECTION 502.
ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT
33
SECTION 503.
RESERVED
33
SECTION 504.
CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER
33
     
ARTICLE SIX ADDITIONAL COVENANTS
36
     
SECTION 601.
RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
36
SECTION 602.
LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT
36
SECTION 603.
LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS
37
SECTION 604.
LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT
37
SECTION 605.
PROVISION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
38
SECTION 606.
WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS
38
     
ARTICLE SEVEN CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS
39
     
SECTION 701.
EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE
39
SECTION 702.
DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE
40
SECTION 703.
REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY
40
     
ARTICLE EIGHT GUARANTEE
40
     
SECTION 801.
GUARANTEE
40
SECTION 802.
RELEASE OF GUARANTOR
42
SECTION 803.
AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
43
     
ARTICLE NINE DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE
45
     
SECTION 901.
COMPANY’S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE
45
SECTION 902.
COMPANY’S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE
45
SECTION 903.
DISCHARGE
47
SECTION 904.
NON-PRESENTATION OF NOTES
48
SECTION 905.
PAYING AGENT AND TRUSTEE TO REPAY MONIES HELD
48
SECTION 906.
REINSTATEMENT
48

ii


SEVENTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of March 11, 2022 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (hereinafter called the “Company”), Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (hereinafter called “RCCI”) and BNY Trust Company of Canada, a trust company existing and licensed under the federal laws of Canada, as trustee.

WHEREAS, the Company and CIBC Mellon Trust Company (the “Former Trustee”) are parties to an indenture dated as of May 26, 2009 (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), the “Indenture”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the Former Trustee have previously entered into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of May 26, 2009 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.80% Senior Notes due 2016; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of November 4, 2009 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.38% Senior Notes due 2019; (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of November 4, 2009 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.68% Senior Notes due 2039; (iv) a Series Supplement dated as of August 25, 2010 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.11% Senior Notes due 2040; (v) a Series Supplement dated as of September 29, 2010 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$900,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.70% Senior Notes due 2020; (vi) a Series Supplement dated as of March 21, 2011 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$1,450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.34% Senior Notes due 2021; (vii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 21, 2011 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.56% Senior Notes due 2041; (viii) a Series Supplement dated as of June 4, 2012 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.00% Senior Notes due 2017; (ix) a Series Supplement dated as of June 4, 2012 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.00% Senior Notes due 2022; (x) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2017; (xi) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.80% Senior Notes due 2019; and (xii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.00% Senior Notes due 2024;

WHEREAS, pursuant to a resignation and appointment agreement between the Trustee, the Former Trustee and the Company dated as of October 19, 2018, the Former Trustee resigned as Trustee under the Indenture and the Company appointed BNY Trust Company of Canada, a trust company existing and licensed under the federal laws of Canada (hereinafter called the “Trustee”) to serve as the successor Trustee under the Indenture pursuant to the terms thereof;



WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have previously entered into a Series Supplement dated as of April 30, 2019 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.25% Senior Notes due 2029;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have previously entered into a Series Supplement dated as of March 31, 2020 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.65% Senior Notes due 2027;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee are concurrently with this Supplemental Indenture entering into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.10%  Senior Notes due 2025; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.75% Senior Notes due 2029; and (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.25% Senior Notes due 2052.

WHEREAS, Article Two and Section 801 of the Indenture provide, among other things, that, without the consent of any Holders, the Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplement to the Indenture for the purposes of establishing the form, terms and conditions applicable to the Securities of any Series which the Company wishes to issue under the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to establish the form, terms and conditions of a Series of Securities and has requested the Trustee to enter into this Supplemental Indenture for such purpose;

WHEREAS, the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company, in each case complying with Section 103 of the Indenture; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Board of Directors has duly authorized the establishment of the 4.25% Senior Notes due 2032 of the Company (the “Notes”) with the form, terms and conditions as hereinafter set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties hereto agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 101. DEFINITIONS.

Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. For greater certainty, notwithstanding the Company’s adoption of IFRS 16, Leases, lease liabilities with respect to leases that were classified as

2


operating leases under prior accounting standards do not constitute “Capital Lease Obligations” or “Debt” as defined in the Indenture for purposes of the Notes.

“Applicable Basis Points” means 62.5 basis points.

“Arrangement” means the acquisition by the Company of the issued and outstanding Class A Participating Shares and Class B Non-Voting Participating Shares of Shaw Communications Inc. by way of a court-approved Plan of Arrangement under Section 193 of the Business Corporations Act (Alberta) pursuant to the terms of the Arrangement Agreement.
 
“Arrangement Agreement” means that certain arrangement agreement dated as of March 13, 2021, between the Company and Shaw Communications Inc. , as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Attributable Debt” means, as of the date of its determination, the present value (discounted semi-annually at the interest rate implicit in the terms of the lease) of the obligation of a lessee for rental payments pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction (reduced by the amount of the rental obligations of any sublessee of all or part of the same property) during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which the lease relating thereto has been extended), such rental payments not to include amounts payable by the lessee for maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments and similar charges and for contingent rates (such as those based on sales); provided, however, that in the case of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction in which the lease is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty, Attributable Debt shall mean the lesser of the present value of (i) the rental payments to be paid under such Sale and Leaseback Transaction until the first date (after the date of such determination) upon which it may be so terminated plus the then applicable penalty upon such termination and (ii) the rental payments required to be paid during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (assuming such termination provision is not exercised).

“Authorized Officer” means any individual who holds one or more of the following offices of the Company: Chair of the Board of Directors, Vice-Chair, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice-President, any Senior Vice-President, any Vice-President, Treasurer, Chief Legal Officer, Secretary or General Counsel (including, for greater certainty, any individual who holds such offices of the Company on an interim basis).

“Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Company or (except, for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of clause (ii) in the definition of Change in Control) any duly authorized committee of such board.

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by an Authorized Officer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

3



“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.  To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the provisions of the Trust Indenture Legislation as they are applicable to the Company, the term “Company” shall include any other obligor with respect to the Notes for the purposes of complying with such provisions.

“Company Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by at least one Authorized Officer.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the Consolidated Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.

“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person after eliminating inter-company items, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP including appropriate deductions for any minority interest in Tangible Assets of such Person’s Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the Issue Date is located at 1 York Street, 6th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, M5J 0B6, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

“DBRS” means DBRS Limited or any successor to the rating agency business thereof;

“Discounted Value” means an amount equal to the sum of the present values of all remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes to be redeemed (not including any portion of the payment of interest accrued as of the Redemption Date) from the Redemption Date of the Notes to be redeemed to the respective due dates for such payments until the Par Call Date (and assuming, for this purpose, that the Notes are scheduled to mature on the Par Call Date) computed on a semi-annual basis by discounting such payments (assuming a 365 day year) to the Redemption Date of the Notes to be redeemed at the Government of Canada Yield plus the Applicable Basis Points.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Maturity Date of the Notes for cash or securities constituting Debt; provided that shares of Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted

4


Subsidiary that are issued with the benefit of provisions requiring a change in control offer to be made for such shares in the event of a change in control of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary, which provisions have substantially the same effect as the relevant provisions of Sections 501 and 504 herein, shall not be deemed to be “Disqualified Stock” solely by virtue of such provisions.  For purposes of this definition, the term “Debt” includes Inter-Company Subordinated Debt.

“Electronic Means” means the following communications methods: e-mail, facsimile transmission, secure electronic transmission containing applicable authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys issued by the Trustee, or another method or system (including the CDSX System or such similar system used by a global depository) specified by the Trustee as available for use in connection with its services hereunder.

“Excluded Assets” means (i) all assets of any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) Investments in the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent paid for with cash or other property that constitutes Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities, so long as at the time of acquisition thereof and after giving effect thereto there exists no Default or Event of Default; and (iv) proceeds of the sale of any Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Excluded Securities” means any Debt, Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued by the Company, or any Debt or Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary, in either case to an Affiliate thereof other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that, at all times, such Excluded Securities shall:

(i) in the case of Debt not owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, constitute Inter-Company Subordinated Debt;

(ii) in the case of Debt, not be guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such guarantee shall constitute Inter-Company Subordinated Debt;

(iii) in the case of Debt, not be secured by any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that interest or dividends thereon shall be payable only to the extent that, after giving effect to any such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(v) in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that no payment (other than payments in the form of Excluded Securities) on account of principal (at maturity, by operation of sinking fund or mandatory redemption or


5


otherwise) or other payment on account of redemption, repurchase, retirement or acquisition of such Excluded Security shall be permitted until the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity for the principal of the Notes or (y) the date on which all principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall have been duly paid or provided for in full.

“Exempted Secured Debt” means any Debt secured by any Lien or any conditional sale or other title retention agreement: (i) incurred or entered into on or after the Issue Date to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of such property and either secured by Purchase Money Obligations or Liens placed on such property within 180 days of acquisition, improvement or construction and securing Debt not to exceed 2.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any time outstanding; (ii) on Principal Property or the stock or Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries and existing at the time of acquisition of the property, stock or Debt; (iii) owing to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or (iv) existing at the time a corporation or other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Existing Notes” means any of the 4.00% Senior Notes due 2022, Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022, 3.00% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.10% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.00% Senior Notes due 2024, 2.95% Senior Notes due 2025, 3.10% Senior Notes due 2025, 3.625% Senior Notes due 2025, 2.90% Senior Notes due 2026, 3.20% Senior Notes due 2027, 3.65% Senior Notes due 2027, 3.25% Senior Notes due 2029, 3.75% Senior Notes due 2029, 3.80% Senior Notes due 2032, 8.75% Senior Debentures due 2032, 7.50% Senior Notes due 2038, 6.68% Senior Notes due 2039, 6.11% Senior Notes due 2040, 6.56% Senior Notes due 2041, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2042, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.45% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.00% Senior Notes due 2044, 4.300% Senior Notes due 2048, 4.35% Senior Notes due 2049, 3.70% Senior Notes due 2049, 4.55% Senior Notes due 2052 or 5.25% Senior Notes due 2052 in each case for which the Company is a co-obligor or obligor, as applicable.

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any successor rating agency.

“Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” or “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, in effect in Canada, as established by the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada and as applied from time to time by the Company in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

“Government of Canada Yield” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the mid market yield to maturity on the third Business Day (the “Determination Date”) preceding the Redemption Date, compounded semi-annually, which a non-callable Government of Canada Bond would carry if issued, in Canadian dollars in Canada, at 100% of its principal amount on such date with a term to maturity which most closely approximates the remaining term to the Par Call Date from the Redemption Date calculated as the arithmetic average of the quotes of two dealers, selected from time to time by the Company, as at noon (Toronto time) on such Determination Date.


6


“Government Obligations” means securities denominated in Canadian dollars which are (a) either (i) direct obligations of the Government of Canada or of a Person controlled or supervised by or acting as an agency or instrumentality of the Government of Canada, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed by the Government of Canada, or (ii) direct obligations of a province of Canada with a long term debt rating of at least “A” by S&P, “A2” by Moody’s or “A” by DBRS (or, where such Government Obligations are short term debt securities, a short term debt rating of at least “A-1” by S&P, “P-1” by Moody’s or “R-1 (middle)” by DBRS) or the equivalent rating from any successors to such rating agency businesses, and (b) not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

“Guarantor” means (i) RCCI unless and until the Guarantee is released in accordance with its terms and (ii) any other Person that provides a guarantee in respect of any of the Company’s obligations in respect of the Notes, pursuant to a supplemental indenture or otherwise unless and until such guarantee is released in accordance with its terms.

“Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture.

“Investment” means (i) directly or indirectly, any advance, loan or capital contribution to, the purchase of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of, the acquisition, by purchase or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or making of any investment in any Person, (ii) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (iii) the transfer of any assets or properties from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any Unrestricted Subsidiary, other than the transfer of assets or properties made in the ordinary course of business.  Investments shall exclude extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch.

“Issue Date” means March 11, 2022, the initial issue date of the Notes.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor rating agency.

“Net Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.

“NI 51-102” means National Instrument 51-102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations;



7



“Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed in the name of the Company by at least one Authorized Officer.

“Outstanding” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture; provided, however, that, in addition to the categories of Notes that are identified as not “Outstanding” within the definition therefor in the Indenture, Notes that have been discharged pursuant Section 903 hereof shall also not be “Outstanding” for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture and provisions of the Indenture applicable to the Notes.

“Par Call Date” means January 15, 2032.

“Permitted Liens” means any of the following Liens

(i) Liens for taxes, rates and assessments not yet due or, if due, the validity of which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (as applicable); and Liens for the excess of the amount of any past due taxes for which a final assessment has not been received over the amount of such taxes as estimated and paid;

(ii) the Lien of any judgment rendered which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and which does not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to operate the business or operations of the Company;

(iii) Liens on Excluded Assets;

(iv) pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases or deposits of cash or bonds or other direct obligations of the United States, Canada or any Canadian province to secure surety or appeal bonds or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rents;

(v) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens, or other liens arising out of judgments or awards with respect to which an appeal or other proceeding for review is being prosecuted (and as to which any foreclosure or other enforcement proceeding shall have been effectively stayed);

(vi) Liens for property taxes not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings (and as

8


to which foreclosure or other enforcement proceedings shall have been effectively stayed);

(vii) Liens in favor of issuers of surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of or rights of others for rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Person incurring them or the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Debt or other extensions of credit and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of such properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(ix) Liens in favor of Bell Canada (or any successor) under any partial system agreement or related agreement providing for the construction and installation by Bell Canada of cables, attachments, connectors, support structures, closures and other equipment in accordance with the plans and specifications of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the lease by Bell Canada of such equipment to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with tariffs published by Bell Canada from time to time as approved by regulatory authorities, the absence of which would materially and adversely affect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries considered as a whole; and

(x) any other Lien existing on the Issue Date.

“Principal Property” means, as of any date of determination, any land, land improvements or building (and associated factory, laboratory, office and switching equipment (excluding all products marketed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries)) constituting a manufacturing, development, warehouse, service, office or operating facility owned by or leased to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, located within Canada and having an acquisition cost plus capitalized improvements in excess of 0.25% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company as of such date of determination, other than any such property (i) which the Board of Directors determines is not of material importance to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) which is not used in the ordinary course of business or (iii) in which the interest of the Company and all its Subsidiaries does not exceed 50%.

“Rating Agencies” means S&P, Moody’s and Fitch, and each of such Rating Agencies is referred to individually as a “Rating Agency”.

“Rating Date” means the date which is 90 days prior to the earlier of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention of the Company to effect a Change in Control.


9



“Rating Decline” means the occurrence of the following on, or within 90 days after, the date of public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention by the Company to effect a Change in Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies): (i) in the event the Notes are assigned an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be below an Investment Grade Rating; or (ii) in the event the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be decreased by one or more gradations (including gradations within rating categories as well as between rating categories).

“Redemption Price” means the applicable price at which a Note may or must be redeemed pursuant to Section 401 or Section 408, as applicable.

“RCCI” means the Person named as “RCCI” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture.

“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc., or any successor rating agency.

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Principal Property (whether such Principal Property is now owned or hereafter acquired) that has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, other than (i) temporary leases for a term, including renewals at the option of the lessee, of not more than three years, (ii) leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries and (iii) leases of Principal Property executed by the time of, or within 180 days after the latest of, the acquisition, the completion of construction or improvement (including any improvements on property which will result in such property becoming Principal Property), or the commencement of commercial operation of such Principal Property.

“Secured Debt” means:

(a) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by any Lien upon any Principal Property or the stock or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the payment obligations of the Company under the Notes); or

(b) any conditional sale or other title retention agreement covering any Principal Property or Restricted Subsidiary;

but does not include any Exempted Secured Debt

10


“Tangible Assets” means, at any date, the gross book value as shown by the accounting books and records of any Person of all its property both real and personal, less (i) the net book value of all its licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, goodwill, non-compete agreements or organizational expenses and other like intangibles, (ii) unamortized Debt discount and expenses, (iii) all reserves for depreciation, obsolescence, depletion and amortization of its properties and (iv) all other proper reserves which in accordance with GAAP should be provided in connection with the business conducted by such Person.

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

SECTION 102. OTHER DEFINITIONS.

DEFINED TERM
DEFINED
IN SECTION
   
Authorized Signatory          
201
Change in Control          
501
Change in Control Offer          
504(a)
Change in Control Purchase Date          
504(a)
Change in Control Purchase Notice          
504(b)
Change in Control Purchase Price          
504(a)
Change in Control Triggering Event          
501
Edward S. Rogers          
501
Family Percentage Holding          
501
Guarantee          
801(a)
Guaranteed Obligations          
801(a)
Instructing Officers          
116
Instructions          
116
Maturity Date          
301
Member of the Rogers Family          
501
Permitted Residuary Beneficiary          
501
Perpetuity Date          
501
Qualifying Trust          
501
Spouse          
501
Successor Guarantor
803(a)
Special Mandatory Redemption Date
408(b)
Special Mandatory Redemption Event
408(a)
Special Mandatory Redemption Notice
 408(b)
Special Mandatory Redemption Price
 408(a)
Trigger Date
 408(a)


11


SECTION 103. EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company, RCCI and the Trustee, the Indenture shall be supplemented and amended in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable, and the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended as specified herein, solely with respect to the Notes and not with respect to any other Securities issued under the Indenture prior to, on or after the Issue Date.  In the event of a conflict between any provisions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, the relevant provision or provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern.

12


SECTION 104. INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.

Except as supplemented or amended hereby, all other provisions in the Indenture, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 105. INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE.

All the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to be incorporated in, and made a part of, the Indenture; and the Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument; provided, however, that the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture are expressly and solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 106. COUNTERPARTS.

This Supplemental Indenture may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

SECTION 107. EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.  Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Supplemental Indenture to specific Article numbers or Section numbers refer to Articles and Sections contained in this Supplemental Indenture, and not the Indenture or any other document.

SECTION 108. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

All covenants and agreements in this Supplemental Indenture by the Company and RCCI shall bind their respective successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not.  All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 109. SEPARABILITY CLAUSE.

In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.


13


SECTION 110. BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person (other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent and any Security Registrar, and their successors hereunder, and the Holders) any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Supplemental Indenture or in respect of the Notes.

SECTION 111. GOVERNING LAW.

This Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.  This Supplemental Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of Trust Indenture Legislation that are required or deemed to be part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

SECTION 112. NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture to be made upon, given, delivered or furnished to, or filed with: (a) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished, delivered or filed in writing to or with a representative of the Trustee at 1 York Street, 6th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, M5J 0B6 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration or by email to [REDACTED] and [REDACTED]; and (b) the Company by the Trustee or any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given, furnished or delivered in writing to the Company to [REDACTED], Attention: [REDACTED] or by email to [REDACTED], with a copy to [REDACTED], email [REDACTED], or, in either case, at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

Any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document shall be deemed to have been received on the day made, given, furnished or delivered except when sent by electronic transmission (including email), in which case it will be deemed to have been received on the day it was sent, if such electronic transmission was sent on a Business Day during normal business hours of the recipient, or on the next succeeding Business Day, if not sent on a Business Day or during such business hours.  Each of the Trustee and the Company may from time to time notify the other party of a change in address or electronic transmission address by notice as provided in this Section 112.

SECTION 113. NOTICES TO HOLDERS; WAIVER.

Any notice to a Holder under the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture (including, for greater certainty, in circumstances where the

14


Indenture requires that a notice be mailed or delivered, sent or transmitted by any other alternate means) shall be valid and effective if, in the case of a Holder of a registered Note or a Note in the form of a Global Security, it is delivered by (a) electronic communication to such Holder at its electronic address appearing in any of the Security Registers or through the CDSX System or such similar system used by a Depositary or (b) by mail (postage prepaid) or courier to such Holder at its address appearing in any of the Security Registers or (c) otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary.  In any case where notice to Holders is delivered, neither the failure to deliver such notice, nor any defect in any notice so delivered, to any particular Holder shall impair or affect the validity or sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders.  Any notice delivered to a Holder in the aforesaid manner shall be conclusively deemed to have been validly delivered, given and received at the time it is sent, whether or not actually received by such Holder. All notices to joint Holders of any Notes may be given to whichever one of the Holders thereof is named first in the Security Registers, and any notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all Holders of such Note.

SECTION 114. DAY NOT A BUSINESS DAY.

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or other date for payment of any amount of interest, principal, premium or other amount, if any, with respect to the Notes shall not be a Business Day at the Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or of the Notes) payment of interest or principal (and premium or other amounts, if any) need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or other payment date, as applicable, and no interest shall accrue with respect to such payment for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or other payment date, as applicable, to the next succeeding Business Day, and the Holder of such Note shall not be entitled to any additional interest or other payment in respect of the delay.

If any day on which an amount is to be determined or an action is to be taken hereunder at a particular location is not a Business Day at such location, then such amount shall be determined or such action shall be taken at or before the requisite time on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day at such location.

SECTION 115. NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS.

This Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company, any Guarantor or their respective Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture.

SECTION 116. ELECTRONIC MEANS.

15



The Trustee shall have the right to accept and act upon instructions, including funds transfer instructions (“Instructions”) given pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture, and delivered using Electronic Means; provided, however, that the Company and/or any Guarantor, as applicable, shall provide to the Trustee an incumbency certificate listing officers of the Company (or any Guarantor, as applicable) with the authority to provide such Instructions (“Instructing Officers”) and containing specimen signatures of such Instructing Officers, which incumbency certificate shall be amended by the Company and/or any Guarantor, as applicable, whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing.  If the Company and/or any Guarantor, as applicable, elects to give the Trustee Instructions using Electronic Means and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such Instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such Instructions shall be deemed controlling.  The Company and any Guarantor understand and agree that the Trustee cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Instructions and that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that directions that purport to have been sent by an Instructing Officer listed on the incumbency certificate provided to the Trustee have been sent by such Instructing Officer. The Company and any Guarantor shall be responsible for ensuring that only Instructing Officers transmit such Instructions to the Trustee and that the Company, any Guarantor and all Instructing Officers are solely responsible to safeguard the use and confidentiality of applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such Instructions provided that such reliance of compliance was reasonable in the circumstances. The Company and any Guarantor agree: (i) to assume all risks arising out of the use of Electronic Means to submit Instructions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized Instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties; (ii) that it is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with the various methods of transmitting Instructions to the Trustee and that there may be more secure methods of transmitting Instructions than the method(s) selected by the Company and/or any Guarantor, as applicable; (iii) that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection with its transmission of Instructions provide to it a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances; and (iv) to notify the Trustee immediately upon learning of any compromise or unauthorized use of the security procedures. The Company and/or any Guarantor and/or the Holders acknowledge and agree that the Trustee shall have no liability for acting on or in connection with instructions or directions of the Holders provided to the Trustee by the Holders (or their representative participant with a global depository) using Electronic Means.

ARTICLE TWO
FORM OF THE NOTES

SECTION 201. FORMS GENERALLY.

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the forms set forth in this Article, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this

16


Supplemental Indenture, or as may reasonably be required by the Depositary, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of the Notes (but which shall not affect the rights or duties of the Trustee).

The definitive Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of the Depositary or any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, all as determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of such Notes.

The Notes shall be in registered form and shall initially be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.  The Notes shall be issued initially as Book-Entry Securities in the form of one or more Global Securities substantially in the form set forth in this Article delivered to the Depositary or a nominee thereof as custodian therefor and held by the Depositary or a nominee thereof for the applicable Clearing Agency Participants, and duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The Depositary for such Global Securities shall be CDS.  The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Depositary or its nominee, or of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

The Notes shall be signed on behalf of the Company by one or more Authorized Officers of the Company or one or more directors of the Company (each, an “Authorized Signatory”). The signature of any such Authorized Officer or director on the Notes may be a manual or electronic signature. The Notes may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth in Section 204 duly executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by manual or electronic signature of a designated signing officer of the Trustee, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

SECTION 202. FORM OF FACE OF NOTE.

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the form provided for in this Section 202 and Sections 203, 204 and 205:

17



[Note: Insert if CDS is Depositary – UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS CLEARING AND DEPOSITORY SERVICES INC. (“CDS”) TO ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IN RESPECT THEREOF IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CDS & CO., OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CDS & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF, CDS & CO., HAS A PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HEREIN AND IT IS A VIOLATION OF ITS RIGHTS FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO HOLD, TRANSFER OR DEAL WITH THIS CERTIFICATE.]

[Note: Insert if a Global Security – THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE BASE INDENTURE (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO).  THIS NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE BASE INDENTURE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, (III) THIS NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 211 OF THE BASE INDENTURE AND (IV) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, THIS SECURITY MAY BE TRANSFERRED, IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY (X) BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, (Y) BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR (Z) BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.]

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE ■, ■.
[Note: insert date that is 4 months and one day after the initial issue date for the Notes]

ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.

4.25% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2032


No. ■
CUSIP: 775109BV2
 
ISIN: CA775109BV27


18


Cdn$■ [Note: Insert if a Global Security – (as revised from time to time by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)]

Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (herein called the “Company”, which term includes any successor entity under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [CDS & CO.][■] or registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________ Canadian dollars [Note: Insert if a Global Security – (as revised from time to time by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)] on April 15, 2032, at the office or agency of the Company referred to below, and to pay interest thereon in arrears, semi-annually on April 15 and October 15  in each year (each herein called an “Interest Payment Date”) (or, if such day is not a Business Day, payment will be made on the next following Business Day), in equal installments, except for the first interest payment in an aggregate amount of $25,325,342.47 for this Note payable on October 17, 2022 (being the first Business Day following October 15, 2022 and representing interest accrued from March 11, 2022 to, but excluding, October 15, 2022), which interest shall accrue from and including March 11, 2022 or, if interest has already been paid or duly provided for, from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, at the rate of 4.25% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for, and (to the extent lawful) to pay interest on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for.  The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the April 10 or October 10 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.  Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for, and interest on such Default Interest, at the interest rate borne by the Notes, to the extent lawful, shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date, and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Default Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the City of Toronto (which initially shall be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee), and if the Company shall designate and maintain an additional office or agency for such purpose, also at such additional office or agency, in Canadian dollars; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear on the Security


19



Register; provided, further, that all payments of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on Notes, the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent at least 10 Business Days prior to the applicable payment date and hold at least Cdn$1,000,000 in principal amount of Notes, will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by such Holders in such instructions. Any such wire transfer instructions received by the Company or the Paying Agent shall remain in effect until revoked by such Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final payment of principal shall be payable only upon surrender of this Note to the Paying Agent.

For any interim period, interest on this Note shall be computed on the basis of a 365-day year, based on the number of days elapsed in the period.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been duly executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.  
       

By:
  
 
    Name:    
    Title:    
       


By:
 
 
    Name:    
    Title:    
       

SECTION 203. FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company designated as its 4.25% Senior Notes due 2032 (herein called the “Notes”), which may be issued under an indenture (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), herein called the “Base Indenture”) dated as of May 26, 2009 between the Company and CIBC Mellon Trust Company, as trustee, as supplemented and amended by the Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture (herein called the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”) dated

20


as of March 11, 2022 among the Company, as issuer of the Notes, Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (“RCCI”), as Guarantor, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as successor trustee (herein called the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which the Indenture reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and immunities thereunder of the Company, RCCI, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.  All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Notes and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall prevail. A Holder may obtain from the Trustee a copy of the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture on written request and upon payment of a reasonable copying charge.

On or before each Interest Payment Date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee or the Paying Agent an amount in Canadian dollars sufficient to pay the amount due on such payment date.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, RCCI has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on an unsecured, unsubordinated basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

The Notes will be subject to redemption at the option of the Company at the applicable Redemption Price at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in the Supplemental Indenture. In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a replacement Note or Notes for the unredeemed portion hereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof. Upon the occurrence of a Special Mandatory Redemption Event, the Company will be required to redeem the Notes at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in Section 408 of the Supplemental Indenture.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default resulting from a Change in Control Triggering Event which is cured in accordance with Section 504 of the Supplemental Indenture by the making and consummation of a Change in Control Offer) shall occur and be continuing, the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

In addition, it shall be an Event of Default under the Indenture if a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs on or prior to the Maturity of the Notes (subject to the aforesaid cure provisions). Following such an Event of Default the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture unless the Company (or a third party) offers, within 20 Business Days after the occurrence of such Event of Default, to purchase the Notes and purchases the Notes for the Change in Control Purchase Price in cash on the date that is 40 Business

21


Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event from a Holder who delivers and does not withdraw a Change in Control Purchase Notice. Holders have the right to withdraw any Change in Control Purchase Notice by delivering to the Paying Agent a written notice of withdrawal in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions for the defeasance and discharge of the Notes.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by or on behalf of the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive evidence and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. Without notice to or the consent of the Holders of the Notes, certain modifications and amendments may be made to the Indenture and the Notes as provided for in the Indenture.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof.

Prior to the time of due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes except as otherwise provided, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless and until the Trustee’s certificate of authentication has been duly executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual or electronic signature of a designated signing officer of the Trustee.

This Note and the Indenture are governed by, and are to be construed in accordance with, the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

22


SECTION 204. FORM OF TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION.

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

  BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA  
       

By:
  
 
    Name:    
    Title:    


SECTION 205. SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.

The following schedule is to be attached to Notes that are Global Securities:

4.25% SENIOR NOTES DUE APRIL 15, 2032

Initial Principal Amount: Cdn$■          CUSIP 775109BV2 / ISIN CA775109BV27

Authorization: ______________________

The following increases or decreases in this Note have been made:

Date
Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Security
Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global Security
Principal Amount of this
Global Security following
such decrease or increase
Signature of Trustee
or Registrar
         

ARTICLE THREE
THE NOTES

SECTION 301. TITLE AND TERMS.

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “4.25% Senior Notes due 2032” of the Company.  The entire unpaid principal amount of each Note shall become due and payable to the Holder thereof on April 15, 2032 (the “Maturity Date”).  Interest shall accrue on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Note at a rate of interest

23


equal to 4.25% per annum from March 11, 2022 or, if interest has been paid or duly provided for, the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for.  Subject to Section 114, such interest shall be payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 in each year (each an Interest Payment Date for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture), in equal installments (except for the first interest payment in an aggregate amount of $25,325,342.47 for the Notes issued on March 11, 2022 payable on October 17, 2022 (being the first Business Day following October 15, 2022 and representing interest accrued from March 11, 2022 to, but excluding, October 15, 2022)), until the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for.  Interest on the Notes shall be payable in arrears.  The Regular Record Date for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be the April 10 or October 10 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.  To the extent lawful, interest shall accrue on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for and such Default Interest shall be payable at the times and on the terms provided for in the Indenture.

An unlimited aggregate principal amount of the Notes may be authenticated and delivered under this Supplemental Indenture (of which Cdn$1,000,000,000 is being issued, authenticated and delivered on the date hereof), including Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 806, 1008 or 1009 of the Indenture and Section 504 hereof.  Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Notes issued on the date hereof may be created and issued under the Indenture from time to time by the Company without notice to or consent of the Holders, subject to the Company complying with any applicable provision of the Indenture.  Any additional Notes created and issued shall have the same terms and conditions as the Notes initially issued, except for their date of issue, issue price and, if applicable, the date from which interest accrues and the first Interest Payment Date, and shall be consolidated with and form a single Series with the Notes initially issued.

The Notes shall be unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company ranking pari passu with any other present or future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company.

The Notes shall be denominated in, and all principal of, and interest and premium (if any) on, the Notes shall be payable in Canadian dollars.

The Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company at the prices, at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in Article Four hereof.  The Company shall not be obligated to redeem, purchase or repay the Notes pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder of the Notes except as provided in Section 408 and Article Seven hereof.

The Notes shall be subject to the covenants (and the related definitions)  set forth in Article Nine of the Indenture (except those set forth in Section 906 thereof which is replaced by Section 605 of this Supplemental Indenture) and, except as

24


otherwise provided herein, to any other covenant in the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture. The defeasance and discharge provisions set forth in Article Three of the Indenture shall apply to the Notes as amended, supplemented or superseded by Article Nine hereof.  The Notes shall be subject to the covenants in Article Seven of the Indenture; provided, however, that, with respect to the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture, clause (a)(1) of Section 701 of the Indenture shall be replaced with the following: “the Company shall be the continuing Person”.

Certain obligations of the Company under the Notes shall be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by RCCI to the extent set forth in Article Eight hereof.

SECTION 302. DENOMINATIONS.

The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons and in denominations of Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 303. NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS.

If, upon any consolidation or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, with or merger of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, into any other Person, or upon any conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of the properties and assets of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding-up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case in accordance with Section 701 of the Indenture, in the case of the Company, or Section 802(e) of this Supplemental Indenture, in the case of RCCI, any property or asset of the Company or of any Subsidiary, would thereupon become subject to any Lien, then, unless such Lien could be created pursuant to Section 602 without equally and ratably securing the Notes, the Company or RCCI, as applicable, prior to or simultaneously with such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition, will, as to such property or asset, secure the Notes Outstanding hereunder (together with, if the Company or RCCI shall so determine, any other Debt of the Company or RCCI now existing or hereafter created which is not subordinate to the Notes) equally and ratably with (or prior to) the Debt which upon such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is to become secured as to such property or asset by such Lien, or will cause such Notes to be so secured.


ARTICLE FOUR
REDEMPTION OF THE NOTES

SECTION 401. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

Prior to January 15, 2032, the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder, redeem the Notes, at any time in whole or from time to time in part, at a Redemption Price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount and rounded

25


to three decimal places) equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (ii) the Discounted Value of the Notes to be redeemed, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but not including, the Redemption Date.

On or after January 15, 2032, the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder, redeem the Notes, at any time in whole or from time to time in part, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but not including, the Redemption Date.

SECTION 402. ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.

The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 401 shall be evidenced by a Company Order or a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company pursuant to Section 401, the Company shall notify the Trustee, at least three Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee, acting reasonably) before notice of redemption is to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to Section 404, of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.

SECTION 403. SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED.

In the event that less than all of Notes for the time being outstanding are at any time to be redeemed, the Notes so to be redeemed will be selected on a pro rata basis and, where applicable, in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary. Notes and portions thereof selected shall be in amounts of any integral multiple of $1,000, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000 or even if the Notes are of a principal amount of $1,000 or less, shall be redeemed in full.  No Notes of a principal amount of $5,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.

Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 902 of the Indenture (with, if the Company, the Security Registrar or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, the Security Registrar or the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing).  Upon the proper surrender of any such Note for redemption, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall certify and deliver without charge to the Holder or upon his or her order one or more new Notes, with the same maturity and rate of interest for the unredeemed part of the principal amount of the Note or Notes so surrendered; provided, however, that, in the case of a Global Security, an appropriate notation may instead be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof.

26


For all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of a “Note” or “Notes” shall relate, in the case of any Note or Notes, as applicable, redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note or Notes which has been or is to be redeemed.

SECTION 404. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

Notice of intention to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 401 shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that are to be redeemed, not more than 60 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Redemption Date, in the manner provided in Section 113.  Every such notice of redemption shall state:

(a) the Redemption Date;

(b) the Redemption Price;

(c) if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the principal amount) of the particular Notes to be redeemed;

(d) that, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition precedent to the redemption specified in such notice, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note or portion thereof on the Redemption Date, and that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest thereon, if any, shall cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(e) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and

(f) any conditions to the redemption.

Any redemption pursuant to Section 401 (and any related notice of redemption pursuant to this Section 404) may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an equity or other securities offering, an incurrence of indebtedness or other financing, or any other corporate transaction or event. Notice of any redemption in respect thereof may, at the Company’s discretion, be given prior to the completion of one or more of the transactions or events upon which the redemption is conditioned and such redemption may be partial as a result of only some of the conditions being satisfied. If such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, state that, in the Company’s discretion, such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the Redemption Date.  In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and other amounts owing for the redemption of any Notes and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another

27


Person.  In the event that the condition(s) of any redemption that is conditional are not satisfied or waived by the Company in its sole discretion on or prior to the Redemption Date therefor, the redemption shall be rescinded and notice thereof shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that were to have been redeemed promptly thereafter (but in any event no later than the Business Day after the Redemption Date), in the manner in which the notice of redemption was delivered, that such condition(s) were not satisfied or waived and such redemption has been rescinded, and the Trustee shall promptly return to the Holders thereof any Notes which had been surrendered for payment upon such redemption. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall have no responsibility for determining whether or not a condition set forth in such notice of redemption is satisfied, and shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon the Company’s determination regarding the satisfaction or waiver thereof.

Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed, whether at the election of the Company pursuant to Section 401 or a Special Mandatory Redemption Notice pursuant to Section 408, shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. Any inadvertent defect in a notice of redemption, including an inadvertent failure to deliver such notice, to any Holder whose Notes are selected for redemption will not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any the Notes of any other Holder that are to be redeemed.

SECTION 405. DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.

On or prior to any Redemption Date (including, for greater certainty, a Special Mandatory Redemption Date), the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 903 of the Indenture) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price for all of the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.

SECTION 406. NOTES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE.

Notice of redemption having been delivered as specified in Section 404 or Section 408, as applicable, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any terms or conditions of such redemption or the rescission of such notice of redemption permitted in Section 404, all the Notes so called for redemption shall thereupon be and become due and payable at the Redemption Price and on the Redemption Date specified in such notice, in the same manner and with the same effect as if such date was the Stated Maturity for the payment of principal for such Notes, anything therein or herein to the contrary notwithstanding, and on and after such Redemption Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) such Notes shall not be considered as Outstanding hereunder and interest upon such Notes shall cease to accrue. Upon surrender of any such Notes for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Notes shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price (including, for greater certainty, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but not including, the Redemption Date); provided, however, that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such

28


Notes, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such on the relevant Regular Record Dates according to the terms and the provisions of Section 209 of the Indenture; provided further that, if a Redemption Date is on or after a Regular Record Date in respect of any accrued and unpaid installment of interest on any Note to be redeemed and on or before the related Interest Payment Date for such installment of interest, such installment of interest shall instead be payable to the Holder of the Note that is registered as such at the close of business on such Regular Record Date.

If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal thereof (and premium, if any, thereon) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by such Note.

SECTION 407. ACQUISITION BY OTHER MEANS.

For avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any other provision of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture, the Company may, at its option, at any time and from time to time, purchase or otherwise acquire all or any of the Notes by means other than a redemption, including (i) in the market (which shall include purchases from or through an investment dealer, a Clearing Agency Participant or a firm holding membership on a recognized stock exchange), (ii) by invitation for tenders, or (iii) by private contract, in each case, at any price or prices as the Company may determine in its sole discretion.

SECTION 408. SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

(a) If (i) the Arrangement is not consummated prior to December 31, 2022, (ii) the Arrangement Agreement is terminated at any time prior to December 31, 2022 (other than as a result of consummating the Arrangement) or (iii) the Company publicly announces at any time prior to December 31, 2022 that it will no longer pursue the consummation of the Arrangement (any such event under clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, a “Special Mandatory Redemption Event”, and the earliest date of any Special Mandatory Redemption Event, a “Trigger Date”), then the Company shall redeem all of the Outstanding Notes at a Redemption Price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date.

(b) In the event that the Company is required to redeem the Notes pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 408, the Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, a notice of special mandatory redemption (such notice, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Notice”) to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, electronically or by mail (postage prepaid) at the address of such Holder appearing in the Security Register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of Depositary, and the Trustee not later than five Business Days after the Trigger Date, and the Company will redeem the Notes on the date specified by the Company for such redemption in the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice (the


29




date so specified, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”). The Special Mandatory Redemption Date will be no later than 30 days following the applicable Trigger Date, but no earlier than the fifth Business Day following the day the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice is delivered to Holders of the Notes.  At the election of the Company, the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

(c) If funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date are deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, interest on the Notes shall cease to accrue on and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date.

(d) Every Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall state:

(i) the Special Mandatory Redemption Date;

(ii) the Special Mandatory Redemption Price;

(iii) that the Special Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, and that, if funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date are deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, interest on the Notes shall cease to accrue on and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date; and

(iv) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price.

A Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall be irrevocable and not subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition.

SECTION 409. REDEMPTION PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE.

It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that, with respect to the Notes, the above Sections 402, 403, 404, 405 and 406 replace, in their entirety, Sections 1003, 1004, 1005, 1006, and 1007, respectively, of the Indenture.  For greater certainty, the provisions contained in this Article Four apply to this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes issued hereunder notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in Article Ten of the Indenture.

30


ARTICLE FIVE
REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL

SECTION 501. ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT.

In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 401 of the Indenture, “Event of Default”, wherever used herein and in the Indenture with respect to the Notes, includes the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), subject to any cure thereof as provided in Section 504 below.

Under this Supplemental Indenture, a “Change in Control Triggering Event” is deemed to occur upon both a Change in Control and a Rating Decline with respect to the Notes.

A “Change in Control” means (i) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons (as the term “group” is used in Rule 13d-5 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and as in force at the date hereof), other than Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family, acquires, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes of Voting Shares of the Company or (ii) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons, other than (A) Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family or (B) for so long as the only primary beneficiaries of a Qualifying Trust established under the last will and testament of Edward S. Rogers are one or more persons referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, any Person designated by the trustees of such Qualifying Trust to exercise voting rights attaching to any shares held by such trustees, has elected to the Board of Directors such number of its or their nominees so that such nominees so elected shall constitute a majority of the number of the directors comprising the Board of Directors; provided that to the extent that one or more regulatory approvals are required for any of the transactions or circumstances described in clause (i) or (ii) above to become effective under applicable law, such transactions or circumstances shall be deemed to have occurred at the time such approvals have been obtained and become effective under applicable law.

“Member of the Rogers Family” means (i) such of the following persons as are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or are born after the date of this

31


Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date: (a)  the widow, if any, of Edward S. Rogers (who was born on May 27, 1933, such individual being hereinafter referred to as “Edward S. Rogers”); (b) the issue of Edward S. Rogers; (c) Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi, the half-sister of Edward S. Rogers, and the issue of Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi; (d) individuals adopted by Edward S. Rogers or any of the persons described in subclauses (a) or (b) of this clause (i), provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals; provided that if any person is born out of wedlock he shall be deemed not to be the issue of another person for the purposes hereof unless and until he is proven or acknowledged to be the issue of such person and; (ii) the trustees of any Qualifying Trust, but only to the extent of such Qualifying Trust’s Family Percentage Holding of voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company at the time of the determination.

“Family Percentage Holding” means the aggregate percentage of the securities held by a Qualifying Trust representing, directly or indirectly, an interest in voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company, that it is reasonable, under all the circumstances, to regard as being held beneficially for Qualified Persons (or any class consisting of two or more Qualified Persons); provided always that in calculating the Family Percentage Holding (A) in respect of any power of appointment or discretionary trust capable of being exercised in favor of any of the Qualified Persons such trust or power shall be deemed to have been exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until such trust or power has been otherwise exercised; (B) where any beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust has assigned, transferred or conveyed, in any manner whatsoever, his or her beneficial interest to another person, then, for the purpose of determining the Family Percentage Holding in respect of such Qualifying Trust, the person to whom such interest has been assigned, transferred or conveyed shall be regarded as the only person beneficially interested in the Qualifying Trust in respect of such interest but in the case where the interest is so assigned, transferred or conveyed is an interest in a discretionary trust or is an interest which may arise as a result of the exercise in favor of the assignor of a discretionary power of appointment and such discretionary trust or power of appointment is also capable of being exercised in favor of persons described in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, such discretionary trust or power shall be deemed to have been so exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until it has in fact been exercised; and (C) the interest of any Permitted Residuary Beneficiary shall be ignored until its interest has indefeasibly vested.

“Permitted Residuary Beneficiary” means any person who is a beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust and, under the terms of the Qualifying Trust, is entitled to distributions out of the capital of such Qualifying Trust only after the death of all of the Qualified Persons who are beneficiaries of such Qualifying Trust.

“Perpetuity Date” means the date that is 21 years, less one day, from the date of the death of the last survivor of the individuals described in subclause (i)(a), (b), (c) or (d) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, who are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture.

32


“Qualifying Trust” means a trust (whether testamentary or inter vivos) any beneficiary of which is a person referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, provided that such Spouse is living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or is born after the date of this Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date (all such persons being hereafter referred to as “Qualified Persons”).

“Spouse” means, in relation to any person, a person who is legally married to that person and includes a widow or widower of that person, notwithstanding remarriage.

SECTION 502. ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.

If a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs and is continuing and the Company (or a third party) fails in any material respect to comply with any of the provisions of Section 504 hereof, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding may declare the principal of all such Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal shall become immediately due and payable.

SECTION 503. RESERVED.

SECTION 504. CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER.

(a) The Notes may not be accelerated pursuant to Section 502 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall be cured if the Company complies in all material respects with the provisions of this Section 504.  If the Company elects to cure such Event of Default, within 20 Business Days of the occurrence of an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event, (i) the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event and shall make an offer to purchase (the “Change in Control Offer”) all outstanding Notes properly tendered at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Change in Control Purchase Date (as hereinafter defined) (the “Change in Control Purchase Price”) on the date that is 40 Business Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event (the “Change in Control Purchase Date”), (ii) the Trustee shall deliver a copy of the Change in Control Offer to each Holder and (iii) the Company shall cause a notice of the Change in Control Offer to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news service in the United States and CNW Group Ltd. (Canada News Wire or Cision


33

Canada) or a similar news service in Canada.  The Change in Control Offer shall remain open from the time such offer is made until the Change in Control Purchase Date.  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to ascertain the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event or to give notice with respect thereto other than as provided above upon receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company.  The Trustee may conclusively assume, in the absence of receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company, that no Change in Control Triggering Event has occurred.  The Change in Control Offer shall include a form of Change in Control Purchase Notice to be completed by the Holder and shall state:

(i)  the events causing a Change in Control Triggering Event and the date such Change in Control Triggering Event is deemed to have occurred;

(ii)  that the Change in Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 504 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change in Control Offer will be accepted for payment;

(iii)  the date by which the Change in Control Purchase Notice pursuant to this Section 504 must be given;

(iv) the Change in Control Purchase Date;

(v) the Change in Control Purchase Price;

(vi) the names and addresses of the Paying Agent and the offices or agencies referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture;

(vii)  that Notes must be surrendered to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to collect payment;

(viii)  that the Change in Control Purchase Price for any Note as to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been duly given and not withdrawn will be paid promptly upon the later of the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and the time of surrender of such Note as described in clause (vii) above;

(ix)  the procedures the Holder must follow to accept the Change in Control Offer; and

(x)  the procedures for withdrawing a Change in Control Purchase Notice.

(b) A Holder may accept a Change in Control Offer by delivering to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture a written notice (a “Change in Control Purchase

34


Notice”) at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date, stating:

(i) that such Holder elects to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Change in Control Offer;

(ii) the principal amount of the Note that the Holder elects to have purchased by the Company, which amount must be Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof, and the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered by such Holder for purchase by the Company; and

(iii) that such Note shall be purchased on the Change in Control Purchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in this Supplemental Indenture.


The delivery of such Note (together with all necessary endorsements) to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture prior to, on or after the Change in Control Purchase Date shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Change in Control Purchase Price therefor; provided that such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 504 only if the Note so delivered to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall conform in all respects to the description thereof set forth in the related Change in Control Purchase Notice.

The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 504, a portion of a Note if the principal amount of such portion is Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof.  Provisions of the Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Note also apply to the purchase of a portion of such Note.

Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 504 shall be consummated by the delivery by the Company of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and (b) the time of delivery of the Note by the Holder to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in the manner required by this Section 504.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent, at the office of the Paying Agent or an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture, the Change in Control Purchase Notice contemplated by this Section 504(b) shall have the right to withdraw such Change in Control Purchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in accordance with Section 701 hereof.


35


The Paying Agent or the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by the former of any Change in Control Purchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.

(c) The Notes may also not be accelerated pursuant to Section 502 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall also be cured if a third party makes and consummates a Change in Control Offer in the manner and at the times and otherwise in compliance with this Section 504.

ARTICLE SIX
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

SECTION 601. RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.

(a) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may transfer any assets or properties to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, if (i) prior to and immediately after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) such Subsidiary or Person, together with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, shall not in the aggregate have Net Tangible Assets greater than 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section 601, (1) the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets shall also include the aggregate Net Tangible Assets of such Subsidiary or Person and all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (2) Excluded Assets shall be excluded from the calculation of Net Tangible Assets and Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

(b) The Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary unless immediately before and after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(c) Nothing in this Section 601 shall restrict or limit the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from transferring any asset that is an Excluded Asset to any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 602. LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur or guarantee any Secured Debt unless and for so long as the Company secures, or causes such Restricted Subsidiary to secure, the Notes equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Secured Debt.  However, any of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Secured Debt without securing the Notes if, immediately after incurring the Secured Debt, the aggregate principal amount of all

36


Secured Debt then outstanding plus the aggregate amount of the Attributable Debt then outstanding pursuant to Sale and Leaseback Transactions would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.  The aggregate amount of all Secured Debt in the preceding sentence excludes Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes and Secured Debt that is being repaid concurrently.  Any Lien which is granted to secure the Notes under this Section 602 shall be discharged at the same time as the discharge of the Lien securing the Secured Debt that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes under this Section 602.

SECTION 603. LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS.

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, unless either (a) immediately thereafter, the sum of (1) the Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction and all other Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on or after the Issue Date (or, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, the date on which it became a Restricted Subsidiary, if on or after the Issue Date) and (2) the aggregate amount of all Secured Debt, excluding Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes, would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (b) an amount, equal to the greater of the net proceeds to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from such sale and the Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, is used within 180 days to retire Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.  However, Debt which is subordinate to the Notes or which is owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may not be retired in satisfaction of clause (b) above.

SECTION 604. LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT.

The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt (other than Debt to the extent that the Notes are secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Debt), unless (1) the obligations of the Company under the Notes are guaranteed (which guarantee may be on an unsecured basis) by such Restricted Subsidiary such that the claim of the Holders of the Notes under such guarantee ranks prior to or pari passu with such Debt or (2) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the sum of (without duplication) (x) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Debt of all Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Exempted Secured Debt and, for the avoidance of doubt, any Debt permitted by clause (1) above), (y) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Secured Debt of the Company (not on a Consolidated basis) and (z) Attributable Debt relating to then outstanding Sale and Leaseback Transactions, would not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that this restriction will not apply to, and there will be excluded from any calculation hereunder, (A) Debt owing by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (B) Debt secured by Permitted Liens; provided, further, that this restriction will not prohibit the incurrence of Debt in connection with any extension, renewal or replacement (including successive extensions, renewals or

37


replacements), in whole or in part, of any Debt of the Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that the principal amount of such Debt immediately prior to such extension, renewal or replacement is not increased).

SECTION 605. PROVISION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

For so long as any Notes remain Outstanding, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee (i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ended after the Issue Date, audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for such fiscal year, and (ii) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year after the Issue Date, unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Company for the interim period as at, and for the  interim period ending on, the end of such fiscal quarter.  The Company shall be deemed to have delivered financial statements in compliance with its obligations under this Section 605, and need not otherwise deliver such financial statements to the Trustee, if such financial statements are made publicly available on SEDAR within the prescribed time.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall not be the responsibility of the Trustee to monitor postings of the Company on SEDAR, it being understood that, due to the public availability of the information contained on SEDAR, any Person, including without limitation any Holder, may obtain the aforementioned financial statements directly from SEDAR.

The obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding paragraph of this Section 605 will be deemed satisfied if any parent entity of the Company has delivered to the Trustee (including by making such financial statements publicly available on SEDAR) the consolidated financial statements required in the preceding paragraph of this Section 605, that would otherwise be required to be provided in respect of the Company, with respect to such parent entity; provided that such obligations will only be deemed to be satisfied if, and for so long as, such parent entity furnishes to the Trustee (either in or with a copy of such financial statements) “summary financial information” as defined in section 13.4 of NI 51-102 (or substantially equivalent financial information provided for in any successor provision thereto in NI 51-102 or any successor instrument) for the parent entity for the periods covered by such financial statements with a separate column for (i) the parent entity, (ii) the Company, (iii) all Guarantors (on a combined basis), (iv) any other subsidiaries of the parent entity (on a combined basis), (v) consolidating adjustments and (vi) total consolidated amounts.

It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that Section 906 of the Indenture does not apply to this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes.  For greater certainty, with respect to the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture, this Section 605 replaces, in its entirety, Section 906 of the Indenture.

SECTION 606. WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.

Subject to Section 413 and Section 802 of the Indenture, the Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or provision in the Indenture and any covenant or provision in Sections 601, 602, 603, 604 or 605 of this Supplemental Indenture if, before or after the time for such compliance, the Holders of all

38


of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall, by Holder Direction, waive such compliance in such instance with such covenant or provision, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or provision except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or provision shall remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE SEVEN
CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

SECTION 701. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE.

Upon receipt by the Company of the Change in Control Purchase Notice specified in Section 504(b) hereof, the Holder of the Note in respect of which such Change in Control Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Change in Control Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in the following two paragraphs of this Section) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to such Note.  Such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date (provided the conditions in Section 504(b) hereof have been satisfied) and (b) the time of delivery of the Note to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 504(b) hereof.

A Change in Control Purchase Notice may be withdrawn before or after delivery by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent of the Note to which such Change in Control Purchase Notice relates, by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to which the related Change in Control Purchase Notice was delivered at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date specifying, as applicable:

(a) the certificate number of the Note in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted,

(b) the principal amount of the Note (which shall be Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and

(c) the principal amount, if any, of such Note (which shall be Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof) that remains subject to the original Change in Control Purchase Notice and that has been or will be delivered for purchase by the Company.

The Paying Agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Notes with respect to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in compliance with this Supplemental Indenture.

39



SECTION 702. DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE.

No later than 11:00 a.m. (Toronto, Ontario time) on the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 903 of the Indenture) an amount of cash sufficient to pay the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Change in Control Purchase Date.

SECTION 703. REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY.

As provided in the Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company any cash that remains unclaimed, together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture), held by them for the payment of the Change in Control Purchase Price; provided, however, that, to the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 702 hereof exceeds the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of the Notes or portions thereof to be purchased, then the Trustee shall hold such excess for the Company and promptly after the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Trustee shall upon demand return any such excess to the Company together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture).

ARTICLE EIGHT
GUARANTEE

SECTION 801. GUARANTEE.

(a) RCCI hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees (the “Guarantee”) due payment and performance to the Trustee, for and on behalf of the Holders, forthwith after demand, of all the obligations of the Company under this Supplemental Indenture or under the Notes to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes when due and payable at Maturity, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee (including all amounts due to the Trustee under Section 507 of the Indenture) and the Holders of the Notes which obligations arise under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes, according to the terms hereof and thereof, including any applicable grace periods (the “Guaranteed Obligations”).  The Guarantee shall be an unsecured, unsubordinated obligation of RCCI ranking pari passu with other present and future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of RCCI.

(b) RCCI agrees that, without obtaining the consent of or giving notice to RCCI, the Trustee may vary this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture, as provided herein and therein, grant extensions of time or other indulgences, take and give up securities, grant releases and discharges and otherwise deal with the Company and other parties as the Trustee may see fit and may apply all monies

40


received from the Company or others or from securities upon such part of the Company’s liability as the Trustee may think best without prejudice to or in any way limiting or lessening the liability of RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture.

(c) The Guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee of all the Guaranteed Obligations and shall apply to any ultimate balance due or remaining unpaid to the Holders of the Notes.  The Guarantee shall not be considered as wholly or partially satisfied by the payment or liquidation at any time of any sum of money which may at any time be or become owing or due or remain unpaid to the Holders of the Notes.

(d) The Guarantee shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by any change in the name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of the Company or RCCI, or by any merger or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI with any Person or Persons, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture or the applicable provisions of the Indenture.  In the case of the Company being amalgamated with another corporation, the Guarantee shall apply to the liabilities of the resulting corporation, and the term “Company” shall include each such resulting corporation.

(e) All monies, advances, renewals and credits in fact borrowed or obtained by the Company under this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to form part of the liabilities hereby guaranteed notwithstanding any limitation of status or of power of the Company or of the directors or agents thereof or that the Company may not be a legal entity or any irregularity, defect or informality in the borrowing or obtaining of such monies, advances, renewals or credits.

(f) The obligations of RCCI hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any moneys or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by RCCI hereunder which may not be recoverable from RCCI on the basis of a guarantee or as surety shall be recoverable from RCCI as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof.

(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to exhaust its recourse against the Company or other parties before being entitled to demand payment from or performance by RCCI and enforce its rights under this Supplemental Indenture.

(h) Any account settled or stated by or between the Trustee and the Company in relation to this Supplemental Indenture shall be accepted by RCCI as conclusive evidence that the balance or amount thereby appearing due by the Company to the Trustee is so due.

(i) RCCI shall make payment to the Trustee of the amount of the liability of RCCI forthwith after demand therefor is made in writing during the continuance of any Event of Default and such demand shall be conclusively deemed to have been effectually made when delivered in accordance with the notice provisions set forth herein and the liability of RCCI shall bear interest from

41


the date of such demand at the rate borne by the Notes, such interest to be calculated monthly based on the number of days elapsed and to be deemed payable on the first Business Day of a month in respect of the immediately preceding month or upon demand, whichever is earlier.

(j) All amounts payable by RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture shall be paid without set-off or counterclaim and without any deduction or withholding whatsoever unless and to the extent that RCCI shall be prohibited by law from doing so, in which case RCCI shall, only to the extent such a similar requirement is imposed on the Company pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, pay to the Trustee such additional amount as shall be necessary to ensure that the Trustee receives the full amount it would have received if no such deduction or withholding had been made.

(k) RCCI acknowledges that, in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the Guarantee or this Supplemental Indenture, it irrevocably submits and attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario.  In addition, to the extent that RCCI has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under the above-referenced documents, to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 802. RELEASE OF GUARANTOR.

(a) In addition to the release provisions set forth in the Indenture, subject to Section 802(d), RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Eight, and the Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect, upon the request of the Company (without the consent of the Trustee) if, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (and, if applicable, any transaction in connection therewith, including any other concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company would be in compliance with Section 604 hereof, including in the event of a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary.

(b) In order to effect the release and termination provided for in Section 802(a), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (as well as any concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company will be in compliance with Section 604 hereof.  In the event that the release and termination is in connection with a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary, pro forma effect shall be given to such transaction (including the application of any proceeds therefrom) in determining the Company’s compliance with Section 604 and, accordingly, the amount of Debt subject to the Guarantee and any other Debt of RCCI shall be excluded from any calculation thereunder. 

42


Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture, no opinion, report or certificate, other than the Officer’s Certificate provided for in this Section 802(b), need be furnished to the Trustee for such release and termination.  After its receipt of the aforementioned Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by either the Company or RCCI in order to evidence the release of RCCI from its obligations under the Guarantee under this Article Eight.

(c) No supplemental indenture, amendment or waiver shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note, release RCCI from any of its obligations under Section 801, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 802 or the other release provisions set forth in the Indenture, or amend or modify the release provisions of this Section 802.

(d) Notwithstanding the release provisions of Section 802(a), RCCI shall not be released from its obligations under this Article Eight and the Guarantee will not be terminated if, immediately after such release and termination (and, if applicable, after giving effect to any transaction to occur concurrently therewith), RCCI remains a co-obligor with or a guarantor for, as applicable, the obligations of the Company under any Existing Note.

(e) Notwithstanding the release provisions of this Section 802, any Person added as a Guarantor at the option of the Company pursuant to Section 801(f) of the Indenture may be released at the option of the Company at any time upon such conditions as may be specified in the supplement to this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which such added Guarantor provided its Guarantee. No opinion, report or certificate need be furnished to the Trustee for a release and termination pursuant to this Section 802(e) other than, where the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture has been amended to add the guarantee of such Guarantor, the Officers’ Certificate provided for in Section 802(b). Nothing in this Section 802(e) shall modify or amend the release provisions applicable to RCCI pursuant to clauses (a) to (d) of this Section 802.

SECTION 803. AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE.

(a) Unless RCCI has been released, or in connection with such transaction will be released, from its obligations under the Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of Section 802 hereof or any other release provision set forth in the Indenture, RCCI shall not amalgamate or consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding-up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) unless:

(i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of RCCI or a Subsidiary of RCCI in connection with or as a result of such transaction as having been

43


incurred at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(ii) either (x) RCCI shall be the continuing Person or (y) the Person (if other than RCCI) formed by such amalgamation or consolidation or into which RCCI is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety (the “Successor Guarantor”) shall, unless the Successor Guarantor is the Company, (A) be a corporation, company, partnership or trust organized and validly existing under the federal laws of Canada or any Province thereof or the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee (provided, however, that the Successor Guarantor shall not be required to execute and deliver such a supplemental indenture in the event of an amalgamation of RCCI with one or more other Persons, in which the amalgamation is governed by the laws of Canada or any province thereof, the Successor Guarantor and RCCI are, immediately prior to such amalgamation, organized and existing under the laws of Canada or any province thereof and upon the effectiveness of such amalgamation, the Successor Guarantor shall have become or shall continue to be (as the case may be), by operation of law, liable for the observance of all obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee); and

(iii) RCCI, the Company or the Successor Guarantor, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such amalgamation, consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction (or series of transactions), such supplemental indenture, comply with this Section 803(a) and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

(b) Upon any amalgamation, consolidation or merger, or any conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 803(a), the Successor Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Guarantor had been named as RCCI herein; and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Eight, and the Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect.


44


ARTICLE NINE
DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 901. COMPANY’S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

The Company may, at its option at any time, with respect to the Notes, elect to have either Sections 302 or 303 of the Indenture applied to all Outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in Section 902 for defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, with respect to the Notes.  To exercise either option, the Company shall provide written notice of its election to the Trustee.

It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that, with respect to the Notes, the below Section 902 replaces, in its entirety, Section 304 of the Indenture, and the conditions of Section 902 for defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, with respect to the Notes shall supersede the conditions provided therefor in Section 304 of the Indenture.  For greater certainty, the provisions contained in this Article Nine apply to this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes issued hereunder notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in Article Three of the Indenture.

SECTION 902. COMPANY’S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 302 or Section 303 of the Indenture to all Outstanding Notes:

(1) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or, through the Paying Agent, caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 509 of the Indenture who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article Nine applicable to it) as funds, in trust, for the purpose of making the following payments in its own capacity or through the Paying Agent, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, (x) cash in Canadian dollars or (y) Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, cash in Canadian dollars or (z) any combination of the foregoing which would, in the aggregate, be in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or chartered accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge (and which shall be applied by the Trustee or the Paying Agent (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge) the principal of, and interest and premium, if any, on, such Notes on the respective Stated Maturities (or Redemption Date, if applicable) thereof; provided that the Trustee or the Paying Agent (or other qualifying trustee) shall have been irrevocably instructed by the Company to apply such money to said payments with respect to such
45


Notes. Before such a deposit, the Company may give the Trustee, in accordance with Section 402 hereof, a notice of its election to redeem all of the Notes at a future date in accordance with Article Four hereof, which notice shall be irrevocable.

(2) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of the deposit under clause (1) above (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any lien securing such borrowing).

(3) Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Supplemental Indenture or any provision of the Indenture applicable to the Notes or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound (other than a default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any lien securing such borrowing).

(4) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that such Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal or provincial income tax or other tax (including withholding tax) purposes as a result of such defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, and will be subject to Canadian federal and provincial income tax and other tax (including withholding tax) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, had not occurred.

(5) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit made by the Company pursuant to its election under Section 302 or Section 303 of the Indenture, as applicable, was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring such Holders over other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others.

(6) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (i) an Officer’s Certificate stating that all of the conditions precedent relating to either the defeasance under Section 302 of the Indenture or the covenant defeasance under Section 303 of the Indenture (as the case may be) provided for in this Section 902 have been complied with and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that all of the conditions precedent relating to either the defeasance under Section 302 of the Indenture  or the covenant defeasance under Section 303 of the Indenture  (as the case may be) provided for in clause (3) (but solely with respect to this Supplemental Indenture, any provision of the Indenture applicable to the Notes and a list of material agreements or instruments to which the Company is a party or otherwise bound as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate).

46


SECTION 903. DISCHARGE.

Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 903, the Company (and, as applicable, any Guarantor) shall be discharged from its obligations with respect to, and the Indenture (including this Supplemental Indenture) will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to, all outstanding Notes, and the Trustee shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, execute and deliver to the Company such deeds or other instruments as shall be required to evidence such satisfaction and discharge, when either:

(a) all Outstanding Notes (excluding for greater certainty any lost, stolen or destroyed Securities which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 208 of the Indenture and Notes for whose payment money or Government Obligations has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust), have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (including on conversion or exchange of such Notes into other securities or property), or

(b) all such Notes not so delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have otherwise become due and payable or have been called for redemption pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, (ii) will become due and payable within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and, in each case, the Company or RCCI has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in trust in cash in Canadian dollars or Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or chartered accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, on such Notes and interest thereon, (x) in the case of Notes that have become due and payable, to the date of such deposit or, (y) in the case of other Notes, to their Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be, and

in either case, the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Supplemental Indenture with respect to such Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture with respect to the Notes, (A) the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive solely from the fund held in trust described in subsection (b) of this Section 903 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Section 205, Section 206, Section 208, Section 902, Section 903 and Section 908 of the Indenture, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and under the Indenture and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith, including the Company’s obligations under Section 507 of the Indenture and (D) this Article Nine shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full or, if earlier, the date on which the funds held in trust for such payment are paid to the Company (or discharged from such trust, as

47


applicable) in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 903 of the Indenture.  Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Section 507 of the Indenture shall survive.

SECTION 904. NON-PRESENTATION OF NOTES.

If a Holder shall fail to present a Note for payment prior to or on the date on which the principal, interest and premium thereon or represented thereby becomes payable either on Stated Maturity or on redemption, purchase or otherwise, either: (a) (i) the Company shall be entitled to pay to the Trustee and direct it to set aside for payment as described above; and (ii) in respect of money in the hands of the Trustee that may or should be applied to the payment or redemption of the Notes, the Company shall be entitled to direct the Trustee to set aside the principal, interest and premium, as the case may be, in trust to be paid to such Holder upon due presentation or surrender thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; or (b) the Company may otherwise make provision in form satisfactory to the Trustee in its reasonable discretion for the payment of such amounts, and thereupon the principal, interest and premium payable on or represented by each Note in respect whereof such amounts have been set aside shall be deemed to have been paid and the Holder thereof shall thereafter have no right in respect thereof except that of receiving payment of such amounts so set aside by the Trustee (without interest on such money, any such interest being the property of the Company) or provided for by the Company upon due presentation and surrender thereof, subject always to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 903 of the Indenture.

SECTION 905. PAYING AGENT AND TRUSTEE TO REPAY MONIES HELD.

Upon the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Notes all cash and Government Obligations then held by any Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) in respect of the Notes shall, upon demand by the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such cash and Government Obligations. Upon satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture all cash and Government Obligations then held by the Trustee in respect of the Notes shall, upon demand by the Company, be repaid to it, and thereupon the Trustee shall be released from all further liability with respect to such cash and Government Obligations.

SECTION 906. REINSTATEMENT.

If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Obligations in accordance with Section 305 of the Indenture, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Supplemental Indenture, any provision of the Indenture applicable to the Notes and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no cash or Government Obligations had been deposited pursuant to Section 902 or 903 hereof, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all the cash or Government Obligations in accordance with Section 305 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, if


48


the Company makes any payment of the principal of, or interest, premium, or other amounts, if any, on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the cash and Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.



49



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.


ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,    
       
By:
[REDACTED]
   
  Name: [REDACTED]    
  Title: [REDACTED]    
       
By: [REDACTED]    
  Name:
[REDACTED]    
  Title:
[REDACTED]    
       



ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,    
       
By:
[REDACTED]    
  Name: [REDACTED]
   
  Title: [REDACTED]
   
       
By: [REDACTED]    
  Name:
[REDACTED]
   
  Title: 
[REDACTED]    
       










Signature page to the seventeenth supplemental indenture


  BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA,
as Trustee
 
       

By:
/s/ Manuel Arias
 
    Name: Manuel Arias
 
    Title: Authorised Signatory
 
       











Signature page to the seventeenth supplemental indenture

Exhibit 99.10



ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,
as issuer of the Notes,

ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,
as a Guarantor

and

BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA
as Trustee



EIGHTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of March 11, 2022

to

INDENTURE

Dated as of May 26, 2009




5.25% Senior Notes due 2052



TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE

ARTICLE ONE DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
2
     
SECTION 101.
DEFINITIONS
2
SECTION 102.
OTHER DEFINITIONS
11
SECTION 103.
EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
12
SECTION 104.
INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT
13
SECTION 105.
INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE
13
SECTION 106.
COUNTERPARTS
13
SECTION 107.
EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS
13
SECTION 108.
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
13
SECTION 109.
SEPARABILITY CLAUSE
13
SECTION 110.
BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
14
SECTION 111.
GOVERNING LAW
14
SECTION 112.
NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY
14
SECTION 113.
NOTICES TO HOLDERS; WAIVER
14
SECTION 114.
DAY NOT A BUSINESS DAY
15
SECTION 115.
NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS
15
SECTION 116.
ELECTRONIC MEANS
15
     
ARTICLE TWO FORM OF THE NOTES
16
     
SECTION 201.
FORMS GENERALLY
16
SECTION 202.
FORM OF FACE OF NOTE
17
SECTION 203.
FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE
20
SECTION 204.
FORM OF TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
23
SECTION 205.
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY
23
     
ARTICLE THREE THE NOTES
23
     
SECTION 301.
TITLE AND TERMS
23
SECTION 302.
DENOMINATIONS
25
SECTION 303.
NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS
25
     
ARTICLE FOUR REDEMPTION OF THE NOTES
25
     
SECTION 401.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
25
SECTION 402.
ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE
26
SECTION 403.
SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED
26
SECTION 404.
NOTICE OF REDEMPTION
27
SECTION 405.
DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE
28
SECTION 406.
NOTES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE
28
SECTION 407.
ACQUISITION BY OTHER MEANS
29
SECTION 408.
SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION
 29


i



SECTION 409. REDEMPTION PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE  30
   
ARTICLE FIVE REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL
31
     
SECTION 501.
ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT
31
SECTION 502.
ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT
33
SECTION 503.
RESERVED
33
SECTION 504.
CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER
33
     
ARTICLE SIX ADDITIONAL COVENANTS
36
     
SECTION 601.
RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
36
SECTION 602.
LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT
36
SECTION 603.
LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS
37
SECTION 604.
LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT
37
SECTION 605.
PROVISION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
38
SECTION 606.
WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS
38
     
ARTICLE SEVEN CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS
39
     
SECTION 701.
EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE
39
SECTION 702.
DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE
40
SECTION 703.
REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY
40
     
ARTICLE EIGHT GUARANTEE
40
     
SECTION 801.
GUARANTEE
40
SECTION 802.
RELEASE OF GUARANTOR
42
SECTION 803.
AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
43
     
ARTICLE NINE DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE
45
     
SECTION 901.
COMPANY’S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE
45
SECTION 902.
COMPANY’S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE
45
SECTION 903.
DISCHARGE
47
SECTION 904.
NON-PRESENTATION OF NOTES
48
SECTION 905.
PAYING AGENT AND TRUSTEE TO REPAY MONIES HELD
48
SECTION 906.
REINSTATEMENT
48

ii


EIGHTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of March 11, 2022 (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (hereinafter called the “Company”), Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (hereinafter called “RCCI”) and BNY Trust Company of Canada, a trust company existing and licensed under the federal laws of Canada, as trustee.

WHEREAS, the Company and CIBC Mellon Trust Company (the “Former Trustee”) are parties to an indenture dated as of May 26, 2009 (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), the “Indenture”);

WHEREAS, the Company and the Former Trustee have previously entered into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of May 26, 2009 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.80% Senior Notes due 2016; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of November 4, 2009 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.38% Senior Notes due 2019; (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of November 4, 2009 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.68% Senior Notes due 2039; (iv) a Series Supplement dated as of August 25, 2010 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.11% Senior Notes due 2040; (v) a Series Supplement dated as of September 29, 2010 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$900,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.70% Senior Notes due 2020; (vi) a Series Supplement dated as of March 21, 2011 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$1,450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.34% Senior Notes due 2021; (vii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 21, 2011 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.56% Senior Notes due 2041; (viii) a Series Supplement dated as of June 4, 2012 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.00% Senior Notes due 2017; (ix) a Series Supplement dated as of June 4, 2012 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.00% Senior Notes due 2022; (x) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2017; (xi) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 2.80% Senior Notes due 2019; and (xii) a Series Supplement dated as of March 10, 2014 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.00% Senior Notes due 2024;

WHEREAS, pursuant to a resignation and appointment agreement between the Trustee, the Former Trustee and the Company dated as of October 19, 2018, the Former Trustee resigned as Trustee under the Indenture and the Company appointed BNY Trust Company of Canada, a trust company existing and licensed under the federal laws of Canada (hereinafter called the “Trustee”) to serve as the successor Trustee under the Indenture pursuant to the terms thereof;



WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have previously entered into a Series Supplement dated as of April 30, 2019 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.25% Senior Notes due 2029;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have previously entered into a Series Supplement dated as of March 31, 2020 pursuant to which the Company issued Cdn$1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.65% Senior Notes due 2027;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee are concurrently with this Supplemental Indenture entering into (i) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.10%  Senior Notes due 2025; (ii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.75% Senior Notes due 2029; and (iii) a Series Supplement dated as of the date hereof pursuant to which the Company will issue $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.25% Senior Notes due 2032.

WHEREAS, Article Two and Section 801 of the Indenture provide, among other things, that, without the consent of any Holders, the Company and the Trustee may enter into a supplement to the Indenture for the purposes of establishing the form, terms and conditions applicable to the Securities of any Series which the Company wishes to issue under the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to establish the form, terms and conditions of a Series of Securities and has requested the Trustee to enter into this Supplemental Indenture for such purpose;

WHEREAS, the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company, in each case complying with Section 103 of the Indenture; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Board of Directors has duly authorized the establishment of the 5.25% Senior Notes due 2052 of the Company (the “Notes”) with the form, terms and conditions as hereinafter set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties hereto agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 101. DEFINITIONS.

Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. For greater certainty, notwithstanding the Company’s adoption of IFRS 16, Leases, lease liabilities with respect to leases that were classified as

2


operating leases under prior accounting standards do not constitute “Capital Lease Obligations” or “Debt” as defined in the Indenture for purposes of the Notes.

“Applicable Basis Points” means 81.0 basis points.

“Arrangement” means the acquisition by the Company of the issued and outstanding Class A Participating Shares and Class B Non-Voting Participating Shares of Shaw Communications Inc. by way of a court-approved Plan of Arrangement under Section 193 of the Business Corporations Act (Alberta) pursuant to the terms of the Arrangement Agreement.
 
“Arrangement Agreement” means that certain arrangement agreement dated as of March 13, 2021, between the Company and Shaw Communications Inc. , as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Attributable Debt” means, as of the date of its determination, the present value (discounted semi-annually at the interest rate implicit in the terms of the lease) of the obligation of a lessee for rental payments pursuant to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction (reduced by the amount of the rental obligations of any sublessee of all or part of the same property) during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which the lease relating thereto has been extended), such rental payments not to include amounts payable by the lessee for maintenance and repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments and similar charges and for contingent rates (such as those based on sales); provided, however, that in the case of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction in which the lease is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty, Attributable Debt shall mean the lesser of the present value of (i) the rental payments to be paid under such Sale and Leaseback Transaction until the first date (after the date of such determination) upon which it may be so terminated plus the then applicable penalty upon such termination and (ii) the rental payments required to be paid during the remaining term of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (assuming such termination provision is not exercised).

“Authorized Officer” means any individual who holds one or more of the following offices of the Company: Chair of the Board of Directors, Vice-Chair, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice-President, any Senior Vice-President, any Vice-President, Treasurer, Chief Legal Officer, Secretary or General Counsel (including, for greater certainty, any individual who holds such offices of the Company on an interim basis).

“Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Company or (except, for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of clause (ii) in the definition of Change in Control) any duly authorized committee of such board.

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by an Authorized Officer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

3



“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.  To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements of the provisions of the Trust Indenture Legislation as they are applicable to the Company, the term “Company” shall include any other obligor with respect to the Notes for the purposes of complying with such provisions.

“Company Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by at least one Authorized Officer.

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the Consolidated Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.

“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person after eliminating inter-company items, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP including appropriate deductions for any minority interest in Tangible Assets of such Person’s Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the Issue Date is located at 1 York Street, 6th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, M5J 0B6, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

“DBRS” means DBRS Limited or any successor to the rating agency business thereof;

“Discounted Value” means an amount equal to the sum of the present values of all remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes to be redeemed (not including any portion of the payment of interest accrued as of the Redemption Date) from the Redemption Date of the Notes to be redeemed to the respective due dates for such payments until the Par Call Date (and assuming, for this purpose, that the Notes are scheduled to mature on the Par Call Date) computed on a semi-annual basis by discounting such payments (assuming a 365 day year) to the Redemption Date of the Notes to be redeemed at the Government of Canada Yield plus the Applicable Basis Points.

“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Maturity Date of the Notes for cash or securities constituting Debt; provided that shares of Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted

4


Subsidiary that are issued with the benefit of provisions requiring a change in control offer to be made for such shares in the event of a change in control of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary, which provisions have substantially the same effect as the relevant provisions of Sections 501 and 504 herein, shall not be deemed to be “Disqualified Stock” solely by virtue of such provisions.  For purposes of this definition, the term “Debt” includes Inter-Company Subordinated Debt.

“Electronic Means” means the following communications methods: e-mail, facsimile transmission, secure electronic transmission containing applicable authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys issued by the Trustee, or another method or system (including the CDSX System or such similar system used by a global depository) specified by the Trustee as available for use in connection with its services hereunder.

“Excluded Assets” means (i) all assets of any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) Investments in the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent paid for with cash or other property that constitutes Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities, so long as at the time of acquisition thereof and after giving effect thereto there exists no Default or Event of Default; and (iv) proceeds of the sale of any Excluded Assets or Excluded Securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Excluded Securities” means any Debt, Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued by the Company, or any Debt or Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary, in either case to an Affiliate thereof other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, provided that, at all times, such Excluded Securities shall:

(i) in the case of Debt not owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, constitute Inter-Company Subordinated Debt;

(ii) in the case of Debt, not be guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such guarantee shall constitute Inter-Company Subordinated Debt;

(iii) in the case of Debt, not be secured by any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that interest or dividends thereon shall be payable only to the extent that, after giving effect to any such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(v) in the case of Debt or Preferred Stock, provide by its terms that no payment (other than payments in the form of Excluded Securities) on account of principal (at maturity, by operation of sinking fund or mandatory redemption or


5


otherwise) or other payment on account of redemption, repurchase, retirement or acquisition of such Excluded Security shall be permitted until the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity for the principal of the Notes or (y) the date on which all principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall have been duly paid or provided for in full.

“Exempted Secured Debt” means any Debt secured by any Lien or any conditional sale or other title retention agreement: (i) incurred or entered into on or after the Issue Date to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of such property and either secured by Purchase Money Obligations or Liens placed on such property within 180 days of acquisition, improvement or construction and securing Debt not to exceed 2.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any time outstanding; (ii) on Principal Property or the stock or Debt of Restricted Subsidiaries and existing at the time of acquisition of the property, stock or Debt; (iii) owing to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or (iv) existing at the time a corporation or other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Existing Notes” means any of the 4.00% Senior Notes due 2022, Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2022, 3.00% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.10% Senior Notes due 2023, 4.00% Senior Notes due 2024, 2.95% Senior Notes due 2025, 3.10% Senior Notes due 2025, 3.625% Senior Notes due 2025, 2.90% Senior Notes due 2026, 3.20% Senior Notes due 2027, 3.65% Senior Notes due 2027, 3.25% Senior Notes due 2029, 3.75% Senior Notes due 2029, 3.80% Senior Notes due 2032, 4.25% Senior Notes due 2032, 8.75% Senior Debentures due 2032, 7.50% Senior Notes due 2038, 6.68% Senior Notes due 2039, 6.11% Senior Notes due 2040, 6.56% Senior Notes due 2041, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2042, 4.50% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.45% Senior Notes due 2043, 5.00% Senior Notes due 2044, 4.300% Senior Notes due 2048, 4.35% Senior Notes due 2049, 3.70% Senior Notes due 2049 or 4.55% Senior Notes due 2052 in each case for which the Company is a co-obligor or obligor, as applicable.

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any successor rating agency.

“Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” or “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, in effect in Canada, as established by the Chartered Professional Accountants of Canada and as applied from time to time by the Company in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

“Government of Canada Yield” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the mid market yield to maturity on the third Business Day (the “Determination Date”) preceding the Redemption Date, compounded semi-annually, which a non-callable Government of Canada Bond would carry if issued, in Canadian dollars in Canada, at 100% of its principal amount on such date with a term to maturity which most closely approximates the remaining term to the Par Call Date from the Redemption Date calculated as the arithmetic average of the quotes of two dealers, selected from time to time by the Company, as at noon (Toronto time) on such Determination Date.


6


“Government Obligations” means securities denominated in Canadian dollars which are (a) either (i) direct obligations of the Government of Canada or of a Person controlled or supervised by or acting as an agency or instrumentality of the Government of Canada, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed by the Government of Canada, or (ii) direct obligations of a province of Canada with a long term debt rating of at least “A” by S&P, “A2” by Moody’s or “A” by DBRS (or, where such Government Obligations are short term debt securities, a short term debt rating of at least “A-1” by S&P, “P-1” by Moody’s or “R-1 (middle)” by DBRS) or the equivalent rating from any successors to such rating agency businesses, and (b) not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

“Guarantor” means (i) RCCI unless and until the Guarantee is released in accordance with its terms and (ii) any other Person that provides a guarantee in respect of any of the Company’s obligations in respect of the Notes, pursuant to a supplemental indenture or otherwise unless and until such guarantee is released in accordance with its terms.

“Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture.

“Investment” means (i) directly or indirectly, any advance, loan or capital contribution to, the purchase of any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of, the acquisition, by purchase or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, any Person or making of any investment in any Person, (ii) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (iii) the transfer of any assets or properties from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any Unrestricted Subsidiary, other than the transfer of assets or properties made in the ordinary course of business.  Investments shall exclude extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch.

“Issue Date” means March 11, 2022, the initial issue date of the Notes.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor rating agency.

“Net Tangible Assets” means the Tangible Assets of any Person, less such Person’s current liabilities.

“NI 51-102” means National Instrument 51-102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations;



7



“Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture.

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed in the name of the Company by at least one Authorized Officer.

“Outstanding” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture; provided, however, that, in addition to the categories of Notes that are identified as not “Outstanding” within the definition therefor in the Indenture, Notes that have been discharged pursuant Section 903 hereof shall also not be “Outstanding” for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture and provisions of the Indenture applicable to the Notes.

“Par Call Date” means October 15, 2051.

“Permitted Liens” means any of the following Liens

(i) Liens for taxes, rates and assessments not yet due or, if due, the validity of which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (as applicable); and Liens for the excess of the amount of any past due taxes for which a final assessment has not been received over the amount of such taxes as estimated and paid;

(ii) the Lien of any judgment rendered which is being contested diligently and in good faith by appropriate proceedings by the Company, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and which does not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to operate the business or operations of the Company;

(iii) Liens on Excluded Assets;

(iv) pledges or deposits under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases or deposits of cash or bonds or other direct obligations of the United States, Canada or any Canadian province to secure surety or appeal bonds or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rents;

(v) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ liens, or other liens arising out of judgments or awards with respect to which an appeal or other proceeding for review is being prosecuted (and as to which any foreclosure or other enforcement proceeding shall have been effectively stayed);

(vi) Liens for property taxes not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings (and as

8


to which foreclosure or other enforcement proceedings shall have been effectively stayed);

(vii) Liens in favor of issuers of surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of or rights of others for rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Person incurring them or the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Debt or other extensions of credit and which do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of such properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(ix) Liens in favor of Bell Canada (or any successor) under any partial system agreement or related agreement providing for the construction and installation by Bell Canada of cables, attachments, connectors, support structures, closures and other equipment in accordance with the plans and specifications of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the lease by Bell Canada of such equipment to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with tariffs published by Bell Canada from time to time as approved by regulatory authorities, the absence of which would materially and adversely affect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries considered as a whole; and

(x) any other Lien existing on the Issue Date.

“Principal Property” means, as of any date of determination, any land, land improvements or building (and associated factory, laboratory, office and switching equipment (excluding all products marketed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries)) constituting a manufacturing, development, warehouse, service, office or operating facility owned by or leased to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, located within Canada and having an acquisition cost plus capitalized improvements in excess of 0.25% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company as of such date of determination, other than any such property (i) which the Board of Directors determines is not of material importance to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) which is not used in the ordinary course of business or (iii) in which the interest of the Company and all its Subsidiaries does not exceed 50%.

“Rating Agencies” means S&P, Moody’s and Fitch, and each of such Rating Agencies is referred to individually as a “Rating Agency”.

“Rating Date” means the date which is 90 days prior to the earlier of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention of the Company to effect a Change in Control.


9



“Rating Decline” means the occurrence of the following on, or within 90 days after, the date of public notice of the occurrence of a Change in Control or of the intention by the Company to effect a Change in Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies): (i) in the event the Notes are assigned an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be below an Investment Grade Rating; or (ii) in the event the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by at least two of the three Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes by at least two of the three Rating Agencies shall be decreased by one or more gradations (including gradations within rating categories as well as between rating categories).

“Redemption Price” means the applicable price at which a Note may or must be redeemed pursuant to Section 401 or Section 408, as applicable.

“RCCI” means the Person named as “RCCI” in the first paragraph of this Supplemental Indenture.

“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc., or any successor rating agency.

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Principal Property (whether such Principal Property is now owned or hereafter acquired) that has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, other than (i) temporary leases for a term, including renewals at the option of the lessee, of not more than three years, (ii) leases between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries and (iii) leases of Principal Property executed by the time of, or within 180 days after the latest of, the acquisition, the completion of construction or improvement (including any improvements on property which will result in such property becoming Principal Property), or the commencement of commercial operation of such Principal Property.

“Secured Debt” means:

(a) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by any Lien upon any Principal Property or the stock or Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the payment obligations of the Company under the Notes); or

(b) any conditional sale or other title retention agreement covering any Principal Property or Restricted Subsidiary;

but does not include any Exempted Secured Debt

10


“Tangible Assets” means, at any date, the gross book value as shown by the accounting books and records of any Person of all its property both real and personal, less (i) the net book value of all its licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, goodwill, non-compete agreements or organizational expenses and other like intangibles, (ii) unamortized Debt discount and expenses, (iii) all reserves for depreciation, obsolescence, depletion and amortization of its properties and (iv) all other proper reserves which in accordance with GAAP should be provided in connection with the business conducted by such Person.

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the recitals of this Supplemental Indenture, until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

SECTION 102. OTHER DEFINITIONS.

DEFINED TERM
DEFINED
IN SECTION
   
Authorized Signatory          
201
Change in Control          
501
Change in Control Offer          
504(a)
Change in Control Purchase Date          
504(a)
Change in Control Purchase Notice          
504(b)
Change in Control Purchase Price          
504(a)
Change in Control Triggering Event          
501
Edward S. Rogers          
501
Family Percentage Holding          
501
Guarantee          
801(a)
Guaranteed Obligations          
801(a)
Instructing Officers          
116
Instructions          
116
Maturity Date          
301
Member of the Rogers Family          
501
Permitted Residuary Beneficiary          
501
Perpetuity Date          
501
Qualifying Trust          
501
Spouse          
501
Successor Guarantor
803(a)
Special Mandatory Redemption Date
408(b)
Special Mandatory Redemption Event
408(a)
Special Mandatory Redemption Notice
 408(b)
Special Mandatory Redemption Price
 408(a)
Trigger Date
 408(a)


11


SECTION 103. EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

Upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture by the Company, RCCI and the Trustee, the Indenture shall be supplemented and amended in accordance herewith, and this Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be applicable, and the Indenture is hereby supplemented and amended as specified herein, solely with respect to the Notes and not with respect to any other Securities issued under the Indenture prior to, on or after the Issue Date.  In the event of a conflict between any provisions of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture, the relevant provision or provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern.

12


SECTION 104. INDENTURE REMAINS IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT.

Except as supplemented or amended hereby, all other provisions in the Indenture, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 105. INCORPORATION OF INDENTURE.

All the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to be incorporated in, and made a part of, the Indenture; and the Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument; provided, however, that the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture are expressly and solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 106. COUNTERPARTS.

This Supplemental Indenture may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

SECTION 107. EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.  Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Supplemental Indenture to specific Article numbers or Section numbers refer to Articles and Sections contained in this Supplemental Indenture, and not the Indenture or any other document.

SECTION 108. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

All covenants and agreements in this Supplemental Indenture by the Company and RCCI shall bind their respective successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not.  All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors and permitted assigns (if any), whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 109. SEPARABILITY CLAUSE.

In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.


13


SECTION 110. BENEFITS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person (other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent and any Security Registrar, and their successors hereunder, and the Holders) any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Supplemental Indenture or in respect of the Notes.

SECTION 111. GOVERNING LAW.

This Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.  This Supplemental Indenture shall be subject to the provisions of Trust Indenture Legislation that are required or deemed to be part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

SECTION 112. NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture to be made upon, given, delivered or furnished to, or filed with: (a) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished, delivered or filed in writing to or with a representative of the Trustee at 1 York Street, 6th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, M5J 0B6 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration or by email to [REDACTED] and [REDACTED]; and (b) the Company by the Trustee or any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given, furnished or delivered in writing to the Company to [REDACTED], Attention: [REDACTED] or by email to [REDACTED], with a copy to [REDACTED], email [REDACTED], or, in either case, at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

Any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document shall be deemed to have been received on the day made, given, furnished or delivered except when sent by electronic transmission (including email), in which case it will be deemed to have been received on the day it was sent, if such electronic transmission was sent on a Business Day during normal business hours of the recipient, or on the next succeeding Business Day, if not sent on a Business Day or during such business hours.  Each of the Trustee and the Company may from time to time notify the other party of a change in address or electronic transmission address by notice as provided in this Section 112.

SECTION 113. NOTICES TO HOLDERS; WAIVER.

Any notice to a Holder under the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture (including, for greater certainty, in circumstances where the

14


Indenture requires that a notice be mailed or delivered, sent or transmitted by any other alternate means) shall be valid and effective if, in the case of a Holder of a registered Note or a Note in the form of a Global Security, it is delivered by (a) electronic communication to such Holder at its electronic address appearing in any of the Security Registers or through the CDSX System or such similar system used by a Depositary or (b) by mail (postage prepaid) or courier to such Holder at its address appearing in any of the Security Registers or (c) otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary.  In any case where notice to Holders is delivered, neither the failure to deliver such notice, nor any defect in any notice so delivered, to any particular Holder shall impair or affect the validity or sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders.  Any notice delivered to a Holder in the aforesaid manner shall be conclusively deemed to have been validly delivered, given and received at the time it is sent, whether or not actually received by such Holder. All notices to joint Holders of any Notes may be given to whichever one of the Holders thereof is named first in the Security Registers, and any notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all Holders of such Note.

SECTION 114. DAY NOT A BUSINESS DAY.

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or other date for payment of any amount of interest, principal, premium or other amount, if any, with respect to the Notes shall not be a Business Day at the Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or of the Notes) payment of interest or principal (and premium or other amounts, if any) need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or other payment date, as applicable, and no interest shall accrue with respect to such payment for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or other payment date, as applicable, to the next succeeding Business Day, and the Holder of such Note shall not be entitled to any additional interest or other payment in respect of the delay.

If any day on which an amount is to be determined or an action is to be taken hereunder at a particular location is not a Business Day at such location, then such amount shall be determined or such action shall be taken at or before the requisite time on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day at such location.

SECTION 115. NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS.

This Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company, any Guarantor or their respective Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture.

SECTION 116. ELECTRONIC MEANS.

15



The Trustee shall have the right to accept and act upon instructions, including funds transfer instructions (“Instructions”) given pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture, and delivered using Electronic Means; provided, however, that the Company and/or any Guarantor, as applicable, shall provide to the Trustee an incumbency certificate listing officers of the Company (or any Guarantor, as applicable) with the authority to provide such Instructions (“Instructing Officers”) and containing specimen signatures of such Instructing Officers, which incumbency certificate shall be amended by the Company and/or any Guarantor, as applicable, whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing.  If the Company and/or any Guarantor, as applicable, elects to give the Trustee Instructions using Electronic Means and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such Instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such Instructions shall be deemed controlling.  The Company and any Guarantor understand and agree that the Trustee cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Instructions and that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that directions that purport to have been sent by an Instructing Officer listed on the incumbency certificate provided to the Trustee have been sent by such Instructing Officer. The Company and any Guarantor shall be responsible for ensuring that only Instructing Officers transmit such Instructions to the Trustee and that the Company, any Guarantor and all Instructing Officers are solely responsible to safeguard the use and confidentiality of applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such Instructions provided that such reliance of compliance was reasonable in the circumstances. The Company and any Guarantor agree: (i) to assume all risks arising out of the use of Electronic Means to submit Instructions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized Instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties; (ii) that it is fully informed of the protections and risks associated with the various methods of transmitting Instructions to the Trustee and that there may be more secure methods of transmitting Instructions than the method(s) selected by the Company and/or any Guarantor, as applicable; (iii) that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection with its transmission of Instructions provide to it a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances; and (iv) to notify the Trustee immediately upon learning of any compromise or unauthorized use of the security procedures. The Company and/or any Guarantor and/or the Holders acknowledge and agree that the Trustee shall have no liability for acting on or in connection with instructions or directions of the Holders provided to the Trustee by the Holders (or their representative participant with a global depository) using Electronic Means.

ARTICLE TWO
FORM OF THE NOTES

SECTION 201. FORMS GENERALLY.

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the forms set forth in this Article, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this

16


Supplemental Indenture, or as may reasonably be required by the Depositary, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of the Notes (but which shall not affect the rights or duties of the Trustee).

The definitive Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of the Depositary or any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, all as determined by any Authorized Signatory executing such Notes, as evidenced by such Authorized Signatory’s execution of such Notes.

The Notes shall be in registered form and shall initially be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.  The Notes shall be issued initially as Book-Entry Securities in the form of one or more Global Securities substantially in the form set forth in this Article delivered to the Depositary or a nominee thereof as custodian therefor and held by the Depositary or a nominee thereof for the applicable Clearing Agency Participants, and duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The Depositary for such Global Securities shall be CDS.  The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Depositary or its nominee, or of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

The Notes shall be signed on behalf of the Company by one or more Authorized Officers of the Company or one or more directors of the Company (each, an “Authorized Signatory”). The signature of any such Authorized Officer or director on the Notes may be a manual or electronic signature. The Notes may be executed and delivered in several counterparts (including electronically by way of portable document format (pdf)), each of which so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original (including if delivered by pdf), but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument and shall have the same effect as if an original signature had been delivered in all cases.

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth in Section 204 duly executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by manual or electronic signature of a designated signing officer of the Trustee, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

SECTION 202. FORM OF FACE OF NOTE.

The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the form provided for in this Section 202 and Sections 203, 204 and 205:

17



[Note: Insert if CDS is Depositary – UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS CLEARING AND DEPOSITORY SERVICES INC. (“CDS”) TO ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC. OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IN RESPECT THEREOF IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CDS & CO., OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CDS & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF, CDS & CO., HAS A PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HEREIN AND IT IS A VIOLATION OF ITS RIGHTS FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO HOLD, TRANSFER OR DEAL WITH THIS CERTIFICATE.]

[Note: Insert if a Global Security – THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE BASE INDENTURE (HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO).  THIS NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE BASE INDENTURE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, (III) THIS NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 211 OF THE BASE INDENTURE AND (IV) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 207(B) OF THE BASE INDENTURE, THIS SECURITY MAY BE TRANSFERRED, IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY (X) BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, (Y) BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR (Z) BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.]

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE ■, ■.
[Note: insert date that is 4 months and one day after the initial issue date for the Notes]

ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.

5.25% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2052


No. ■
CUSIP: 775109BX8
 
ISIN: CA775109BX82


18


Cdn$■ [Note: Insert if a Global Security – (as revised from time to time by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)]

Rogers Communications Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the Province of British Columbia (herein called the “Company”, which term includes any successor entity under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [CDS & CO.][■] or registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________ Canadian dollars [Note: Insert if a Global Security – (as revised from time to time by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)] on April 15, 2052, at the office or agency of the Company referred to below, and to pay interest thereon in arrears, semi-annually on April 15 and October 15  in each year (each herein called an “Interest Payment Date”) (or, if such day is not a Business Day, payment will be made on the next following Business Day), in equal installments, except for the first interest payment in an aggregate amount of $31,284,246.58 for this Note payable on October 17, 2022 (being the first Business Day following October 15, 2022 and representing interest accrued from March 11, 2022 to, but excluding, October 15, 2022), which interest shall accrue from and including March 11, 2022 or, if interest has already been paid or duly provided for, from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, at the rate of 5.25% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for, and (to the extent lawful) to pay interest on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for.  The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the April 10 or October 10 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.  Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for, and interest on such Default Interest, at the interest rate borne by the Notes, to the extent lawful, shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date, and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Default Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the City of Toronto (which initially shall be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee), and if the Company shall designate and maintain an additional office or agency for such purpose, also at such additional office or agency, in Canadian dollars; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear on the Security


19



Register; provided, further, that all payments of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on Notes, the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent at least 10 Business Days prior to the applicable payment date and hold at least Cdn$1,000,000 in principal amount of Notes, will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by such Holders in such instructions. Any such wire transfer instructions received by the Company or the Paying Agent shall remain in effect until revoked by such Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the final payment of principal shall be payable only upon surrender of this Note to the Paying Agent.

For any interim period, interest on this Note shall be computed on the basis of a 365-day year, based on the number of days elapsed in the period.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been duly executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated:

  ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.  
       

By:
  
 
    Name:    
    Title:    
       


By:
 
 
    Name:    
    Title:    
       

SECTION 203. FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company designated as its 5.25% Senior Notes due 2052 (herein called the “Notes”), which may be issued under an indenture (as the same may from time to time be supplemented or amended (other than by a Series Supplement), herein called the “Base Indenture”) dated as of May 26, 2009 between the Company and CIBC Mellon Trust Company, as trustee, as supplemented and amended by the Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture (herein called the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”) dated

20


as of March 11, 2022 among the Company, as issuer of the Notes, Rogers Communications Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (“RCCI”), as Guarantor, and BNY Trust Company of Canada, as successor trustee (herein called the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which the Indenture reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties, obligations and immunities thereunder of the Company, RCCI, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.  All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Notes and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall prevail. A Holder may obtain from the Trustee a copy of the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture on written request and upon payment of a reasonable copying charge.

On or before each Interest Payment Date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee or the Paying Agent an amount in Canadian dollars sufficient to pay the amount due on such payment date.

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, RCCI has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on an unsecured, unsubordinated basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

The Notes will be subject to redemption at the option of the Company at the applicable Redemption Price at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in the Supplemental Indenture. In the event of redemption of this Note in part only, a replacement Note or Notes for the unredeemed portion hereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof. Upon the occurrence of a Special Mandatory Redemption Event, the Company will be required to redeem the Notes at the Special Mandatory Redemption Price at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in Section 408 of the Supplemental Indenture.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default resulting from a Change in Control Triggering Event which is cured in accordance with Section 504 of the Supplemental Indenture by the making and consummation of a Change in Control Offer) shall occur and be continuing, the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

In addition, it shall be an Event of Default under the Indenture if a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs on or prior to the Maturity of the Notes (subject to the aforesaid cure provisions). Following such an Event of Default the principal amount of all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture unless the Company (or a third party) offers, within 20 Business Days after the occurrence of such Event of Default, to purchase the Notes and purchases the Notes for the Change in Control Purchase Price in cash on the date that is 40 Business

21


Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event from a Holder who delivers and does not withdraw a Change in Control Purchase Notice. Holders have the right to withdraw any Change in Control Purchase Notice by delivering to the Paying Agent a written notice of withdrawal in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions for the defeasance and discharge of the Notes.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by or on behalf of the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive evidence and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. Without notice to or the consent of the Holders of the Notes, certain modifications and amendments may be made to the Indenture and the Notes as provided for in the Indenture.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof.

Prior to the time of due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes except as otherwise provided, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless and until the Trustee’s certificate of authentication has been duly executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual or electronic signature of a designated signing officer of the Trustee.

This Note and the Indenture are governed by, and are to be construed in accordance with, the laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

22


SECTION 204. FORM OF TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION.

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

BNY Trust Company of Canada, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

  BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA  
       

By:
  
 
    Name:    
    Title:    


SECTION 205. SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.

The following schedule is to be attached to Notes that are Global Securities:

5.25% SENIOR NOTES DUE APRIL 15, 2052

Initial Principal Amount: Cdn$■          CUSIP 775109BX8 / ISIN CA775109BX82

Authorization: ______________________

The following increases or decreases in this Note have been made:

Date
Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Security
Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global Security
Principal Amount of this
Global Security following
such decrease or increase
Signature of Trustee
or Registrar
         

ARTICLE THREE
THE NOTES

SECTION 301. TITLE AND TERMS.

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “5.25% Senior Notes due 2052” of the Company.  The entire unpaid principal amount of each Note shall become due and payable to the Holder thereof on April 15, 2052 (the “Maturity Date”).  Interest shall accrue on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Note at a rate of interest

23


equal to 5.25% per annum from March 11, 2022 or, if interest has been paid or duly provided for, the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for.  Subject to Section 114, such interest shall be payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15 in each year (each an Interest Payment Date for purposes of this Supplemental Indenture), in equal installments (except for the first interest payment in an aggregate amount of $31,284,246.58 for the Notes issued on March 11, 2022 payable on October 17, 2022 (being the first Business Day following October 15, 2022 and representing interest accrued from March 11, 2022 to, but excluding, October 15, 2022)), until the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for.  Interest on the Notes shall be payable in arrears.  The Regular Record Date for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date shall be the April 10 or October 10 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.  To the extent lawful, interest shall accrue on any overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes from the date of the Interest Payment Date on which such overdue interest becomes payable to the date payment of such interest has been made or duly provided for and such Default Interest shall be payable at the times and on the terms provided for in the Indenture.

An unlimited aggregate principal amount of the Notes may be authenticated and delivered under this Supplemental Indenture (of which Cdn$1,000,000,000 is being issued, authenticated and delivered on the date hereof), including Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 806, 1008 or 1009 of the Indenture and Section 504 hereof.  Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Notes issued on the date hereof may be created and issued under the Indenture from time to time by the Company without notice to or consent of the Holders, subject to the Company complying with any applicable provision of the Indenture.  Any additional Notes created and issued shall have the same terms and conditions as the Notes initially issued, except for their date of issue, issue price and, if applicable, the date from which interest accrues and the first Interest Payment Date, and shall be consolidated with and form a single Series with the Notes initially issued.

The Notes shall be unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company ranking pari passu with any other present or future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company.

The Notes shall be denominated in, and all principal of, and interest and premium (if any) on, the Notes shall be payable in Canadian dollars.

The Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company at the prices, at the times and on such other terms and conditions as are specified in Article Four hereof.  The Company shall not be obligated to redeem, purchase or repay the Notes pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder of the Notes except as provided in Section 408 and Article Seven hereof.

The Notes shall be subject to the covenants (and the related definitions)  set forth in Article Nine of the Indenture (except those set forth in Section 906 thereof which is replaced by Section 605 of this Supplemental Indenture) and, except as

24


otherwise provided herein, to any other covenant in the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture. The defeasance and discharge provisions set forth in Article Three of the Indenture shall apply to the Notes as amended, supplemented or superseded by Article Nine hereof.  The Notes shall be subject to the covenants in Article Seven of the Indenture; provided, however, that, with respect to the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture, clause (a)(1) of Section 701 of the Indenture shall be replaced with the following: “the Company shall be the continuing Person”.

Certain obligations of the Company under the Notes shall be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by RCCI to the extent set forth in Article Eight hereof.

SECTION 302. DENOMINATIONS.

The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons and in denominations of Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 303. NOTES TO BE SECURED IN CERTAIN EVENTS.

If, upon any consolidation or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, with or merger of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, into any other Person, or upon any conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of the properties and assets of the Company or RCCI, as applicable, substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding-up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case in accordance with Section 701 of the Indenture, in the case of the Company, or Section 802(e) of this Supplemental Indenture, in the case of RCCI, any property or asset of the Company or of any Subsidiary, would thereupon become subject to any Lien, then, unless such Lien could be created pursuant to Section 602 without equally and ratably securing the Notes, the Company or RCCI, as applicable, prior to or simultaneously with such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition, will, as to such property or asset, secure the Notes Outstanding hereunder (together with, if the Company or RCCI shall so determine, any other Debt of the Company or RCCI now existing or hereafter created which is not subordinate to the Notes) equally and ratably with (or prior to) the Debt which upon such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is to become secured as to such property or asset by such Lien, or will cause such Notes to be so secured.


ARTICLE FOUR
REDEMPTION OF THE NOTES

SECTION 401. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

Prior to October 15, 2051, the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder, redeem the Notes, at any time in whole or from time to time in part, at a Redemption Price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount and rounded

25


to three decimal places) equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (ii) the Discounted Value of the Notes to be redeemed, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but not including, the Redemption Date.

On or after October 15, 2051, the Company may, at its option and without the consent of any Holder, redeem the Notes, at any time in whole or from time to time in part, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but not including, the Redemption Date.

SECTION 402. ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.

The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 401 shall be evidenced by a Company Order or a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company pursuant to Section 401, the Company shall notify the Trustee, at least three Business Days (unless a shorter period shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee, acting reasonably) before notice of redemption is to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to Section 404, of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.

SECTION 403. SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED.

In the event that less than all of Notes for the time being outstanding are at any time to be redeemed, the Notes so to be redeemed will be selected on a pro rata basis and, where applicable, in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary. Notes and portions thereof selected shall be in amounts of any integral multiple of $1,000, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000 or even if the Notes are of a principal amount of $1,000 or less, shall be redeemed in full.  No Notes of a principal amount of $5,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.

Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 902 of the Indenture (with, if the Company, the Security Registrar or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, the Security Registrar or the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing).  Upon the proper surrender of any such Note for redemption, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall certify and deliver without charge to the Holder or upon his or her order one or more new Notes, with the same maturity and rate of interest for the unredeemed part of the principal amount of the Note or Notes so surrendered; provided, however, that, in the case of a Global Security, an appropriate notation may instead be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof.

26


For all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of a “Note” or “Notes” shall relate, in the case of any Note or Notes, as applicable, redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note or Notes which has been or is to be redeemed.

SECTION 404. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

Notice of intention to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 401 shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that are to be redeemed, not more than 60 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Redemption Date, in the manner provided in Section 113.  Every such notice of redemption shall state:

(a) the Redemption Date;

(b) the Redemption Price;

(c) if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the principal amount) of the particular Notes to be redeemed;

(d) that, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition precedent to the redemption specified in such notice, the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note or portion thereof on the Redemption Date, and that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest thereon, if any, shall cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(e) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and

(f) any conditions to the redemption.

Any redemption pursuant to Section 401 (and any related notice of redemption pursuant to this Section 404) may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an equity or other securities offering, an incurrence of indebtedness or other financing, or any other corporate transaction or event. Notice of any redemption in respect thereof may, at the Company’s discretion, be given prior to the completion of one or more of the transactions or events upon which the redemption is conditioned and such redemption may be partial as a result of only some of the conditions being satisfied. If such redemption is subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, the related notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, state that, in the Company’s discretion, such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied or waived by the Redemption Date.  In addition, the Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and other amounts owing for the redemption of any Notes and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another

27


Person.  In the event that the condition(s) of any redemption that is conditional are not satisfied or waived by the Company in its sole discretion on or prior to the Redemption Date therefor, the redemption shall be rescinded and notice thereof shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Holders of the Notes that were to have been redeemed promptly thereafter (but in any event no later than the Business Day after the Redemption Date), in the manner in which the notice of redemption was delivered, that such condition(s) were not satisfied or waived and such redemption has been rescinded, and the Trustee shall promptly return to the Holders thereof any Notes which had been surrendered for payment upon such redemption. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall have no responsibility for determining whether or not a condition set forth in such notice of redemption is satisfied, and shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon the Company’s determination regarding the satisfaction or waiver thereof.

Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed, whether at the election of the Company pursuant to Section 401 or a Special Mandatory Redemption Notice pursuant to Section 408, shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. Any inadvertent defect in a notice of redemption, including an inadvertent failure to deliver such notice, to any Holder whose Notes are selected for redemption will not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any the Notes of any other Holder that are to be redeemed.

SECTION 405. DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.

On or prior to any Redemption Date (including, for greater certainty, a Special Mandatory Redemption Date), the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 903 of the Indenture) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price for all of the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.

SECTION 406. NOTES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE.

Notice of redemption having been delivered as specified in Section 404 or Section 408, as applicable, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any terms or conditions of such redemption or the rescission of such notice of redemption permitted in Section 404, all the Notes so called for redemption shall thereupon be and become due and payable at the Redemption Price and on the Redemption Date specified in such notice, in the same manner and with the same effect as if such date was the Stated Maturity for the payment of principal for such Notes, anything therein or herein to the contrary notwithstanding, and on and after such Redemption Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) such Notes shall not be considered as Outstanding hereunder and interest upon such Notes shall cease to accrue. Upon surrender of any such Notes for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Notes shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price (including, for greater certainty, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but not including, the Redemption Date); provided, however, that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such

28


Notes, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such on the relevant Regular Record Dates according to the terms and the provisions of Section 209 of the Indenture; provided further that, if a Redemption Date is on or after a Regular Record Date in respect of any accrued and unpaid installment of interest on any Note to be redeemed and on or before the related Interest Payment Date for such installment of interest, such installment of interest shall instead be payable to the Holder of the Note that is registered as such at the close of business on such Regular Record Date.

If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal thereof (and premium, if any, thereon) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by such Note.

SECTION 407. ACQUISITION BY OTHER MEANS.

For avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any other provision of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture, the Company may, at its option, at any time and from time to time, purchase or otherwise acquire all or any of the Notes by means other than a redemption, including (i) in the market (which shall include purchases from or through an investment dealer, a Clearing Agency Participant or a firm holding membership on a recognized stock exchange), (ii) by invitation for tenders, or (iii) by private contract, in each case, at any price or prices as the Company may determine in its sole discretion.

SECTION 408. SPECIAL MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

(a) If (i) the Arrangement is not consummated prior to December 31, 2022, (ii) the Arrangement Agreement is terminated at any time prior to December 31, 2022 (other than as a result of consummating the Arrangement) or (iii) the Company publicly announces at any time prior to December 31, 2022 that it will no longer pursue the consummation of the Arrangement (any such event under clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, a “Special Mandatory Redemption Event”, and the earliest date of any Special Mandatory Redemption Event, a “Trigger Date”), then the Company shall redeem all of the Outstanding Notes at a Redemption Price (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Price”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date.

(b) In the event that the Company is required to redeem the Notes pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 408, the Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, a notice of special mandatory redemption (such notice, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Notice”) to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, electronically or by mail (postage prepaid) at the address of such Holder appearing in the Security Register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of Depositary, and the Trustee not later than five Business Days after the Trigger Date, and the Company will redeem the Notes on the date specified by the Company for such redemption in the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice (the


29




date so specified, the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”). The Special Mandatory Redemption Date will be no later than 30 days following the applicable Trigger Date, but no earlier than the fifth Business Day following the day the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice is delivered to Holders of the Notes.  At the election of the Company, the Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall be given by the Company or, at its request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

(c) If funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date are deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, interest on the Notes shall cease to accrue on and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date.

(d) Every Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall state:

(i) the Special Mandatory Redemption Date;

(ii) the Special Mandatory Redemption Price;

(iii) that the Special Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Note on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, and that, if funds sufficient to pay the Special Mandatory Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date are deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent on or before such Special Mandatory Redemption Date, interest on the Notes shall cease to accrue on and after the Special Mandatory Redemption Date; and

(iv) the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Special Mandatory Redemption Price.

A Special Mandatory Redemption Notice shall be irrevocable and not subject to the satisfaction or waiver of any condition.

SECTION 409. REDEMPTION PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE.

It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that, with respect to the Notes, the above Sections 402, 403, 404, 405 and 406 replace, in their entirety, Sections 1003, 1004, 1005, 1006, and 1007, respectively, of the Indenture.  For greater certainty, the provisions contained in this Article Four apply to this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes issued hereunder notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in Article Ten of the Indenture.

30


ARTICLE FIVE
REMEDIES UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL

SECTION 501. ADDITIONAL EVENT OF DEFAULT.

In addition to the Events of Default set forth in Section 401 of the Indenture, “Event of Default”, wherever used herein and in the Indenture with respect to the Notes, includes the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), subject to any cure thereof as provided in Section 504 below.

Under this Supplemental Indenture, a “Change in Control Triggering Event” is deemed to occur upon both a Change in Control and a Rating Decline with respect to the Notes.

A “Change in Control” means (i) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons (as the term “group” is used in Rule 13d-5 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and as in force at the date hereof), other than Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family, acquires, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of all classes of Voting Shares of the Company or (ii) any transaction (including an amalgamation, merger or consolidation or the sale of Capital Stock of the Company) the result of which is that any Person or group of Persons, other than (A) Members of the Rogers Family or a Person or group of Persons consisting of or controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more Members of the Rogers Family or (B) for so long as the only primary beneficiaries of a Qualifying Trust established under the last will and testament of Edward S. Rogers are one or more persons referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, any Person designated by the trustees of such Qualifying Trust to exercise voting rights attaching to any shares held by such trustees, has elected to the Board of Directors such number of its or their nominees so that such nominees so elected shall constitute a majority of the number of the directors comprising the Board of Directors; provided that to the extent that one or more regulatory approvals are required for any of the transactions or circumstances described in clause (i) or (ii) above to become effective under applicable law, such transactions or circumstances shall be deemed to have occurred at the time such approvals have been obtained and become effective under applicable law.

“Member of the Rogers Family” means (i) such of the following persons as are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or are born after the date of this

31


Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date: (a)  the widow, if any, of Edward S. Rogers (who was born on May 27, 1933, such individual being hereinafter referred to as “Edward S. Rogers”); (b) the issue of Edward S. Rogers; (c) Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi, the half-sister of Edward S. Rogers, and the issue of Ann Taylor Graham Calderisi; (d) individuals adopted by Edward S. Rogers or any of the persons described in subclauses (a) or (b) of this clause (i), provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals; provided that if any person is born out of wedlock he shall be deemed not to be the issue of another person for the purposes hereof unless and until he is proven or acknowledged to be the issue of such person and; (ii) the trustees of any Qualifying Trust, but only to the extent of such Qualifying Trust’s Family Percentage Holding of voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company at the time of the determination.

“Family Percentage Holding” means the aggregate percentage of the securities held by a Qualifying Trust representing, directly or indirectly, an interest in voting securities or rights to control or direct the voting securities of the Company, that it is reasonable, under all the circumstances, to regard as being held beneficially for Qualified Persons (or any class consisting of two or more Qualified Persons); provided always that in calculating the Family Percentage Holding (A) in respect of any power of appointment or discretionary trust capable of being exercised in favor of any of the Qualified Persons such trust or power shall be deemed to have been exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until such trust or power has been otherwise exercised; (B) where any beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust has assigned, transferred or conveyed, in any manner whatsoever, his or her beneficial interest to another person, then, for the purpose of determining the Family Percentage Holding in respect of such Qualifying Trust, the person to whom such interest has been assigned, transferred or conveyed shall be regarded as the only person beneficially interested in the Qualifying Trust in respect of such interest but in the case where the interest is so assigned, transferred or conveyed is an interest in a discretionary trust or is an interest which may arise as a result of the exercise in favor of the assignor of a discretionary power of appointment and such discretionary trust or power of appointment is also capable of being exercised in favor of persons described in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, such discretionary trust or power shall be deemed to have been so exercised in favor of Qualified Persons until it has in fact been exercised; and (C) the interest of any Permitted Residuary Beneficiary shall be ignored until its interest has indefeasibly vested.

“Permitted Residuary Beneficiary” means any person who is a beneficiary of a Qualifying Trust and, under the terms of the Qualifying Trust, is entitled to distributions out of the capital of such Qualifying Trust only after the death of all of the Qualified Persons who are beneficiaries of such Qualifying Trust.

“Perpetuity Date” means the date that is 21 years, less one day, from the date of the death of the last survivor of the individuals described in subclause (i)(a), (b), (c) or (d) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, who are living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture.

32


“Qualifying Trust” means a trust (whether testamentary or inter vivos) any beneficiary of which is a person referred to in clause (i) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family” or the Spouse, for the time being and from time to time, of the issue (including individuals adopted by such Persons, provided that such adopted individuals have not attained the age of majority at the date of such adoption, together with the issue of any such adopted individuals) of any person described in subclause (i)(b) or (c) of the definition of “Member of the Rogers Family”, provided that such Spouse is living at the date of this Supplemental Indenture or is born after the date of this Supplemental Indenture and before the Perpetuity Date (all such persons being hereafter referred to as “Qualified Persons”).

“Spouse” means, in relation to any person, a person who is legally married to that person and includes a widow or widower of that person, notwithstanding remarriage.

SECTION 502. ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.

If a Change in Control Triggering Event occurs and is continuing and the Company (or a third party) fails in any material respect to comply with any of the provisions of Section 504 hereof, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding may declare the principal of all such Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal shall become immediately due and payable.

SECTION 503. RESERVED.

SECTION 504. CHANGE IN CONTROL OFFER.

(a) The Notes may not be accelerated pursuant to Section 502 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall be cured if the Company complies in all material respects with the provisions of this Section 504.  If the Company elects to cure such Event of Default, within 20 Business Days of the occurrence of an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event, (i) the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event and shall make an offer to purchase (the “Change in Control Offer”) all outstanding Notes properly tendered at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Change in Control Purchase Date (as hereinafter defined) (the “Change in Control Purchase Price”) on the date that is 40 Business Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control Triggering Event (the “Change in Control Purchase Date”), (ii) the Trustee shall deliver a copy of the Change in Control Offer to each Holder and (iii) the Company shall cause a notice of the Change in Control Offer to be sent at least once to the Dow Jones News Service or similar business news service in the United States and CNW Group Ltd. (Canada News Wire or Cision


33

Canada) or a similar news service in Canada.  The Change in Control Offer shall remain open from the time such offer is made until the Change in Control Purchase Date.  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to ascertain the occurrence of a Change in Control Triggering Event or to give notice with respect thereto other than as provided above upon receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company.  The Trustee may conclusively assume, in the absence of receipt of a Change in Control Offer from the Company, that no Change in Control Triggering Event has occurred.  The Change in Control Offer shall include a form of Change in Control Purchase Notice to be completed by the Holder and shall state:

(i)  the events causing a Change in Control Triggering Event and the date such Change in Control Triggering Event is deemed to have occurred;

(ii)  that the Change in Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 504 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change in Control Offer will be accepted for payment;

(iii)  the date by which the Change in Control Purchase Notice pursuant to this Section 504 must be given;

(iv) the Change in Control Purchase Date;

(v) the Change in Control Purchase Price;

(vi) the names and addresses of the Paying Agent and the offices or agencies referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture;

(vii)  that Notes must be surrendered to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to collect payment;

(viii)  that the Change in Control Purchase Price for any Note as to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been duly given and not withdrawn will be paid promptly upon the later of the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and the time of surrender of such Note as described in clause (vii) above;

(ix)  the procedures the Holder must follow to accept the Change in Control Offer; and

(x)  the procedures for withdrawing a Change in Control Purchase Notice.

(b) A Holder may accept a Change in Control Offer by delivering to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture a written notice (a “Change in Control Purchase

34


Notice”) at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date, stating:

(i) that such Holder elects to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Change in Control Offer;

(ii) the principal amount of the Note that the Holder elects to have purchased by the Company, which amount must be Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof, and the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered by such Holder for purchase by the Company; and

(iii) that such Note shall be purchased on the Change in Control Purchase Date pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in this Supplemental Indenture.


The delivery of such Note (together with all necessary endorsements) to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture prior to, on or after the Change in Control Purchase Date shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Change in Control Purchase Price therefor; provided that such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 504 only if the Note so delivered to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall conform in all respects to the description thereof set forth in the related Change in Control Purchase Notice.

The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 504, a portion of a Note if the principal amount of such portion is Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof.  Provisions of the Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Note also apply to the purchase of a portion of such Note.

Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 504 shall be consummated by the delivery by the Company of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date and (b) the time of delivery of the Note by the Holder to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in the manner required by this Section 504.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the Paying Agent, at the office of the Paying Agent or an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture, the Change in Control Purchase Notice contemplated by this Section 504(b) shall have the right to withdraw such Change in Control Purchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent or to an office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture in accordance with Section 701 hereof.


35


The Paying Agent or the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by the former of any Change in Control Purchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.

(c) The Notes may also not be accelerated pursuant to Section 502 hereof following an Event of Default arising from a Change in Control Triggering Event and such Event of Default shall also be cured if a third party makes and consummates a Change in Control Offer in the manner and at the times and otherwise in compliance with this Section 504.

ARTICLE SIX
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

SECTION 601. RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.

(a) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may transfer any assets or properties to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, if (i) prior to and immediately after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) such Subsidiary or Person, together with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, shall not in the aggregate have Net Tangible Assets greater than 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that for the purposes of this Section 601, (1) the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets shall also include the aggregate Net Tangible Assets of such Subsidiary or Person and all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (2) Excluded Assets shall be excluded from the calculation of Net Tangible Assets and Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

(b) The Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary unless immediately before and after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(c) Nothing in this Section 601 shall restrict or limit the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from transferring any asset that is an Excluded Asset to any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person that is to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 602. LIMITATION ON SECURED DEBT.

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur or guarantee any Secured Debt unless and for so long as the Company secures, or causes such Restricted Subsidiary to secure, the Notes equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Secured Debt.  However, any of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Secured Debt without securing the Notes if, immediately after incurring the Secured Debt, the aggregate principal amount of all

36


Secured Debt then outstanding plus the aggregate amount of the Attributable Debt then outstanding pursuant to Sale and Leaseback Transactions would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.  The aggregate amount of all Secured Debt in the preceding sentence excludes Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes and Secured Debt that is being repaid concurrently.  Any Lien which is granted to secure the Notes under this Section 602 shall be discharged at the same time as the discharge of the Lien securing the Secured Debt that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes under this Section 602.

SECTION 603. LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS.

The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, unless either (a) immediately thereafter, the sum of (1) the Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction and all other Sale and Leaseback Transactions entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on or after the Issue Date (or, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary, the date on which it became a Restricted Subsidiary, if on or after the Issue Date) and (2) the aggregate amount of all Secured Debt, excluding Secured Debt which is secured equally and ratably with the Notes, would not exceed 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (b) an amount, equal to the greater of the net proceeds to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from such sale and the Attributable Debt to be outstanding pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, is used within 180 days to retire Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.  However, Debt which is subordinate to the Notes or which is owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may not be retired in satisfaction of clause (b) above.

SECTION 604. LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY DEBT.

The Company will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt (other than Debt to the extent that the Notes are secured equally and ratably with (or prior to) such Debt), unless (1) the obligations of the Company under the Notes are guaranteed (which guarantee may be on an unsecured basis) by such Restricted Subsidiary such that the claim of the Holders of the Notes under such guarantee ranks prior to or pari passu with such Debt or (2) after giving effect to the incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the sum of (without duplication) (x) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Debt of all Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Exempted Secured Debt and, for the avoidance of doubt, any Debt permitted by clause (1) above), (y) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of Secured Debt of the Company (not on a Consolidated basis) and (z) Attributable Debt relating to then outstanding Sale and Leaseback Transactions, would not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; provided, however, that this restriction will not apply to, and there will be excluded from any calculation hereunder, (A) Debt owing by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary and (B) Debt secured by Permitted Liens; provided, further, that this restriction will not prohibit the incurrence of Debt in connection with any extension, renewal or replacement (including successive extensions, renewals or

37


replacements), in whole or in part, of any Debt of the Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that the principal amount of such Debt immediately prior to such extension, renewal or replacement is not increased).

SECTION 605. PROVISION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

For so long as any Notes remain Outstanding, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee (i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ended after the Issue Date, audited consolidated financial statements of the Company for such fiscal year, and (ii) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year after the Issue Date, unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Company for the interim period as at, and for the  interim period ending on, the end of such fiscal quarter.  The Company shall be deemed to have delivered financial statements in compliance with its obligations under this Section 605, and need not otherwise deliver such financial statements to the Trustee, if such financial statements are made publicly available on SEDAR within the prescribed time.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall not be the responsibility of the Trustee to monitor postings of the Company on SEDAR, it being understood that, due to the public availability of the information contained on SEDAR, any Person, including without limitation any Holder, may obtain the aforementioned financial statements directly from SEDAR.

The obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding paragraph of this Section 605 will be deemed satisfied if any parent entity of the Company has delivered to the Trustee (including by making such financial statements publicly available on SEDAR) the consolidated financial statements required in the preceding paragraph of this Section 605, that would otherwise be required to be provided in respect of the Company, with respect to such parent entity; provided that such obligations will only be deemed to be satisfied if, and for so long as, such parent entity furnishes to the Trustee (either in or with a copy of such financial statements) “summary financial information” as defined in section 13.4 of NI 51-102 (or substantially equivalent financial information provided for in any successor provision thereto in NI 51-102 or any successor instrument) for the parent entity for the periods covered by such financial statements with a separate column for (i) the parent entity, (ii) the Company, (iii) all Guarantors (on a combined basis), (iv) any other subsidiaries of the parent entity (on a combined basis), (v) consolidating adjustments and (vi) total consolidated amounts.

It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that Section 906 of the Indenture does not apply to this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes.  For greater certainty, with respect to the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture, this Section 605 replaces, in its entirety, Section 906 of the Indenture.

SECTION 606. WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.

Subject to Section 413 and Section 802 of the Indenture, the Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or provision in the Indenture and any covenant or provision in Sections 601, 602, 603, 604 or 605 of this Supplemental Indenture if, before or after the time for such compliance, the Holders of all

38


of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall, by Holder Direction, waive such compliance in such instance with such covenant or provision, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or provision except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or provision shall remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE SEVEN
CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

SECTION 701. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE.

Upon receipt by the Company of the Change in Control Purchase Notice specified in Section 504(b) hereof, the Holder of the Note in respect of which such Change in Control Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Change in Control Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified in the following two paragraphs of this Section) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to such Note.  Such Change in Control Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder upon the later of (a) the first Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date (provided the conditions in Section 504(b) hereof have been satisfied) and (b) the time of delivery of the Note to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 504(b) hereof.

A Change in Control Purchase Notice may be withdrawn before or after delivery by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent of the Note to which such Change in Control Purchase Notice relates, by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered by the Holder to the Paying Agent at the office of the Paying Agent or to the office or agency referred to in Section 902 of the Indenture to which the related Change in Control Purchase Notice was delivered at any time prior to the close of business on the Change in Control Purchase Date specifying, as applicable:

(a) the certificate number of the Note in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted,

(b) the principal amount of the Note (which shall be Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and

(c) the principal amount, if any, of such Note (which shall be Cdn$5,000 or any integral multiple of Cdn$1,000 in excess thereof) that remains subject to the original Change in Control Purchase Notice and that has been or will be delivered for purchase by the Company.

The Paying Agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Notes with respect to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in compliance with this Supplemental Indenture.

39



SECTION 702. DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE.

No later than 11:00 a.m. (Toronto, Ontario time) on the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 903 of the Indenture) an amount of cash sufficient to pay the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Change in Control Purchase Date.

SECTION 703. REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY.

As provided in the Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company any cash that remains unclaimed, together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture), held by them for the payment of the Change in Control Purchase Price; provided, however, that, to the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 702 hereof exceeds the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of the Notes or portions thereof to be purchased, then the Trustee shall hold such excess for the Company and promptly after the Business Day following the Change in Control Purchase Date the Trustee shall upon demand return any such excess to the Company together with interest and dividends, if any, thereon (subject to the provisions of Section 507 of the Indenture).

ARTICLE EIGHT
GUARANTEE

SECTION 801. GUARANTEE.

(a) RCCI hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees (the “Guarantee”) due payment and performance to the Trustee, for and on behalf of the Holders, forthwith after demand, of all the obligations of the Company under this Supplemental Indenture or under the Notes to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes when due and payable at Maturity, and all other amounts due or to become due under or in connection with this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes and the performance of all other obligations to the Trustee (including all amounts due to the Trustee under Section 507 of the Indenture) and the Holders of the Notes which obligations arise under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes, according to the terms hereof and thereof, including any applicable grace periods (the “Guaranteed Obligations”).  The Guarantee shall be an unsecured, unsubordinated obligation of RCCI ranking pari passu with other present and future unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of RCCI.

(b) RCCI agrees that, without obtaining the consent of or giving notice to RCCI, the Trustee may vary this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture, as provided herein and therein, grant extensions of time or other indulgences, take and give up securities, grant releases and discharges and otherwise deal with the Company and other parties as the Trustee may see fit and may apply all monies

40


received from the Company or others or from securities upon such part of the Company’s liability as the Trustee may think best without prejudice to or in any way limiting or lessening the liability of RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture.

(c) The Guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee of all the Guaranteed Obligations and shall apply to any ultimate balance due or remaining unpaid to the Holders of the Notes.  The Guarantee shall not be considered as wholly or partially satisfied by the payment or liquidation at any time of any sum of money which may at any time be or become owing or due or remain unpaid to the Holders of the Notes.

(d) The Guarantee shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by any change in the name, objects, businesses, assets, capital structure or constitution of the Company or RCCI, or by any merger or amalgamation of the Company or RCCI with any Person or Persons, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture or the applicable provisions of the Indenture.  In the case of the Company being amalgamated with another corporation, the Guarantee shall apply to the liabilities of the resulting corporation, and the term “Company” shall include each such resulting corporation.

(e) All monies, advances, renewals and credits in fact borrowed or obtained by the Company under this Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed to form part of the liabilities hereby guaranteed notwithstanding any limitation of status or of power of the Company or of the directors or agents thereof or that the Company may not be a legal entity or any irregularity, defect or informality in the borrowing or obtaining of such monies, advances, renewals or credits.

(f) The obligations of RCCI hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and any moneys or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by RCCI hereunder which may not be recoverable from RCCI on the basis of a guarantee or as surety shall be recoverable from RCCI as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect thereof.

(g) The Trustee shall not be bound to exhaust its recourse against the Company or other parties before being entitled to demand payment from or performance by RCCI and enforce its rights under this Supplemental Indenture.

(h) Any account settled or stated by or between the Trustee and the Company in relation to this Supplemental Indenture shall be accepted by RCCI as conclusive evidence that the balance or amount thereby appearing due by the Company to the Trustee is so due.

(i) RCCI shall make payment to the Trustee of the amount of the liability of RCCI forthwith after demand therefor is made in writing during the continuance of any Event of Default and such demand shall be conclusively deemed to have been effectually made when delivered in accordance with the notice provisions set forth herein and the liability of RCCI shall bear interest from

41


the date of such demand at the rate borne by the Notes, such interest to be calculated monthly based on the number of days elapsed and to be deemed payable on the first Business Day of a month in respect of the immediately preceding month or upon demand, whichever is earlier.

(j) All amounts payable by RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture shall be paid without set-off or counterclaim and without any deduction or withholding whatsoever unless and to the extent that RCCI shall be prohibited by law from doing so, in which case RCCI shall, only to the extent such a similar requirement is imposed on the Company pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, pay to the Trustee such additional amount as shall be necessary to ensure that the Trustee receives the full amount it would have received if no such deduction or withholding had been made.

(k) RCCI acknowledges that, in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the Guarantee or this Supplemental Indenture, it irrevocably submits and attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Province of Ontario.  In addition, to the extent that RCCI has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process with respect to itself or its property, it hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under the above-referenced documents, to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 802. RELEASE OF GUARANTOR.

(a) In addition to the release provisions set forth in the Indenture, subject to Section 802(d), RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Eight, and the Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect, upon the request of the Company (without the consent of the Trustee) if, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (and, if applicable, any transaction in connection therewith, including any other concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company would be in compliance with Section 604 hereof, including in the event of a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary.

(b) In order to effect the release and termination provided for in Section 802(a), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that, immediately after giving effect to such release and termination (as well as any concurrent release, termination, repayment or discharge of any other guarantee or other Debt of RCCI), the Company will be in compliance with Section 604 hereof.  In the event that the release and termination is in connection with a sale or other transaction as a result of which RCCI would cease to be a Subsidiary, pro forma effect shall be given to such transaction (including the application of any proceeds therefrom) in determining the Company’s compliance with Section 604 and, accordingly, the amount of Debt subject to the Guarantee and any other Debt of RCCI shall be excluded from any calculation thereunder. 

42


Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture, no opinion, report or certificate, other than the Officer’s Certificate provided for in this Section 802(b), need be furnished to the Trustee for such release and termination.  After its receipt of the aforementioned Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by either the Company or RCCI in order to evidence the release of RCCI from its obligations under the Guarantee under this Article Eight.

(c) No supplemental indenture, amendment or waiver shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note, release RCCI from any of its obligations under Section 801, other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 802 or the other release provisions set forth in the Indenture, or amend or modify the release provisions of this Section 802.

(d) Notwithstanding the release provisions of Section 802(a), RCCI shall not be released from its obligations under this Article Eight and the Guarantee will not be terminated if, immediately after such release and termination (and, if applicable, after giving effect to any transaction to occur concurrently therewith), RCCI remains a co-obligor with or a guarantor for, as applicable, the obligations of the Company under any Existing Note.

(e) Notwithstanding the release provisions of this Section 802, any Person added as a Guarantor at the option of the Company pursuant to Section 801(f) of the Indenture may be released at the option of the Company at any time upon such conditions as may be specified in the supplement to this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which such added Guarantor provided its Guarantee. No opinion, report or certificate need be furnished to the Trustee for a release and termination pursuant to this Section 802(e) other than, where the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture has been amended to add the guarantee of such Guarantor, the Officers’ Certificate provided for in Section 802(b). Nothing in this Section 802(e) shall modify or amend the release provisions applicable to RCCI pursuant to clauses (a) to (d) of this Section 802.

SECTION 803. AMALGAMATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE.

(a) Unless RCCI has been released, or in connection with such transaction will be released, from its obligations under the Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of Section 802 hereof or any other release provision set forth in the Indenture, RCCI shall not amalgamate or consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person by liquidation, winding-up or otherwise (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) unless:

(i) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of RCCI or a Subsidiary of RCCI in connection with or as a result of such transaction as having been

43


incurred at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(ii) either (x) RCCI shall be the continuing Person or (y) the Person (if other than RCCI) formed by such amalgamation or consolidation or into which RCCI is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety (the “Successor Guarantor”) shall, unless the Successor Guarantor is the Company, (A) be a corporation, company, partnership or trust organized and validly existing under the federal laws of Canada or any Province thereof or the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee (provided, however, that the Successor Guarantor shall not be required to execute and deliver such a supplemental indenture in the event of an amalgamation of RCCI with one or more other Persons, in which the amalgamation is governed by the laws of Canada or any province thereof, the Successor Guarantor and RCCI are, immediately prior to such amalgamation, organized and existing under the laws of Canada or any province thereof and upon the effectiveness of such amalgamation, the Successor Guarantor shall have become or shall continue to be (as the case may be), by operation of law, liable for the observance of all obligations of RCCI under the Guarantee); and

(iii) RCCI, the Company or the Successor Guarantor, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such amalgamation, consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction (or series of transactions), such supplemental indenture, comply with this Section 803(a) and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

(b) Upon any amalgamation, consolidation or merger, or any conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of the properties and assets of RCCI substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 803(a), the Successor Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, RCCI under this Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Guarantor had been named as RCCI herein; and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, RCCI shall be released and relieved from all of its obligations under this Article Eight, and the Guarantee shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect.


44


ARTICLE NINE
DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 901. COMPANY’S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

The Company may, at its option at any time, with respect to the Notes, elect to have either Sections 302 or 303 of the Indenture applied to all Outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in Section 902 for defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, with respect to the Notes.  To exercise either option, the Company shall provide written notice of its election to the Trustee.

It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that, with respect to the Notes, the below Section 902 replaces, in its entirety, Section 304 of the Indenture, and the conditions of Section 902 for defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, with respect to the Notes shall supersede the conditions provided therefor in Section 304 of the Indenture.  For greater certainty, the provisions contained in this Article Nine apply to this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes issued hereunder notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in Article Three of the Indenture.

SECTION 902. COMPANY’S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 302 or Section 303 of the Indenture to all Outstanding Notes:

(1) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or, through the Paying Agent, caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 509 of the Indenture who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article Nine applicable to it) as funds, in trust, for the purpose of making the following payments in its own capacity or through the Paying Agent, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, (x) cash in Canadian dollars or (y) Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, cash in Canadian dollars or (z) any combination of the foregoing which would, in the aggregate, be in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or chartered accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge (and which shall be applied by the Trustee or the Paying Agent (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge) the principal of, and interest and premium, if any, on, such Notes on the respective Stated Maturities (or Redemption Date, if applicable) thereof; provided that the Trustee or the Paying Agent (or other qualifying trustee) shall have been irrevocably instructed by the Company to apply such money to said payments with respect to such
45


Notes. Before such a deposit, the Company may give the Trustee, in accordance with Section 402 hereof, a notice of its election to redeem all of the Notes at a future date in accordance with Article Four hereof, which notice shall be irrevocable.

(2) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of the deposit under clause (1) above (other than a Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any lien securing such borrowing).

(3) Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Supplemental Indenture or any provision of the Indenture applicable to the Notes or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound (other than a default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any lien securing such borrowing).

(4) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that such Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal or provincial income tax or other tax (including withholding tax) purposes as a result of such defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, and will be subject to Canadian federal and provincial income tax and other tax (including withholding tax) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, had not occurred.

(5) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit made by the Company pursuant to its election under Section 302 or Section 303 of the Indenture, as applicable, was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring such Holders over other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others.

(6) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (i) an Officer’s Certificate stating that all of the conditions precedent relating to either the defeasance under Section 302 of the Indenture or the covenant defeasance under Section 303 of the Indenture (as the case may be) provided for in this Section 902 have been complied with and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that all of the conditions precedent relating to either the defeasance under Section 302 of the Indenture  or the covenant defeasance under Section 303 of the Indenture  (as the case may be) provided for in clause (3) (but solely with respect to this Supplemental Indenture, any provision of the Indenture applicable to the Notes and a list of material agreements or instruments to which the Company is a party or otherwise bound as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate).

46


SECTION 903. DISCHARGE.

Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 903, the Company (and, as applicable, any Guarantor) shall be discharged from its obligations with respect to, and the Indenture (including this Supplemental Indenture) will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to, all outstanding Notes, and the Trustee shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, execute and deliver to the Company such deeds or other instruments as shall be required to evidence such satisfaction and discharge, when either:

(a) all Outstanding Notes (excluding for greater certainty any lost, stolen or destroyed Securities which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 208 of the Indenture and Notes for whose payment money or Government Obligations has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust), have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (including on conversion or exchange of such Notes into other securities or property), or

(b) all such Notes not so delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have otherwise become due and payable or have been called for redemption pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, (ii) will become due and payable within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and, in each case, the Company or RCCI has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in trust in cash in Canadian dollars or Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in an amount sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or chartered accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, on such Notes and interest thereon, (x) in the case of Notes that have become due and payable, to the date of such deposit or, (y) in the case of other Notes, to their Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be, and

in either case, the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Supplemental Indenture with respect to such Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture with respect to the Notes, (A) the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive solely from the fund held in trust described in subsection (b) of this Section 903 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Section 205, Section 206, Section 208, Section 902, Section 903 and Section 908 of the Indenture, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and under the Indenture and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith, including the Company’s obligations under Section 507 of the Indenture and (D) this Article Nine shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full or, if earlier, the date on which the funds held in trust for such payment are paid to the Company (or discharged from such trust, as

47


applicable) in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 903 of the Indenture.  Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations in Section 507 of the Indenture shall survive.

SECTION 904. NON-PRESENTATION OF NOTES.

If a Holder shall fail to present a Note for payment prior to or on the date on which the principal, interest and premium thereon or represented thereby becomes payable either on Stated Maturity or on redemption, purchase or otherwise, either: (a) (i) the Company shall be entitled to pay to the Trustee and direct it to set aside for payment as described above; and (ii) in respect of money in the hands of the Trustee that may or should be applied to the payment or redemption of the Notes, the Company shall be entitled to direct the Trustee to set aside the principal, interest and premium, as the case may be, in trust to be paid to such Holder upon due presentation or surrender thereof in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; or (b) the Company may otherwise make provision in form satisfactory to the Trustee in its reasonable discretion for the payment of such amounts, and thereupon the principal, interest and premium payable on or represented by each Note in respect whereof such amounts have been set aside shall be deemed to have been paid and the Holder thereof shall thereafter have no right in respect thereof except that of receiving payment of such amounts so set aside by the Trustee (without interest on such money, any such interest being the property of the Company) or provided for by the Company upon due presentation and surrender thereof, subject always to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 903 of the Indenture.

SECTION 905. PAYING AGENT AND TRUSTEE TO REPAY MONIES HELD.

Upon the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Notes all cash and Government Obligations then held by any Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) in respect of the Notes shall, upon demand by the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such cash and Government Obligations. Upon satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture all cash and Government Obligations then held by the Trustee in respect of the Notes shall, upon demand by the Company, be repaid to it, and thereupon the Trustee shall be released from all further liability with respect to such cash and Government Obligations.

SECTION 906. REINSTATEMENT.

If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Obligations in accordance with Section 305 of the Indenture, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Supplemental Indenture, any provision of the Indenture applicable to the Notes and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no cash or Government Obligations had been deposited pursuant to Section 902 or 903 hereof, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all the cash or Government Obligations in accordance with Section 305 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, if


48


the Company makes any payment of the principal of, or interest, premium, or other amounts, if any, on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the cash and Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.



49



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.


ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS INC.,    
       
By:
[REDACTED]
   
  Name: [REDACTED]    
  Title: [REDACTED]    
       
By: [REDACTED]    
  Name:
[REDACTED]    
  Title:
[REDACTED]    
       



ROGERS COMMUNICATIONS CANADA INC.,    
       
By:
[REDACTED]    
  Name: [REDACTED]
   
  Title: [REDACTED]
   
       
By: [REDACTED]    
  Name:
[REDACTED]
   
  Title: 
[REDACTED]    
       










Signature page to the eighteenth supplemental indenture


  BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA,
as Trustee
 
       

By:
/s/ Manuel Arias
 
    Name: Manuel Arias
 
    Title: Authorised Signatory
 
       









Signature page to the eighteenth supplemental indenture